Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

x       Quarterly Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2014

 

or

 

o          Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the transition period from                          to                         

 

Commission File Number 00 1-11339

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

DELAWARE

 

95-2492236

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer Identification Number)

 

2801 HIGHWAY 280 SOUTH

BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35223

(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code   (205) 268-1000

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x    No  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  x   No  o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  x

 

Accelerated Filer  o

 

Non-accelerated filer  o

 

Smaller Reporting Company  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  o   No  x

 

Number of shares of Common Stock, $0.50 Par Value, outstanding as of July 23, 2014:  78,861,427

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

FOR QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 2014

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

PART I

 

Item 1.

Financial Statements (unaudited):

 

 

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income For The Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

3

 

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) For The Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

4

 

Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013

5

 

Consolidated Condensed Statement of Shareowners’ Equity For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

7

 

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

8

 

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

9

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

62

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

126

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

126

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings

127

Item 1A.

Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results

127

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

137

Item 6.

Exhibits

138

 

Signature

139

 

2



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums and policy fees

 

$

851,802

 

$

756,331

 

$

1,667,698

 

$

1,483,178

 

Reinsurance ceded

 

(342,968

)

(390,490

)

(670,681

)

(725,840

)

Net of reinsurance ceded

 

508,834

 

365,841

 

997,017

 

757,338

 

Net investment income

 

550,816

 

466,220

 

1,088,979

 

923,854

 

Realized investment gains (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

(89,926

)

143,881

 

(195,276

)

151,266

 

All other investments

 

80,148

 

(109,978

)

152,262

 

(114,123

)

Other-than-temporary impairment losses

 

(461

)

(1,789

)

(884

)

(3,129

)

Portion recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)

 

(999

)

(2,211

)

(2,167

)

(5,455

)

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

 

(1,460

)

(4,000

)

(3,051

)

(8,584

)

Other income

 

106,931

 

94,392

 

205,970

 

179,419

 

Total revenues

 

1,155,343

 

956,356

 

2,245,901

 

1,889,170

 

Benefits and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses, net of reinsurance ceded: (three months: 2014 - $328,555; 2013 - $370,752; six months: 2014 - $633,387; 2013 - $678,058)

 

747,816

 

557,866

 

1,476,335

 

1,139,746

 

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

51,531

 

74,946

 

107,113

 

127,185

 

Other operating expenses, net of reinsurance ceded: (three months: 2014 - $46,545; 2013 - $50,406; six months: 2014 - $90,311; 2013 - $91,395)

 

193,786

 

166,531

 

375,038

 

347,599

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

993,133

 

799,343

 

1,958,486

 

1,614,530

 

Income before income tax

 

162,210

 

157,013

 

287,415

 

274,640

 

Income tax expense

 

54,233

 

53,814

 

95,799

 

93,150

 

Net income

 

$

107,977

 

$

103,199

 

$

191,616

 

$

181,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income - basic

 

$

1.35

 

$

1.30

 

$

2.40

 

$

2.29

 

Net income - diluted

 

$

1.33

 

$

1.27

 

$

2.36

 

$

2.24

 

Cash dividends paid per share

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.20

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average shares outstanding - basic

 

79,979,153

 

79,404,770

 

79,794,831

 

79,272,814

 

Average shares outstanding - diluted

 

81,446,277

 

81,087,238

 

81,160,800

 

80,898,042

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

 

3



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Net income

 

$

107,977

 

$

103,199

 

$

191,616

 

$

181,490

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of income tax: (three months: 2014 - $216,476; 2013 - $(420,013); six months: 2014 - $476,065; 2013 - $(496,308))

 

402,027

 

(780,022

)

884,120

 

(921,713

)

Reclassification adjustment for investment amounts included in net income, net of income tax: (three months: 2014 - $(6,558); 2013 - $(6,131); six months: 2014 - $(8,581); 2013 - $(8,835))

 

(12,180

)

(11,387

)

(15,936

)

(16,409

)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) relating to other-than-temporary impaired investments for which a portion has been recognized in earnings, net of income tax: (three months: 2014 - $(571); 2013 - $(1,293); six months: 2014 - $1,858; 2013 - $2,926)

 

(1,061

)

(2,402

)

3,450

 

5,435

 

Change in accumulated (loss) gain - derivatives, net of income tax: (three months: 2014 - $(325); 2013 - $(1,606); six months: 2014 - $(9); 2013 - $(63))

 

(604

)

(2,983

)

(17

)

(117

)

Reclassification adjustment for derivative amounts included in net income, net of income tax: (three months: 2014 - $214; 2013 - $203; six months: 2014 - $449; 2013 - $377)

 

399

 

377

 

835

 

700

 

Change in postretirement benefits liability adjustment, net of income tax: (three months: 2014 - $1,896; 2013 - $(922); six months: 2014 - $1,264; 2013 - $(1,844))

 

3,520

 

(1,712

)

2,347

 

(3,424

)

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

392,101

 

(798,129

)

874,799

 

(935,528

)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

500,078

 

$

(694,930

)

$

1,066,415

 

$

(754,038

)

 

See Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

 

4



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, at fair value (amortized cost: 2014 - $34,244,088; 2013 - $33,662,295)

 

$

37,164,427

 

$

34,815,931

 

Fixed maturities, at amortized cost (fair value: 2014 - $451,382; 2013 - $335,676)

 

400,000

 

365,000

 

Equity securities, at fair value (cost: 2014 - $771,004; 2013 - $675,758)

 

792,047

 

646,027

 

Mortgage loans (2014 and 2013 includes: $531,141 and $627,731 related to securitizations)

 

5,294,729

 

5,493,492

 

Investment real estate, net of accumulated depreciation (2014 - $1,123; 2013 - $1,066)

 

18,856

 

20,413

 

Policy loans

 

1,778,379

 

1,815,744

 

Other long-term investments

 

475,719

 

521,811

 

Short-term investments

 

208,624

 

134,146

 

Total investments

 

46,132,781

 

43,812,564

 

Cash

 

361,088

 

466,542

 

Accrued investment income

 

485,620

 

465,333

 

Accounts and premiums receivable, net of allowance for uncollectible amounts (2014 - $4,322; 2013 - $4,283)

 

101,891

 

101,039

 

Reinsurance receivables

 

6,132,712

 

6,175,115

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

3,273,275

 

3,570,215

 

Goodwill

 

103,914

 

105,463

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation (2014 - $115,056; 2013 - $111,579)

 

53,421

 

52,403

 

Other assets

 

385,060

 

432,151

 

Assets related to separate accounts

 

 

 

 

 

Variable annuity

 

13,304,455

 

12,791,438

 

Variable universal life

 

823,747

 

783,618

 

Total assets

 

$

71,157,964

 

$

68,755,881

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

 

5



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(continued)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Future policy benefits and claims

 

$

29,823,111

 

$

29,772,325

 

Unearned premiums

 

1,586,785

 

1,549,815

 

Total policy liabilities and accruals

 

31,409,896

 

31,322,140

 

Stable value product account balances

 

2,435,995

 

2,559,552

 

Annuity account balances

 

11,071,468

 

11,125,253

 

Other policyholders’ funds

 

1,400,817

 

1,214,380

 

Other liabilities

 

1,381,570

 

1,143,371

 

Income tax payable

 

99,869

 

12,761

 

Deferred income taxes

 

1,489,331

 

1,050,533

 

Non-recourse funding obligations

 

579,078

 

562,448

 

Repurchase program borrowings

 

420,490

 

350,000

 

Debt

 

1,445,000

 

1,585,000

 

Subordinated debt securities

 

540,593

 

540,593

 

Liabilities related to separate accounts

 

 

 

 

 

Variable annuity

 

13,304,455

 

12,791,438

 

Variable universal life

 

823,747

 

783,618

 

Total liabilities

 

66,402,309

 

65,041,087

 

Commitments and contingencies - Note 10

 

 

 

 

 

Shareowners’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock; $1 par value, shares authorized: 4,000,000; Issued: None

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock, $.50 par value, shares authorized: 2014 and 2013 - 160,000,000 shares issued: 2014 and 2013 - 88,776,960

 

$

44,388

 

$

44,388

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

610,451

 

606,934

 

Treasury stock, at cost (2014 - 9,915,533; 2013 - 10,199,514)

 

(194,838

)

(200,416

)

Retained earnings

 

2,926,789

 

2,769,822

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of income tax: (2014 - $757,392; 2013 - $289,908)

 

1,406,584

 

538,400

 

Net unrealized (losses) gains relating to other-than-temporary impaired investments for which a portion has been recognized in earnings, net of income tax: (2014 - $2,183; 2013 - $325)

 

4,053

 

603

 

Accumulated loss - derivatives, net of income tax: (2014 - $(226); 2013 - $(666))

 

(417

)

(1,235

)

Postretirement benefits liability adjustment, net of income tax: (2014 - $(22,268); 2013 - $(23,532))

 

(41,355

)

(43,702

)

Total shareowners’ equity

 

4,755,655

 

3,714,794

 

Total liabilities and shareowners’ equity

 

$

71,157,964

 

$

68,755,881

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

 

6



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Common

 

Paid-In-

 

Treasury

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Shareowners’

 

 

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Stock

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

equity

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

$

44,388

 

$

606,934

 

$

(200,416

)

$

2,769,822

 

$

494,066

 

$

3,714,794

 

Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

191,616

 

 

 

191,616

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

874,799

 

874,799

 

Comprehensive income for the six months ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,066,415

 

Cash dividends ($0.440 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,649

)

 

 

(34,649

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

3,517

 

5,578

 

 

 

 

 

9,095

 

Balance, June 30, 2014

 

$

44,388

 

$

610,451

 

$

(194,838

)

$

2,926,789

 

$

1,368,865

 

$

4,755,655

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

 

7



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

191,616

 

$

181,490

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Realized investment losses (gains)

 

46,065

 

(28,559

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

107,113

 

127,185

 

Capitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

(136,561

)

(163,676

)

Depreciation expense

 

3,757

 

4,404

 

Deferred income tax

 

(30,728

)

87,166

 

Accrued income tax

 

91,410

 

30,840

 

Interest credited to universal life and investment products

 

422,306

 

448,223

 

Policy fees assessed on universal life and investment products

 

(481,402

)

(442,576

)

Change in reinsurance receivables

 

42,403

 

(26,793

)

Change in accrued investment income and other receivables

 

(16,821

)

10,675

 

Change in policy liabilities and other policyholders’ funds of traditional life and health products

 

83,825

 

63,368

 

Trading securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Maturities and principal reductions of investments

 

47,888

 

101,838

 

Sale of investments

 

112,473

 

167,872

 

Cost of investments acquired

 

(75,742

)

(245,520

)

Other net change in trading securities

 

(52,325

)

13,544

 

Change in other liabilities

 

104,961

 

(91,691

)

Other income - gains on repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations

 

(4,587

)

(3,359

)

Other, net

 

(32,161

)

(43,064

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

423,490

 

191,367

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Maturities and principal reductions of investments, available-for-sale

 

656,492

 

489,364

 

Sale of investments, available-for-sale

 

768,785

 

1,336,778

 

Cost of investments acquired, available-for-sale

 

(2,071,692

)

(2,684,864

)

Change in investments, held-to-maturity

 

(35,000

)

(35,000

)

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

New lendings

 

(351,505

)

(171,997

)

Repayments

 

547,698

 

345,704

 

Change in investment real estate, net

 

1,256

 

4,148

 

Change in policy loans, net

 

37,365

 

9,611

 

Change in other long-term investments, net

 

(73,387

)

(122,295

)

Change in short-term investments, net

 

(35,799

)

18,431

 

Net unsettled security transactions

 

47,933

 

51,883

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

(4,776

)

(10,865

)

Sales of property and equipment

 

 

57

 

Payments for business acquisitions

 

(906

)

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(513,536

)

(769,045

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings under line of credit arrangements and debt

 

90,000

 

380,000

 

Principal payments on line of credit arrangement and debt

 

(230,000

)

(320,000

)

Issuance (repayment) of non-recourse funding obligations

 

16,630

 

18,900

 

Repurchase program borrowings

 

70,490

 

190,000

 

Dividends to shareowners

 

(34,649

)

(29,763

)

Investment product deposits and change in universal life deposits

 

1,304,549

 

1,718,353

 

Investment product withdrawals

 

(1,232,428

)

(1,492,901

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(15,408

)

464,589

 

Change in cash

 

(105,454

)

(113,089

)

Cash at beginning of period

 

466,542

 

368,801

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

361,088

 

$

255,712

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

 

8



Table of Contents

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

1.                                       BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements of Protective Life Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the disclosures required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring items) necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. Operating results for the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2014, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014. The year-end consolidated condensed financial data was derived from audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP. For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

 

The operating results of companies in the insurance industry have historically been subject to significant fluctuations due to changing competition, economic conditions, interest rates, investment performance, insurance ratings, claims, persistency, and other factors.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made in the previously reported financial statements and accompanying notes to make the prior year amounts comparable to those of the current year. Such reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net income or shareowners’ equity.

 

Entities Included

 

The consolidated condensed financial statements include the accounts of Protective Life Corporation and subsidiaries and its affiliate companies in which the Company holds a majority voting or economic interest. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

2.                                       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Significant Accounting Policies

 

For a full description of significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013. There were no significant changes to the Company’s accounting policies during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

 

Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-08 — Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosure of Disposals of Components of an Entity. This Update changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations and related disclosures. The Update limits the definition of a discontinued operation to disposals that represent “strategic shifts” that will have a major effect on an entity’s operation and financial results. Additionally, the Update requires enhanced disclosures about the components of discontinued operations and the financial effects of the disposal. The amendments in this Update are effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company is reviewing the additional disclosures required by the Update, and will apply the revised guidance to any disposals occurring after the effective date.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

ASU No. 2014-09 — Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This Update provides for significant revisions to the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers across various industries. Under the new guidance, entities are required to apply a prescribed 5-step process to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The accounting for revenues associated with insurance products is not within the scope of this Update. The Update is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is reviewing is reviewing its policies and processes to ensure compliance with the requirements in this Update.

 

ASU No. 2014-11 — Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures. This Update changes the requirements for classification of certain repurchase agreements, and will expand the use of secured borrowing accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions. In addition, the Update requires additional disclosures for repurchase agreements accounted for both as sales and as secured borrowings. The amendments in this Update are effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The Update will not impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations. The Company is reviewing its policies and processes to ensure compliance with the additional disclosure requirements in this Update.

 

3.                                       SIGNIFICANT ACQUISITIONS

 

On October 1, 2013 Protective Life Insurance Company (“PLICO”) completed the acquisition contemplated by the master agreement (the “Master Agreement”) dated April 10, 2013. Pursuant to that Master Agreement with AXA Financial, Inc. (“AXA”) and AXA Equitable Financial Services, LLC (“AEFS”), PLICO acquired the stock of MONY Life Insurance Company (“MONY”) from AEFS and entered into a reinsurance agreement (the “Reinsurance Agreement”) pursuant to which it reinsured on a 100% indemnity reinsurance basis certain business (the “MLOA Business”) of MONY Life Insurance Company of America (“MLOA”). The final aggregate purchase price of MONY was $689 million. The ceding commission for the reinsurance of the MLOA Business was $370 million. Together, the purchase of MONY and reinsurance of the MLOA Business are hereto referred to as (the “MONY acquisition”). The MONY acquisition allowed the Company to invest its capital and increase the scale of its Acquisitions segment. The MONY acquisition business is comprised of traditional and universal life insurance policies and fixed and variable annuities, most of which were written prior to 2004.

 

The MONY acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting under ASC Topic 805. In accordance with ASC 805-20-30, all identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed were measured at fair value as of the acquisition date. During the current quarter as a result of new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date, the Company recorded certain measurement period adjustments to fixed maturities, mortgage loans, cash, accounts and premiums receivable, VOBA, other assets, deferred income taxes, future policy benefits and claims, other policyholders’ funds, and other liabilities. These were customary adjustments that occurred during the normal course of reviewing and integrating the MONY acquisition. The net result on the amount of VOBA recorded by the Company in relation to the MONY acquisition was to decrease VOBA by approximately $14.0 million. This impact has been revised in the comparative consolidated balance sheet presented as of December 31, 2013. The Company has determined that the impact on amortization and other related amounts within the comparative interim and annual periods from that previously presented in the annual or interim consolidated condensed statements of income is immaterial. The amounts presented in the following table related to the MONY acquisition (presented as of the acquisition date of October 1, 2013) have been retrospectively revised for the aforementioned measurement period adjustments.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the consideration paid for the acquisition and the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

October 1, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, at fair value

 

$

6,557,853

 

Equity securities, at fair value

 

108,413

 

Mortgage loans

 

830,415

 

Policy loans

 

967,534

 

Short-term investments

 

130,963

 

Total investments

 

8,595,178

 

Cash

 

216,164

 

Accrued investment income

 

114,695

 

Accounts and premiums receivable, net of allowance for uncollectible amounts

 

26,055

 

Reinsurance receivables

 

422,692

 

Value of business acquired

 

205,767

 

Other assets

 

5,104

 

Income tax receivables

 

21,197

 

Deferred income taxes

 

188,142

 

Separate account assets

 

195,452

 

Total assets

 

$

9,990,446

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

Future policy benefits and claims

 

$

7,645,969

 

Unearned premiums

 

3,066

 

Total policy liabilities and accruals

 

7,649,035

 

Annuity account balances

 

752,163

 

Other policyholders’ funds

 

636,448

 

Other liabilities

 

66,124

 

Non-recourse funding obligation

 

2,548

 

Separate account liabilities

 

195,344

 

Total liabilities

 

9,301,662

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

688,784

 

 

The following (unaudited) pro forma condensed consolidated results of operations assumes that the aforementioned acquisition was completed as of January 1, 2012:

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

June 30, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Revenue

 

$

1,162,748

 

$

2,316,066

 

Net income

 

$

120,589

 

$

205,516

 

EPS - basic

 

$

1.52

 

$

2.59

 

EPS - diluted

 

$

1.49

 

$

2.54

 

 

11



Table of Contents

 

4.                                       MONY CLOSED BLOCK OF BUSINESS

 

In 1998, MONY converted from a mutual insurance company to a stock corporation (“demutualization”). In connection with its demutualization, an accounting mechanism known as a closed block (the “Closed Block”) was established for certain individuals’ participating policies in force as of the date of demutualization. Assets, liabilities, and earnings of the Closed Block are specifically identified to support its participating policyholders. The Company acquired the Closed Block in conjunction with the MONY acquisition as discussed in Note 3, Significant Acquisitions .

 

Assets allocated to the Closed Block inure solely to the benefit of each Closed Block’s policyholders and will not revert to the benefit of MONY or the Company. No reallocation, transfer, borrowing or lending of assets can be made between the Closed Block and other portions of MONY’s general account, any of MONY’s separate accounts or any affiliate of MONY without the approval of the Superintendent of The New York State Insurance Department (the “Superintendent”). Closed Block assets and liabilities are carried on the same basis as similar assets and liabilities held in the general account.

 

The excess of Closed Block liabilities over Closed Block assets (adjusted to exclude the impact of related amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”)) at the acquisition date represented the estimated maximum future post-tax earnings from the Closed Block that would be recognized in income from continuing operations over the period the policies and contracts in the Closed Block remain in force. In connection with the acquisition of MONY, the Company has developed an actuarial calculation of the expected timing of MONY’s Closed Block’s earnings as of October 1, 2013.

 

If the actual cumulative earnings from the Closed Block are greater than the expected cumulative earnings, only the expected earnings will be recognized in the Company’s net income. Actual cumulative earnings in excess of expected cumulative earnings at any point in time are recorded as a policyholder dividend obligation because they will ultimately be paid to Closed Block policyholders as an additional policyholder dividend unless offset by future performance that is less favorable than originally expected. If a policyholder dividend obligation has been previously established and the actual Closed Block earnings in a subsequent period are less than the expected earnings for that period, the policyholder dividend obligation would be reduced (but not below zero). If, over the period the policies and contracts in the Closed Block remain in force, the actual cumulative earnings of the Closed Block are less than the expected cumulative earnings, only actual earnings would be recognized in income from continuing operations. If the Closed Block has insufficient funds to make guaranteed policy benefit payments, such payments will be made from assets outside the Closed Block.

 

Many expenses related to Closed Block operations, including amortization of VOBA, are charged to operations outside of the Closed Block; accordingly, net revenues of the Closed Block do not represent the actual profitability of the Closed Block operations. Operating costs and expenses outside of the Closed Block are, therefore, disproportionate to the business outside of the Closed Block.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Summarized financial information for the Closed Block from December 31, 2013 through June 30, 2014 is as follows:

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Closed block liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Future policy benefits, policyholders’ account balances and other

 

$

6,195,402

 

$

6,261,819

 

Policyholder dividend obligation

 

328,872

 

190,494

 

Other liabilities

 

59,751

 

1,259

 

Total closed block liabilities

 

6,584,025

 

6,453,572

 

Closed block assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value

 

$

4,402,851

 

$

4,109,142

 

Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value

 

5,369

 

5,223

 

Mortgage loans on real estate

 

512,800

 

601,959

 

Policy loans

 

787,348

 

802,013

 

Cash and other invested assets

 

70,954

 

140,577

 

Other assets

 

237,931

 

207,265

 

Total closed block assets

 

6,017,253

 

5,866,179

 

Excess of reported closed block liabilities over closed block assets

 

566,772

 

587,393

 

Portion of above representing accumulated other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized investment gains (losses) net of deferred tax benefit of $0 and $1,074 net of policyholder dividend obligation of $86,196 and $12,720

 

 

(1,994

)

Future earnings to be recognized from closed block assets and closed block liabilities

 

$

566,772

 

$

585,399

 

 

Reconciliation of the policyholder dividend obligation from December 31, 2013 through June 30, 2014 is as follows:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Policyholder dividend obligation, at December 31, 2013

 

$

190,494

 

Applicable to net revenue (losses)

 

(6,951

)

Change in net unrealized investment gains (losses) allocated to the policyholder dividend obligation

 

145,329

 

Policyholder dividend obligation, end of period

 

$

328,872

 

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Closed Block revenues and expenses were as follows:

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums and other income

 

$

53,073

 

$

102,846

 

Net investment income

 

60,416

 

112,623

 

Net investment gains

 

1,086

 

6,105

 

Total revenues

 

114,575

 

221,574

 

Benefits and other deduction

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

103,209

 

199,535

 

Other operating expenses

 

383

 

90

 

Total benefits and other deductions

 

103,592

 

199,625

 

Net revenues before income taxes

 

10,983

 

21,949

 

Income tax expense

 

3,844

 

7,682

 

Net revenues

 

$

7,139

 

$

14,267

 

 

5.                                       PROPOSED DAI-ICHI MERGER

 

On June 3, 2014, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with The Dai-ichi Life Insurance Company, Limited, a kabushiki kaisha organized under the laws of Japan (“Dai-ichi”) and DL Investment (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Dai-ichi which provides for the merger of DL Investment (Delaware), Inc. with and into the Company (the “Merger”), with the Company surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Dai-ichi.

 

The Company’s Board of Directors unanimously (1) determined that the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are fair to, advisable and in the best interests of, the Company and its shareowners, (2) approved the execution, delivery and performance of the Merger Agreement by the Company and the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, and (3) resolved to recommend the approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement by the shareowners of the Company. The Board of Directors received an opinion as to the fairness of the Merger consideration to be received by the shareowners of the Company from its financial advisor, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC related to the terms of the Merger Agreement.

 

If the proposed Merger is completed, at the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), each share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.50 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, other than certain excluded shares, will be converted into the right to receive $70 in cash, without interest (the “Per Share Merger Consideration”). Shares of common stock held by Dai-ichi or the Company or their respective direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries will not be entitled to receive the Merger Consideration. Stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units and performance shares issued under various benefit plans will be paid out as described below under “Treatment of Benefit Plans”.

 

Shareowners of the Company will be asked to vote on the adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger at a special shareowners meeting that will be held on a date to be announced. Completion of the Merger is subject to various closing conditions, including, but not limited to, (1) adoption of the Merger Agreement by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of all outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Shareowner Approval”), (2) requisite approval of the Japan Financial Services Agency of an application and notification filing by Dai-ichi and its affiliates, (3) the receipt of certain insurance regulatory approvals, (4) the absence of any laws that have been adopted or promulgated, or any order, injunction, decision or decree issued or remaining in effect, that would prohibit the Merger or make the Merger illegal, and (5) the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, which waiting period terminated on July 25, 2014, pursuant to a grant of early termination by the Federal Trade Commission. Each party’s obligation to consummate the Merger also is subject to certain additional conditions that include the accuracy of the other party’s representations and warranties contained in the Merger Agreement (subject to certain materiality qualifiers) and the other party’s compliance with its covenants and agreements contained in the Merger Agreement in all material respects. The Merger Agreement does not contain a financing condition.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

The Merger Agreement contains representations and warranties customary for transactions of this type. The Company has agreed to various customary covenants and agreements, including, among others, agreements to conduct its business in the ordinary course during the period between the execution of the Merger Agreement and the Effective Time, not to engage in certain kinds of transactions during this period, and to convene and hold a meeting of its shareowners for the purpose of obtaining the Shareowners Approval.

 

In addition, and subject to certain limitations, either party may terminate the Merger Agreement if the Merger is not consummated by February 28, 2015, which date is extended until April 30, 2015 in the event of delays in obtaining regulatory approval.

 

Treatment of Benefit Plans

 

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at or immediately prior to the Effective Time, each stock appreciation right with respect to shares of Common Stock granted under any Stock Plan (each, a “SAR”) that is outstanding and unexercised immediately prior to the Effective Time and that has a base price per share of Common Stock underlying such SAR (the “Base Price”) that is less than the Per Share Merger Consideration (each such SAR, an “In-the-Money SAR”), whether or not exercisable or vested, will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash, without interest, determined by multiplying (i) the excess of the Per Share Merger Consideration over the Base Price of such In-the-Money SAR by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such In-the-Money SAR (such amount, the “SAR Consideration”). At the Effective Time, each SAR that has a Base Price that is equal to or greater than the Per Share Merger Consideration, whether or not exercisable or vested, will be cancelled and the holder of such SAR will not be entitled to receive any payment in exchange for such cancellation.

 

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at or immediately prior to the Effective Time, each restricted share unit with respect to a share of Common Stock granted under any Stock Plan (each, a “RSU”) that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, whether or not vested, will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash, without interest, determined by multiplying (i) the Per Share Merger Consideration by (ii) the number of RSUs.

 

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at or immediately prior to the Effective Time, the number of performance shares earned for each award of performance shares granted under any Stock Plan will be calculated by determining the number of performance shares that would have been paid if the subject award period had ended on the December 31 immediately preceding the Effective Time (based on the conditions set for payment of performance share awards for the subject award period), provided that the number of performance shares earned for each award will not be less than the aggregate number of performance shares at the target performance level, and provided further that with respect to awards granted in the year in which the Effective Time occurs, performance shares will be earned at the same percentage as awards granted in the year preceding the year in which the Effective Time occurs. At or immediately prior to the Effective Time, each performance share so earned (each, a “Performance Share”) that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, whether or not vested, will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash, without interest, determined by multiplying (i) the Per Share Merger Consideration by (ii) the number of Performance Shares.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

6.                                       INVESTMENT OPERATIONS

 

Net realized gains (losses) for all other investments are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Fixed maturities

 

$

20,198

 

$

19,152

 

$

27,568

 

$

31,461

 

Equity securities

 

 

2,366

 

 

2,367

 

Impairments on fixed maturity securities

 

(1,460

)

(2,910

)

(3,051

)

(6,497

)

Impairments on equity securities

 

 

(1,090

)

 

(2,087

)

Modco trading portfolio

 

60,989

 

(126,694

)

127,292

 

(142,022

)

Other investments

 

(1,039

)

(4,802

)

(2,598

)

(5,929

)

Total realized gains (losses) - investments

 

$

78,688

 

$

(113,978

)

$

149,211

 

$

(122,707

)

 

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, gross realized gains on investments available-for-sale (fixed maturities, equity securities, and short-term investments) were $20.4 million and $28.1 million and gross realized losses were $1.6 million and $3.4 million, including $1.4 million and $2.9 million of impairment losses, respectively.

 

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, gross realized gains on investments available-for-sale (fixed maturities, equity securities, and short-term investments) were $23.9 million and $36.8 million and gross realized losses were $6.2 million and $11.1 million, including $3.8 million and $8.2 million of impairment losses, respectively.

 

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company sold securities in an unrealized gain position with a fair value (proceeds) of $306.3 million and $571.0 million, respectively. The gain realized on the sale of these securities was $20.4 million and $28.1 million, respectively.

 

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company sold securities in an unrealized gain position with a fair value (proceeds) of $409.9 million and $798.5 million, respectively. The gain realized on the sale of these securities was $23.9 million and $36.8 million, respectively.

 

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company sold or otherwise disposed of securities in an unrealized loss position with a fair value (proceeds) of $1.6 million and $4.4 million, respectively. The losses realized on the sale of these securities were $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively. The Company made the decision to exit these holdings in conjunction with our overall asset liability management process.

 

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company sold securities in an unrealized loss position with a fair value (proceeds) of $53.2 million and $57.2 million, respectively. The losses realized on the sale of these securities were $2.4 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The Company made the decision to exit these holdings in conjunction with our overall asset liability management process.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

The amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s investments classified as available-for-sale as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

Total OTTI

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Recognized

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

in OCI (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

2014 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

1,398,009

 

$

50,699

 

$

(13,971

)

$

1,434,737

 

$

6,318

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

1,039,299

 

52,339

 

(4,023

)

1,087,615

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

878,416

 

20,116

 

(32,847

)

865,685

 

(82

)

U.S. government-related securities

 

1,544,310

 

46,206

 

(21,785

)

1,568,731

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

19,179

 

3,035

 

 

22,214

 

 

States, municipals, and political subdivisions

 

1,372,418

 

234,104

 

(3,673

)

1,602,849

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

25,137,768

 

2,669,336

 

(79,197

)

27,727,907

 

 

 

 

31,389,399

 

3,075,835

 

(155,496

)

34,309,738

 

6,236

 

Equity securities

 

747,284

 

35,119

 

(14,075

)

768,328

 

 

Short-term investments

 

117,511

 

 

 

117,511

 

 

 

 

$

32,254,194

 

$

3,110,954

 

$

(169,571

)

$

35,195,577

 

$

6,236

 

2013 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

1,435,477

 

$

34,155

 

$

(24,564

)

$

1,445,068

 

$

979

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

963,461

 

26,900

 

(19,705

)

970,656

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

926,396

 

15,135

 

(69,548

)

871,983

 

(51

)

U.S. government-related securities

 

1,529,818

 

32,150

 

(54,078

)

1,507,890

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

49,171

 

2,257

 

(1

)

51,427

 

 

States, municipals, and political subdivisions

 

1,315,457

 

103,663

 

(8,291

)

1,410,829

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

24,644,025

 

1,507,630

 

(392,067

)

25,759,588

 

 

 

 

30,863,805

 

1,721,890

 

(568,254

)

32,017,441

 

928

 

Equity securities

 

654,579

 

6,631

 

(36,362

)

624,848

 

 

Short-term investments

 

81,703

 

 

 

81,703

 

 

 

 

$

31,600,087

 

$

1,728,521

 

$

(604,616

)

$

32,723,992

 

$

928

 

 


(1) These amounts are included in the gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses columns above.

 

The amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s investments classified as held-to-maturity as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

Total OTTI

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Recognized

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

in OCI

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

2014 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

$

400,000

 

$

51,382

 

$

 

$

451,382

 

$

 

 

 

$

400,000

 

$

51,382

 

$

 

$

451,382

 

$

 

2013 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

$

365,000

 

$

 

$

(29,324

)

$

335,676

 

$

 

 

 

$

365,000

 

$

 

$

(29,324

)

$

335,676

 

$

 

 

17



Table of Contents

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company did not record any other-than-temporary impairments on held-to-maturity securities. The Company’s held-to-maturity securities had no gross unrecognized holding losses for the period ended June 30, 2014 and $29.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company does not consider these unrecognized holding losses to be other-than-temporary based on certain positive factors associated with the securities which include credit ratings, financial health of the issuer, continued access of the issuer to capital markets and other pertinent information

 

As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had an additional $2.9 billion and $2.8 billion of fixed maturities, $23.7 million and $21.2 million of equity securities, and $91.1 million and $52.4 million of short-term investments classified as trading securities, respectively.

 

The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity fixed maturities as of June 30, 2014, by expected maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities of securities without a single maturity date are allocated based on estimated rates of prepayment that may differ from actual rates of prepayment.

 

 

 

Available-for-sale

 

Held-to-maturity

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

438,145

 

$

448,757

 

$

 

$

 

Due after one year through five years

 

6,023,849

 

6,427,870

 

 

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

8,650,531

 

9,173,945

 

 

 

Due after ten years

 

16,276,874

 

18,259,166

 

400,000

 

451,382

 

 

 

$

31,389,399

 

$

34,309,738

 

$

400,000

 

$

451,382

 

 

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company recorded pre-tax other-than-temporary impairments of investments of $0.5 million and $0.9 million, all of which related to fixed maturities, respectively. Credit impairments recorded in earnings during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 were $1.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, $1.0 million and $2.2 million of non-credit losses previously recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) were recorded in earnings as credit losses, respectively. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, there were no other-than-temporary impairments related to fixed maturities or equity securities that the Company intended to sell or expected to be required to sell.

 

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded pre-tax other-than-temporary impairments of investments of $1.8 million and $3.1 million, of which $0.7 million  and $1.0 million related to debt securities and $1.1 million and $2.1 million related to equity securities, respectively. Credit impairments recorded in earnings during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, were $4.0 million and $8.6 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, $2.2 million and $5.5 million of non-credit losses previously recorded in other comprehensive income were recorded in earnings as credit losses, respectively. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, there were no other-than-temporary impairments related to debt securities or equity securities that the Company intended to sell or expected to be required to sell.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

The following chart is a rollforward of available-for-sale credit losses on debt securities held by the Company for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairments were recognized in other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

20,839

 

$

63,183

 

$

41,692

 

$

122,121

 

Additions for newly impaired securities

 

 

618

 

 

1,615

 

Additions for previously impaired securities

 

553

 

1,568

 

1,027

 

3,054

 

Reductions for previously impaired securities due to a change in expected cash flows

 

(3,407

)

(6,049

)

(24,734

)

(67,470

)

Reductions for previously impaired securities that were sold in the current period

 

 

(7,488

)

 

(7,488

)

Ending balance

 

$

17,985

 

$

51,832

 

$

17,985

 

$

51,832

 

 

The following table includes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2014:

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Loss

 

Value

 

Loss

 

Value

 

Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

145,373

 

$

(10,089

)

$

94,770

 

$

(3,882

)

$

240,143

 

$

(13,971

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

37,107

 

(353

)

126,051

 

(3,670

)

163,158

 

(4,023

)

Other asset-backed securities

 

121,233

 

(6,982

)

524,614

 

(25,865

)

645,847

 

(32,847

)

U.S. government-related securities

 

344,815

 

(7,321

)

314,356

 

(14,464

)

659,171

 

(21,785

)

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States, municipalities, and political subdivisions

 

20,152

 

(1,641

)

22,254

 

(2,032

)

42,406

 

(3,673

)

Corporate bonds

 

815,310

 

(24,098

)

1,447,963

 

(55,099

)

2,263,273

 

(79,197

)

Equities

 

105,413

 

(3,741

)

77,077

 

(10,334

)

182,490

 

(14,075

)

 

 

$

1,589,403

 

$

(54,225

)

$

2,607,085

 

$

(115,346

)

$

4,196,488

 

$

(169,571

)

 

RMBS have a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $3.9 million as of June 30, 2014. Factors such as the credit enhancement within the deal structure, the average life of the securities, and the performance of the underlying collateral support the recoverability of these investments.

 

CMBS have a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $3.7 million as of June 30, 2014. Factors such as the credit enhancement within the deal structure, the average life of the securities, and the performance of the underlying collateral support the recoverability of these investments.

 

The other asset-backed securities have a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $25.9 million as of June 30, 2014. This category predominately includes student-loan backed auction rate securities, the underlying collateral, of which is at least 97% guaranteed by the Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”). These unrealized losses have occurred within the Company’s auction rate securities (“ARS”) portfolio since the market collapse during 2008. At this time, the Company has no reason to believe that the U.S. Department of Education would not honor the FFELP guarantee, if it were necessary.

 

The U.S. government-related category has gross unrealized losses greater than twelve months of $14.5 million as of June 30, 2014. These declines were entirely related to changes in interest rates.

 

The corporate bonds category has gross unrealized losses greater than twelve months of $55.1 million as of June 30, 2014. These declines were primarily related to changes in interest rates during the period. The aggregate decline in market value of these securities was deemed temporary due to positive factors supporting the recoverability

 

19



Table of Contents

 

of the respective investments. Positive factors considered include credit ratings, the financial health of the issuer, the continued access of the issuer to capital markets, and other pertinent information.

 

The equities category has a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $10.3 million as of June 30, 2014. The aggregate decline in market value of these securities was deemed temporary due to factors supporting the recoverability of the respective investments. Positive factors include credit ratings, the financial health of the issuer, the continued access of the issuer to the capital markets, and other pertinent information.

 

The Company does not consider these unrealized loss positions to be other-than-temporary, based on the factors discussed and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until the fair values recover, and does not intend to sell or expect to be required to sell the securities before recovering the Company’s amortized cost of debt securities.

 

The following table includes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Loss

 

Value

 

Loss

 

Value

 

Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

333,235

 

$

(14,051

)

$

210,486

 

$

(10,513

)

$

543,721

 

$

(24,564

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

429,228

 

(18,467

)

13,840

 

(1,238

)

443,068

 

(19,705

)

Other asset-backed securities

 

175,846

 

(14,555

)

497,512

 

(54,993

)

673,358

 

(69,548

)

U.S. government-related securities

 

891,698

 

(53,508

)

6,038

 

(570

)

897,736

 

(54,078

)

Other government-related securities

 

10,161

 

(1

)

 

 

10,161

 

(1

)

States, municipalities, and political subdivisions

 

172,157

 

(8,113

)

335

 

(178

)

172,492

 

(8,291

)

Corporate bonds

 

7,484,010

 

(353,211

)

272,423

 

(38,856

)

7,756,433

 

(392,067

)

Equities

 

376,776

 

(27,861

)

21,974

 

(8,501

)

398,750

 

(36,362

)

 

 

$

9,873,111

 

$

(489,767

)

$

1,022,608

 

$

(114,849

)

$

10,895,719

 

$

(604,616

)

 

RMBS had a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $10.5 million as of December 31, 2013. Factors such as the credit enhancement within the deal structure, the average life of the securities, and the performance of the underlying collateral support the recoverability of these investments.

 

CMBS had a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $1.2 million as of December 31, 2013. Factors such as the credit enhancement within the deal structure, the average life of the securities, and the performance of the underlying collateral support the recoverability of these investments.

 

The other asset-backed securities had a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $55.0 million as of December 31, 2013. This category predominately includes student-loan backed auction rate securities, the underlying collateral, of which is at least 97% guaranteed by the FFELP. These unrealized losses have occurred within the Company’s ARS portfolio since the market collapse during 2008. At this time, the Company has no reason to believe that the U.S. Department of Education would not honor the FFELP guarantee, if it were necessary.

 

The corporate bonds category had gross unrealized losses greater than twelve months of $38.9 million as of December 31, 2013. The aggregate decline in market value of these securities was deemed temporary due to positive factors supporting the recoverability of the respective investments. Positive factors considered include credit ratings, the financial health of the issuer, the continued access of the issuer to capital markets, and other pertinent information.

 

The equities category had a gross unrealized loss greater than twelve months of $8.5 million as of December 31, 2013. The aggregate decline in market value of these securities was deemed temporary due to factors supporting the recoverability of the respective investments. Positive factors include credit ratings, the financial health of the issuer, the continued access of the issuer to the capital markets, and other pertinent information.

 

The Company does not consider these unrealized loss positions to be other-than-temporary, based on the factors discussed and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until the fair values

 

20



Table of Contents

 

recover, and does not intend to sell or expect to be required to sell the securities before recovering the Company’s amortized cost of debt securities.

 

As of June 30, 2014, the Company had securities in its available-for-sale portfolio which were rated below investment grade of $1.7 billion and had an amortized cost of $1.7 billion. In addition, included in the Company’s trading portfolio, the Company held $334.5 million of securities which were rated below investment grade. Approximately $817.9 million of the below investment grade securities were not publicly traded.

 

The change in unrealized gains (losses), net of income tax, on fixed maturity and equity securities, classified as available-for-sale is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Fixed maturities

 

$

519,745

 

$

(849,033

)

$

1,148,357

 

$

(1,018,822

)

Equity securities

 

14,591

 

(8,392

)

33,004

 

(4,602

)

 

Variable Interest Entities

 

The Company holds certain investments in entities in which its ownership interests could possibly be considered variable interests under Topic 810 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC” or Codification”) (excluding debt and equity securities held as trading, available for sale, or held to maturity). The Company reviews the characteristics of each of these applicable entities and compares those characteristics to applicable criteria to determine whether the entity is a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”).  If the entity is determined to be a VIE, the Company then performs a detailed review to determine whether the interest would be considered a variable interest under the guidance. The Company then performs a qualitative review of all variable interests with the entity and determines whether the Company is the primary beneficiary. ASC 810 provides that an entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE if the entity has 1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and 2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

 

Based on this analysis, the Company had an interest in one wholly owned subsidiary, Red Mountain, LLC (“Red Mountain”), that was classified as a VIE as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The activity most significant to Red Mountain is the issuance of a note in connection with a financing transaction involving Golden Gate V Vermont Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate V”) and the Company in which Golden Gate V issued non-recourse funding obligations to Red Mountain and Red Mountain issued the note to Golden Gate V. Credit enhancement on the Red Mountain Note is provided by an unrelated third party. For details of this transaction, see Note 9, Debt and Other Obligations . The Company had the power, via its 100% ownership through an affiliate, to direct the activities of the VIE, but did not have the obligation to absorb losses related to the primary risks or sources of variability to the VIE. The variability of loss would be borne primarily by the third party in its function as provider of credit enhancement on the Red Mountain Note. Accordingly, it was determined that the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The Company’s risk of loss related to the VIE is limited to its investment of $10,000. Additionally, the holding company (“PLC”) has guaranteed the VIE’s payment obligation for the credit enhancement fee to the unrelated third party provider. As of June 30, 2014, no payments have been made or required related to this guarantee.

 

7.                                       MORTGAGE LOANS

 

Mortgage Loans

 

The Company invests a portion of its investment portfolio in commercial mortgage loans. As of June 30, 2014, the Company’s mortgage loan holdings were approximately $5.3 billion. The Company has specialized in making loans

 

21



Table of Contents

 

on either credit-oriented commercial properties or credit-anchored strip shopping centers and apartments. The Company’s underwriting procedures relative to its commercial loan portfolio are based, in the Company’s view, on a conservative and disciplined approach. The Company concentrates on a small number of commercial real estate asset types associated with the necessities of life (retail, multi-family, professional office buildings, and warehouses). The Company believes these asset types tend to weather economic downturns better than other commercial asset classes in which it has chosen not to participate. The Company believes this disciplined approach has helped to maintain a relatively low delinquency and foreclosure rate throughout its history. The majority of the Company’s mortgage loans portfolio was underwritten and funded by the Company. From time to time, the Company may acquire loans in conjunction with an acquisition.

 

The Company’s commercial mortgage loans are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted for any unamortized premium or discount, and net of valuation allowances. Interest income is accrued on the principal amount of the loan based on the loan’s contractual interest rate. Amortization of premiums and discounts is recorded using the effective yield method. Interest income, amortization of premiums and discounts and prepayment fees are reported in net investment income.

 

Certain of our mortgage loans have call options or interest rate reset options between 3 and 10 years. However, if interest rates were to significantly increase, we may be unable to exercise the call options or increase the interest rates on our existing mortgage loans commensurate with the significantly increased market rates. Assuming the loans are called at their next call dates, approximately $43.7 million would become due for the remainder of 2014, $1.1 billion in 2015 through 2019, $501.4 million in 2020 through 2024, and $130.5 million thereafter .

 

The Company offers a type of commercial mortgage loan under which the Company will permit a loan-to-value ratio of up to 85% in exchange for a participating interest in the cash flows from the underlying real estate. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, approximately $613.8 million and $666.6 million, respectively, of the Company’s mortgage loans have this participation feature. Cash flows received as a result of this participation feature are recorded as interest income. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $2.8 million, $5.8 million, $5.8 million, and $9.2 million, respectively, of participating mortgage loan income.

 

As of June 30, 2014, approximately $5.9 million, or 0.01%, of invested assets consisted of nonperforming, restructured or mortgage loans that were foreclosed and were converted to real estate properties. The Company does not expect these investments to adversely affect its liquidity or ability to maintain proper matching of assets and liabilities. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, certain mortgage loan transactions occurred that were accounted for as troubled debt restructurings under Topic 310 of the FASB ASC. For all mortgage loans, the impact of troubled debt restructurings is generally reflected in our investment balance and in the allowance for mortgage loan credit losses. Transactions accounted for as troubled debt restructurings during the quarter included acceptance of assets in satisfaction of principal, and were the result of agreements between the creditor and the debtor. During the three and six month periods ending June 30, 2014, the Company accepted assets of $15.1 million in satisfaction of $16.0 million of principal resulting in a $0.9 million decrease in the Company’s investment in mortgage loans net of existing allowances for mortgage loan losses. No loans classified as troubled debt restructurings remained on the Company’s balance sheet as of June 30, 2014.

 

The Company’s mortgage loan portfolio consists of two categories of loans: (1) those not subject to a pooling and servicing agreement and (2) those subject to a contractual pooling and servicing agreement. As of June 30, 2014, $3.7 million of mortgage loans not subject to a pooling and servicing agreement were nonperforming or restructured. None of these nonperforming loans have been restructured during the six months ended June 30, 2014. The Company did not foreclose on any loans during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

As of June 30, 2014, $2.2 million of loans subject to a pooling and servicing agreement were nonperforming. None of these nonperforming loans have been restructured during the six months ended June 30, 2014. The Company did not foreclose on any loans during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had an allowance for mortgage loan credit losses of $4.3 million and $3.1 million, respectively. Due to the Company’s loss experience and nature of the loan portfolio, the Company believes that a collectively evaluated allowance would be inappropriate. The Company believes an

 

22



Table of Contents

 

allowance calculated through an analysis of specific loans that are believed to have a higher risk of credit impairment provides a more accurate presentation of expected losses in the portfolio and is consistent with the applicable guidance for loan impairments in ASC Subtopic 310. Since the Company uses the specific identification method for calculating the allowance, it is necessary to review the economic situation of each borrower to determine those that have higher risk of credit impairment. The Company has a team of professionals that monitors borrower conditions such as payment practices, borrower credit, operating performance, and property conditions, as well as ensuring the timely payment of property taxes and insurance. Through this monitoring process, the Company assesses the risk of each loan. When issues are identified, the severity of the issues are assessed and reviewed for possible credit impairment. If a loss is probable, an expected loss calculation is performed and an allowance is established for that loan based on the expected loss. The expected loss is calculated as the excess carrying value of a loan over either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, or the current estimated fair value of the loan’s underlying collateral. A loan may be subsequently charged off at such point that the Company no longer expects to receive cash payments, the present value of future expected payments of the renegotiated loan is less than the current principal balance, or at such time that the Company is party to foreclosure or bankruptcy proceedings associated with the borrower and does not expect to recover the principal balance of the loan.

 

A charge off is recorded by eliminating the allowance against the mortgage loan and recording the renegotiated loan or the collateral property related to the loan as investment real estate on the balance sheet, which is carried at the lower of the appraised fair value of the property or the unpaid principal balance of the loan, less estimated selling costs associated with the property:

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

3,130

 

$

2,875

 

Charge offs

 

 

(6,838

)

Recoveries

 

(1,075

)

(1,016

)

Provision

 

2,225

 

8,109

 

Ending balance

 

$

4,280

 

$

3,130

 

 

It is the Company’s policy to cease to carry accrued interest on loans that are over 90 days delinquent. For loans less than 90 days delinquent, interest is accrued unless it is determined that the accrued interest is not collectible. If a loan becomes over 90 days delinquent, it is the Company’s general policy to initiate foreclosure proceedings unless a workout arrangement to bring the loan current is in place. For loans subject to a pooling and servicing agreement, there are certain additional restrictions and/or requirements related to workout proceedings, and as such, these loans may have different attributes and/or circumstances affecting the status of delinquency or categorization of those in nonperforming status. An analysis of the delinquent loans is shown in the following chart as of June 30, 2014.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

than 90 Days

 

Total

 

 

 

Delinquent

 

Delinquent

 

Delinquent

 

Delinquent

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Commercial mortgage loans

 

$

24,562

 

$

 

$

5,908

 

$

30,470

 

Number of delinquent commercial mortgage loans

 

9

 

 

4

 

13

 

 

23



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s commercial mortgage loan portfolio consists of mortgage loans that are collateralized by real estate. Due to the collateralized nature of the loans, any assessment of impairment and ultimate loss given a default on the loans is based upon a consideration of the estimated fair value of the real estate. The Company limits accrued interest income on impaired loans to 90 days of interest. Once accrued interest on the impaired loan is received, interest income is recognized on a cash basis. For information regarding impaired loans, please refer to the following chart as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Cash Basis

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Principal

 

Related

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

Interest

 

 

 

Investment

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

Income

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

2014 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded

 

$

5,275

 

$

5,254

 

$

 

$

1,758

 

$

64

 

$

43

 

With an allowance recorded

 

23,754

 

23,738

 

4,280

 

3,959

 

314

 

314

 

2013 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded

 

$

2,208

 

$

2,208

 

$

 

$

2,208

 

$

31

 

$

 

With an allowance recorded

 

21,288

 

21,281

 

3,130

 

5,322

 

304

 

304

 

 

8.                                       GOODWILL

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company decreased its goodwill balance by approximately $1.5 million. The decrease was due to an adjustment in the Acquisitions segment related to tax benefits realized during 2014 on the portion of tax goodwill in excess of GAAP basis goodwill. As of June 30, 2014, the Company had an aggregate goodwill balance of $103.9 million.

 

Accounting for goodwill requires an estimate of the future profitability of the associated lines of business to assess the recoverability of the capitalized acquisition goodwill. The Company evaluates the carrying value of goodwill at the segment (or reporting unit) level at least annually and between annual evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such circumstances could include, but are not limited to: 1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, 2) unanticipated competition, or 3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. When evaluating whether goodwill is impaired, the Company first determines through qualitative analysis whether relevant events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that segment goodwill balances are impaired as of the testing date. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that impairment exists, the Company compares its estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill. The Company utilizes a fair value measurement (which includes a discounted cash flows analysis) to assess the carrying value of the reporting units in consideration of the recoverability of the goodwill balance assigned to each reporting unit as of the measurement date. The Company’s material goodwill balances are attributable to certain of its operating segments (which are each considered to be reporting units). The cash flows used to determine the fair value of the Company’s reporting units are dependent on a number of significant assumptions. The Company’s estimates, which consider a market participant view of fair value, are subject to change given the inherent uncertainty in predicting future results and cash flows, which are impacted by such things as policyholder behavior, competitor pricing, capital limitations, new product introductions, and specific industry and market conditions. Additionally, the discount rate used is based on the Company’s judgment of the appropriate rate for each reporting unit based on the relative risk associated with the projected cash flows. As of December 31, 2013, the Company performed its annual evaluation of goodwill and determined that no adjustment to impair goodwill was necessary. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, no events occurred which indicate an impairment was required or which would invalidate the previous results of the Company’s impairment assessment.

 

9.                                       DEBT AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS

 

The Company has access to a Credit Facility that provides the ability to borrow on an unsecured basis up to an aggregate principal amount of $750 million. The Company has the right in certain circumstances to request that the

 

24



Table of Contents

 

commitment under the Credit Facility be increased up to a maximum principal amount of $1.0 billion. Balances outstanding under the Credit Facility accrue interest at a rate equal to, at the option of the Borrowers, (i)  LIBOR plus a spread based on the ratings of the Company’s senior unsecured long-term debt (“Senior Debt”), or (ii) the sum of (A) a rate equal to the highest of (x) the Administrative Agent’s prime rate, (y) 0.50% above the Federal Funds rate, or (z) the one-month LIBOR plus 1.00% and (B) a spread based on the ratings of the Company’s Senior Debt. The Credit Facility also provides for a facility fee at a rate that varies with the ratings of the Company’s Senior Debt and that is calculated on the aggregate amount of commitments under the Credit Facility, whether used or unused. The maturity date on the Credit Facility is July 17, 2017. The Company is not aware of any non-compliance with the financial debt covenants of the Credit Facility as of June 30, 2014. There was an outstanding balance of $345.0 million at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.20% under the Credit Facility as of June 30, 2014.

 

Non- Recourse Funding Obligations

 

Golden Gate II Captive Insurance Company

 

Golden Gate II Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate II”), a special purpose financial captive insurance company wholly owned by PLICO, had $575 million of outstanding non-recourse funding obligations as of June 30, 2014. These outstanding non-recourse funding obligations were issued to special purpose trusts, which in turn issued securities to third parties. Certain of our affiliates own a portion of these securities. As of June 30, 2014, securities related to $176.6 million of the outstanding balance of the non-recourse funding obligations were held by external parties and securities related to $398.4 million of the non-recourse funding obligations were held by our affiliates. The Company has entered into certain support agreements with Golden Gate II obligating the Company to make capital contributions or provide support related to certain of Golden Gate II’s expenses and in certain circumstances, to collateralize certain of the Company’s obligations to Golden Gate II. These support agreements provide that amounts would become payable by the Company to Golden Gate II if its annual general corporate expenses were higher than modeled amounts or if Golden Gate II’s investment income on certain investments or premium income was below certain actuarially determined amounts. As of June 30, 2014, no payments have been made under these agreements.

 

Golden Gate V Vermont Captive Insurance Company

 

On October 10, 2012, Golden Gate V and Red Mountain, indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, entered into a 20-year transaction to finance up to $945 million of “AXXX” reserves related to a block of universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees issued by our direct wholly owned subsidiary PLICO and indirect wholly owned subsidiary, West Coast Life Insurance Company (“WCL”). Golden Gate V issued non-recourse funding obligations to Red Mountain, and Red Mountain issued a note with an initial principal amount of $275 million, increasing to a maximum of $945 million in 2027, to Golden Gate V for deposit to a reinsurance trust supporting Golden Gate V’s obligations under a reinsurance agreement with WCL, pursuant to which WCL cedes liabilities relating to the policies of WCL and retrocedes liabilities relating to the policies of PLICO. Through the structure, Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America (“Hannover Re”), the ultimate risk taker in the transaction, provides credit enhancement to the Red Mountain note for the 20-year term in exchange for a fee. The transaction is “non-recourse” to Golden Gate V, Red Mountain, WCL, PLICO and the Company, meaning that none of these companies are liable for the reimbursement of any credit enhancement payments required to be made. As of June 30, 2014, the principal balance of the Red Mountain note was $400 million. In connection with the transaction, the Company has entered into certain support agreements under which it guarantees or otherwise supports certain obligations of Golden Gate V or Red Mountain. Future scheduled capital contributions to prefund credit enhancement fees amount to approximately $144.3 million and will be paid in annual installments through 2031. The support agreements provide that amounts would become payable by the Company if Golden Gate V’s annual general corporate expenses were higher than modeled amounts or in the event write-downs due to other-than-temporary impairments on assets held in certain accounts exceed defined threshold levels. Additionally, the Company has entered into separate agreements to indemnify Golden Gate V with respect to material adverse changes in non-guaranteed elements of insurance policies reinsured by Golden Gate V, and to guarantee payment of certain fee amounts in connection with the credit enhancement of the Red Mountain note. As of June 30, 2014, no payments have been made under these agreements.

 

In connection with the transaction outlined above, Golden Gate V had a $400 million outstanding non-recourse funding obligation as of June 30, 2014. This non-recourse funding obligation matures in 2037, has scheduled increases in principal to a maximum of $945 million, and accrues interest at a fixed annual rate of 6.25%.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Non-recourse funding obligations outstanding as of June 30, 2014, on a consolidated basis, are shown in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year-to-Date

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity

 

Weighted-Avg

 

Issuer

 

Balance

 

Year

 

Interest Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Golden Gate II Captive Insurance Company

 

$

176,552

 

2052

 

1.12

%

Golden Gate V Vermont Captive Insurance Company (1)

 

400,000

 

2037

 

6.25

%

MONY Life Insurance Company (1)

 

2,526

 

2024

 

6.63

%

Total

 

$

579,078

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Fixed rate obligations

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company repurchased $18.3 million of its outstanding non-recourse funding obligations, at a discount, all of which was purchased in the current quarter. The repurchased resulted in a $4.6 million pre-tax gain for the Company. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company repurchased $16.1 million of its outstanding non-recourse funding obligations, at a discount. The repurchase resulted in a $3.4 million pre-tax gain for the Company. These gains are recorded in other income in the consolidated condensed statements of income.

 

Letters of Credit

 

Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate III”), a Vermont special purpose financial insurance company and wholly owned subsidiary of PLICO, is party to a Reimbursement Agreement (the “Reimbursement Agreement”) with UBS AG, Stamford Branch (“UBS”), as issuing lender. Under the original Reimbursement Agreement, dated April 23, 2010, UBS issued a letter of credit (the “LOC”) in the initial amount of $505 million to a trust for the benefit of WCL. The Reimbursement Agreement was subsequently amended and restated effective November 21, 2011 (the “First Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement”), to replace the existing LOC with one or more letters of credit from UBS, and to extend the maturity date from April 1, 2018, to April 1, 2022. On August 7, 2013, the Company entered into a Second Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement with UBS (the “Second Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement”), which amended and restated the First Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement. Under the Second and Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement a new LOC in an initial amount of $710 million was issued by UBS in replacement of the existing LOC issued under the First Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement. The term of the LOC was extended from April 1, 2022 to October 1, 2023, subject to certain conditions being satisfied including scheduled capital contributions being made to Golden Gate III by one of its affiliates. The maximum stated amount of the LOC was increased from $610 million to $720 million in 2015 if certain conditions are met. On June 25, 2014, the Company entered into a Third Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement with UBS (the “Third Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement”), which amended and restated the Second Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement. Under the Third Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement, a new LOC in an initial amount of $915 million was issued by UBS in replacement of the existing LOC issued under the Second Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement. The term of the LOC was extended from October 1, 2023 to April 1, 2025, subject to certain conditions being satisfied including scheduled capital contributions being made to Golden Gate III by one of its affiliates. The maximum stated amount of the LOC was increased from $720 million to $935 million in 2015 if certain conditions are met. The LOC is held in trust for the benefit of WCL, and supports certain obligations of Golden Gate III to WCL under an indemnity reinsurance agreement originally effective April 1, 2010, as amended and restated on November 21, 2011, and as further amended and restated on August 7, 2013 and on June 25, 2014 to include additional blocks of policies, and pursuant to which WCL cedes liabilities relating to the policies of WCL and retrocedes liabilities relating to the policies of PLICO. The LOC balance was $915 million as of June 30, 2014. Subject to certain conditions, the amount of the LOC will be periodically increased up to a maximum of $935 million in 2015. The term of the LOC is expected to be approximately 15 years from the original issuance date. This transaction is “non-recourse” to WCL, PLICO, and the Company, meaning that none of these companies other than Golden Gate III are liable for reimbursement on a draw of the LOC. The Company has entered into certain support agreements with Golden Gate III obligating the Company to make capital contributions or provide support related to certain of Golden Gate III’s expenses and in certain circumstances, to collateralize certain of the Company’s obligations to Golden Gate III. Future scheduled capital

 

26



Table of Contents

 

contributions amount to approximately $122.5 million and will be paid in three installments with the last payment occurring in 2021, and these contributions may be subject to potential offset against dividend payments as permitted under the terms of the Third Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement. The support agreements provide that amounts would become payable by the Company to Golden Gate III if its annual general corporate expenses were higher than modeled amounts or if specified catastrophic losses occur during defined time periods with respect to the policies reinsured by Golden Gate III. Pursuant to the terms of an amended and restated letter agreement with UBS, the Company has continued to guarantee the payment of fees to UBS as specified in the Third Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, no payments have been made under these agreements.

 

Golden Gate IV Vermont Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate IV”), a Vermont special purpose financial insurance company and wholly owned subsidiary of PLICO, is party to a Reimbursement Agreement with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as issuing lender. Under the Reimbursement Agreement, dated December 10, 2010, UBS issued an LOC in the initial amount of $270 million to a trust for the benefit of WCL. The LOC balance increased, in accordance with the terms of the Reimbursement Agreement, during the second quarter of 2014 and was $730 million as of June 30, 2014. Subject to certain conditions, the amount of the LOC will be periodically increased up to a maximum of $790 million in 2016. The term of the LOC is expected to be 12 years from the original issuance date (stated maturity of December 30, 2022). The LOC was issued to support certain obligations of Golden Gate IV to WCL under an indemnity reinsurance agreement, pursuant to which WCL cedes liabilities relating to the policies of WCL and retrocedes liabilities relating to the policies of PLICO. This transaction is “non-recourse” to WCL, PLICO, and the Company, meaning that none of these companies other than Golden Gate IV are liable for reimbursement on a draw of the LOC. The Company has entered into certain support agreements with Golden Gate IV obligating the Company to make capital contributions or provide support related to certain of Golden Gate IV’s expenses and in certain circumstances, to collateralize certain of the Company’s obligations to Golden Gate IV. The support agreements provide that amounts would become payable by the Company to Golden Gate IV if its annual general corporate expenses were higher than modeled amounts or if specified catastrophic losses occur during defined time periods with respect to the policies reinsured by Golden Gate IV. The Company has also entered into a separate agreement to guarantee the payments of LOC fees under the terms of the Reimbursement Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, no payments have been made under these agreements.

 

Repurchase Program Borrowings

 

While the Company anticipates that the cash flows of its operating subsidiaries will be sufficient to meet its investment commitments and operating cash needs in a normal credit market environment, the Company recognizes that investment commitments scheduled to be funded may, from time to time, exceed the funds then available. Therefore, the Company has established repurchase agreement programs for certain of its insurance subsidiaries to provide liquidity when needed. The Company expects that the rate received on its investments will equal or exceed its borrowing rate. Under this program, the Company may, from time to time, sell an investment security at a specific price and agree to repurchase that security at another specified price at a later date. These borrowings are for a term less than ninety days. The market value of securities to be repurchased is monitored and collateral levels are adjusted where appropriate to protect the counterparty against credit exposure. Cash received is invested in fixed maturity securities, and the agreements provided for net settlement in the event of default or on termination of the agreements. As of June 30, 2014, the fair value of securities pledged under the repurchase program was $476.3 million and the repurchase obligation of $420.5 million was included in the Company’s consolidated condensed balance sheets (at an average borrowing rate of 11 basis points). During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the maximum balance outstanding at any one point in time related to these programs was $633.7 million. The average daily balance was $510.2 million (at an average borrowing rate of 10 basis points) during the six months ended June 30, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had a $350.0 million outstanding balance related to such borrowings. During 2013, the maximum balance outstanding at any one point in time related to these programs was $815.0 million. The average daily balance was $496.9 million (at an average borrowing rate of 11 basis points) during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

10.                                COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The Company has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its current directors that provide, among other things and subject to certain limitations, a contractual right to indemnification to the fullest extent permissible under the law. The Company has agreements with certain of its officers providing up to $10 million in indemnification.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

These obligations are in addition to the customary obligation to indemnify officers and directors contained in the Company’s governance documents.

 

Under insurance guaranty fund laws, in most states insurance companies doing business therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. In addition, from time to time, companies may be asked to contribute amounts beyond prescribed limits. Most insurance guaranty fund laws provide that an assessment may be excused or deferred if it would threaten an insurer’s own financial strength. The Company does not believe its insurance guaranty fund assessments will be materially different from amounts already provided for in the financial statements.

 

A number of civil jury verdicts have been returned against insurers, broker dealers and other providers of financial services involving sales, refund or claims practices, alleged agent misconduct, failure to properly supervise representatives, relationships with agents or persons with whom the insurer does business, and other matters. Often these lawsuits have resulted in the award of substantial judgments that are disproportionate to the actual damages, including material amounts of punitive and non-economic compensatory damages. In some states, juries, judges, and arbitrators have substantial discretion in awarding punitive non-economic compensatory damages which creates the potential for unpredictable material adverse judgments or awards in any given lawsuit or arbitration. Arbitration awards are subject to very limited appellate review. In addition, in some class action and other lawsuits, companies have made material settlement payments. Publicly held companies in general and the financial services and insurance industries in particular are also sometimes the target of law enforcement and regulatory investigations relating to the numerous laws and regulations that govern such companies. Some companies have been the subject of law enforcement or regulatory actions or other actions resulting from such investigations. The Company, in the ordinary course of business, is involved in such matters.

 

The Company establishes liabilities for litigation and regulatory actions when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. For matters where a loss is believed to be reasonably possible, but not probable, no liability is established. For such matters, the Company may provide an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss or a statement that such an estimate cannot be made. The Company reviews relevant information with respect to litigation and regulatory matters on a quarterly and annual basis and updates its established liabilities, disclosures and estimates of reasonably possible losses or range of loss based on such reviews.

 

Since the entry into the Merger Agreement on June 3, 2014, four lawsuits have been filed against the Company, our directors, Dai-ichi and DL Investment (Delaware), Inc. on behalf of alleged Company shareowners. On June 11, 2014, a putative class action lawsuit styled Edelman, et al. v. Protective Life Corporation, et al. , Civil Action No. 01-CV-2014-902474.00, was filed in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama. On July 30, 2014, the plaintiff in Edelman filed an amended complaint. Three putative class action lawsuits have been filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, including Martin, et al. v. Protective Life Corporation, et al. , Civil Action No. 9794-CB, filed June 19, 2014, Leyendecker, et al. v. Protective Life Corporation, et al. , Civil Action No. 9931-CB, filed July 22, 2014 and Hilburn, et al. v. Protective Life Corporation, et al. , Civil Action No. 9937-CB, filed July 23, 2014. The Delaware Court of Chancery consolidated the Martin , Leyendecker and Hilburn actions under the caption In re Protective Life Corp. Stockholders Litigation , Consolidated Civil Action No. 9794-CB, designated the Hilburn complaint as the operative consolidated complaint and appointed Charlotte Martin, Samuel J. Leyendecker, Jr., and Deborah J. Hilburn to serve as co-lead plaintiffs. These lawsuits allege that our Board of Directors breached its fiduciary duties to our shareowners, that the Merger involves an unfair price, an inadequate sales process, and unreasonable deal protection devices that purportedly preclude competing offers, and that the preliminary proxy statement filed with the SEC on July 10, 2014 fails to disclose purportedly material information. The complaints also allege that the Company, Dai-ichi and DL Investment (Delaware), Inc. aided and abetted those alleged breaches of fiduciary duties. The complaints seek injunctive relief, including enjoining or rescinding the Merger, and attorneys’ and other fees and costs, in addition to other relief. The consolidated Delaware action also seeks an award of unspecified damages. The Company and our Board of Directors believe these claims are without merit and intend to vigorously defend these actions. The Company cannot predict the outcome of or estimate the possible loss or range of loss from these matters.

 

Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of any litigation or regulatory action, the Company does not believe that any such outcome will have an impact, either individually or in the aggregate, on its financial condition or results of operations that differs materially from the Company’s established liabilities. Given the inherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of such matters, however, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain such matters could be material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations for any particular reporting period.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

The Company was audited by the IRS and the IRS proposed favorable and unfavorable adjustments to the Company’s 2003 through 2007 reported taxable income. The Company protested certain unfavorable adjustments and sought resolution at the IRS’ Appeals Division. The case has followed normal procedure and is now under review at Congress’ Joint Committee on Taxation. The Company believes the matter will conclude within the next twelve months. If the IRS prevails on every issue that it identified in this audit, and the Company does not litigate these issues, then the Company will make an income tax payment of approximately $26.6 million. However, this payment, if it were to occur, would not materially impact the Company or its effective tax rate.

 

Through the acquisition of MONY by PLICO certain income tax credit carryforwards, which arose in MONY’s pre-acquisition tax years, transferred to the Company. This transfer was in accordance with the applicable rules of the Internal Revenue Code and the related Regulations. In spite of this transfer, AXA, the former parent of the consolidated income tax return group in which MONY was a member, retains the right to utilize these credits in the future to offset future increases in its 2010 through 2013 tax liabilities. The Company had determined that, based on all information known as of the acquisition date and through the March 31, 2014 reporting date, it was probable that a loss of the utilization of these carryforwards had been incurred. Due to indemnification received from AXA during the quarter ending June 30, 2014, the probability of loss of these carryforwards has been eliminated. Accordingly, in the table summarizing the fair value of net assets acquired from the Acquisition, the amount of the deferred tax asset from the credit carryforwards is no longer offset by a liability.

 

The Company has received notice from two third party auditors that certain of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries, as well as certain other insurance companies for which the Company has co-insured blocks of life insurance and annuity policies, are under audit for compliance with the unclaimed property laws of a number of states. The audits are being conducted on behalf of the treasury departments or unclaimed property administrators in such states. The focus of the audits is on whether there have been unreported deaths, maturities, or policies that have exceeded limiting age with respect to which death benefits or other payments under life insurance or annuity policies should be treated as unclaimed property that should be escheated to the state. The Company has recorded a reserve with respect to life insurance policies issued by the Company’s subsidiaries and certain co-insured blocks of life insurance policies issued by other companies in connection with these pending audits. The Company does not consider the amount of this reserve to be material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. With respect to one block of life insurance policies that is co-insured by a subsidiary of the Company, the Company is presently unable to estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss due to a number of factors, including uncertainty as to the legal theory or theories that may give rise to liability, uncertainty as to whether the Company or other companies are responsible for the liabilities, if any, arising in connection with such policies, the distinct characteristics of this co-insured block of policies which differentiate it from the blocks of life insurance policies for which the Company has recorded a reserve, and the early stages of the audits being conducted. The Company will continue to monitor the matter for any developments that would make the loss contingency associated with this block of co-insured policies probable or reasonably estimable.

 

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have received notice that they are subject to a targeted multi-state examination with respect to their claims paying practices and their use of the U.S. Social Security Administration’s Death Master File or similar databases (a “Death Database”) to identify unreported deaths in their life insurance policies, annuity contracts and retained asset accounts. There is no clear basis in previously existing law for requiring a life insurer to search for unreported deaths in order to determine whether a benefit is owed, and substantial legal authority exists to support the position that the prevailing industry practice was lawful. A number of life insurers, however, have entered into settlement or consent agreements with state insurance regulators under which the life insurers agreed to implement procedures for periodically comparing their life insurance and annuity contracts and retained asset accounts against a Death Database, treating confirmed deaths as giving rise to a death benefit under their policies, locating beneficiaries and paying them the benefits and interest, and escheating the benefits and interest as well as penalties to the state if the beneficiary could not be found.  It has been publicly reported that the life insurers have paid substantial administrative and/or examination fees to the insurance regulators in connection with the settlement or consent agreements. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that insurance regulators could demand from the Company administrative and/or examination fees relating to the targeted multi-state examination. Based on publicly reported payments by other life insurers, the Company estimates the range of such fees to be from $0 to $3.5 million.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

11.                                STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, 203,295 performance shares with an estimated fair value of $10.5 million were awarded. The criteria for payment of the 2014 performance awards is based primarily on the Company’s average operating return on average equity (“ROE”) over a three-year period. If the Company’s ROE is below 10.5%, no award is earned. If the Company’s ROE is at or above 12.0%, the award maximum is earned. Awards are paid in shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

Restricted stock units are awarded to participants and include certain restrictions relating to vesting periods. The Company issued 98,700 restricted stock units for the six months ended June 30, 2014. These awards had a total fair value at grant date of $5.1 million. Approximately half of these restricted stock units vest after three years from the grant date and the remainder vest after four years.

 

Stock appreciation right (“SARs”) have historically been granted to certain officers of the Company to provide long-term incentive compensation based solely on the performance of the Company’s common stock. The SARs are exercisable either five years after the date of grant or in three or four equal annual installments beginning one year after the date of grant (earlier upon the death, disability, or retirement of the officer, or in certain circumstances, of a change in control of the Company) and expire after ten years or upon termination of employment. The SARs activity as well as weighted-average base price is as follows :

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

 

Base Price per share

 

No. of SARs

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

23.08

 

1,305,101

 

SARs granted

 

 

 

SARs exercised / forfeited

 

26.43

 

(62,167

)

Balance at June 30, 2014

 

$

22.91

 

1,242,934

 

 

The Company will pay an amount in stock equal to the difference between the specified base price of the Company’s common stock and the market value at the exercise date for each SAR. There were no SARs issued for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

For more information about the impact that the proposed merger with Dai-ichi will have on stock-based compensation, refer to Note 5, Proposed Dai-ichi Merger .

 

12.                                EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

Components of the net periodic benefit cost of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan and unfunded excess benefit plan are as follows:

 

 

 

For The
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

For The
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Service cost — benefits earned during the period

 

$

2,453

 

$

2,708

 

$

4,906

 

$

5,416

 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

 

2,993

 

2,553

 

5,986

 

5,106

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(3,065

)

(2,759

)

(6,130

)

(5,518

)

Amortization of prior service cost/(credit)

 

(95

)

(95

)

(190

)

(190

)

Amortization of actuarial losses

 

1,897

 

2,729

 

3,794

 

5,458

 

Total benefit cost

 

$

4,183

 

$

5,136

 

$

8,366

 

$

10,272

 

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company contributed $2.3 million to its defined benefit pension plan for the 2013 plan year and $3.1 million for the 2014 plan year. During July of 2014, the Company contributed $3.1 million to the defined benefit pension plan for the 2014 plan year. The Company will continue to make contributions in future periods as necessary to at least satisfy minimum funding requirements. The Company may also

 

30



Table of Contents

 

make additional contributions in future periods to maintain an adjusted funding target attainment percentage (“AFTAP”) of at least 80% and to avoid certain Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) reporting triggers.

 

In addition to pension benefits, the Company provides life insurance benefits to eligible retirees and limited healthcare benefits to eligible retirees who are not yet eligible for Medicare. For a closed group of retirees over age 65, the Company provides a prescription drug benefit. The cost of these plans for the six months ended June 30, 2014, was immaterial to the Company’s financial statements .

 

13.                                ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

The following tables summarize the changes in the accumulated balances for each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Accumulated

 

Postretirement

 

Other

 

 

 

Gains and Losses

 

Gain and Loss

 

Benefits Liability

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

on Investments (2)

 

Derivatives

 

Adjustment

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands, Net of Tax)

 

Beginning Balance, December 31, 2013

 

$

539,003

 

$

(1,235

)

$

(43,702

)

$

494,066

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

884,120

 

(17

)

 

 

884,103

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) relating to other- than-temporary impaired investments for which a portion has been recognized in earnings

 

3,450

 

 

 

3,450

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (1)

 

(15,936

)

835

 

2,347

 

(12,754

)

Net current-period other comprehensive income

 

871,634

 

818

 

2,347

 

874,799

 

Ending Balance, June 30, 2014

 

$

1,410,637

 

$

(417

)

$

(41,355

)

$

1,368,865

 

 


(1)  See Reclassification table below for details.

(2)  These balances were offset by the impact of DAC and VOBA by $198.1 million and $413.4 million as of December 31, 2013 and

June 30, 2014, respectively.

 

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Accumulated

 

Postretirement

 

Other

 

 

 

Gains and Losses

 

Gain and Loss

 

Benefits Liability

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

on Investments (2)

 

Derivatives

 

Adjustment

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands, Net of Tax)

 

Beginning Balance, December 31, 2012

 

$

1,813,516

 

$

(3,496

)

$

(73,298

)

$

1,736,722

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

(1,250,498

)

734

 

29,596

 

(1,220,168

)

Other comprehensive income (loss) relating to other- than-temporary impaired investments for which a portion has been recognized in earnings

 

4,591

 

 

 

4,591

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (1)

 

(28,606

)

1,527

 

 

(27,079

)

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(1,274,513

)

2,261

 

29,596

 

(1,242,656

)

Ending Balance, December 31, 2013

 

$

539,003

 

$

(1,235

)

$

(43,702

)

$

494,066

 

 


(1)  See Reclassification table below for details.

(2)  These balances were offset by the impact of DAC and VOBA by $204.9 million and $198.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and

December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

The following tables summarize the reclassifications amounts out of AOCI for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassified

 

 

 

 

 

from Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive

 

Affected Line Item in the

 

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Gains and losses on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Net settlement (expense)/benefit (1)

 

$

(614

)

Benefits and settlement expenses, net of reinsurance ceded

 

 

 

(614

)

Total before tax

 

 

 

215

 

Tax (expense) or benefit

 

 

 

$

(399

)

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment gains/losses

 

$

20,198

 

Realized investment gains (losses): All other investments

 

Impairments recognized in earnings

 

(1,460

)

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

 

 

 

18,738

 

Total before tax

 

 

 

(6,558

)

Tax (expense) or benefit

 

 

 

$

12,180

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Postretirement benefits liability adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of net actuarial gain/(loss)

 

$

(1,900

)

Other operating expenses

 

Amortization of prior service credit/(cost)

 

 

95

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

 

(1,805

)

Total before tax

 

 

 

 

632

 

Tax (expense) or benefit

 

 

 

$

(1,173

)

Net of tax

 

 


(1)  See Note 17, Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information.

 

Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassified

 

 

 

 

 

from Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive

 

Affected Line Item in the

 

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Gains and losses on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Net settlement (expense)/benefit (1)

 

$

(580

)

Benefits and settlement expenses, net of reinsurance ceded

 

 

 

(580

)

Total before tax

 

 

 

203

 

Tax (expense) or benefit

 

 

 

$

(377

)

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment gains/losses

 

$

21,518

 

Realized investment gains (losses): All other investments

 

Impairments recognized in earnings

 

(4,000

)

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

 

 

 

17,518

 

Total before tax

 

 

 

(6,131

)

Tax (expense) or benefit

 

 

 

$

11,387

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  See Note 17, Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

The following tables summarize the reclassifications amounts out of AOCI for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassified

 

 

 

 

 

from Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive

 

Affected Line Item in the

 

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Gains and losses on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Net settlement (expense)/benefit (1)

 

$

(1,284

)

Benefits and settlement expenses, net of reinsurance ceded

 

 

 

(1,284

)

Total before tax

 

 

 

449

 

Tax (expense) or benefit

 

 

 

$

(835

)

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment gains/losses

 

$

27,568

 

Realized investment gains (losses): All other investments

 

Impairments recognized in earnings

 

(3,051

)

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

 

 

 

24,517

 

Total before tax

 

 

 

(8,581

)

Tax (expense) or benefit

 

 

 

$

15,936

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Postretirement benefits liability adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of net actuarial gain/(loss)

 

$

(3,800

)

Other operating expenses

 

Amortization of prior service credit/(cost)

 

190

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

(3,610

)

Total before tax

 

 

 

1,263

 

Tax (expense) or benefit

 

 

 

$

(2,347

)

Net of tax

 

 


(1)  See Note 17, Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information.

 

Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassified

 

 

 

 

 

from Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive

 

Affected Line Item in the

 

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Gains and losses on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Net settlement (expense)/benefit (1)

 

$

(1,077

)

Benefits and settlement expenses, net of reinsurance ceded

 

 

 

(1,077

)

Total before tax

 

 

 

377

 

Tax (expense) or benefit

 

 

 

$

(700

)

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment gains/losses

 

$

33,828

 

Realized investment gains (losses): All other investments

 

Impairments recognized in earnings

 

(8,584

)

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

 

 

 

25,244

 

Total before tax

 

 

 

(8,835

)

Tax (expense) or benefit

 

 

 

$

16,409

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  See Note 17, Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

14.                                EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, including shares issuable under various deferred compensation plans. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period, assuming the shares were not anti-dilutive, including shares issuable under various stock-based compensation plans and stock purchase contracts.

 

A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share is presented below:

 

 

 

For The
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

For The
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

Calculation of basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

107,977

 

$

103,199

 

$

191,616

 

$

181,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average shares issued and outstanding

 

78,852,583

 

78,456,663

 

78,740,416

 

78,332,481

 

Issuable under various deferred compensation plans

 

1,126,570

 

948,107

 

1,054,415

 

940,333

 

Weighted shares outstanding - basic

 

79,979,153

 

79,404,770

 

79,794,831

 

79,272,814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income - basic

 

$

1.35

 

$

1.30

 

$

2.40

 

$

2.29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculation of diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

107,977

 

$

103,199

 

$

191,616

 

$

181,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted shares outstanding - basic

 

79,979,153

 

79,404,770

 

79,794,831

 

79,272,814

 

Stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) (1)

 

492,463

 

449,726

 

479,430

 

444,971

 

Issuable under various other stock-based compensation plans

 

716,327

 

874,019

 

641,411

 

843,554

 

Restricted stock units

 

258,334

 

358,723

 

245,128

 

336,703

 

Weighted shares outstanding - diluted

 

81,446,277

 

81,087,238

 

81,160,800

 

80,898,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income - diluted

 

$

1.33

 

$

1.27

 

$

2.36

 

$

2.24

 

 


(1) Excludes 629,800 SARs as of June 30, 2013 that are antidilutive. In the event the average market price exceeds the issue price of the SARs, such rights would be dilutive to the Company’s earnings per share and will be included in the Company’s calculation of the diluted average shares outstanding, for applicable periods.

 

15.                                INCOME TAXES

 

In the IRS audit that concluded in 2012, the IRS proposed favorable and unfavorable adjustments to the Company’s 2003 through 2007 reported taxable incomes. The Company protested certain unfavorable adjustments and is seeking resolution at the IRS’ Appeals Division. If the IRS prevails at Appeals, and the Company does not litigate these issues, then an acceleration of tax payments will occur. However, such accelerated payments would not materially impact the Company or its effective tax rate.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

105,881

 

$

75,292

 

Additions for tax positions of the current year

 

948

 

7,465

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

41,246

 

26,386

 

Reductions of tax positions of prior years:

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in judgment

 

(10,548

)

(2,740

)

Settlements during the period

 

 

 

Lapses of applicable statute of limitations

 

 

(522

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

137,527

 

$

105,881

 

 

The Company believes that it is possible that in the next 12 months approximately $18.5 million of these unrecognized tax benefits will be reduced due to the expected closure of the aforementioned Appeals process. In general, this closure would represent the Company’s possible successful negotiation of certain issues, coupled with its payment of the assessed taxes on the remaining issues. Regarding the amounts reported above for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, discussions with the IRS during these periods, which related to their ongoing examination of tax years 2008 through 2011, prompted the Company to contemporaneously revise upward its measurement of unrecognized tax benefits. These revisions included increasing prior determinations of amounts accrued for in earlier years as well as reducing some previously accrued amounts. These changes were almost entirely related to timing issues. Therefore, aside from the cost of interest, such changes did not result in any impact on the Company’s effective tax rate.

 

Subsequent to June 30, 2014, the Internal Revenue Service issued guidance related to the tax method of accounting for hedges of guaranteed benefits on variable annuity contracts. The Company has issued contracts that provide such benefits. It has treated the derivatives that economically hedge the risk associated with such contracts as tax hedges. There are several uncertainties regarding the provisions of this guidance. Examples include its effective date and its scope. Therefore, it is uncertain at this time whether this guidance will be applicable to the Company and whether it will adopt this guidance’s prescribed methodology. Consequently, the Company currently believes that the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits that relate to this issue and that are disclosed above are appropriate.

 

The Company used its estimate of its annual 2014 and 2013 income in computing its effective income tax rates for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013. The effective tax rates for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 were 33.4% and 33.3%, respectively, and 34.3% and 33.9% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

 

In general, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and local income tax examinations by taxing authorities for tax years that began before 2003.

 

Based on the Company’s current assessment of future taxable income, including available tax planning opportunities, the Company anticipates that it is more likely than not that it will generate sufficient taxable income to realize all of its material deferred tax assets. The Company did not record a valuation allowance against its material deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2014.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

16.                                FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The Company determined the fair value of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in FASB guidance referenced in the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The Company has adopted the provisions from the FASB guidance that is referenced in the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic for non-financial assets and liabilities (such as property and equipment, goodwill, and other intangible assets) that are required to be measured at fair value on a periodic basis. The effect on the Company’s periodic fair value measurements for non-financial assets and liabilities was not material.

 

The Company has categorized its financial instruments, based on the priority of the inputs to the valuation technique, into a three level hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the category level is based on the lowest priority level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument.

 

Financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets are categorized as follows:

 

·                   Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market.

 

·                   Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active or significant inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include the following:

 

a)                                      Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets

b)                                      Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets

c)                                       Inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable

d)                                      Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means.

 

·                   Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. They reflect management’s own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the Company’s hierarchy for its assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2014:

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

 

$

1,434,727

 

$

10

 

$

1,434,737

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,087,615

 

 

1,087,615

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

297,588

 

568,097

 

865,685

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

1,295,535

 

273,196

 

 

1,568,731

 

State, municipalities, and political subdivisions

 

 

1,599,174

 

3,675

 

1,602,849

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

22,214

 

 

22,214

 

Corporate bonds

 

132

 

26,203,478

 

1,524,297

 

27,727,907

 

Total fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

1,295,667

 

30,917,992

 

2,096,079

 

34,309,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

298,684

 

842

 

299,526

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

159,899

 

 

159,899

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

95,012

 

176,386

 

271,398

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

212,167

 

4,948

 

 

217,115

 

State, municipalities, and political subdivisions

 

 

281,182

 

 

281,182

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

56,142

 

 

56,142

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

1,537,907

 

31,520

 

1,569,427

 

Total fixed maturity securities - trading

 

212,167

 

2,433,774

 

208,748

 

2,854,689

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

1,507,834

 

33,351,766

 

2,304,827

 

37,164,427

 

Equity securities

 

621,868

 

88,395

 

81,784

 

792,047

 

Other long-term investments (1)

 

78,391

 

64,075

 

123,301

 

265,767

 

Short-term investments

 

202,443

 

6,181

 

 

208,624

 

Total investments

 

2,410,536

 

33,510,417

 

2,509,912

 

38,430,865

 

Cash

 

361,088

 

 

 

361,088

 

Other assets

 

11,692

 

 

 

11,692

 

Assets related to separate accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable annuity

 

13,304,455

 

 

 

13,304,455

 

Variable universal life

 

823,747

 

 

 

823,747

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

16,911,518

 

$

33,510,417

 

$

2,509,912

 

$

52,931,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annuity account balances (2)

 

$

 

$

 

$

102,456

 

$

102,456

 

Other liabilities (1)

 

36,608

 

64,374

 

484,747

 

585,729

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

36,608

 

$

64,374

 

$

587,203

 

$

688,185

 

 


(1) Includes certain freestanding and embedded derivatives.

(2) Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the Company’s hierarchy for its assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

 

$

1,445,040

 

$

28

 

$

1,445,068

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

970,656

 

 

970,656

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

326,175

 

545,808

 

871,983

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

1,211,141

 

296,749

 

 

1,507,890

 

State, municipalities, and political subdivisions

 

 

1,407,154

 

3,675

 

1,410,829

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

51,427

 

 

51,427

 

Corporate bonds

 

107

 

24,209,541

 

1,549,940

 

25,759,588

 

Total fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

1,211,248

 

28,706,742

 

2,099,451

 

32,017,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

310,877

 

 

310,877

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

158,570

 

 

158,570

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

93,278

 

194,977

 

288,255

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

191,332

 

4,906

 

 

196,238

 

State, municipalities, and political subdivisions

 

 

260,892

 

 

260,892

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

57,097

 

 

57,097

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

1,497,362

 

29,199

 

1,526,561

 

Total fixed maturity securities - trading

 

191,332

 

2,382,982

 

224,176

 

2,798,490

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

1,402,580

 

31,089,724

 

2,323,627

 

34,815,931

 

Equity securities

 

523,219

 

50,927

 

71,881

 

646,027

 

Other long-term investments (1)

 

56,469

 

54,965

 

196,133

 

307,567

 

Short-term investments

 

132,543

 

1,603

 

 

134,146

 

Total investments

 

2,114,811

 

31,197,219

 

2,591,641

 

35,903,671

 

Cash

 

466,542

 

 

 

466,542

 

Other assets

 

10,979

 

 

 

10,979

 

Assets related to separate accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable annuity

 

12,791,438

 

 

 

12,791,438

 

Variable universal life

 

783,618

 

 

 

783,618

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

16,167,388

 

$

31,197,219

 

$

2,591,641

 

$

49,956,248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annuity account balances (2)

 

$

 

$

 

$

107,000

 

$

107,000

 

Other liabilities (1)

 

30,241

 

156,931

 

270,630

 

457,802

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

30,241

 

$

156,931

 

$

377,630

 

$

564,802

 

 


(1) Includes certain freestanding and embedded derivatives.

(2) Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

Determination of fair values

 

The valuation methodologies used to determine the fair values of assets and liabilities reflect market participant assumptions and are based on the application of the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable market inputs over unobservable inputs. The Company determines the fair values of certain financial assets and financial liabilities based on quoted market prices, where available. The Company also determines certain fair values based on future cash flows discounted at the appropriate current market rate. Fair values reflect adjustments for counterparty credit quality, the Company’s credit standing, liquidity, and where appropriate, risk margins on unobservable parameters. The following is a discussion of the methodologies used to determine fair values for the financial instruments as listed in the above table.

 

The fair value of fixed maturity, short-term, and equity securities is determined by management after considering one of three primary sources of information: third party pricing services, non-binding independent broker quotations, or pricing matrices. Security pricing is applied using a “waterfall” approach whereby publicly available prices are first sought from third party pricing services, the remaining unpriced securities are submitted to independent

 

38



Table of Contents

 

brokers for non-binding prices, or lastly, securities are priced using a pricing matrix. Typical inputs used by these three pricing methods include, but are not limited to: benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and reference data including market research publications. Third party pricing services price approximately 90% of the Company’s available-for-sale and trading fixed maturity securities. Based on the typical trading volumes and the lack of quoted market prices for available-for-sale and trading fixed maturities, third party pricing services derive the majority of security prices from observable market inputs such as recent reported trades for identical or similar securities making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available market observable information outlined above. If there are no recent reported trades, the third party pricing services and brokers may use matrix or model processes to develop a security price where future cash flow expectations are developed based upon collateral performance and discounted at an estimated market rate. Certain securities are priced via independent non-binding broker quotations, which are considered to have no significant unobservable inputs. When using non-binding independent broker quotations, the Company obtains one quote per security, typically from the broker from which we purchased the security. A pricing matrix is used to price securities for which the Company is unable to obtain or effectively rely on either a price from a third party pricing service or an independent broker quotation.

 

The pricing matrix used by the Company begins with current spread levels to determine the market price for the security. The credit spreads, assigned by brokers, incorporate the issuer’s credit rating, liquidity discounts, weighted-average of contracted cash flows, risk premium, if warranted, due to the issuer’s industry, and the security’s time to maturity. The Company uses credit ratings provided by nationally recognized rating agencies.

 

For securities that are priced via non-binding independent broker quotations, the Company assesses whether prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through an analysis using internal and external cash flow models developed based on spreads and, when available, market indices. The Company uses a market-based cash flow analysis to validate the reasonableness of prices received from independent brokers. These analytics, which are updated daily, incorporate various metrics (yield curves, credit spreads, prepayment rates, etc.) to determine the valuation of such holdings. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the analytics, the price received from the independent broker is adjusted accordingly. The Company did not adjust any quotes or prices received from brokers during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

The Company has analyzed the third party pricing services’ valuation methodologies and related inputs and has also evaluated the various types of securities in its investment portfolio to determine an appropriate fair value hierarchy level based upon trading activity and the observability of market inputs that is in accordance with the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the ASC. Based on this evaluation and investment class analysis, each price was classified into Level 1, 2, or 3. Most prices provided by third party pricing services are classified into Level 2 because the significant inputs used in pricing the securities are market observable and the observable inputs are corroborated by the Company. Since the matrix pricing of certain debt securities includes significant non-observable inputs, they are classified as Level 3.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

This category mainly consists of residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, and other asset-backed securities (collectively referred to as asset-backed securities or “ABS”). As of June 30, 2014, the Company held $3.4 billion of ABS classified as Level 2. These securities are priced from information provided by a third party pricing service and independent broker quotes. The third party pricing services and brokers mainly value securities using both a market and income approach to valuation. As part of this valuation process they consider the following characteristics of the item being measured to be relevant inputs: 1) weighted-average coupon rate, 2) weighted-average years to maturity, 3) types of underlying assets, 4) weighted-average coupon rate of the underlying assets, 5) weighted-average years to maturity of the underlying assets, 6) seniority level of the tranches owned, and 7) credit ratings of the securities.

 

After reviewing these characteristics of the ABS, the third party pricing service and brokers use certain inputs to determine the value of the security. For ABS classified as Level 2, the valuation would consist of predominantly market observable inputs such as, but not limited to: 1) monthly principal and interest payments on the underlying assets, 2) average life of the security, 3) prepayment speeds, 4) credit spreads, 5) treasury and swap yield curves, and 6)

 

39



Table of Contents

 

discount margin. The Company reviews the methodologies and valuation techniques (including the ability to observe inputs) in assessing the information received from external pricing services and in consideration of the fair value presentation.

 

As of June 30, 2014, the Company held $745.3 million of Level 3 ABS, which included $568.1 million of other asset-backed securities classified as available-for-sale and $177.2 million of other asset-backed classified as trading. These securities are predominantly ARS whose underlying collateral is at least 97% guaranteed by the FFELP. As a result of the ARS market collapse during 2008, the Company prices its ARS using an income approach valuation model. As part of the valuation process the Company reviews the following characteristics of the ARS in determining the relevant inputs: 1) weighted-average coupon rate, 2) weighted-average years to maturity, 3) types of underlying assets, 4) weighted-average coupon rate of the underlying assets, 5) weighted-average years to maturity of the underlying assets, 6) seniority level of the tranches owned, 7) credit ratings of the securities, 8) liquidity premium, and 9) paydown rate.

 

Corporate bonds, U.S. Government-related securities, States, municipals, and political subdivisions, and other government related securities

 

As of June 30, 2014, the Company classified approximately $30.0 billion of corporate bonds, U.S. government-related securities, states, municipals, and political subdivisions, and other government-related securities as Level 2. The fair value of the Level 2 bonds and securities is predominantly priced by broker quotes and a third party pricing service. The Company has reviewed the valuation techniques of the brokers and third party pricing service and has determined that such techniques used Level 2 market observable inputs. The following characteristics of the bonds and securities are considered to be the primary relevant inputs to the valuation: 1) weighted- average coupon rate, 2) weighted-average years to maturity, 3) seniority, and 4) credit ratings. The Company reviews the methodologies and valuation techniques (including the ability to observe inputs) in assessing the information received from external pricing services and in consideration of the fair value presentation.

 

The brokers and third party pricing service utilize valuation models that consist of a hybrid income and market approach to valuation. The pricing models utilize the following inputs: 1) principal and interest payments, 2) treasury yield curve, 3) credit spreads from new issue and secondary trading markets, 4) dealer quotes with adjustments for issues with early redemption features, 5) liquidity premiums present on private placements, and 6) discount margins from dealers in the new issue market.

 

As of June 30, 2014, the Company classified approximately $1.6 billion of bonds and securities as Level 3 valuations. Level 3 bonds and securities primarily represent investments in illiquid bonds for which no price is readily available. To determine a price, the Company uses a discounted cash flow model with both observable and unobservable inputs. These inputs are entered into an industry standard pricing model to determine the final price of the security. These inputs include: 1) principal and interest payments, 2) coupon rate, 3) sector and issuer level spread over treasury, 4) underlying collateral, 5) credit ratings, 6) maturity, 7) embedded options, 8) recent new issuance, 9) comparative bond analysis, and 10) an illiquidity premium.

 

Equities

 

As of June 30, 2014, the Company held approximately $170.2 million of equity securities classified as Level 2 and Level 3. Of this total, $66.4 million represents Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock. The Company believes that the cost of the FHLB stock approximates fair value. The remainder of these equity securities is primarily investments in preferred stock.

 

Other long-term investments and other liabilities

 

Other long-term investments and other liabilities consist entirely of free-standing and embedded derivative financial instruments. Refer to Note 17, Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information related to derivatives. Derivative financial instruments are valued using exchange prices, independent broker quotations, or pricing valuation models, which utilize market data inputs. Excluding embedded derivatives, as of June 30, 2014, 96.6% of derivatives based upon notional values were priced using exchange prices or independent broker quotations. The remaining derivatives were priced by pricing valuation models, which predominantly utilize observable market

 

40



Table of Contents

 

data inputs. Inputs used to value derivatives include, but are not limited to, interest swap rates, credit spreads, interest rate and equity market volatility indices, equity index levels, and treasury rates. The Company performs monthly analysis on derivative valuations that includes both quantitative and qualitative analyses.

 

Derivative instruments classified as Level 1 generally include futures and puts, which are traded on active exchange markets.

 

Derivative instruments classified as Level 2 primarily include interest rate and inflation swaps, options, and swaptions. These derivative valuations are determined using independent broker quotations, which are corroborated with observable market inputs.

 

Derivative instruments classified as Level 3 were embedded derivatives and include at least one significant non-observable input. A derivative instrument containing Level 1 and Level 2 inputs will be classified as a Level 3 financial instrument in its entirety if it has at least one significant Level 3 input.

 

The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with certain assets and liabilities. However, the derivative instruments may not be classified within the same fair value hierarchy level as the associated assets and liabilities. Therefore, the changes in fair value on derivatives reported in Level 3 may not reflect the offsetting impact of the changes in fair value of the associated assets and liabilities.

 

The embedded derivatives are carried at fair value in “other long-term investments” and “other liabilities” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The changes in fair value are recorded in earnings as “Realized investment gains (losses) — Derivative financial instruments”. Refer to Note 17, Derivative Financial Instruments for more information related to each embedded derivatives gains and losses.

 

The fair value of the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) embedded derivative is derived through the income method of valuation using a valuation model that projects future cash flows using multiple risk neutral stochastic equity scenarios and policyholder behavior assumptions. The risk neutral scenarios are generated using the current swap curve and projected equity volatilities and correlations. The projected equity volatilities are based on a blend of historical volatility and near- term equity market implied volatilities. The equity correlations are based on historical price observations. For policyholder behavior assumptions, expected lapse and utilization assumptions are used and updated for actual experience, as necessary. The Company assumes age-based mortality from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners 1994 Variable Annuity MGDB Mortality Table for company experience, with attained age factors varying from 49% - 80%. The present value of the cash flows is determined using the discount rate curve, which is based upon LIBOR plus a credit spread (to represent the Company’s non-performance risk). As a result of using significant unobservable inputs, the GMWB embedded derivative is categorized as Level 3. These assumptions are reviewed on a quarterly basis.

 

The balance of the fixed indexed annuities (“FIA”) embedded derivative is impacted by policyholder cash flows associated with the FIA product that are allocated to the embedded derivative in addition to changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative during the reporting period.  The fair value of the FIA embedded derivative is derived through the income method of valuation using a valuation model that projects future cash flows using current index values and volatility, the hedge budget used to price the product, and policyholder assumptions (both elective and non-elective). For policyholder behavior assumptions, expected lapse and withdrawal assumptions are used and updated for actual experience, as necessary. The Company assumes age-based mortality from the 1994 Variable Annuity MGDB mortality table modified for company experience, with attained age factors varying from 49% - 80%. The present value of the cash flows is determined using the discount rate curve, which is based upon LIBOR up to one year and constant maturity treasury rates plus a credit spread (to represent the Company’s non-performance risk) thereafter. Policyholder assumptions are reviewed on an annual basis. As a result of using significant unobservable inputs, the FIA embedded derivative is categorized as Level 3.

 

The balance of the indexed universal life (“IUL”) embedded derivative is impacted by policyholder cash flows associated with the IUL product that are allocated to the embedded derivative in addition to changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative during the reporting period. The fair value of the IUL embedded derivative is derived through the income method of valuation using a valuation model that projects future cash flows using current index values and volatility, the hedge budget used to price the product, and policyholder assumptions (both elective and non-elective).

 

41



Table of Contents

 

For policyholder behavior assumptions, expected lapse and withdrawal assumptions are used and updated for actual experience, as necessary. The Company assumes age-based mortality from the SOA 2008 VBT Primary Tables modified for company experience, with attained age factors varying from 37% - 74%. The present value of the cash flows is determined using the discount rate curve, which is based upon LIBOR up to one year and constant maturity treasury rates plus a credit spread (to represent the Company’s non-performance risk) thereafter. Policyholder assumptions are reviewed on an annual basis. As a result of using significant unobservable inputs, the IUL embedded derivative is categorized as Level 3.

 

The Company has assumed and ceded certain blocks of policies under modified coinsurance agreements in which the investment results of the underlying portfolios inure directly to the reinsurers. As a result, these agreements contain embedded derivatives that are reported at fair value. Changes in their fair value are reported in earnings. The investments supporting these agreements are designated as “trading securities”; therefore changes in their fair value are also reported in earnings. The fair value of the embedded derivative is the difference between the statutory policy liabilities (net of policy loans) of $2.6 billion and the fair value of the trading securities of $2.9 billion. As a result, changes in the fair value of the embedded derivatives are largely offset by the changes in fair value of the related investments and each are reported in earnings. The fair value of the embedded derivative is considered a Level 3 valuation due to the unobservable nature of the policy liabilities.

 

Annuity account balances

 

The Company records certain of its FIA reserves at fair value. The fair value is considered a Level 3 valuation. The FIA valuation model calculates the present value of future benefit cash flows less the projected future profits to quantify the net liability that is held as a reserve. This calculation is done using multiple risk neutral stochastic equity scenarios. The cash flows are discounted using LIBOR plus a credit spread. Best estimate assumptions are used for partial withdrawals, lapses, expenses and asset earned rate with a risk margin applied to each. These assumptions are reviewed at least annually as a part of the formal unlocking process. If an event were to occur within a quarter that would make the assumptions unreasonable, the assumptions would be reviewed within the quarter.

 

The discount rate for the fixed indexed annuities is based on an upward sloping rate curve which is updated each quarter. The discount rates for June 30, 2014, ranged from a one month rate of 0.26%, a 5 year rate of 2.24%, and a 30 year rate of 4.24%. A credit spread component is also included in the calculation to accommodate non-performance risk.

 

Separate Accounts

 

Separate account assets are invested in open-ended mutual funds and are included in Level 1.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Valuation of Level 3 Financial Instruments

 

The following table presents the valuation method for material financial instruments included in Level 3, as well as the unobservable inputs used in the valuation of those financial instruments:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

Valuation

 

Unobservable

 

Range

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

Technique

 

Input

 

(Weighted Average)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

$

567,480

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Liquidity premium Paydown rate

 

0.15% - 1.49% (0.57%)
9.04% - 20.69% (12.44%)

 

Corporate bonds

 

1,461,997

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Spread over treasury

 

0.06% - 6.90% (1.88%)

 

Embedded derivatives - GMWB (1)

 

26,579

 

Actuarial cash flow model

 

Mortality

 

Lapse

 

 

 

Utilization Nonperformance risk

 

49% to 80% of 1994 MGDB
table
0% - 24%, depending on
product/duration/funded status of
guarantee
97% - 103%
0.11% - 0.90%

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annuity account balances (2)

 

$

102,456

 

Actuarial cash flow model

 

Asset earned rate Expenses Withdrawal rate Mortality

 

Lapse

 

 

Return on assets

 

Nonperformance risk

 

5.37%
$88 - $102 per policy
2.20%
49% to 80% of 1994 MGDB
table
2.2% - 33.0%, depending on
duration/surrender charge period
1.50% - 1.85% depending on
surrender charge period
0.11% - 0.90%

 

Embedded derivative - FIA

 

69,615

 

Actuarial cash flow model

 

Expenses Withdrawal rate

 

 

Mortality

 

Lapse

 

 

Nonperformance risk

 

$83 - $97 per policy
1.1% - 4.5% depending on
duration
and tax qualification
49% — 80% of 1994 MGDB table
2.5% - 40.0%, depending on
duration/surrender charge period
0.11% - 0.90%

 

Embedded derivative - IUL

 

610

 

Actuarial cash flow model

 

Mortality

 

Lapse

 

 

Nonperformance risk

 

37% — 74% of 2008
VBT Primary Tables
0.5% - 10.0%, depending on
duration/distribution channel
and smoking class
0.11% - 0.90%

 

 


(1) The fair value for the GMWB embedded derivative is presented as a net asset for the purposes of this chart. Excludes modified coinsurance arrangements.

(2) Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

The chart above excludes Level 3 financial instruments that are valued using broker quotes and those which book value approximates fair value.

 

The Company has considered all reasonably available quantitative inputs as of June 30, 2014, but the valuation techniques and inputs used by some brokers in pricing certain financial instruments are not shared with the Company. This resulted in $263.0 million of financial instruments being classified as Level 3 as of June 30, 2014. Of the $263.0 million, $177.8 million are other asset-backed securities, $73.9 million are corporate bonds, and $11.3 million are equity securities.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

In certain cases the Company has determined that book value materially approximates fair value. As of June 30, 2014, the Company held $94.1 million of financial instruments where book value approximates fair value.  Of the $94.1 million, $70.5 million represents equity securities, which are predominantly FHLB stock, $19.9 million are corporate bonds, and $3.7 million of other fixed maturity securities.

 

The following table presents the valuation method for material financial instruments included in Level 3, as well as the unobservable inputs used in the valuation of those financial instruments:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

Valuation

 

Unobservable

 

Range

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

Technique

 

Input

 

(Weighted Average)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

$

545,808

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Liquidity premium Paydown rate

 

1.00% - 1.68% (1.08%)
8.57% - 16.87% (12.05%)

 

Corporate bonds

 

1,555,898

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Spread over treasury

 

0.11% - 6.75% (2.06%)

 

Embedded derivatives - GMWB (1)

 

156,287

 

Actuarial cash flow model

 

Mortality

 

Lapse

 

 

Utilization Nonperformance risk

 

49% to 80% of 1994 MGDB
table
0% - 24%, depending on
product/duration/funded status of
guarantee
97% - 103%
0.15% - 1.06%

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annuity account balances (2)

 

$

107,000

 

Actuarial cash flow model

 

Asset earned rate Expenses Withdrawal rate Mortality

 

Lapse

 

 

Return on assets

 

Nonperformance risk

 

5.37%
$88 - $102 per policy
2.20%
49% to 80% of 1994 MGDB
table
2.2% - 33.0%, depending on
duration/surrender charge period
1.50% - 1.85% depending on
surrender charge period
0.15% - 1.06%

 

Embedded derivative - FIA

 

25,324

 

Actuarial cash flow model

 

Expenses Withdrawal rate

 

Mortality

 

Lapse

 

 

Nonperformance risk

 

$83 - $97 per policy
1.1% - 4.5% depending on
duration and tax qualification
49% to 80% of 1994 MGDB
table
2.5% - 40.0%, depending on
duration/surrender charge period
0.15% - 1.06%

 

 


(1) The fair value for the GMWB embedded derivative is presented as a net asset for the purposes of this chart. Excludes modified coinsurance arrangements.

(2) Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

The chart above excludes Level 3 financial instruments that are valued using broker quotes and those which book value approximates fair value.

 

The Company has considered all reasonably available quantitative inputs as of December 31, 2013, but the valuation techniques and inputs used by some brokers in pricing certain financial instruments are not shared with the Company. This resulted in $216.6 million of financial instruments being classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2013. Of the $216.6 million, $195.0 million are other asset backed securities, $21.0 million are corporate bonds, and $0.6 million are equity securities.

 

In certain cases the Company has determined that book value materially approximates fair value. As of December 31, 2013, the Company held $77.2 million of financial instruments where book value approximates fair value. Of the $77.2 million, $71.3 million represents equity securities, which are predominantly FHLB stock, $2.2 million of other corporate bonds, and $3.7 million of other fixed maturity securities.

 

The asset-backed securities classified as Level 3 are predominantly ARS. A change in the paydown rate (the projected annual rate of principal reduction) of the ARS can significantly impact the fair value of these securities. A decrease in the paydown rate would increase the projected weighted average life of the ARS and increase the sensitivity of the ARS’ fair value to changes in interest rates. An increase in the liquidity premium would result in a decrease in the fair value of the securities, while a decrease in the liquidity premium would increase the fair value of these securities.

 

The fair value of corporate bonds classified as Level 3 is sensitive to changes in the interest rate spread over the corresponding U.S. Treasury rate. This spread represents a risk premium that is impacted by company specific and market factors. An increase in the spread can be caused by a perceived increase in credit risk of a specific issuer and/or an increase in the overall market risk premium associated with similar securities. The fair values of corporate bonds are sensitive to changes in spread. When holding the treasury rate constant, the fair value of corporate bonds increase when spreads decrease, and decrease when spreads increase.

 

The fair value of the GMWB embedded derivative is sensitive to changes in the discount rate which includes the Company’s nonperformance risk, volatility, lapse, and mortality assumptions. The volatility assumption is an observable input as it is based on market inputs. The Company’s nonperformance risk, lapse, and mortality are unobservable. An increase in the three unobservable assumptions would result in a decrease in the fair value and conversely, if there is a decrease in the assumptions the fair value would increase. The fair value is also dependent on the assumed policyholder utilization of the GMWB where an increase in assumed utilization would result in an increase in the fair value and conversely, if there is a decrease in the assumption, the fair value would decrease.

 

The fair value of the FIA account balance liability is predominantly impacted by observable inputs such as discount rates and equity returns. However, the fair value of the FIA account balance liability is sensitive to the asset earned rate and required return on assets. The value of the liability increases with an increase in required return on assets and a decrease in the asset earned rate and conversely, the value of the liability decreases with a decrease in required return on assets and an increase in the asset earned rate.

 

The fair value of the FIA embedded derivative is predominantly impacted by observable inputs such as discount rates and equity returns. However, the fair value of the FIA embedded derivative is sensitive to non-performance risk. The value of the liability increases with decreases in the discount rate and non-performance risk and decreases with increases in the discount rate and nonperformance risk. The value of the liability increases with increases in equity returns and the liability decreases with a decrease in equity returns.

 

The fair value of the IUL embedded derivative is predominantly impacted by observable inputs such as discount rates and equity returns. However, the fair value of the IUL embedded derivative is sensitive to non-performance risk. The value of the liability increases with decreases in the discount rate and non-performance risk and decreases with increases in the discount rate and nonperformance risk. The value of the liability increases with increases in equity returns and the liability decreases with a decrease in equity returns.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for fair value measurements for the three months ended June 30, 2014, for which the Company has used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

included in

 

 

 

 

 

Realized and Unrealized

 

Realized and Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

related to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in

 

 

 

Included in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

still held at

 

 

 

Beginning

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in/out of

 

 

 

Ending

 

the Reporting

 

 

 

Balance

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Purchases

 

Sales

 

Issuances

 

Settlements

 

Level 3

 

Other

 

Balance

 

Date

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

17

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

(7

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

10

 

$

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

548,805

 

 

29,929

 

 

(104

)

 

(9,534

)

 

 

 

(999

)

568,097

 

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States, municipals, and political subdivisions

 

3,675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,675

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

1,573,710

 

74

 

27,271

 

 

(2,250

)

60,845

 

(65,172

)

 

 

(67,478

)

(2,703

)

1,524,297

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

2,126,207

 

74

 

57,200

 

 

(2,354

)

60,845

 

(74,713

)

 

 

(67,478

)

(3,702

)

2,096,079

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

842

 

 

 

 

 

 

842

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

194,664

 

6,124

 

 

(2,686

)

 

 

(21,883

)

 

 

 

167

 

176,386

 

522

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States, municipals and politicalsubdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

30,946

 

340

 

 

(40

)

 

4,059

 

(5,047

)

 

 

1,250

 

12

 

31,520

 

280

 

Total fixed maturity securities - trading

 

225,610

 

6,464

 

 

(2,726

)

 

4,901

 

(26,930

)

 

 

1,250

 

179

 

208,748

 

802

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

2,351,817

 

6,538

 

57,200

 

(2,726

)

(2,354

)

65,746

 

(101,643

)

 

 

(66,228

)

(3,523

)

2,304,827

 

802

 

Equity securities

 

81,493

 

 

965

 

 

 

 

(674

)

 

 

 

 

81,784

 

 

Other long-term investments (1)

 

143,808

 

240

 

 

(20,747

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123,301

 

(20,507

)

Short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investments

 

2,577,118

 

6,778

 

58,165

 

(23,473

)

(2,354

)

65,746

 

(102,317

)

 

 

(66,228

)

(3,523

)

2,509,912

 

(19,705

)

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

2,577,118

 

$

6,778

 

$

58,165

 

$

(23,473

)

$

(2,354

)

$

65,746

 

$

(102,317

)

$

 

$

 

$

(66,228

)

$

(3,523

)

$

2,509,912

 

$

(19,705

)

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annuity account balances (2)

 

$

105,593

 

$

 

$

 

$

(1,714

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

63

 

$

4,914

 

$

 

$

 

$

102,456

 

$

 

Other liabilities (1)

 

371,365

 

13

 

 

(113,395

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

484,747

 

(113,382

)

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

476,958

 

$

13

 

$

 

$

(115,109

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

63

 

$

4,914

 

$

 

$

 

$

587,203

 

$

(113,382

)

 


(1) Represents certain freestanding and embedded derivatives.

(2) Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2014, $1.3 million of securities were transferred into Level 3. This amount was transferred from Level 2. These transfers resulted from securities that were priced by independent pricing services or brokers in previous periods, using no significant unobservable inputs, but were priced internally using significant unobservable inputs where market observable inputs were no longer available as of June 30, 2014.

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2014, $67.5 million of securities were transferred into Level 2. This amount was transferred from Level 3.  These transfers resulted from securities that were previously priced internally using significant unobservable inputs, now being priced by independent pricing services or brokers.

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2014, there were no transfers from Level 2 to Level 1.

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2014, there were no transfers from Level 1.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for fair value measurements for the three months ended June 30, 2013, for which the Company has used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

included in

 

 

 

 

 

Realized and Unrealized

 

Realized and Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

related to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in

 

 

 

Included in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

still held at

 

 

 

Beginning

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in/out of

 

 

 

Ending

 

the Reporting

 

 

 

Balance

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Purchases

 

Sales

 

Issuances

 

Settlements

 

Level 3

 

Other

 

Balance

 

Date

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

4

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

(337

)

$

14,349

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

46

 

$

 

$

14,062

 

$

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

560,668

 

 

43,744

 

 

 

13,162

 

(41,377

)

 

 

 

199

 

576,396

 

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States, municipals, and political subdivisions

 

4,335

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

4,330

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

20,003

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

20,000

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

124,555

 

116

 

81

 

 

(7,682

)

18,275

 

(3,113

)

 

 

62,330

 

333

 

194,895

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

709,565

 

116

 

43,826

 

 

(8,019

)

45,786

 

(44,495

)

 

 

62,376

 

528

 

809,683

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

71,383

 

1,389

 

 

(2,610

)

 

105,830

 

(9,953

)

 

 

2,210

 

602

 

168,851

 

511

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States, municipals and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,500

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

5,112

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

5,092

 

(23

)

Total fixed maturity securities - trading

 

76,495

 

1,389

 

 

(2,633

)

 

110,912

 

(9,953

)

 

 

2,210

 

605

 

179,025

 

488

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

786,060

 

1,505

 

43,826

 

(2,633

)

(8,019

)

156,698

 

(54,448

)

 

 

64,586

 

1,133

 

988,708

 

488

 

Equity securities

 

69,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69,418

 

 

Other long-term investments (1)

 

57,117

 

43,317

 

 

(362

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,072

 

42,955

 

Short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investments

 

912,595

 

44,822

 

43,826

 

(2,995

)

(8,019

)

156,698

 

(54,448

)

 

 

64,586

 

1,133

 

1,158,198

 

43,443

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

912,595

 

$

44,822

 

$

43,826

 

$

(2,995

)

$

(8,019

)

$

156,698

 

$

(54,448

)

$

 

$

 

$

64,586

 

$

1,133

 

$

1,158,198

 

$

43,443

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annuity account balances (2)

 

$

123,681

 

$

 

$

 

$

(1,686

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

65

 

$

10,818

 

$

 

$

 

$

114,614

 

$

 

Other liabilities (1)

 

539,814

 

219,947

 

 

(15,714

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

335,581

 

204,233

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

663,495

 

$

219,947

 

$

 

$

(17,400

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

65

 

$

10,818

 

$

 

$

 

$

450,195

 

$

204,233

 

 


(1) Represents certain freestanding and embedded derivatives.

(2) Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2013, $64.6 million of securities were transferred into Level 3. This amount was transferred from Level 2. These transfers resulted from securities that were priced by independent pricing services or brokers in previous periods, using no significant unobservable inputs, but were priced internally using significant unobservable inputs where market observable inputs were no longer available as of June 30, 2013. All transfers are recognized as of the end of the period.

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2013, there were no transfers out of Level 3.

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2013, there were no transfers from Level 2 to Level 1.

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2013, there were no transfers out of Level 1.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for fair value measurements for the six months ended June 30, 2014, for which the Company has used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

included in

 

 

 

 

 

Realized and Unrealized

 

Realized and Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

related to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in

 

 

 

Included in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

still held at

 

 

 

Beginning

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in/out of

 

 

 

Ending

 

the Reporting

 

 

 

Balance

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Purchases

 

Sales

 

Issuances

 

Settlements

 

Level 3

 

Other

 

Balance

 

Date

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

28

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

(18

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

10

 

$

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

545,808

 

 

34,066

 

 

(1,233

)

 

(9,794

)

 

 

 

(750

)

568,097

 

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States, municipals, and political subdivisions

 

3,675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,675

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

1,549,940

 

969

 

54,288

 

 

(7,265

)

90,232

 

(103,039

)

 

 

(55,293

)

(5,535

)

1,524,297

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

2,099,451

 

969

 

88,354

 

 

(8,498

)

90,232

 

(112,851

)

 

 

(55,293

)

(6,285

)

2,096,079

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

842

 

 

 

 

 

 

842

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

194,977

 

6,851

 

 

(3,114

)

 

 

(22,695

)

 

 

 

367

 

176,386

 

654

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States, municipals and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

29,199

 

878

 

 

(53

)

 

4,059

 

(5,110

)

 

 

2,522

 

25

 

31,520

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities - trading

 

224,176

 

7,729

 

 

(3,167

)

 

4,901

 

(27,805

)

 

 

2,522

 

392

 

208,748

 

654

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

2,323,627

 

8,698

 

88,354

 

(3,167

)

(8,498

)

95,133

 

(140,656

)

 

 

(52,771

)

(5,893

)

2,304,827

 

654

 

Equity securities

 

71,881

 

 

1,192

 

 

(166

)

9,551

 

(674

)

 

 

 

 

81,784

 

 

Other long-term investments (1)

 

196,133

 

245

 

 

(73,077

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123,301

 

(72,832

)

Short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investments

 

2,591,641

 

8,943

 

89,546

 

(76,244

)

(8,664

)

104,684

 

(141,330

)

 

 

(52,771

)

(5,893

)

2,509,912

 

(72,178

)

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

2,591,641

 

$

8,943

 

$

89,546

 

$

(76,244

)

$

(8,664

)

$

104,684

 

$

(141,330

)

$

 

$

 

$

(52,771

)

$

(5,893

)

$

2,509,912

 

$

(72,178

)

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annuity account balances (2)

 

$

107,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

(3,123

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

175

 

$

7,842

 

$

 

$

 

$

102,456

 

$

 

Other liabilities (1)

 

270,630

 

25

 

 

(214,142

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

484,747

 

(214,117

)

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

377,630

 

$

25

 

$

 

$

(217,265

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

175

 

$

7,842

 

$

 

$

 

$

587,203

 

$

(214,117

)

 


(1) Represents certain freestanding and embedded derivatives.

(2) Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, $31.0 million of securities were transferred into Level 3. This amount was transferred from Level 2. These transfers resulted from securities that were priced by independent pricing services or brokers in previous periods, using no significant unobservable inputs, but were priced internally using significant unobservable inputs where market observable inputs were no longer available as of June 30, 2014. All transfers are recognized as of the end of the period.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, $83.8 million of securities were transferred into Level 2. This amount was transferred from Level 3. These transfers resulted from securities that were previously priced internally using significant unobservable inputs, now being priced by independent pricing services or brokers.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, there were no transfers from Level 2 to Level 1.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, there were no transfers out of Level 1.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for fair value measurements for the six months ended June 30, 2013, for which the Company has used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

included in

 

 

 

 

 

Realized and Unrealized

 

Realized and Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

related to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in

 

 

 

Included in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

still held at

 

 

 

Beginning

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in/out of

 

 

 

Ending

 

the Reporting

 

 

 

Balance

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Purchases

 

Sales

 

Issuances

 

Settlements

 

Level 3

 

Other

 

Balance

 

Date

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

4

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

(337

)

$

14,349

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

46

 

$

 

$

14,062

 

$

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

596,143

 

 

43,756

 

 

(27,548

)

13,162

 

(50,386

)

 

 

1,227

 

42

 

576,396

 

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States, municipals, and political subdivisions

 

4,335

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

4,330

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

20,011

 

 

1

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

20,000

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

167,892

 

116

 

1,011

 

 

(10,046

)

18,275

 

(45,184

)

 

 

62,330

 

501

 

194,895

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities - available-for-sale

 

788,385

 

116

 

44,768

 

 

(37,934

)

45,786

 

(95,575

)

 

 

63,603

 

534

 

809,683

 

 

Fixed maturity securities - trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

70,535

 

4,797

 

 

(2,869

)

 

105,830

 

(12,776

)

 

 

2,210

 

1,124

 

168,851

 

3,779

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States, municipals and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,500

 

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

115

 

1

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

5,013

 

3

 

5,092

 

6

 

Total fixed maturity securities - trading

 

70,650

 

4,798

 

 

(2,892

)

 

110,912

 

(12,793

)

 

 

7,223

 

1,127

 

179,025

 

3,785

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

859,035

 

4,914

 

44,768

 

(2,892

)

(37,934

)

156,698

 

(108,368

)

 

 

70,826

 

1,661

 

988,708

 

3,785

 

Equity securities

 

69,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69,418

 

 

Other long-term investments (1)

 

31,591

 

68,852

 

 

(371

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,072

 

68,481

 

Short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investments

 

960,044

 

73,766

 

44,768

 

(3,263

)

(37,934

)

156,698

 

(108,368

)

 

 

70,826

 

1,661

 

1,158,198

 

72,266

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

960,044

 

$

73,766

 

$

44,768

 

$

(3,263

)

$

(37,934

)

$

156,698

 

$

(108,368

)

$

 

$

 

$

70,826

 

$

1,661

 

$

1,158,198

 

$

72,266

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annuity account balances (2)

 

$

129,468

 

$

 

$

 

$

(3,686

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

201

 

$

18,741

 

$

 

$

 

$

114,614

 

$

 

Other liabilities (1)

 

611,437

 

304,493

 

 

(28,637

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

335,581

 

275,856

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

740,905

 

$

304,493

 

$

 

$

(32,323

)

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

201

 

$

18,741

 

$

 

$

 

$

450,195

 

$

275,856

 

 


(1) Represents certain freestanding and embedded derivatives.

(2) Represents liabilities related to fixed indexed annuities.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, $70.8 million of securities were transferred into Level 3. This amount was transferred from Level 2. These transfers resulted from securities that were priced by independent pricing services or brokers in previous periods, using no significant unobservable inputs, but were priced internally using significant unobservable inputs where market observable inputs were no longer available as of June 30, 2013. All transfers are recognized as of the end of the period.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, there were no transfers out of Level 3.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, there were no transfers from Level 2 to Level 1.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, there were no transfers out of Level 1.

 

Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) on Level 3 assets and liabilities are primarily reported in either realized investment gains (losses) within the consolidated statements of income (loss) or other comprehensive income (loss) within shareowners’ equity based on the appropriate accounting treatment for the item.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net, represent the activity that occurred during the period that results in a change of the asset or liability but does not represent changes in fair value for the instruments held at the beginning of the period. Such activity primarily relates to purchases and sales of fixed maturity securities and issuances and settlements of fixed indexed annuities.

 

The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy classifications each reporting period. Changes in the observability of the valuation attributes may result in a reclassification of certain financial assets or liabilities. Such reclassifications are reported as transfers in and out of Level 3 at the beginning fair value for the reporting period in which the changes occur.

 

The amount of total gains (losses) for assets and liabilities still held as of the reporting date primarily represents changes in fair value of trading securities and certain derivatives that exist as of the reporting date and the change in fair value of fixed indexed annuities.

 

Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of the periods shown below are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Carrying

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

Level

 

Amounts

 

Fair Values

 

Amounts

 

Fair Values

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans on real estate

 

3

 

$

5,294,729

 

$

5,821,043

 

$

5,493,492

 

$

5,956,133

 

Policy loans

 

3

 

1,778,379

 

1,778,379

 

1,815,744

 

1,815,744

 

Fixed maturities, held-to-maturity (1)

 

3

 

400,000

 

451,382

 

365,000

 

335,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stable value product account balances

 

3

 

$

2,435,995

 

$

2,456,141

 

$

2,559,552

 

$

2,566,209

 

Annuity account balances

 

3

 

11,071,468

 

10,665,435

 

11,125,253

 

10,639,637

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank borrowings

 

3

 

$

345,000

 

$

345,000

 

$

485,000

 

$

485,000

 

Senior Notes

 

2

 

1,100,000

 

1,356,480

 

1,100,000

 

1,294,675

 

Subordinated debt securities

 

2

 

540,593

 

552,607

 

540,593

 

473,503

 

Non-recourse funding obligations (2)

 

3

 

579,078

 

578,392

 

562,448

 

470,709

 

 

Except as noted below, fair values were estimated using quoted market prices.

 


(1)              Security purchased from unconsolidated subsidiary, Red Mountain LLC.

(2)              Of this carrying amount, $400.0 million, fair value of $427.1 million, as of June 30, 2014, and $365.0 million, fair value of $321.5 million, as of December 31, 2013, relates to non-recourse funding obligations issued by Golden Gate V.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

Mortgage loans on real estate

 

The Company estimates the fair value of mortgage loans using an internally developed model. This model includes inputs derived by the Company based on assumed discount rates relative to the Company’s current mortgage loan lending rate and an expected cash flow analysis based on a review of the mortgage loan terms. The model also contains the Company’s determined representative risk adjustment assumptions related to credit and liquidity risks.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Policy loans

 

The Company believes the fair value of policy loans approximates book value. Policy loans are funds provided to policy holders in return for a claim on the policy. The funds provided are limited to the cash surrender value of the underlying policy. The nature of policy loans is to have a negligible default risk as the loans are fully collateralized by the value of the policy. Policy loans do not have a stated maturity and the balances and accrued interest are repaid either by the policyholder or with proceeds from the policy. Due to the collateralized nature of policy loans and unpredictable timing of repayments, the Company believes the fair value of policy loans approximates carrying value.

 

Fixed maturities, held-to-maturity

 

The Company estimates the fair value of its fixed maturity, held-to-maturity securities using internal discounted cash flow models. The discount rates used in the model were based on a current market yield for similar financial instruments.

 

Stable value product and Annuity account balances

 

The Company estimates the fair value of stable value product account balances and annuity account balances using models based on discounted expected cash flows. The discount rates used in the models were based on a current market rate for similar financial instruments.

 

Debt

 

Bank borrowings

 

The Company believes the carrying value of its bank borrowings approximates fair value as the borrowings pay a floating interest rate plus a spread based on the rating of the Company’s senior debt which the Company believes approximates a market interest rate.

 

Non-recourse funding obligations

 

The Company estimates the fair value of its non-recourse funding obligations using internal discounted cash flow models. The discount rates used in the model were based on a current market yield for similar financial instruments.

 

17.                                DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Types of Derivative Instruments and Derivative Strategies

 

The Company utilizes a risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to certain risks, including but not limited to, interest rate risk, inflation risk, currency exchange risk, volatility risk, and equity market risk. These strategies are developed through the Company’s analysis of data from financial simulation models and other internal and industry sources, and are then incorporated into the Company’s risk management program.

 

Derivative instruments expose the Company to credit and market risk and could result in material changes from period to period. The Company attempts to minimize its credit risk by entering into transactions with highly rated counterparties. The Company manages the market risk by establishing and monitoring limits as to the types and degrees of risk that may be undertaken. The Company monitors its use of derivatives in connection with its overall asset/liability management programs and risk management strategies. In addition, all derivative programs are monitored by our risk management department.

 

Derivatives Related to Interest Rate Risk Management

 

Derivative instruments that are used as part of the Company’s interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate futures, interest rate caps, and interest rate swaptions. The Company’s inflation risk

 

51



Table of Contents

 

management strategy involves the use of swaps that requires the Company to pay a fixed rate and receive a floating rate that is based on changes in the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”).

 

Derivatives Related to Risk Mitigation of Certain Annuity Contracts

 

The Company may use the following types of derivative contracts to mitigate its exposure to certain guaranteed benefits related to variable annuity contracts and fixed indexed annuities:

 

·                   Foreign Currency Futures

·                   Variance Swaps

·                   Interest Rate Futures

·                   Equity Options

·                   Equity Futures

·                   Credit Derivatives

·                   Interest Rate Swaps

·                   Interest Rate Swaptions

·                   Volatility Futures

·                   Volatility Options

·                   Total Return Swaps

 

Accounting for Derivative Instruments

 

The Company records its derivative financial instruments in the consolidated condensed balance sheet in “other long-term investments” and “other liabilities” in accordance with GAAP, which requires that all derivative instruments be recognized in the balance sheet at fair value. The change in the fair value of derivative financial instruments is reported either in the statement of income or in other comprehensive income (loss), depending upon whether it qualified for and also has been properly identified as being part of a hedging relationship, and also on the type of hedging relationship that exists.

 

For a derivative financial instrument to be accounted for as an accounting hedge, it must be identified and documented as such on the date of designation. For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of their realized gain or loss is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged item impacts earnings. Any remaining gain or loss, the ineffective portion, is recognized in current earnings. For fair value hedge derivatives, their gain or loss, as well as the offsetting loss or gain attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item, is recognized in current earnings. Effectiveness of the Company’s hedge relationships is assessed on a quarterly basis.

 

The Company reports changes in fair values of derivatives that are not part of a qualifying hedge relationship through earnings in the period of change. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are recognized in current earnings are reported in “Realized investment gains (losses)—Derivative financial instruments”.

 

Derivative Instruments Designated and Qualifying as Hedging Instruments

 

Cash-Flow Hedges

 

·                   In connection with the issuance of inflation-adjusted funding agreements, the Company has entered into swaps to convert the floating CPI-linked interest rate on these agreements to a fixed rate. The Company pays a fixed rate on the swap and receives a floating rate primarily determined by the period’s change in the CPI. The amounts that are received on the swaps are equal to the amounts that are paid on the agreements.

 

Derivative Instruments Not Designated and Not Qualifying as Hedging Instruments

 

The Company uses various other derivative instruments for risk management purposes that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in earnings during the period of change.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Derivatives Related to Variable Annuity Contracts

 

·                   The Company uses equity, interest rate, currency, and volatility futures to mitigate the risk related to certain guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWB, within its VA products. In general, the cost of such benefits varies with the level of equity and interest rate markets, foreign currency levels, and overall volatility. No volatility future positions were held as of June 30, 2014.

 

·                   The Company uses equity options, variance swaps, and volatility options to mitigate the risk related to certain guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWB, within its VA products. In general, the cost of such benefits varies with the level of equity markets and overall volatility. No volatility option positions were held as of June 30, 2014.

 

·                   The Company uses interest rate swaps and interest rate swaptions to mitigate the risk related to certain guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWB, within its VA products.

 

·                   The Company markets certain VA products with a GMWB rider. The GMWB component is considered an embedded derivative, not considered to be clearly and closely related to the host contract.

 

Derivatives Related to Fixed Annuity Contracts

 

·                   The Company uses equity and volatility futures to mitigate the risk within its fixed indexed annuity products. In general, the cost of such benefits varies with the level of equity and overall volatility.

 

·                   The Company used equity options to mitigate the risk within its fixed indexed annuity products. In general, the cost of such benefits varies with the level of equity markets.

 

·                   The Company markets certain fixed indexed annuity products. The FIA component is considered an embedded derivative, not considered to be clearly and closely related to the host contract.

 

Other Derivatives

 

·                   The Company uses certain interest rate swaps to mitigate the price volatility of fixed maturities. None of these positions were held as of June 30, 2014.

 

·                   The Company purchased interest rate caps to mitigate its risk with respect to the Company’s LIBOR exposure and the potential impact of European financial market distress. None of these positions were held as of June 30, 2014.

 

·                   The Company uses various swaps and other types of derivatives to manage risk related to other exposures.

 

·                   The Company markets certain IUL products. The IUL component is considered an embedded derivative, not considered to be clearly and closely related to the host contract.

 

·                   The Company is involved in various modified coinsurance and funds withheld arrangements which contain embedded derivatives. Changes in their fair value are recorded in current period earnings. The investment portfolios that support the related modified coinsurance reserves and funds withheld arrangements had fair value changes which substantially offset the gains or losses on these embedded derivatives.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth realized investments gains and losses for the periods shown:

 

Realized investment gains (losses) - derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Derivatives related to variable annuity contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate futures - VA

 

$

6,548

 

$

(7,654

)

$

10,798

 

$

(24,138

)

Equity futures - VA

 

(7,259

)

(4,036

)

(9,910

)

(27,261

)

Currency futures - VA

 

(2,887

)

(112

)

(4,165

)

7,971

 

Variance swaps - VA

 

(823

)

2,214

 

(2,673

)

(8,219

)

Equity options - VA

 

(20,949

)

(8,131

)

(33,290

)

(36,537

)

Interest rate swaptions - VA

 

(4,998

)

1,639

 

(14,401

)

(2,463

)

Interest rate swaps - VA

 

45,169

 

(89,722

)

102,537

 

(106,278

)

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

(47,389

)

103,315

 

(129,676

)

183,690

 

Total derivatives related to variable annuity contracts

 

(32,588

)

(2,487

)

(80,780

)

(13,235

)

Derivatives related to FIA contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Embedded derivative - FIA

 

(8,307

)

(41

)

(6,574

)

(41

)

Equity futures - FIA

 

605

 

 

950

 

 

Volatility futures - FIA

 

8

 

 

8

 

 

Equity options - FIA

 

2,984

 

(19

)

3,978

 

(19

)

Total derivatives related to FIA contracts

 

(4,710

)

(60

)

(1,638

)

(60

)

Embedded derivative - IUL

 

(285

)

 

(285

)

 

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

(52,202

)

144,998

 

(112,371

)

161,773

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

1,909

 

 

2,912

 

Other derivatives

 

(141

)

(479

)

(202

)

(124

)

Total realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

$

(89,926

)

$

143,881

 

$

(195,276

)

$

151,266

 

 

The following table sets forth realized investments gains and losses for Modco trading portfolio that is included in realized investment gains (losses) — all other investments.

 

Realized investment gains (losses) - all other investments

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Modco trading portfolio (1)

 

$

60,989

 

$

(126,694

)

$

127,292

 

$

(142,022

)

 


(1) The Company elected to include the use of alternate disclosures for trading activities.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the components of the gain or loss on derivatives that qualify as a cash flow hedging relationship.

 

Gain (Loss) on Derivatives in Cash Flow Relationship

 

 

 

 

 

Amount and Location of

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Gains (Losses)

 

Gains (Losses)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred in

 

Reclassified from

 

Amount and Location of

 

 

 

Accumulated Other

 

Accumulated Other

 

(Losses) Recognized in

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Income (Loss) on

 

 

 

(Loss) on Derivatives

 

(Loss) into Income (Loss)

 

Derivatives

 

 

 

(Effective Portion)

 

(Effective Portion)

 

(Ineffective Portion)

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement

 

Realized investment

 

 

 

 

 

expenses

 

gains (losses)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inflation

 

$

(929

)

$

(614

)

$

(165

)

Total

 

$

(929

)

$

(614

)

$

(165

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inflation

 

$

(26

)

$

(1,284

)

$

(126

)

Total

 

$

(26

)

$

(1,284

)

$

(126

)

 

Gain (Loss) on Derivatives in Cash Flow Relationship

 

 

 

 

 

Amount and Location of

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Gains (Losses)

 

Gains (Losses)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred in

 

Reclassified from

 

Amount and Location of

 

 

 

Accumulated Other

 

Accumulated Other

 

(Losses) Recognized in

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Income (Loss) on

 

 

 

(Loss) on Derivatives

 

(Loss) into Income (Loss)

 

Derivatives

 

 

 

(Effective Portion)

 

(Effective Portion)

 

(Ineffective Portion)

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement

 

Realized investment

 

 

 

 

 

expenses

 

gains (losses)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inflation

 

$

(4,589

)

$

(580

)

$

(558

)

Total

 

$

(4,589

)

$

(580

)

$

(558

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inflation

 

$

(180

)

$

(1,077

)

$

(190

)

Total

 

$

(180

)

$

(1,077

)

$

(190

)

 

55



Table of Contents

 

The tables below present information about the nature and accounting treatment of the Company’s primary derivative financial instruments and the location in and effect on the consolidated condensed financial statements for the periods presented below:

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2014

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Notional

 

Fair

 

Notional

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Amount

 

Value

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Other long-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inflation

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

295,000

 

3,681

 

200,000

 

1,961

 

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

30,105

 

1,226

 

80,376

 

1,517

 

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

5,161,813

 

122,075

 

6,113,017

 

194,616

 

Interest rate futures

 

283,629

 

1,510

 

 

 

Equity futures

 

46,915

 

379

 

3,387

 

111

 

Currency futures

 

 

 

14,338

 

321

 

Equity options

 

2,051,427

 

120,586

 

1,376,205

 

78,277

 

Interest rate swaptions

 

625,000

 

15,890

 

625,000

 

30,291

 

Other

 

592

 

420

 

425

 

473

 

 

 

$

8,494,481

 

$

265,767

 

$

8,412,748

 

$

307,567

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inflation

 

$

182,965

 

$

624

 

$

182,965

 

$

1,865

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

1,180,000

 

59,968

 

1,230,000

 

153,322

 

Variance swaps

 

1,100

 

3,782

 

1,500

 

1,744

 

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

2,591,360

 

318,999

 

2,578,590

 

206,918

 

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

4,418,599

 

95,523

 

2,494,142

 

38,388

 

Embedded derivative - FIA

 

527,698

 

69,615

 

244,424

 

25,324

 

Embedded derivative - IUL

 

1,057

 

610

 

 

 

Interest rate futures

 

71,714

 

37

 

322,902

 

5,221

 

Equity futures

 

102,891

 

1,443

 

164,595

 

6,595

 

Currency futures

 

138,916

 

2,364

 

118,008

 

840

 

Equity options

 

475,155

 

32,726

 

257,065

 

17,558

 

Other

 

358

 

38

 

230

 

27

 

 

 

$

9,691,813

 

$

585,729

 

$

7,594,421

 

$

457,802

 

 

Based on the expected cash flows of the underlying hedged items, the Company expects to reclassify $0.5 million out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings during the next twelve months.

 

18.                                OFFSETTING OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

Certain of the Company’s derivative instruments are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements that provide for the net settlement of all derivative contracts between the Company and a counterparty in the event of default or upon the occurrence of certain termination events. Collateral support agreements associated with each master netting arrangement provide that the Company will receive or pledge financial collateral in the event either minimum thresholds, or in certain cases ratings levels, have been reached. Additionally, certain of the Company’s repurchase agreements provide for net settlement on termination of the agreement. Refer to Note 9, Debt and Other Obligations for details of the Company’s repurchase agreement programs.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

The tables below present the derivative instruments by assets and liabilities for the Company as of June 30, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

of Assets

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts

 

Presented in

 

in the Statement of

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Offset in the

 

the

 

Financial Position

 

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

Statement of

 

Statement of

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

Position

 

Position

 

Instruments

 

Received

 

Net Amount

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Free-Standing derivatives

 

$

142,090

 

$

 

$

142,090

 

$

54,682

 

$

23,039

 

$

64,369

 

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

1,226

 

 

1,226

 

 

 

1,226

 

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

122,075

 

 

122,075

 

 

 

122,075

 

Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

 

265,391

 

 

265,391

 

54,682

 

23,039

 

187,670

 

Total derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

 

376

 

 

376

 

 

 

376

 

Total derivatives

 

265,767

 

 

265,767

 

54,682

 

23,039

 

188,046

 

Total Assets

 

$

265,767

 

$

 

$

265,767

 

$

54,682

 

$

23,039

 

$

188,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

of Liabilities

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts

 

Presented in

 

in the Statement of

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Offset in the

 

the

 

Financial Position

 

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

Statement of

 

Statement of

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

Position

 

Position

 

Instruments

 

Paid

 

Net Amount

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Free-Standing derivatives

 

$

100,982

 

$

 

$

100,982

 

$

54,682

 

$

46,113

 

$

187

 

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

318,999

 

 

318,999

 

 

 

318,999

 

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

95,523

 

 

95,523

 

 

 

95,523

 

Embedded derivative - FIA

 

69,615

 

 

69,615

 

 

 

69,615

 

Embedded derivative - IUL

 

610

 

 

610

 

 

 

610

 

Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

 

585,729

 

 

585,729

 

54,682

 

46,113

 

484,934

 

Total derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 

585,729

 

 

585,729

 

54,682

 

46,113

 

484,934

 

Repurchase agreements (1)

 

420,490

 

 

420,490

 

 

 

420,490

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

1,006,219

 

$

 

$

1,006,219

 

$

54,682

 

$

46,113

 

$

905,424

 

 


(1)  Borrowings under repurchase agreements are for a term less than 90 days.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

The tables below present the derivative instruments by assets and liabilities for the Company as of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

of Assets

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts

 

Presented in

 

in the Statement of

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Offset in the

 

the

 

Financial Position

 

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

Statement of

 

Statement of

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

Position

 

Position

 

Instruments

 

Received

 

Net Amount

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Free-Standing derivatives

 

$

110,983

 

$

 

$

110,983

 

$

52,487

 

$

10,700

 

$

47,796

 

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

1,517

 

 

1,517

 

 

 

1,517

 

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

194,616

 

 

194,616

 

 

 

194,616

 

Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

 

307,116

 

 

307,116

 

52,487

 

10,700

 

243,929

 

Total derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

 

451

 

 

451

 

 

 

451

 

Total derivatives

 

307,567

 

 

307,567

 

52,487

 

10,700

 

244,380

 

Total Assets

 

$

307,567

 

$

 

$

307,567

 

$

52,487

 

$

10,700

 

$

244,380

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

of Liabilities

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts

 

Presented in

 

in the Statement of

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Offset in the

 

the

 

Financial Position

 

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

Statement of

 

Statement of

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

Position

 

Position

 

Instruments

 

Paid

 

Net Amount

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Free-Standing derivatives

 

$

187,172

 

$

 

$

187,172

 

$

52,487

 

$

98,359

 

$

36,326

 

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

206,918

 

 

206,918

 

 

 

206,918

 

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

38,388

 

 

 

38,388

 

 

 

38,388

 

Embedded derivative - FIA

 

25,324

 

 

25,324

 

 

 

25,324

 

Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

 

457,802

 

 

457,802

 

52,487

 

98,359

 

306,956

 

Total derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 

457,802

 

 

457,802

 

52,487

 

98,359

 

306,956

 

Repurchase agreements (1)

 

350,000

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

350,000

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

807,802

 

$

 

$

807,802

 

$

52,487

 

$

98,359

 

$

656,956

 

 


(1)  Borrowings under repurchase agreements are for a term less than 90 days.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

19.                                OPERATING SEGMENTS

 

The Company has several operating segments each having a strategic focus. An operating segment is distinguished by products, channels of distribution, and/or other strategic distinctions. The Company periodically evaluates its operating segments, as prescribed in the ASC Segment Reporting Topic, and makes adjustments to its segment reporting as needed. A brief description of each segment follows.

 

·                   The Life Marketing segment markets fixed universal life (“UL”), variable universal life (“VUL”), bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”), and level premium term insurance (“traditional”) products on a national basis primarily through networks of independent insurance agents and brokers, broker-dealers, financial institutions, and independent marketing organizations.

 

·                   The Acquisitions segment focuses on acquiring, converting, and servicing policies acquired from other companies. The segment’s primary focus is on life insurance policies and annuity products that were sold to individuals. The level of the segment’s acquisition activity is predicated upon many factors, including available capital, operating capacity, potential return on capital, and market dynamics. Policies acquired through the Acquisitions segment are typically blocks of business where no new policies are being marketed. Therefore earnings and account values are expected to decline as the result of lapses, deaths, and other terminations of coverage unless new acquisitions are made.

 

·                   The Annuities segment markets fixed and variable annuity products. These products are primarily sold through broker-dealers, financial institutions, and independent agents and brokers.

 

·                   The Stable Value Products segment sells fixed and floating rate funding agreements directly to the trustees of municipal bond proceeds, money market funds, bank trust departments, and other institutional investors. The segment also issues funding agreements to the FHLB, and markets guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) to 401(k) and other qualified retirement savings plans.  Additionally, the Company has contracts outstanding pursuant to a funding agreement-backed notes program registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) which offered notes to both institutional and retail investors.

 

·                   The Asset Protection segment markets extended service contracts and credit life and disability insurance to protect consumers’ investments in automobiles, watercraft, and recreational vehicles. In addition, the segment markets a guaranteed asset protection (“GAP”) product. GAP coverage covers the difference between the loan pay-off amount and an asset’s actual cash value in the case of a total loss.

 

·                   The Corporate and Other segment primarily consists of net investment income not assigned to the segments above (including the impact of carrying liquidity) and expenses not attributable to the segments above (including interest on certain corporate debt). This segment includes earnings from several non-strategic or runoff lines of business, various investment-related transactions, the operations of several small subsidiaries, and the repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations.

 

The Company uses the same accounting policies and procedures to measure segment operating income (loss) and assets as it uses to measure consolidated net income and assets. Segment operating income (loss) is income before income tax, excluding realized gains and losses on investments and derivatives net of the amortization related to deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”), value of business acquired (“VOBA”), and benefits and settlement expenses. Operating earnings exclude changes in the GMWB embedded derivatives (excluding the portion attributed to economic cost), realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used to hedge the VA product, actual GMWB incurred claims and the related amortization of DAC attributed to each of these items.

 

Segment operating income (loss) represents the basis on which the performance of the Company’s business is internally assessed by management. Premiums and policy fees, other income, benefits and settlement expenses, and amortization of DAC/VOBA are attributed directly to each operating segment. Net investment income is allocated based on directly related assets required for transacting the business of that segment. Realized investment gains (losses) and other operating expenses are allocated to the segments in a manner that most appropriately reflects the operations of

 

59



Table of Contents

 

that segment. Investments and other assets are allocated based on statutory policy liabilities net of associated statutory policy assets, while DAC/VOBA and goodwill are shown in the segments to which they are attributable.

 

There were no significant intersegment transactions during the three or six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

The following tables summarize financial information for the Company’s segments:

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Marketing

 

$

407,032

 

$

347,021

 

$

791,798

 

$

714,647

 

Acquisitions

 

438,244

 

261,693

 

865,192

 

512,180

 

Annuities

 

155,417

 

186,025

 

300,074

 

350,954

 

Stable Value Products

 

27,109

 

34,468

 

54,928

 

66,388

 

Asset Protection

 

70,870

 

71,813

 

137,253

 

139,384

 

Corporate and Other

 

56,671

 

55,336

 

96,656

 

105,617

 

Total revenues

 

$

1,155,343

 

$

956,356

 

$

2,245,901

 

$

1,889,170

 

Segment Operating Income (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Marketing

 

$

26,349

 

$

24,673

 

$

49,834

 

$

48,380

 

Acquisitions

 

64,882

 

29,435

 

125,878

 

63,812

 

Annuities

 

55,258

 

36,382

 

106,901

 

79,780

 

Stable Value Products

 

17,287

 

22,464

 

34,684

 

40,308

 

Asset Protection

 

8,534

 

7,384

 

14,903

 

13,465

 

Corporate and Other

 

(12,555

)

(2,483

)

(27,410

)

(20,815

)

Total segment operating income

 

159,755

 

117,855

 

304,790

 

224,930

 

Realized investment (losses) gains - investments (1)

 

74,920

 

(119,311

)

143,453

 

(129,067

)

Realized investment (losses) gains - derivatives

 

(72,465

)

158,469

 

(160,828

)

178,777

 

Income tax expense

 

(54,233

)

(53,814

)

(95,799

)

(93,150

)

Net income

 

$

107,977

 

$

103,199

 

$

191,616

 

$

181,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment gains (losses) (2)

 

$

78,688

 

$

(113,978

)

$

149,211

 

$

(122,707

)

Less: amortization related to DAC/VOBA and benefits settlements expenses

 

3,768

 

5,333

 

5,758

 

6,360

 

Realized investment gains (losses) - investments

 

$

74,920

 

$

(119,311

)

$

143,453

 

$

(129,067

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative gains (losses) (3)

 

$

(89,926

)

$

143,881

 

$

(195,276

)

$

151,266

 

Less: VA GMWB economic cost

 

(17,461

)

(14,588

)

(34,448

)

(27,511

)

Realized investment gains (losses) - derivatives

 

$

(72,465

)

$

158,469

 

$

(160,828

)

$

178,777

 

 


(1)  Includes credit related other-than-temporary impairments of $1.5 million and $3.1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, as compared to $4.0 million and $8.6 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

(2) Includes realized investment gains (losses) before related amortization.

(3) Includes realized gains (losses) on derivatives before the VA GMWB economic cost.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Operating Segment Assets

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2014

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Life

 

 

 

 

 

Stable Value

 

 

 

Marketing

 

Acquisitions

 

Annuities

 

Products

 

Investments and other assets

 

$

13,575,287

 

$

20,179,754

 

$

20,713,485

 

$

2,435,193

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

2,000,329

 

605,799

 

623,461

 

802

 

Goodwill

 

10,192

 

30,968

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

15,585,808

 

$

20,816,521

 

$

21,336,946

 

$

2,435,995

 

 

 

 

Asset

 

Corporate

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Protection

 

and Other

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Investments and other assets

 

$

894,935

 

$

9,966,477

 

$

15,644

 

$

67,780,775

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

42,397

 

487

 

 

3,273,275

 

Goodwill

 

62,671

 

83

 

 

103,914

 

Total assets

 

$

1,000,003

 

$

9,967,047

 

$

15,644

 

$

71,157,964

 

 

 

 

Operating Segment Assets

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Life

 

 

 

 

 

Stable Value

 

 

 

Marketing

 

Acquisitions

 

Annuities

 

Products

 

Investments and other assets

 

$

13,135,914

 

$

20,186,839

 

$

19,974,246

 

$

2,558,551

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

2,071,470

 

799,255

 

647,485

 

1,001

 

Goodwill

 

10,192

 

32,517

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

15,217,576

 

$

21,018,611

 

$

20,621,731

 

$

2,559,552

 

 

 

 

Asset

 

Corporate

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Protection

 

and Other

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

Investments and other assets

 

$

852,273

 

$

8,355,618

 

$

16,762

 

$

65,080,203

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

50,358

 

646

 

 

3,570,215

 

Goodwill

 

62,671

 

83

 

 

105,463

 

Total assets

 

$

965,302

 

$

8,356,347

 

$

16,762

 

$

68,755,881

 

 

20.                                SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated the effects of events subsequent to June 30, 2014, and through the date we filed our consolidated condensed financial statements with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. All accounting and disclosure requirements related to subsequent events are included in our consolidated condensed financial statements.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Item 2.          Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with our consolidated condensed financial statements included under Part I, Item 1, Financial Statements (Unaudited) , of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

For a more complete understanding of our business and current period results, please read the following MD&A in conjunction with our latest Annual Report on Form 10-K and other filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

Certain reclassifications have been made in the previously reported financial statements and accompanying notes to make the prior period amounts comparable to those of the current period. Such reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net income or shareowners’ equity.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS — CAUTIONARY LANGUAGE

 

This report reviews our financial condition and results of operations including our liquidity and capital resources. Historical information is presented and discussed, and where appropriate, factors that may affect future financial performance are also identified and discussed. Certain statements made in this report include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include any statement that may predict, forecast, indicate, or imply future results, performance, or achievements instead of historical facts and may contain words like “believe,” “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “budget,” “forecast,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “will,” “shall,” “may,” and other words, phrases, or expressions with similar meaning. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, which may cause actual results to differ materially from the results contained in the forward-looking statements, and we cannot give assurances that such statements will prove to be correct. Given these risks and uncertainties, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. For more information about the risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could affect our future results, please refer to Part I, Item 2, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , “Risks and Uncertainties and Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results , of this report, as well as Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results , of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

 

OVERVIEW

 

Our business

 

We are a holding company headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama, with subsidiaries that provide financial services through the production, distribution, and administration of insurance and investment products. Founded in 1907, Protective Life Insurance Company (“PLICO”) is our largest operating subsidiary. Unless the context otherwise requires, the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refers to the consolidated group of Protective Life Corporation and our subsidiaries.

 

We have several operating segments, each having a strategic focus. An operating segment is distinguished by products, channels of distribution, and/or other strategic distinctions. We periodically evaluate our operating segments as prescribed in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Segment Reporting Topic, and make adjustments to our segment reporting as needed.

 

Our operating segments are Life Marketing, Acquisitions, Annuities, Stable Value Products, Asset Protection, and Corporate and Other.

 

·                   Life Marketing - We market fixed universal life (“UL”), variable universal life (“VUL”), bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”), and level premium term insurance (“traditional”) products on a national basis

 

62



Table of Contents

 

primarily through networks of independent insurance agents and brokers, broker-dealers, financial institutions, and independent marketing organizations.

 

·                   Acquisitions - We focus on acquiring, converting, and servicing policies from other companies. The segment’s primary focus is on life insurance policies and annuity products that were sold to individuals. The level of the segment’s acquisition activity is predicated upon many factors, including available capital, operating capacity, potential return on capital, and market dynamics. Policies acquired through the Acquisitions segment are typically blocks of business where no new policies are being marketed. Therefore earnings and account values are expected to decline as the result of lapses, deaths, and other terminations of coverage unless new acquisitions are made.

 

·                   Annuities - We market fixed and variable annuity (“VA”) products. These products are primarily sold through broker-dealers, financial institutions, and independent agents and brokers.

 

·                   Stable Value Products - We sell fixed and floating rate funding agreements directly to the trustees of municipal bond proceeds, money market funds, bank trust departments, and other institutional investors. The segment also issues funding agreements to the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), and markets guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) to 401(k) and other qualified retirement savings plans. Additionally, we have contracts outstanding pursuant to a funding agreement-backed notes program registered with the SEC which offered notes to both institutional and retail investors.

 

·                   Asset Protection - We market extended service contracts and credit life and disability insurance to protect consumers’ investments in automobiles, watercraft, and recreational vehicles. In addition, the segment markets a guaranteed asset protection (“GAP”) product. GAP coverage covers the difference between the loan pay-off amount and an asset’s actual cash value in the case of a total loss.

 

·                   Corporate and Other - This segment primarily consists of net investment income not assigned to the segments above (including the impact of carrying liquidity) and expenses not attributable to the segments above (including interest on certain corporate debt). This segment includes earnings from several non-strategic or runoff lines of business, various investment-related transactions, the operations of several small subsidiaries, and the repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations.

 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

Net income for the first six months of 2014 was $191.6 million or $2.36 per average diluted share. After-tax operating income for the first six months of 2014 was $202.9 million or $2.50 per average diluted share.

 

We reported strong financial results for the first six months of 2014.  The MONY acquisition integration is on track and has made a significant contribution to the Acquisitions segment earnings during the first six months of this year.  With strong financial results for the first half of 2014, we remain confident in our ability to execute on our plans for the remainder of the year.

 

Significant financial information related to each of our segments is included in “Results of Operations”.

 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS — PROPOSED DAI-ICHI MERGER

 

As described in Note 5, Proposed Dai-ichi Merger , to the consolidated condensed financial statements, on June 3, 2014, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with The Dai-ichi Life Insurance Company, Limited, a kabushiki kaisha organized under the laws of Japan (“Dai-ichi”) and DL Investment (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Dai-ichi, which provides for the merger of DL Investment (Delaware), Inc. with and into the Company (the “Merger”), with the Company surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Dai-ichi. If the proposed Merger is completed, at the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), each share of our common stock, par value $0.50 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, other than certain excluded shares, will be converted into the right to receive $70 in cash, without interest (the “Per Share Merger Consideration”). Shares of common stock held by Dai-ichi or the Company or their respective direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries will not be entitled to receive the Merger Consideration. Stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units and performance shares issued under various benefit plans will be paid out as described in Note 5, Proposed Dai-ichi Merger , to the consolidated condensed financial statements included in this report, under the heading “Treatment of Benefit Plans”.

 

Completion of the Merger is subject to various closing conditions, including, but not limited to, (1) adoption of the Merger Agreement by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of all outstanding shares of common

 

63



Table of Contents

 

stock, (2) requisite approval of the Japan Financial Services Agency of an application and notification filing by Dai-ichi and its affiliates, (3) the receipt of certain insurance regulatory approvals, (4) the absence of any laws that have been adopted or promulgated, or any order, injunction, decision or decree issued or remaining in effect, that would prohibit the Merger or make the Merger illegal, and (5) the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, which waiting period terminated on July 25, 2014, pursuant to a grant of early termination by the Federal Trade Commission. Each party’s obligation to consummate the Merger also is subject to certain additional conditions that include the accuracy of the other party’s representations and warranties contained in the Merger Agreement (subject to certain materiality qualifiers) and the other party’s compliance with its covenants and agreements contained in the Merger Agreement in all material respects. The Merger Agreement does not contain a financing condition.  Subject to certain limitations, either party may terminate the Merger Agreement if the Merger is not consummated by February 28, 2015, which date is extended until April 30, 2015 in the event of delays in obtaining regulatory approval.

 

We expect to file a definitive proxy statement with the SEC in August 2014 which will contain detailed information about the Merger Agreement and background information regarding the transaction, and we plan to hold a special meeting of shareowners on a date to be announced at which shareowners will vote on the adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger. For additional information regarding the Merger and related matters, including the treatment of benefit plans, please refer to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 4, 2014, and Note 5, Proposed Dai-ichi Merger , to the consolidated condensed financial statements included in this report.

 

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

 

The factors which could affect our future results include, but are not limited to, general economic conditions and the following risks and uncertainties:

 

Risks Related to the Proposed Dai-ichi Merger

 

·                   the Merger is subject to various closing conditions, including regulatory and third party approvals;

·                   failure to timely complete the Merger could adversely impact our stock price, business, financial condition, and results of operations;

·                   the pendency of the Merger and operating restrictions contained in the Merger Agreement could adversely affect our business and operations;

·                   shareowner litigation against the Company, our directors and/or Dai-ichi could delay or prevent the Merger and cause us to incur significant costs and expenses; and

·                   our debt ratings and the financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries may be adversely affected by the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

 

General

 

·                   exposure to the risks of natural and man-made catastrophes, pandemics, malicious acts, terrorist acts and climate change, which could adversely affect our operations and results;

·                   a disruption affecting the electronic systems of the Company or those on whom the Company relies could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;

·                   confidential information maintained in our systems could be compromised or misappropriated, damaging our business and reputation and adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations;

·                   our results and financial condition may be negatively affected should actual experience differ from management’s assumptions and estimates;

·                   we may not realize our anticipated financial results from our acquisitions strategy;

·                   we may not be able to achieve the expected results from our recent acquisition;

·                   assets allocated to the MONY Closed Block benefit only the holders of certain policies; adverse performance of Closed Block assets or adverse experience of Closed Block liabilities may negatively affect us;

·                   we are dependent on the performance of others;

·                   our risk management policies, practices, and procedures could leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks, which could negatively affect our business or result in losses;

·                   our strategies for mitigating risks arising from our day-to-day operations may prove ineffective resulting in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition;

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Financial environment

 

·                   interest rate fluctuations and sustained periods of low interest rates could negatively affect our interest earnings and spread income, or otherwise impact our business;

·                   our investments are subject to market and credit risks, which could be heightened during periods of extreme volatility or disruption in financial and credit markets;

·                   equity market volatility could negatively impact our business;

·                   our use of derivative financial instruments within our risk management strategy may not be effective or sufficient;

·                   credit market volatility or disruption could adversely impact our financial condition or results from operations;

·                   our ability to grow depends in large part upon the continued availability of capital;

·                   we could be adversely affected by a ratings downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization;

·                   we could be forced to sell investments at a loss to cover policyholder withdrawals;

·                   disruption of the capital and credit markets could negatively affect our ability to meet our liquidity and financing needs;

·                   difficult general economic conditions could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations;

·                   we may be required to establish a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and capital position;

·                   we could be adversely affected by an inability to access our credit facility;

·                   we could be adversely affected by an inability to access FHLB lending;

·                   our financial condition or results of operations could be adversely impacted if our assumptions regarding the fair value and future performance of our investments differ from actual experience;

·                   the amount of statutory capital that we have and the amount of statutory capital that we must hold to maintain our financial strength and credit ratings and meet other requirements can vary significantly from time to time and is sensitive to a number of factors outside of our control;

·                   we operate as a holding company and depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to us to meet our obligations and pay dividends;

 

Industry

 

·                   we are highly regulated, are subject to routine audits, examinations and actions by regulators, law enforcement agencies, and self-regulatory organizations;

·                   changes to tax law or interpretations of existing tax law could adversely affect our ability to compete with non-insurance products or reduce the demand for certain insurance products;

·                   financial services companies are frequently the targets of legal proceedings, including class action litigation, which could result in substantial judgments;

·                   publicly held companies in general and the financial services industry in particular are sometimes the target of law enforcement investigations and the focus of increased regulatory scrutiny;

·                   new accounting rules, changes to existing accounting rules, or the grant of permitted accounting practices to competitors could negatively impact us;

·                   use of reinsurance introduces variability in our statements of income;

·                   our reinsurers could fail to meet assumed obligations, increase rates, or be subject to adverse developments that could affect us;

·                   our policy claims fluctuate from period to period resulting in earnings volatility;

 

Competition

 

·                   we operate in a mature, highly competitive industry, which could limit our ability to gain or maintain our position in the industry and negatively affect profitability;

·                   our ability to maintain competitive unit costs is dependent upon the level of new sales and persistency of existing business; and

·                   we may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

For more information about the risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could affect our future results, please see Part II, Item 1A of this report and our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Our accounting policies require the use of judgments relating to a variety of assumptions and estimates, including, but not limited to expectations of current and future mortality, morbidity, persistency, expenses, and interest rates, as well as expectations around the valuations of securities. Because of the inherent uncertainty when using the assumptions and estimates, the effect of certain accounting policies under different conditions or assumptions could be materially different from those reported in the consolidated condensed financial statements. For a complete listing of our critical accounting policies, refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

We use the same accounting policies and procedures to measure segment operating income (loss) and assets as we use to measure consolidated net income and assets. Segment operating income (loss) is income before income tax, excluding realized gains and losses on investments and derivatives net of the amortization related to deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”), value of business acquired (“VOBA”), and benefits and settlement expenses. Operating earnings exclude changes in the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) embedded derivatives (excluding the portion attributed to economic cost), realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used to hedge the variable annuity (“VA”) product, actual GMWB incurred claims, and the related amortization of DAC attributed to each of these items.

 

Segment operating income (loss) represents the basis on which the performance of our business is internally assessed by management. Premiums and policy fees, other income, benefits and settlement expenses, and amortization of DAC/VOBA are attributed directly to each operating segment. Net investment income is allocated based on directly related assets required for transacting the business of that segment. Realized investment gains (losses) and other operating expenses are allocated to the segments in a manner that most appropriately reflects the operations of that segment. Investments and other assets are allocated based on statutory policy liabilities net of associated statutory policy assets, while DAC/VOBA and goodwill are shown in the segments to which they are attributable.

 

However, segment operating income (loss) should not be viewed as a substitute for accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) net income. In addition, our segment operating income (loss) measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

We periodically review and update as appropriate our key assumptions on products using the ASC Financial Services-Insurance Topic, including future mortality, expenses, lapses, premium persistency, investment yields, interest spreads, and equity market returns. Changes to these assumptions result in adjustments which increase or decrease DAC amortization and/or benefits and expenses. The periodic review and updating of assumptions is referred to as “unlocking”. When referring to DAC amortization or unlocking on products covered under the ASC Financial Services-Insurance Topic, the reference is to changes in all balance sheet components amortized over estimated gross profits.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents a summary of results and reconciles segment operating income (loss) to consolidated net income:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Segment Operating Income (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Marketing

 

$

26,349

 

$

24,673

 

6.8

%

$

49,834

 

$

48,380

 

3.0

%

Acquisitions

 

64,882

 

29,435

 

n/m

 

125,878

 

63,812

 

97.3

 

Annuities

 

55,258

 

36,382

 

51.9

 

106,901

 

79,780

 

34.0

 

Stable Value Products

 

17,287

 

22,464

 

(23.0

)

34,684

 

40,308

 

(14.0

)

Asset Protection

 

8,534

 

7,384

 

15.6

 

14,903

 

13,465

 

10.7

 

Corporate and Other

 

(12,555

)

(2,483

)

n/m

 

(27,410

)

(20,815

)

(31.7

)

Total segment operating income

 

159,755

 

117,855

 

35.6

 

304,790

 

224,930

 

35.5

 

Realized investment gains (losses) - investments (1)

 

74,920

 

(119,311

)

 

 

143,453

 

(129,067

)

 

 

Realized investment gains (losses) - derivatives

 

(72,465

)

158,469

 

 

 

(160,828

)

178,777

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

(54,233

)

(53,814

)

 

 

(95,799

)

(93,150

)

 

 

Net income

 

$

107,977

 

$

103,199

 

4.6

 

$

191,616

 

$

181,490

 

5.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment gains (losses) (2)

 

$

78,688

 

$

(113,978

)

 

 

$

149,211

 

$

(122,707

)

 

 

Less: related amortization of DAC/VOBA

 

3,768

 

5,333

 

 

 

5,758

 

6,360

 

 

 

Realized investment gains (losses) - investments

 

$

74,920

 

$

(119,311

)

 

 

$

143,453

 

$

(129,067

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative gains (losses) (3)

 

$

(89,926

)

$

143,881

 

 

 

$

(195,276

)

$

151,266

 

 

 

Less: VA GMWB economic cost

 

(17,461

)

(14,588

)

 

 

(34,448

)

(27,511

)

 

 

Realized investment gains (losses) - derivatives

 

$

(72,465

)

$

158,469

 

 

 

$

(160,828

)

$

178,777

 

 

 

 


(1)              Includes credit related other-than-temporary impairments of $1.5 million and $3.1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, as compared to $4.0 million and $8.6 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

(2)              Includes realized investment gains (losses) before related amortization.

(3)              Includes realized gains (losses) on derivatives before the VA GMWB economic cost.

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Net income for the three months ended June 30, 2014, included a $41.9 million, or 35.6%, increase in segment operating income. The increase consisted of a $1.7 million increase in the Life Marketing segment, a $35.4 million increase in the Acquisitions segment, an $18.9 million increase in the Annuities segment, and a $1.2 million increase in the Asset Protection segment. These increases were partially offset by a $5.2 million decrease in the Stable Value Products segment and a $10.1 million decrease in the Corporate and Other segment.

 

We experienced net realized losses of $11.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to net realized gains of $29.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The losses realized for the three months ended June 30, 2014, were primarily related to $1.5 million of other-than-temporary impairment credit-related losses, net losses of $32.6 million on derivatives related to variable annuity contracts, net losses of $4.7 million of derivatives related to fixed indexed annuity (“FIA”) contracts, and $1.5 million of losses related to other investment and derivative activity. Partially offsetting these losses were gains of $20.2 million of gains related to investment securities sale activity and $8.8 million of gains related to the net activity of the modified coinsurance portfolio.

 

·                   Life Marketing segment operating income was $26.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, representing an increase of $1.7 million, or 6.8%, from the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to higher universal life policy fees, higher investment income, and additional revenue in the

 

67



Table of Contents

 

segment’s non-insurance operations. These increases were largely offset by less favorable mortality and higher operating expenses.

 

·                   Acquisitions segment operating income was $64.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $35.4 million as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the impact of the MONY acquisition, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2013. MONY operating income was $31.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014.

 

·                   Annuities segment operating income was $55.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to $36.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, an increase of $18.9 million, or 51.9%. This variance was the result of higher policy fees and other income from the variable annuities (“VA”) line of business along with lower credited interest, lower non-deferred expenses, and lower DAC amortization.

 

·                   Stable Value Products segment operating income was $17.3 million and decreased $5.2 million, or 23.0%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease in operating earnings resulted from a decrease in participating mortgage income and a decline in average account values. Participating mortgage income for the three months ended June 30, 2014 was $0.5 million compared to $5.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The adjusted operating spread, which excludes participating income, increased by 2 basis points for the three months ended June 30, 2014 over the prior year, due primarily to a decline in credited interest.

 

·                   Asset Protection segment operating income was $8.5 million, representing an increase of $1.2 million, or 15.6%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. Service contract earnings increased $0.7 million primarily due to lower expenses. Credit insurance earnings increased $0.7 million primarily due to lower losses. Earnings from the guaranteed asset protection (“GAP”) product line decreased $0.3 million primarily resulting from higher losses.

 

·                   Corporate and Other segment operating loss was $12.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to an operating loss of $2.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to a favorable $3.9 million guaranty fund allocation to business segments in the second quarter of 2013 and higher overhead expenses for the second quarter of 2014. In addition, the decrease was driven by a $2.5 million decrease in mortgage loan prepayment fee income as compared to the second quarter of 2013.  These decreases were partially offset by a $2.5 million favorable variance related to gains on the repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013.

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2014, included a $79.9 million, or 35.5%, increase in segment operating income. The increase consisted of a $1.5 million increase in the Life Marketing segment, a $62.1 million increase in the Acquisitions segment, a $27.1 million increase in the Annuities segment, and a $1.4 million increase in the Asset Protection segment. These increases were partially offset by a $5.6 million decrease in the Stable Value Products segment and a $6.6 million decrease in the Corporate and Other segment.

 

We experienced net realized losses of $46.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to net realized gains of $28.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The losses realized for the six months ended June 30, 2014, were primarily related to $3.1 million for other-than-temporary impairment credit-related losses, net losses of $80.8 million on derivatives related to variable annuity contracts, net losses of $1.6 million of derivatives related to FIA contracts, and $3.1 million of losses related to other investment and derivative activity. Partially offsetting these losses were $27.6 million of gains related to investment securities sale activity and $14.9 million of gains related to the net activity of the modified coinsurance portfolio.

 

·                   Life Marketing segment operating income was $49.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, representing an increase of $1.5 million, or 3.0%, from the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was

 

68



Table of Contents

 

primarily due to higher universal life policy fees, higher investment income, and additional revenue in the segment’s non-insurance operations. These increases were largely offset by less favorable mortality.

 

·                   Acquisitions segment operating income was $125.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $62.1 million, or 97.3%, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the impact of the MONY acquisition, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2013. MONY operating income was $56.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

·                   Annuities segment operating income was $106.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to $79.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, an increase of $27.1 million, or 34.0%. This variance was the result of higher policy fees and other income from the VA line of business along with lower credited interest, lower non-deferred expenses, and lower DAC amortization.

 

·                   Stable Value Products segment operating income was $34.7 million and decreased $5.6 million, or 14.0%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease in operating earnings resulted from a decrease in participating mortgage income and a decline in average account values. Participating mortgage income for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $1.0 million compared to $7.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The adjusted operating spread, which excludes participating income, increased by 5 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2014 over the prior year, due primarily to a decline in credited interest.

 

·                   Asset Protection segment operating income was $14.9 million, representing an increase of $1.4 million, or 10.7%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Service contract earnings increased $1.5 million primarily due to lower expenses. Credit insurance earnings increased $0.7 million mainly due to lower losses. Earnings from the GAP product line decreased $0.8 million primarily due to higher losses.

 

·                   Corporate and Other segment operating loss was $27.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to an operating loss of $20.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease resulted from a decline in net investment income and an increase in other operating expenses as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease in net investment income was primarily driven by a $2.6 million unfavorable variance related to mortgage loan prepayment fee income, an unfavorable variance related to income on called securities, and lower core investment income. The increase in other operating expenses was primarily due to higher overhead expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2014. These decreases were partially offset by a $1.2 million favorable variance related to gains on the repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Life Marketing

 

Segment results of operations

 

Segment results were as follows:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross premiums and policy fees

 

$

437,093

 

$

442,338

 

(1.2

)%

$

849,204

 

$

861,043

 

(1.4

)%

Reinsurance ceded

 

(206,056

)

(255,180

)

19.3

 

(400,075

)

(462,842

)

13.6

 

Net premiums and policy fees

 

231,037

 

187,158

 

23.4

 

449,129

 

398,201

 

12.8

 

Net investment income

 

136,769

 

130,054

 

5.2

 

270,732

 

257,302

 

5.2

 

Other income

 

30,589

 

29,809

 

2.6

 

63,102

 

59,144

 

6.7

 

Total operating revenues

 

398,395

 

347,021

 

14.8

 

782,963

 

714,647

 

9.6

 

Realized gains (losses) - investments (1)

 

8,922

 

 

n/m

 

9,120

 

 

n/m

 

Realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

(285

)

 

n/m

 

(285

)

 

n/m

 

Total revenues

 

407,032

 

347,021

 

17.3

 

791,798

 

714,647

 

10.8

 

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

309,861

 

256,073

 

21.0

 

603,666

 

536,839

 

12.4

 

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

17,410

 

27,066

 

(35.7

)

41,442

 

41,088

 

0.9

 

Other operating expenses

 

44,775

 

39,209

 

14.2

 

88,021

 

88,340

 

(0.4

)

Operating benefits and settlement expenses

 

372,046

 

322,348

 

15.4

 

733,129

 

666,267

 

10.0

 

Amortization related to benefits and settlement expenses

 

1,706

 

 

n/m

 

1,711

 

 

n/m

 

Amortization of DAC related to realized gains (losses) - investments (1)

 

3,326

 

 

n/m

 

3,355

 

 

n/m

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

377,078

 

322,348

 

17.0

 

738,195

 

666,267

 

10.8

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX

 

29,954

 

24,673

 

21.4

 

53,603

 

48,380

 

10.8

 

Less: realized gains (losses) (1)

 

8,637

 

 

 

 

8,835

 

 

 

 

Less: amortization related to benefits and settlement expenses

 

(1,706

)

 

 

 

(1,711

)

 

 

 

Less: related amortization of DAC (1)

 

(3,326

)

 

 

 

(3,355

)

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

$

26,349

 

$

24,673

 

6.8

 

$

49,834

 

$

48,380

 

3.0

 

 


(1)  During the third quarter of 2013, we began allocating realized gains and losses, associated amortization of DAC, and benefits and settlement expenses to certain of our segments to better reflect the economics of the investments supporting these segments. Prior year realized gains and losses are not comparable to the current year presentation.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes key data for the Life Marketing segment:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Sales By Product

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Traditional

 

$

101

 

$

409

 

(75.3

)%

$

250

 

$

701

 

(64.3

)%

Universal life

 

32,703

 

44,181

 

(26.0

)

60,884

 

91,176

 

(33.2

)

BOLI

 

22

 

 

n/m

 

22

 

 

n/m

 

 

 

$

32,826

 

$

44,590

 

(26.4

)

$

61,156

 

$

91,877

 

(33.4

)

Sales By Distribution Channel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Independent agents

 

$

24,843

 

$

31,108

 

(20.1

)

$

46,358

 

$

62,645

 

(26.0

)

Stockbrokers / banks

 

7,262

 

12,920

 

(43.8

)

13,486

 

28,223

 

(52.2

)

BOLI / other

 

721

 

562

 

28.3

 

1,312

 

1,009

 

30.0

 

 

 

$

32,826

 

$

44,590

 

(26.4

)

$

61,156

 

$

91,877

 

(33.4

)

Average Life Insurance In-force (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Traditional

 

$

405,489,033

 

$

430,900,880

 

(5.9

)

$

411,306,190

 

$

437,069,757

 

(5.9

)

Universal life

 

131,860,833

 

101,045,737

 

30.5

 

124,539,015

 

92,721,338

 

34.3

 

 

 

$

537,349,866

 

$

531,946,617

 

1.0

 

$

535,845,205

 

$

529,791,095

 

1.1

 

Average Account Values

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Universal life

 

$

7,146,126

 

$

6,866,731

 

4.1

 

$

7,105,122

 

$

6,737,609

 

5.5

 

Variable universal life

 

549,072

 

446,231

 

23.0

 

526,485

 

418,999

 

25.7

 

 

 

$

7,695,198

 

$

7,312,962

 

5.2

 

$

7,631,607

 

$

7,156,608

 

6.6

 

 

Operating expenses detail

 

Other operating expenses for the segment were as follows:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Insurance companies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First year commissions

 

$

39,978

 

$

44,190

 

(9.5

)%

$

73,045

 

$

96,163

 

(24.0

)%

Renewal commissions

 

7,884

 

8,573

 

(8.0

)

14,666

 

17,188

 

(14.7

)

First year ceding allowances

 

(587

)

(1,160

)

49.4

 

(893

)

(2,095

)

57.4

 

Renewal ceding allowances

 

(25,973

)

(42,462

)

38.8

 

(62,816

)

(80,071

)

21.5

 

General & administrative

 

45,416

 

44,248

 

2.6

 

87,565

 

88,996

 

(1.6

)

Taxes, licenses, and fees

 

7,387

 

9,566

 

(22.8

)

13,165

 

20,513

 

(35.8

)

Other operating expenses incurred

 

74,105

 

62,955

 

17.7

 

124,732

 

140,694

 

(11.3

)

Less: commissions, allowances & expenses capitalized

 

(58,697

)

(52,410

)

(12.0

)

(97,028

)

(109,728

)

11.6

 

Other insurance company operating expenses

 

15,408

 

10,545

 

46.1

 

27,704

 

30,966

 

(10.5

)

Marketing companies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commissions

 

21,629

 

21,018

 

2.9

 

44,650

 

42,312

 

5.5

 

Other operating expenses

 

7,738

 

7,646

 

1.2

 

15,667

 

15,062

 

4.0

 

Other marketing company operating expenses

 

29,367

 

28,664

 

2.5

 

60,317

 

57,374

 

5.1

 

Other operating expenses

 

$

44,775

 

$

39,209

 

14.2

 

$

88,021

 

$

88,340

 

(0.4

)

 

71



Table of Contents

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Segment operating income

 

Operating income was $26.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, representing an increase of $1.7 million, or 6.8%, from the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to higher universal life policy fees, higher investment income and additional revenue in the segment’s non-insurance operations.  These increases were largely offset by less favorable mortality and higher operating expenses.

 

Operating revenues

 

Total operating revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2014, increased $51.4 million, or 14.8%, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was driven by higher premiums and policy fees due to continued growth in the universal life block and the impact of unlocking on ceded premiums, which was almost entirely offset in benefit and settlement expenses. Higher investment income due to increases in net in-force reserves also contributed to the increase.

 

Net premiums and policy fees

 

Net premiums and policy fees increased by $43.9 million, or 23.4%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, due to an increase in policy fees associated with continued growth in universal life business, and the impact of unlocking on ceded premiums, which was almost entirely offset in benefit and settlement expenses. This increase is partially offset by decreases in traditional life premiums.

 

Net investment income

 

Net investment income in the segment increased $6.7 million, or 5.2%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. Of the increase in net investment income, $4.7 million was the result of a net increase in universal life reserves. Traditional life investment income increased $1.5 million due to lower funding costs and higher reserves.

 

Other income

 

Other income increased $0.8 million, or 2.6%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to higher revenue in the segment’s non-insurance operations.

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

Benefits and settlement expenses increased by $53.8 million, or 21.0%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, due to an increase in reserves and claims from growth in retained universal life insurance in-force, the impact of unlocking and higher claims due to less favorable mortality in the traditional life block. For the three months ended June 30, 2014, universal life and BOLI unlocking was largely driven by the impact of reinsurance. The impact of these changes increased benefits and settlement expenses $25.4 million and is almost entirely offset by a decline in ceded premiums. For the three months ended June 30, 2013, universal life and BOLI unlocking decreased benefit expenses $0.3 million.

 

Amortization of DAC

 

DAC amortization decreased $9.7 million, or 35.7%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily driven by the favorable impact of $10.0 million in amortization expense due to reinsurance in the three months ended June 30, 2013, which was almost entirely offset in benefit and settlement expenses. For the three months ended June 30, 2014, universal life and BOLI unlocking increased amortization $0.7 million, as compared to an increase of $1.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Other operating expenses

 

Other operating expenses increased $5.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. This increase reflects higher new business acquisition costs, lower traditional life ceding allowances due to fluctuations in the number of policies reaching their post level periods, higher marketing company expenses of $0.7 million, and higher general administrative expenses of $1.2 million. These increases were offset by the impact of unlocking on ceded premiums which was almost entirely offset in benefit and settlement expenses along with a decrease in taxes, licenses and fees of $2.2 million.

 

Sales

 

Sales for the segment decreased $11.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. Universal life sales decreased $11.5 million primarily due to sales in 2013 of a product we are no longer marketing.

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Segment operating income

 

Operating income was $49.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, representing an increase of $1.5 million, or 3.0%, from the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to higher universal life policy fees, higher investment income, and additional revenue in the segment’s non-insurance operations. These increases were largely offset by less favorable mortality.

 

Operating revenues

 

Total operating revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2014, increased $68.3 million, or 9.6%, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was driven by higher premiums and policy fees due to continued growth in the universal life block and the impact of unlocking on ceded premiums, which was almost entirely offset in benefit and settlement expenses. Higher investment income due to increases in net in-force reserves also contributed to the increase, as well as additional revenue in the segment’s non-insurance operations.

 

Net premiums and policy fees

 

Net premiums and policy fees increased by $50.9 million, or 12.8%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, due to an increase in policy fees associated with continued growth in universal life business, and the impact of unlocking on ceded premiums, which was almost entirely offset in benefit and settlement expenses. This increase is partially offset by decreases in traditional life premiums.

 

Net investment income

 

Net investment income in the segment increased $13.4 million, or 5.2%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Of the increase in net investment income, $10.2 million was the result of a net increase in universal life reserves. Traditional life investment income increased $2.3 million due to lower funding costs and higher reserves.

 

Other income

 

Other income increased $4.0 million, or 6.7%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to higher revenue in the segment’s non-insurance operations.

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

Benefits and settlement expenses increased by $66.8 million, or 12.4%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, due to an increase in reserves and claims from growth in retained universal life insurance in-force and higher claims due to less favorable mortality in the traditional life block.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, universal life and BOLI unlocking was largely driven by the impact of reinsurance and is almost entirely offset in policy fees. The impact of these changes increased benefits and settlement expenses $21.2 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, universal life and BOLI unlocking increased benefit expenses $1.6 million.

 

Amortization of DAC

 

DAC amortization increased $0.4 million, or 0.9%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the differing impacts of unlocking.

 

Other operating expenses

 

Other operating expenses decreased $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This decrease is due to the impact of unlocking on ceded premiums, almost entirely offset in benefit and settlement expenses along with lower general administrative expenses of $1.4 million and lower taxes, licenses and fees of $7.3 million. The decrease is largely offset by lower traditional life ceding allowances due to fluctuations in the number of policies reaching their post level periods and higher marketing company expenses of $2.9 million.

 

Sales

 

Sales for the segment decreased $30.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Universal life sales decreased $30.3 million primarily due to sales in 2013 of a product we are no longer selling.

 

Reinsurance

 

Currently, the Life Marketing segment reinsures significant amounts of its life insurance in-force. Pursuant to the underlying reinsurance contracts, reinsurers pay allowances to the segment as a percentage of both first year and renewal premiums. Reinsurance allowances represent the amount the reinsurer is willing to pay for reimbursement of acquisition costs incurred by the direct writer of the business. A portion of reinsurance allowances received is deferred as part of DAC and a portion is recognized immediately as a reduction of other operating expenses. As the non-deferred portion of allowances reduces operating expenses in the period received, these amounts represent a net increase to operating income during that period.

 

Reinsurance allowances do not affect the methodology used to amortize DAC or the period over which such DAC is amortized. However, they do affect the amounts recognized as DAC amortization. DAC on universal life-type, limited-payment long duration, and investment contracts business is amortized based on the estimated gross profits of the policies in-force. Reinsurance allowances are considered in the determination of estimated gross profits, and therefore, impact DAC amortization on these lines of business. Deferred reinsurance allowances on level term business are recorded as ceded DAC, which is amortized over estimated ceded premiums of the policies in-force. Thus, deferred reinsurance allowances may impact DAC amortization. A more detailed discussion of the components of reinsurance can be found in the Reinsurance section of Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Impact of reinsurance

 

Reinsurance impacted the Life Marketing segment line items as shown in the following table:

 

Life Marketing Segment

Line Item Impact of Reinsurance

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurance ceded

 

$

(206,056

)

$

(255,180

)

$

(400,075

)

$

(462,842

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

(228,616

)

(266,737

)

(427,398

)

(474,863

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

(9,717

)

(16,992

)

(19,189

)

(24,438

)

Other operating expenses (1)

 

(33,351

)

(37,174

)

(65,644

)

(66,365

)

Total benefits and expenses

 

(271,684

)

(320,903

)

(512,231

)

(565,666

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET IMPACT OF REINSURANCE (2)

 

$

65,628

 

$

65,723

 

$

112,156

 

$

102,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowances received

 

$

(26,560

)

$

(43,622

)

$

(63,709

)

$

(79,166

)

Less: Amount deferred

 

(6,791

)

6,448

 

(1,935

)

12,801

 

Allowances recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ceded other operating expenses) (1)

 

$

(33,351

)

$

(37,174

)

$

(65,644

)

$

(66,365

)

 


(1)         Other operating expenses ceded per the income statement are equal to reinsurance allowances recognized after capitalization.

(2)         Assumes no investment income on reinsurance. Foregone investment income would substantially reduce the favorable impact of reinsurance. The Company estimates that the impact of foregone investment income would reduce the net impact of reinsurance by 90% to 160%.

 

The table above does not reflect the impact of reinsurance on our net investment income. By ceding business to the assuming companies, we forgo investment income on the reserves ceded. Conversely, the assuming companies will receive investment income on the reserves assumed, which will increase the assuming companies’ profitability on the business we cede. The net investment income impact to us and the assuming companies has not been quantified. The impact of including foregone investment income would be to substantially reduce the favorable net impact of reinsurance reflected above. We estimate that the impact of foregone investment income would be to reduce the net impact of reinsurance presented in the table above by 90% to 160%. The Life Marketing segment’s reinsurance programs do not materially impact the “other income” line of our income statement.

 

As shown above, reinsurance had a favorable impact on the Life Marketing segment’s operating income for the periods presented above. The impact of reinsurance is largely due to our quota share coinsurance program in place prior to mid-2005. Under that program, generally 90% of the segment’s traditional new business was ceded to reinsurers. Since mid-2005, a much smaller percentage of overall term business has been ceded due to a change in reinsurance strategy on traditional business. In addition, since 2012, a much smaller percentage of the segment’s new universal life business has ceded. As a result of these changes, the relative impact of reinsurance on the Life Marketing segment’s overall results is expected to decrease over time. While the significance of reinsurance is expected to decline over time, the overall impact of reinsurance for a given period may fluctuate due to variations in mortality, unlocking of balances, and variations from term business during the post level premium period.

 

75



Table of Contents

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

The lower ceded premium for 2014 as compared to 2013 was caused primarily by lower ceded traditional life premiums of $23.6 million and universal life premiums of $25.9 million. Ceded traditional premium for the three months ended June 30, 2014, decreased from the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to fluctuations in the number of policies entering their post level period. Ceded universal life premiums for three months ended June 30, 2014, decreased from the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the impact of unlocking on ceded premiums, almost entirely offset in benefits and settlement expenses.

 

Ceded benefits and settlement expenses were lower for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, due to a smaller increase in ceded reserves, largely offset by higher ceded claims. Traditional ceded benefits decreased $12.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to a smaller increase in post level ceded reserves, slightly offset by an increase in ceded death benefits. Universal life ceded benefits decreased $25.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, due to the impact of unlocking on ceded premiums, slightly offset by an increased in ceded claims. Ceded universal life claims were $11.7 million higher for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013.

 

Ceded amortization of deferred policy acquisitions costs decreased for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the differences in unlocking between the two periods.

 

Ceded other operating expenses reflect the impact of reinsurance allowances on net income. Allowances decreased due to changes in the universal life reinsurance rates and the number of traditional life policies reaching their post level period.

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

The lower ceded premium for 2014 as compared to 2013 was caused primarily by lower ceded traditional life premiums of $47.2 million and lower universal life premiums of $16.0 million. Ceded traditional premium for the six months ended June 30, 2014, decreased from the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to fluctuations in the number of policies entering their post level period. Ceded universal life premiums for three months ended June 30, 2014, decreased from the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the impact of unlocking on ceded premiums, almost entirely offset in benefit and settlement expenses.

 

Ceded benefits and settlement expenses were lower for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, due to smaller increase in ceded reserves, partly offset by higher ceded claims. Traditional ceded benefits decreased $43.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to a smaller increase in post level ceded reserves and a decrease in ceded death benefits. Universal life ceded benefits decreased $3.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, due to the impact of unlocking on ceded premiums, partly offset by an increase in ceded claims. Ceded universal life claims were $49.3 million higher for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

Ceded amortization of deferred policy acquisitions costs decreased for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the differences in unlocking between the two periods.

 

Ceded other operating expenses reflect the impact of reinsurance allowances on net income. Allowances decreased due to changes in the universal life reinsurance rates and the number of traditional life policies reaching their post level period.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Acquisitions

 

Segment results of operations

 

Segment results were as follows:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross premiums and policy fees

 

$

305,567

 

$

208,194

 

46.8

%

$

601,397

 

$

416,920

 

44.2

%

Reinsurance ceded

 

(102,346

)

(102,654

)

0.3

 

(202,715

)

(199,259

)

(1.7

)

Net premiums and policy fees

 

203,221

 

105,540

 

92.6

 

398,682

 

217,661

 

83.2

 

Net investment income

 

220,558

 

134,686

 

63.8

 

436,660

 

269,355

 

62.1

 

Other income

 

3,289

 

1,015

 

n/m

 

7,350

 

2,029

 

n/m

 

Total operating revenues

 

427,068

 

241,241

 

77.0

 

842,692

 

489,045

 

72.3

 

Realized gains (losses) - investments

 

63,530

 

(124,691

)

n/m

 

134,645

 

(138,734

)

n/m

 

Realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

(52,354

)

145,143

 

n/m

 

(112,145

)

161,869

 

n/m

 

Total revenues

 

438,244

 

261,693

 

67.5

 

865,192

 

512,180

 

68.9

 

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

316,233

 

177,901

 

77.8

 

624,597

 

357,350

 

74.8

 

Amortization of value of business acquired

 

16,341

 

18,661

 

(12.4

)

34,403

 

36,874

 

(6.7

)

Other operating expenses

 

29,612

 

15,244

 

94.3

 

57,814

 

31,009

 

86.4

 

Operating benefits and expenses

 

362,186

 

211,806

 

71.0

 

716,814

 

425,233

 

68.6

 

Amortization related to benefits and (1) settlement expenses

 

3,531

 

 

n/m

 

11,031

 

 

n/m

 

Amortization of VOBA related to realized gains (losses) - investments

 

271

 

943

 

(71.3

)

781

 

1,116

 

(30.0

)

Total benefits and expenses

 

365,988

 

212,749

 

72.0

 

728,626

 

426,349

 

70.9

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX

 

72,256

 

48,944

 

47.6

 

136,566

 

85,831

 

59.1

 

Less: realized gains (losses)

 

11,176

 

20,452

 

 

 

22,500

 

23,135

 

 

 

Less: amortization related to benefits settlement expenses (1)

 

(3,531

)

 

 

 

(11,031

)

 

 

 

Less: related amortization of VOBA

 

(271

)

(943

)

 

 

(781

)

(1,116

)

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

$

64,882

 

$

29,435

 

n/m

 

$

125,878

 

$

63,812

 

97.3

 

 


(1)  During the third quarter of 2013, we began allocating benefits and settlement expenses associated with realized gains and losses to the Acquisitions segment. Prior period amounts of amortization related to benefits and settlement expenses are not comparable. Approximately $3.6 million and $11.2 million related to amortization of the policyholder dividend obligation related to the MONY Closed Block for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes key data for the Acquisitions segment:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Average Life Insurance In-Force (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Traditional

 

$

190,056,333

 

$

169,104,486

 

12.4

%

$

191,921,326

 

$

170,557,494

 

12.5

%

Universal life

 

35,310,786

 

28,008,775

 

26.1

 

35,740,030

 

28,338,399

 

26.1

 

 

 

$

225,367,119

 

$

197,113,261

 

14.3

 

$

227,661,356

 

$

198,895,893

 

14.5

 

Average Account Values

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Universal life

 

$

4,583,381

 

$

3,339,818

 

37.2

 

$

4,589,960

 

$

3,345,804

 

37.2

 

Fixed annuity (2)

 

3,793,990

 

3,046,043

 

25.8

 

3,811,495

 

3,064,188

 

25.0

 

Variable annuity

 

1,503,129

 

576,108

 

n/m

 

1,507,345

 

576,064

 

n/m

 

 

 

$

9,880,500

 

$

6,961,969

 

42.5

 

$

9,908,800

 

$

6,986,056

 

42.1

 

Interest Spread - UL & Fixed Annuities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment income yield (3)

 

5.71

%

5.71

%

 

 

5.67

%

5.69

%

 

 

Interest credited to policyholders

 

3.93

 

4.02

 

 

 

3.94

 

3.97

 

 

 

Interest spread

 

1.78

%

1.69

%

 

 

1.73

%

1.72

%

 

 

 


(1)     Amounts are not adjusted for reinsurance ceded.

(2)     Includes general account balances held within variable annuity products and is net of coinsurance ceded.

(3)     Earned rates exclude portfolios supporting modified coinsurance and crediting rates exclude 100% cessions.

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Segment operating income

 

Operating income was $64.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $35.4 million as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the impact of the MONY acquisition, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2013. MONY operating income was $31.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014.

 

Operating revenues

 

Net premiums and policy fees increased $97.7 million, or 92.6%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the impact of the MONY acquisition, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2013. MONY net premiums for the three months ended June 30, 2014 were $107.5 million, and were partly offset by runoff of other business. Net investment income increased $85.9 million, or 63.8%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, due to the $93.4 million impact of MONY, partly offset by expected runoff of business.

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

Total benefits and expenses increased $153.2 million, or 72.0%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to the MONY acquisition, which increased operating benefits and expenses $171.6 million.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Segment operating income

 

Operating income was $125.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $62.1 million, or 97.3%, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the impact of the MONY acquisition, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2013. MONY operating income was $56.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

Operating revenues

 

Net premiums and policy fees increased $181.0 million, or 83.2%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the impact of the MONY acquisition, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2013. MONY net premiums for the six months ended June 30, 2014 were $203.5 million, and were partly offset by runoff of other business. Net investment income increased $167.3 million, or 62.1%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, due to the $178.8 million impact of MONY, partly offset by expected runoff of business.

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

Total benefits and expenses increased $302.3 million, or 70.9%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to the MONY acquisition, which increased operating benefits and expenses $330.2 million.

 

Reinsurance

 

The Acquisitions segment currently reinsures portions of both its life and annuity in-force. The cost of reinsurance to the segment is reflected in the chart shown below. A more detailed discussion of the components of reinsurance can be found in the Reinsurance section of Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Impact of reinsurance

 

Reinsurance impacted the Acquisitions segment line items as shown in the following table:

 

Acquisitions Segment

Line Item Impact of Reinsurance

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurance ceded

 

$

(102,346

)

$

(102,654

)

$

(202,715

)

$

(199,259

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

(81,803

)

(88,074

)

(171,538

)

(173,453

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

(3,180

)

(2,225

)

(6,158

)

(4,589

)

Other operating expenses

 

(12,058

)

(12,708

)

(22,945

)

(24,446

)

Total benefits and expenses

 

(97,041

)

(103,007

)

(200,641

)

(202,488

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET IMPACT OF REINSURANCE (1)

 

$

(5,305

)

$

353

 

$

(2,074

)

$

3,229

 

 


(1)              Assumes no investment income on reinsurance. Foregone investment income would substantially reduce the favorable impact of reinsurance.

 

The segment’s reinsurance programs do not materially impact the other income line of the income statement. In addition, net investment income generally has no direct impact on reinsurance cost. However, by ceding business to the assuming companies, we forgo investment income on the reserves ceded to the assuming companies. Conversely, the assuming companies will receive investment income on the reserves assumed which will increase the assuming companies’ profitability on business assumed from the Company. For business ceded under modified coinsurance arrangements, the amount of investment income attributable to the assuming company is included as part of the overall change in policy reserves and, as such, is reflected in benefit and settlement expenses. The net investment income impact to us and the assuming companies has not been quantified as it is not fully reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

 

The net impact of reinsurance is less favorable by $5.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to lower ceded claims. In the three months ended June 30, 2014, ceded revenues decreased by $0.3 million as the impact of the MONY acquisition largely offset normal runoff in other blocks. Ceded benefits and expenses decreased by $6.0 million primarily due to lower claims.

 

The net impact of reinsurance is less favorable by $5.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to lower ceded claims excluding the impact of MONY and a recapture in 2013. In the six months ended June 30, 2014, ceded revenues increased by $3.5 million as the impact of the MONY acquisition more than offset the impact of runoff and a recapture in 2013. Ceded benefits and expenses decreased by $1.8 million as the impact of runoff and a 2013 recapture more than offset the impact of the MONY acquisition.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

Annuities

 

Segment results of operations

 

Segment results were as follows:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross premiums and policy fees

 

$

37,559

 

$

32,965

 

13.9

%

$

73,831

 

$

61,517

 

20.0

%

Reinsurance ceded

 

 

 

n/m

 

 

 

n/m

 

Net premiums and policy fees

 

37,559

 

32,965

 

13.9

 

73,831

 

61,517

 

20.0

 

Net investment income

 

116,831

 

116,789

 

n/m

 

234,297

 

235,346

 

(0.4

)

Realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

(17,461

)

(14,588

)

(19.7

)

(34,448

)

(27,511

)

(25.2

)

Other income

 

35,987

 

30,600

 

17.6

 

71,417

 

57,395

 

24.4

 

Total operating revenues

 

172,916

 

165,766

 

4.3

 

345,097

 

326,747

 

5.6

 

Realized gains (losses) - investments

 

2,338

 

8,218

 

(71.6

)

2,947

 

9,991

 

(70.5

)

Realized gains (losses) - derivatives, net of economic cost

 

(19,837

)

12,041

 

n/m

 

(47,970

)

14,216

 

n/m

 

Total revenues

 

155,417

 

186,025

 

(16.5

)

300,074

 

350,954

 

(14.5

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

76,974

 

82,170

 

(6.3

)

154,833

 

162,841

 

(4.9

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired

 

11,796

 

15,763

 

(25.2

)

26,168

 

26,417

 

(0.9

)

Other operating expenses

 

28,888

 

31,451

 

(8.1

)

57,195

 

57,709

 

(0.9

)

Operating benefits and expenses

 

117,658

 

129,384

 

(9.1

)

238,196

 

246,967

 

(3.6

)

Amortization related to benefits and settlement expenses

 

(226

)

(255

)

11.4

 

2,007

 

(856

)

n/m

 

Amortization of DAC related to realized gains (losses) - investments

 

(4,840

)

4,645

 

n/m

 

(13,127

)

6,100

 

n/m

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

112,592

 

133,774

 

(15.8

)

227,076

 

252,211

 

(10.0

)

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX

 

42,825

 

52,251

 

(18.0

)

72,998

 

98,743

 

(26.1

)

Less: realized gains (losses) - investments

 

2,338

 

8,218

 

 

 

2,947

 

9,991

 

 

 

Less: realized gains (losses) - derivatives, net of economic cost

 

(19,837

)

12,041

 

 

 

(47,970

)

14,216

 

 

 

Less: amortization related to benefits and settlement expenses

 

226

 

255

 

 

 

(2,007

)

856

 

 

 

Less: related amortization of DAC

 

4,840

 

(4,645

)

 

 

13,127

 

(6,100

)

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

$

55,258

 

$

36,382

 

51.9

 

$

106,901

 

$

79,780

 

34.0

 

 

81



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes key data for the Annuities segment:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed annuity

 

$

213,601

 

$

138,098

 

54.7

%

$

449,755

 

$

253,451

 

77.5

%

Variable annuity

 

227,303

 

718,884

 

(68.4

)

407,508

 

1,298,582

 

(68.6

)

 

 

$

440,904

 

$

856,982

 

(48.6

)

$

857,263

 

$

1,552,033

 

(44.8

)

Average Account Values

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed annuity (1)

 

$

8,213,004

 

$

8,362,307

 

(1.8

)

$

8,197,573

 

$

8,379,059

 

(2.2

)

Variable annuity

 

12,314,739

 

10,474,221

 

17.6

 

12,174,897

 

10,037,472

 

21.3

 

 

 

$

20,527,743

 

$

18,836,528

 

9.0

 

$

20,372,470

 

$

18,416,531

 

10.6

 

Interest Spread - Fixed Annuities (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment income yield

 

5.46

%

5.48

%

 

 

5.48

%

5.51

%

 

 

Interest credited to policyholders

 

3.35

 

3.57

 

 

 

3.35

 

3.56

 

 

 

Interest spread

 

2.11

%

1.91

%

 

 

2.13

%

1.95

%

 

 

 


(1)     Includes general account balances held within variable annuity products.

(2)     Interest spread on average general account values.

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Derivatives related to variable annuity contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate futures - VA

 

$

6,548

 

$

(7,654

)

$

14,202

 

$

10,798

 

$

(24,138

)

$

34,936

 

Equity futures - VA

 

(7,259

)

(4,036

)

(3,223

)

(9,910

)

(27,261

)

17,351

 

Currency futures - VA

 

(2,887

)

(112

)

(2,775

)

(4,165

)

7,971

 

(12,136

)

Variance swaps - VA

 

(823

)

2,214

 

(3,037

)

(2,673

)

(8,219

)

5,546

 

Equity options - VA

 

(20,949

)

(8,131

)

(12,818

)

(33,290

)

(36,537

)

3,247

 

Interest rate swaptions - VA

 

(4,998

)

1,639

 

(6,637

)

(14,401

)

(2,463

)

(11,938

)

Interest rate swaps - VA

 

45,169

 

(89,722

)

134,891

 

102,537

 

(106,278

)

208,815

 

Embedded derivative - GMWB (1)

 

(47,389

)

103,315

 

(150,704

)

(129,676

)

183,690

 

(313,366

)

Total derivatives related to variable annuity contracts

 

(32,588

)

(2,487

)

(30,101

)

(80,780

)

(13,235

)

(67,545

)

Derivatives related to FIA contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Embedded derivative - FIA

 

(8,307

)

(41

)

(8,266

)

(6,574

)

(41

)

(6,533

)

Equity futures - FIA

 

605

 

 

605

 

950

 

 

950

 

Volatility futures - FIA

 

8

 

 

8

 

8

 

 

8

 

Equity options - FIA

 

2,984

 

(19

)

3,003

 

3,978

 

(19

)

3,997

 

Total derivatives related to FIA contracts

 

(4,710

)

(60

)

(4,650

)

(1,638

)

(60

)

(1,578

)

VA GMWB economic cost (2)

 

17,461

 

14,588

 

2,873

 

34,448

 

27,511

 

6,937

 

Realized gains (losses) - derivatives, net of economic cost

 

$

(19,837

)

$

12,041

 

$

(31,878

)

$

(47,970

)

$

14,216

 

$

(62,186

)

 


(1)              Includes impact of nonperformance risk of $(6.9) million and $(10.0) million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 and $12.8 million and $7.4 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

(2)              Economic cost is the long-term expected average cost of providing the product benefit over the life of the policy based on product pricing assumptions. These include assumptions about the economic/market environment, and elective and non-elective policy owner behavior (e.g. lapses, withdrawal timing, mortality, etc.).

 

82



Table of Contents

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

GMDB - Net amount at risk (1)

 

$

 83,410

 

$

 90,021

 

(7.3

)%

GMDB Reserves

 

17,118

 

16,001

 

7.0

 

GMWB and GMAB Reserves

 

(26,552

)

156,228

 

n/m

 

Account value subject to GMWB rider

 

9,902,234

 

9,513,847

 

4.1

 

GMWB Benefit Base

 

9,575,392

 

9,162,797

 

4.5

 

GMAB Benefit Base

 

5,020

 

5,441

 

(7.7

)

S&P 500® Index

 

1,960

 

1,848

 

6.1

 

 


(1)              Guaranteed benefits in excess of contract holder account balance.

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Segment operating income

 

Segment operating income was $55.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to $36.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, an increase of $18.9 million, or 51.9%. This variance was the result of higher policy fees and other income from the VA line of business along with lower credited interest, lower non-deferred expenses, and lower DAC amortization.

 

Operating revenues

 

Segment operating revenues increased $7.2 million, or 4.3%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to increases in policy fees and other income from the VA line of business. Those increases were partially offset by increased GMWB economic cost in the VA line of business. Average fixed account balances decreased 1.8% and average variable account balances grew 17.6% for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013.

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

Benefits and settlement expenses decreased $5.2 million, or 6.3%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. This decrease was primarily the result of lower credited interest, lower realized losses in the fixed market value adjusted (“MVA”) annuities line, and lower amortization. These favorable changes were partially offset by a $0.4 million unfavorable change in fixed indexed annuities (“FIA”) fair value adjustments and a $0.6 million unfavorable change in the single premium immediate annuity (“SPIA”) mortality variance.

 

Amortization of DAC

 

DAC amortization decreased $4.0 million, or 25.2%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to a $3.2 million favorable change in unlocking. DAC unlocking for the three months ended June 30, 2014 was $3.2 million favorable, as compared to an immaterial amount of favorable unlocking for the three months ended June 30, 2013.

 

Other operating expenses

 

Other operating expenses decreased $2.6 million, or 8.1%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease is primarily due to a favorable change of $2.7 million on guaranty fund assessments. Increases in non-deferred commissions were offset by lower acquisition, maintenance, and overhead expenses.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

Sales

 

Total sales decreased $416.1 million, or 48.6%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. Sales of variable annuities decreased $491.6 million, or 68.4% for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. Sales of fixed annuities increased by $75.5 million, or 54.7%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, driven by an increase in FIA sales.

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Segment operating income

 

Segment operating income was $106.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to $79.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, an increase of $27.1 million, or 34.0%. This variance was the result of higher policy fees and other income from the VA line of business along with lower credited interest, lower non-deferred expenses, and lower DAC amortization.

 

Operating revenues

 

Segment operating revenues increased $18.4 million, or 5.6%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to increases in policy fees and other income from the VA line of business. Those increases were partly offset by increased GMWB economic cost in the VA line of business and lower investment income. Average fixed account balances decreased 2.2% and average variable account balances grew 21.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

Benefits and settlement expenses decreased $8.0 million, or 4.9%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This decrease was primarily the result of lower credited interest, lower realized losses in the MVA annuities line and lower amortization. These favorable changes were partially offset by an unfavorable variance in the change in VA guaranteed benefit reserves and a $2.2 million unfavorable change in the SPIA mortality variance.

 

Amortization of DAC

 

DAC amortization decreased $0.2 million, or 0.9%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the impact of unlocking. DAC unlocking for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $4.5 million favorable, as compared to $4.1 million of favorable unlocking for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

Other operating expenses

 

Other operating expenses decreased $0.5 million, or 0.9%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease is due to a favorable change of $2.7 million on guaranty fund assessments along with lower acquisition, maintenance, and overhead expenses. These favorable variances were partially offset by higher commissions in the VA line of business.

 

Sales

 

Total sales decreased $694.8 million, or 44.8%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Sales of variable annuities decreased $891.1 million, or 68.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Sales of fixed annuities increased by $196.3 million, or 77.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, driven by an increase in FIA sales.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

Stable Value Products

 

Segment results of operations

 

Segment results were as follows:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment income

 

$

27,178

 

$

33,651

 

(19.2

)%

$

54,956

 

$

63,725

 

(13.8

)%

Other income

 

1

 

 

n/m

 

1

 

 

n/m

 

Total operating revenues

 

27,179

 

33,651

 

(19.2

)

54,957

 

63,725

 

(13.8

)

Realized gains (losses)

 

(70

)

817

 

n/m

 

(29

)

2,663

 

n/m

 

Total revenues

 

27,109

 

34,468

 

(21.4

)

54,928

 

66,388

 

(17.3

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

9,525

 

10,683

 

(10.8

)

19,333

 

22,286

 

(13.3

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

99

 

96

 

3.1

 

199

 

177

 

12.4

 

Other operating expenses

 

268

 

408

 

(34.3

)

741

 

954

 

(22.3

)

Total benefits and expenses

 

9,892

 

11,187

 

(11.6

)

20,273

 

23,417

 

(13.4

)

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX

 

17,217

 

23,281

 

(26.0

)

34,655

 

42,971

 

(19.4

)

Less: realized gains (losses)

 

(70

)

817

 

 

 

(29

)

2,663

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

$

17,287

 

$

22,464

 

(23.0

)

$

34,684

 

$

40,308

 

(14.0

)

 

The following table summarizes key data for the Stable Value Products segment:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GIC

 

$

 

$

205,284

 

n/m

%

$

25,850

 

$

317,304

 

n/m

%

GFA - Direct Institutional

 

50,000

 

 

n/m

 

50,000

 

 

n/m

 

 

 

$

50,000

 

$

205,284

 

(75.6

)

$

75,850

 

$

317,304

 

(76.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Account Values

 

$

2,498,395

 

$

2,542,096

 

(1.7

)%

$

2,538,995

 

$

2,542,987

 

(0.2

)%

Ending Account Values

 

$

2,435,995

 

$

2,579,172

 

(5.6

)%

$

2,435,995

 

$

2,579,172

 

(5.6

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Spread

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment income yield

 

4.35

%

5.29

%

 

 

4.33

%

5.01

%

 

 

Interest credited

 

1.52

 

1.68

 

 

 

1.52

 

1.75

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

0.06

 

0.08

 

 

 

0.08

 

0.09

 

 

 

Operating spread

 

2.77

%

3.53

%

 

 

2.73

%

3.17

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted operating spread (1)

 

2.69

%

2.67

%

 

 

2.66

%

2.61

%

 

 

 


(1)              Excludes participating mortgage loan income and other income.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Segment operating income

 

Operating income was $17.3 million and decreased $5.2 million, or 23.0%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease in operating earnings resulted from a decrease in participating mortgage income and a decline in average account values. Participating mortgage income for the three months ended June 30, 2014 was $0.5 million compared to $5.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The adjusted operating spread, which excludes participating income, increased by 2 basis points for the three months ended June 30, 2014 over the prior year, due primarily to a decline in credited interest.

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Segment operating income

 

Operating income was $34.7 million and decreased $5.6 million, or 14.0%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease in operating earnings resulted from a decrease in participating mortgage income and a decline in average account values. Participating mortgage income for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $1.0 million compared to $7.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The adjusted operating spread, which excludes participating income, increased by 5 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2014 over the prior year, due primarily to a decline in credited interest.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

Asset Protection

 

Segment results of operations

 

Segment results were as follows:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross premiums and policy fees

 

$

67,438

 

$

68,203

 

(1.1

)%

$

134,712

 

$

134,389

 

0.2

%

Reinsurance ceded

 

(34,561

)

(32,652

)

(5.8

)

(67,885

)

(63,735

)

(6.5

)

Net premiums and policy fees

 

32,877

 

35,551

 

(7.5

)

66,827

 

70,654

 

(5.4

)

Net investment income

 

5,725

 

5,782

 

(1.0

)

11,454

 

11,636

 

(1.6

)

Other income

 

32,268

 

30,480

 

5.9

 

58,972

 

57,094

 

3.3

 

Total operating revenues

 

70,870

 

71,813

 

(1.3

)

137,253

 

139,384

 

(1.5

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

24,448

 

25,964

 

(5.8

)

49,068

 

50,622

 

(3.1

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

7,004

 

7,607

 

(7.9

)

13,649

 

15,069

 

(9.4

)

Other operating expenses

 

30,884

 

30,858

 

0.1

 

59,633

 

60,228

 

(1.0

)

Total benefits and expenses

 

62,336

 

64,429

 

(3.2

)

122,350

 

125,919

 

(2.8

)

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX

 

8,534

 

7,384

 

15.6

 

14,903

 

13,465

 

10.7

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

$

8,534

 

$

7,384

 

15.6

 

$

14,903

 

$

13,465

 

10.7

 

 

The following table summarizes key data for the Asset Protection segment:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit insurance

 

$

8,216

 

$

9,852

 

(16.6

)%

$

15,058

 

$

17,186

 

(12.4

)%

Service contracts

 

102,335

 

99,153

 

3.2

 

184,247

 

181,188

 

1.7

 

GAP

 

19,011

 

17,453

 

8.9

 

35,758

 

32,219

 

11.0

 

 

 

$

129,562

 

$

126,458

 

2.5

 

$

235,063

 

$

230,593

 

1.9

 

Loss Ratios (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit insurance

 

16.1

%

44.1

%

 

 

28.6

%

41.8

%

 

 

Service contracts

 

90.5

 

91.0

 

 

 

86.9

 

88.6

 

 

 

GAP

 

57.9

 

39.8

 

 

 

58.1

 

39.6

 

 

 

 


(1)              Incurred claims as a percentage of earned premiums

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Segment operating income

 

Operating income was $8.5 million, representing an increase of $1.2 million, or 15.6%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. Service contract earnings increased $0.7 million primarily due to lower expenses. Credit insurance earnings increased $0.7 million primarily due to lower losses. Earnings from the GAP product line decreased $0.3 million primarily resulting from higher losses.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

Net premiums and policy fees

 

Net premiums and policy fees decreased $2.7 million, or 7.5%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. Service contract premiums decreased $1.3 million and GAP premiums decreased $0.8 million primarily due to higher ceded premiums. Credit insurance premiums decreased $0.6 million as a result of lower sales.

 

Other income

 

Other income increased $1.8 million, or 5.9%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013 due primarily to higher volume in the service contract and GAP lines.

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

Benefits and settlement expenses decreased $1.5 million, or 5.8%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. Service contract claims decreased $1.3 million due primarily to higher ceded claims, while credit insurance claims decreased $1.3 million due to lower loss ratios. The decreases were partially offset by an increase in GAP claims of $1.1 million due to a higher loss ratio.

 

Amortization of DAC and Other operating expenses

 

Amortization of DAC was $0.6 million, or 7.9%, lower for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to lower earned premiums in the GAP and credit product lines. Other operating expenses remained consistent with the prior year.

 

Sales

 

Total segment sales increased $3.1 million, or 2.5%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. Higher auto sales helped drive increased service contract sales of $3.2 million and higher GAP sales of $1.6 million. Credit insurance sales decreased $1.6 million due to decreasing demand for the product.

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Segment operating income

 

Operating income was $14.9 million, representing an increase of $1.4 million, or 10.7%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Service contract earnings increased $1.5 million primarily due to lower expenses. Credit insurance earnings increased $0.7 million mainly due to lower losses. Earnings from the GAP product line decreased $0.8 million primarily due higher losses.

 

Net premiums and policy fees

 

Net premiums and policy fees decreased $3.8 million, or 5.4%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Service contract premiums decreased $2.3 million and GAP premiums decreased $1.9 million primarily due to higher ceded premiums. The decreases were partially offset by an increase in credit insurance premiums of $0.4 million.

 

Other income

 

Other income increased $1.9 million, or 3.3%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013 due primarily to higher volume in the service contract and GAP lines.

 

88



Table of Contents

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

Benefits and settlement expenses decreased $1.6 million, or 3.1%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Service contract claims decreased $2.9 million due primarily to higher ceded claims, while credit insurance claims decreased $0.8 million due to lower loss ratios. The decreases were partially offset by an increase in GAP claims of $2.1 million due to a higher loss ratio.

 

Amortization of DAC and Other operating expenses

 

Amortization of DAC was $1.4 million, or 9.4%, lower for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to lower earned premiums in the GAP product line. Other operating expenses decreased $0.6 million, or 1.0%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

Sales

 

Total segment sales increased $4.5 million, or 1.9%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Higher auto sales helped drive increased GAP sales of $3.5 million and higher service contract sales of $3.1 million. The increases were partially offset by a decrease in credit insurance sales of $2.1 million due to decreasing demand for the product.

 

Reinsurance

 

The majority of the Asset Protection segment’s reinsurance activity relates to the cession of single premium credit life and credit accident and health insurance, vehicle service contracts, and guaranteed asset protection insurance to producer affiliated reinsurance companies (“PARCs”). These arrangements are coinsurance contracts ceding the business on a first dollar quota share basis at 100% to limit our exposure and allow the PARCs to share in the underwriting income of the product. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve us from our obligations to our policyholders. A more detailed discussion of the components of reinsurance can be found in the Reinsurance section of Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Reinsurance impacted the Asset Protection segment line items as shown in the following table:

 

Asset Protection Segment

Line Item Impact of Reinsurance

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurance ceded

 

$

(34,561

)

$

(32,652

)

$

(67,885

)

$

(63,735

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

(16,331

)

(14,245

)

(30,760

)

(27,901

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

(1,259

)

(1,768

)

(3,038

)

(3,422

)

Other operating expenses

 

(2,097

)

(1,653

)

(3,672

)

(2,964

)

Total benefits and expenses

 

(19,687

)

(17,666

)

(37,470

)

(34,287

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET IMPACT OF REINSURANCE (1)

 

$

(14,874

)

$

(14,986

)

$

(30,415

)

$

(29,448

)

 


(1)              Assumes no investment income on reinsurance. Foregone investment income would substantially change the impact of reinsurance.

 

89



Table of Contents

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Reinsurance premiums ceded increased $1.9 million, or 5.8%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in ceded service contract premiums.

 

Benefits and settlement expenses ceded increased $2.1 million, or 14.6%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to higher ceded losses in the service contract and GAP product lines.

 

Amortization of DAC ceded decreased $0.5 million, mostly offset by increases in other operating expenses of $0.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily as the result of ceded activity in the GAP product line.

 

Net investment income has no direct impact on reinsurance cost. However, by ceding business to the assuming companies, we forgo investment income on the reserves ceded. Conversely, the assuming companies will receive investment income on the reserves assumed which generally will increase the assuming companies’ profitability on business we cede. The net investment income impact to us and the assuming companies has not been quantified as it is not reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Reinsurance premiums ceded increased $4.2 million, or 6.5%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Increases in ceded premiums in the GAP and service contract lines were offset by decreases in ceded premiums in the dealer credit line.

 

Benefits and settlement expenses ceded increased $2.9 million, or 10.2%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to higher ceded losses in the service contract and GAP product line.

 

Amortization of DAC ceded decreased $0.4 million, offset by increases in other operating expenses of $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily as the result of ceded activity in the GAP product lines.

 

Net investment income has no direct impact on reinsurance cost. However, by ceding business to the assuming companies, we forgo investment income on the reserves ceded. Conversely, the assuming companies will receive investment income on the reserves assumed which generally will increase the assuming companies’ profitability on business we cede. The net investment income impact to us and the assuming companies has not been quantified as it is not reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

 

90



Table of Contents

 

Corporate and Other

 

Segment results of operations

 

Segment results were as follows:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross premiums and policy fees

 

$

4,145

 

$

4,631

 

(10.5

)%

$

8,554

 

$

9,309

 

(8.1

)%

Reinsurance ceded

 

(5

)

(4

)

(25.0

)

(6

)

(4

)

(50.0

)

Net premiums and policy fees

 

4,140

 

4,627

 

(10.5

)

8,548

 

9,305

 

(8.1

)

Net investment income

 

43,755

 

45,258

 

(3.3

)

80,880

 

86,490

 

(6.5

)

Other income

 

4,797

 

2,488

 

92.8

 

5,128

 

3,757

 

36.5

 

Total operating revenues

 

52,692

 

52,373

 

0.6

 

94,556

 

99,552

 

(5.0

)

Realized gains (losses) - investments

 

3,803

 

1,120

 

n/m

 

2,402

 

3,183

 

(24.5

)

Realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

176

 

1,843

 

(90.5

)

(302

)

2,882

 

n/m

 

Total revenues

 

56,671

 

55,336

 

2.4

 

96,656

 

105,617

 

(8.5

)

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and settlement expenses

 

5,764

 

5,330

 

8.1

 

10,089

 

10,664

 

(5.4

)

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

124

 

165

 

(24.8

)

243

 

344

 

(29.4

)

Other operating expenses

 

59,359

 

49,361

 

20.3

 

111,634

 

109,359

 

2.1

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

65,247

 

54,856

 

18.9

 

121,966

 

120,367

 

1.3

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX

 

(8,576

)

480

 

n/m

 

(25,310

)

(14,750

)

(71.6

)

Less: realized gains (losses) - investments

 

3,803

 

1,120

 

 

 

2,402

 

3,183

 

 

 

Less: realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

176

 

1,843

 

 

 

(302

)

2,882

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

 

$

(12,555

)

$

(2,483

)

n/m

 

$

(27,410

)

$

(20,815

)

(31.7

)

 

For The Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Segment operating income (loss)

 

Corporate and Other segment operating loss was $12.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to an operating loss of $2.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to a favorable $3.9 million guaranty fund allocation to business segments in the second quarter of 2013 and higher overhead expenses for the second quarter of 2014. In addition, the decrease was driven by a $2.5 million decrease in mortgage loan prepayment fee income as compared to the second quarter of 2013.  These decreases were partially offset by a $2.5 million favorable variance related to gains on the repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013.

 

Operating revenues

 

Net investment income for the segment decreased $1.5 million, or 3.3%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease in net investment income was primarily due to a $2.5 million unfavorable variance related to mortgage loan prepayment fee income partially offset by an increase of $1.1 million related to a portfolio of securities designated for trading as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013. Net premiums and policy fees decreased $0.5 million, or 10.5%, for the three months ended June 30, 2014. Other income increased $2.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to a $2.5 million favorable variance related to gains generated on the repurchase of non-

 

91



Table of Contents

 

recourse funding obligations.  For the second quarter of 2014, $4.6 million of pre-tax gains were generated from these repurchases compared to $2.1 million of pre-tax gains during the second quarter of 2013.

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

Total benefits and expenses increased $10.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to a favorable $3.9 million guaranty fund allocation to business segments in the second quarter of 2013 and higher overhead expenses for the second quarter of 2014.

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Segment operating income (loss)

 

Corporate and Other segment operating loss was $27.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to an operating loss of $20.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease resulted from a decline in net investment income and an increase in other operating expenses as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease in net investment income was primarily driven by a $2.6 million unfavorable variance related to mortgage loan prepayment fee income, an unfavorable variance related to income on called securities, and lower core investment income. The increase in other operating expenses was primarily due to higher overhead expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2014. These decreases were partially offset by a $1.2 million favorable variance related to gains on the repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations.

 

Operating revenues

 

Net investment income for the segment decreased $5.6 million, or 6.5%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease in net investment income was primarily due to a $2.6 million unfavorable variance related to mortgage loan prepayment fee income, an unfavorable variance related to income on called securities, and lower core investment income. Net premiums and policy fees decreased $0.8 million, or 8.1%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Other income increased $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to a $1.2 million favorable variance related to gains generated on the repurchase of non-recourse funding obligations.  For the six months ended June 30, 2014, $4.6 million of pre-tax gains were generated from these repurchases compared to $3.4 million of pre-tax gains during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

Total benefits and expenses

 

Total benefits and expenses increased $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to higher overhead expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

92



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED INVESTMENTS

 

Certain reclassifications have been made in the previously reported financial statements and accompanying tables to make the prior year amounts comparable to those of the current year. Such reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net income, shareowners’ equity, or the totals reflected in the accompanying tables.

 

Portfolio Description

 

As of June 30, 2014, our investment portfolio was approximately $46.1 billion. The types of assets in which we may invest are influenced by various state insurance laws which prescribe qualified investment assets. Within the parameters of these laws, we invest in assets giving consideration to such factors as liquidity and capital needs, investment quality, investment return, matching of assets and liabilities, and the overall composition of the investment portfolio by asset type and credit exposure.

 

The following table presents the reported values of our invested assets:

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Publicly issued bonds (amortized cost: 2014 - $26,773,132; 2013 - $26,110,087)

 

$

29,161,306

 

63.2

%

$

27,066,787

 

61.8

%

Privately issued bonds (amortized cost: 2014 - $7,870,956; 2013 - $7,917,208)

 

8,403,121

 

18.2

 

8,114,144

 

18.5

 

Fixed maturities

 

37,564,427

 

81.4

 

35,180,931

 

80.3

 

Equity securities (cost: 2014 - $771,004; 2013 - $675,758)

 

792,047

 

1.7

 

646,027

 

1.5

 

Mortgage loans

 

5,294,729

 

11.5

 

5,493,492

 

12.5

 

Investment real estate

 

18,856

 

 

20,413

 

 

Policy loans

 

1,778,379

 

3.9

 

1,815,744

 

4.1

 

Other long-term investments

 

475,719

 

1.0

 

521,811

 

1.2

 

Short-term investments

 

208,624

 

0.5

 

134,146

 

0.4

 

Total investments

 

$

46,132,781

 

100.0

%

$

43,812,564

 

100.0

%

 

Included in the preceding table are $2.9 billion and $2.8 billion of fixed maturities and $91.1 million and $52.4 million of short-term investments classified as trading securities as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The trading portfolio includes invested assets of $2.9 billion and $2.8 billion as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, held pursuant to modified coinsurance (“Modco”) arrangements under which the economic risks and benefits of the investments are passed to third party reinsurers. Also included above are $400.0 million and $365.0 million of securities classified as held-to-maturity as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

Fixed Maturity Investments

 

As of June 30, 2014, our fixed maturity investment holdings were approximately $37.6 billion. The approximate percentage distribution of our fixed maturity investments by quality rating is as follows:

 

 

 

As of

 

Rating

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

AAA

 

12.1

%

12.5

%

AA

 

7.1

 

7.0

 

A

 

32.5

 

32.2

 

BBB

 

41.6

 

41.7

 

Below investment grade

 

5.6

 

5.6

 

Not rated

 

1.1

 

1.0

 

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

93



Table of Contents

 

We use various Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations’ (“NRSRO”) ratings when classifying securities by quality ratings. When the various NRSRO ratings are not consistent for a security, we use the second-highest convention in assigning the rating. When there are no such published ratings, we assign a rating based on the statutory accounting rating system if such ratings are available.

 

We do not have material exposure to financial guarantee insurance companies with respect to our investment portfolio. As of June 30, 2014, based upon amortized cost, $37.5 million of our securities were guaranteed either directly or indirectly by third parties out of a total of $34.3 billion fixed maturity securities held by us (0.1% of total fixed maturity securities).

 

Changes in fair value for our available-for-sale portfolio, net of related DAC, VOBA, and policyholder dividend obligation are charged or credited directly to shareowners’ equity, net of tax. Declines in fair value that are other-than-temporary are recorded as realized losses in the consolidated condensed statements of income, net of any applicable non-credit component of the loss, which is recorded as an adjustment to other comprehensive income (loss).

 

The distribution of our fixed maturity investments by type is as follows:

 

 

 

As of

 

Type

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

Corporate bonds

 

$

29,297.3

 

$

27,286.2

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

1,734.2

 

1,756.0

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

1,247.5

 

1,129.2

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

1,137.1

 

1,160.2

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

1,785.9

 

1,704.1

 

Other government-related securities

 

78.4

 

108.5

 

States, municipals, and political subdivisions

 

1,884.0

 

1,671.7

 

Other

 

400.0

 

365.0

 

Total fixed income portfolio

 

$

37,564.4

 

$

35,180.9

 

 

Within our fixed maturity investments, we maintain portfolios classified as “available-for-sale”, “trading”, and “held-to-maturity”. We purchase our available-for-sale investments with the intent to hold to maturity by purchasing investments that match future cash flow needs. However, we may sell any of our available-for-sale and trading investments to maintain proper matching of assets and liabilities. Accordingly, we classified $34.3 billion, or 91.3%, of our fixed maturities as “available-for-sale” as of June 30, 2014. These securities are carried at fair value on our consolidated condensed balance sheets.

 

Fixed maturities that we have both the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity”. We classified $400.0 million, or 1.1% of our fixed maturities as “held-to-maturity” as of June 30, 2014. These securities are carried at amortized cost on our consolidated condensed balance sheets.

 

94



Table of Contents

 

Trading securities are carried at fair value and changes in fair value are recorded on the income statement as they occur. Our trading portfolio accounts for $2.9 billion, or 7.6%, of our fixed maturities and $91.1 million of short-term investments as of June 30, 2014. Changes in fair value on the trading portfolio, including gains and losses from sales, are passed to the reinsurers through the contractual terms of the reinsurance arrangements. Partially offsetting these amounts are corresponding changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative associated with the underlying reinsurance arrangement. The total Modco trading portfolio fixed maturities by rating is as follows:

 

 

 

As of

 

Rating

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

AAA

 

$

428,959

 

$

419,866

 

AA

 

278,151

 

266,173

 

A

 

870,292

 

854,020

 

BBB

 

942,742

 

924,554

 

Below investment grade

 

330,833

 

324,453

 

Total Modco trading fixed maturities

 

$

2,850,977

 

$

2,789,066

 

 

A portion of our bond portfolio is invested in residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), and other asset-backed securities (collectively referred to as asset-backed securities or “ABS”). ABS are securities that are backed by a pool of assets. These holdings as of June 30, 2014, were approximately $4.1 billion. Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) are constructed from pools of mortgages and may have cash flow volatility as a result of changes in the rate at which prepayments of principal occur with respect to the underlying loans. Excluding limitations on access to lending and other extraordinary economic conditions, prepayments of principal on the underlying loans can be expected to accelerate with decreases in market interest rates and diminish with increases in interest rates.

 

95



Table of Contents

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities - As of June 30, 2014, our RMBS portfolio was approximately $1.7 billion. Sequential securities receive payments in order until each class is paid off. Planned amortization class securities (“PACs”) pay down according to a schedule. Pass through securities receive principal as principal of the underlying mortgages is received.

 

The tables below include a breakdown of these holdings by type and rating as of June 30, 2014.

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

Mortgage-
Backed

 

Type

 

Securities

 

Sequential

 

25.6

%

PAC

 

37.7

 

Pass Through

 

10.8

 

Other

 

25.9

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

Mortgage-Backed

 

Rating

 

Securities

 

AAA

 

62.3

%

AA

 

0.2

 

A

 

0.9

 

BBB

 

0.4

 

Below investment grade

 

36.2

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

96



Table of Contents

 

Alt-A Collateralized Holdings

 

As of June 30, 2014, we held securities with a fair value of $388.4 million, or 0.8% of invested assets, supported by collateral classified as Alt-A. As of December 31, 2013, we held securities with a fair value of $395.0 million supported by collateral classified as Alt-A. We included in this classification certain whole loan securities where such securities had underlying mortgages with a high level of limited loan documentation. As of June 30, 2014, these securities had a fair value of $140.5 million and an unrealized gain of $34.5 million .

 

The following table includes the percentage of our collateral classified as Alt-A, grouped by rating category, as of June 30, 2014:

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

Alt-A

 

Rating

 

Securities

 

A

 

1.3

%

BBB

 

0.3

 

Below investment grade

 

98.4

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

The following tables categorize the estimated fair value and unrealized gain/(loss) of our mortgage-backed securities collateralized by Alt-A mortgage loans by rating as of June 30, 2014:

 

Alt-A Collateralized Holdings

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2010 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

A

 

$

5.0

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

5.0

 

BBB

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

Below investment grade

 

382.1

 

 

 

 

 

382.1

 

Total mortgage-backed securities collateralized by Alt-A mortgage loans

 

$

388.4

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

388.4

 

 

 

 

Estimated Unrealized Gain (Loss) of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2010 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

A

 

$

0.2

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

0.2

 

BBB

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

Below investment grade

 

42.8

 

 

 

 

 

42.8

 

Total mortgage-backed securities collateralized by Alt-A mortgage loans

 

$

43.1

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

43.1

 

 

97



Table of Contents

 

Sub-prime Collateralized Holdings

 

As of June 30, 2014, we held securities with a total fair value of $1.9 million that were supported by collateral classified as sub-prime. As of December 31, 2013, we held securities with a fair value of $2.0 million that were supported by collateral classified as sub-prime .

 

Prime Collateralized Holdings

 

As of June 30, 2014, we had RMBS collateralized by prime mortgage loans (including agency mortgages) with a total fair value of $1.3 billion, or 2.9%, of total invested assets. As of December 31, 2013, we held securities with a fair value of $1.4 billion of RMBS collateralized by prime mortgage loans (including agency mortgages).

 

The following table includes the percentage of our collateral classified as prime, grouped by rating category, as of June 30, 2014 :

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

Prime

 

Rating

 

Securities

 

AAA

 

80.4

%

AA

 

0.2

 

A

 

0.8

 

BBB

 

0.5

 

Below investment grade

 

18.1

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

The following tables categorize the estimated fair value and unrealized gain/(loss) of our mortgage-backed securities collateralized by prime mortgage loans (including agency mortgages) by rating as of June 30, 2014:

 

Prime Collateralized Holdings

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2010 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

AAA

 

$

532.5

 

$

317.7

 

$

27.2

 

$

140.9

 

$

62.5

 

$

1,080.8

 

AA

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

2.6

 

2.8

 

A

 

11.0

 

 

 

 

 

11.0

 

BBB

 

6.4

 

 

 

 

 

6.4

 

Below investment grade

 

242.9

 

 

 

 

 

242.9

 

Total mortgage-backed securities collateralized by prime mortgage loans

 

$

793.0

 

$

317.7

 

$

27.2

 

$

140.9

 

$

65.1

 

$

1,343.9

 

 

 

 

Estimated Unrealized Gain (Loss) of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2010 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

AAA

 

$

26.3

 

$

12.1

 

$

0.1

 

$

0.5

 

$

(1.7

)

$

37.3

 

AA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

 

0.8

 

BBB

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

0.5

 

Below investment grade

 

10.9

 

 

 

 

 

10.9

 

Total mortgage-backed securities collateralized by prime mortgage loans

 

$

38.5

 

$

12.1

 

$

0.1

 

$

0.5

 

$

(1.7

)

$

49.5

 

 

98



Table of Contents

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities - Our CMBS portfolio consists of commercial mortgage-backed securities issued in securitization transactions. As of June 30, 2014, the CMBS holdings were approximately $1.2 billion. As of December 31, 2013, the CMBS holdings were approximately $1.1 billion .

 

The following table includes the percentages of our CMBS holdings, grouped by rating category, as of June 30, 2014:

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

Mortgage-Backed

 

Rating

 

Securities

 

AAA

 

70.6

%

AA

 

14.2

 

A

 

12.5

 

BBB

 

2.7

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

The following tables categorize the estimated fair value and unrealized gain/(loss) of our CMBS as of June 30, 2014:

 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2010 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

AAA

 

$

151.0

 

$

214.8

 

$

310.9

 

$

149.1

 

$

54.6

 

$

880.4

 

AA

 

42.1

 

38.7

 

43.0

 

30.2

 

23.0

 

177.0

 

A

 

70.8

 

52.5

 

13.5

 

19.7

 

 

156.5

 

BBB

 

33.6

 

 

 

 

 

33.6

 

Total commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

$

297.5

 

$

306.0

 

$

367.4

 

$

199.0

 

$

77.6

 

$

1,247.5

 

 

 

 

Estimated Unrealized Gain (Loss) of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2010 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

AAA

 

$

9.4

 

$

21.8

 

$

5.7

 

$

1.7

 

$

1.0

 

$

39.6

 

AA

 

2.6

 

3.7

 

(1.0

)

 

0.5

 

5.8

 

A

 

3.2

 

1.0

 

(0.8

)

(0.8

)

 

2.6

 

BBB

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

 

0.6

 

Total commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

$

15.8

 

$

26.5

 

$

3.9

 

$

0.9

 

$

1.5

 

$

48.6

 

 

99



Table of Contents

 

Other asset-backed securities — Other asset-backed securities pay down based on cash flow received from the underlying pool of assets, such as receivables on auto loans, student loans, credit cards, etc. As of June 30, 2014, these holdings were approximately $1.1 billion. As of December 31, 2013, these holdings were approximately $1.2 billion .

 

The following table includes the percentages of our other asset-backed holdings, grouped by rating category, as of June 30, 2014:

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

Other Asset-
Backed

 

Rating

 

Securities

 

AAA

 

49.6

%

AA

 

19.6

 

A

 

17.7

 

BBB

 

0.6

 

Below investment grade

 

12.5

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

The following tables categorize the estimated fair value and unrealized gain/(loss) of our asset-backed securities as of June 30, 2014:

 

Other Asset-Backed Securities

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2010 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

AAA

 

$

490.3

 

$

13.5

 

$

32.6

 

$

19.3

 

$

8.3

 

$

564.0

 

AA

 

159.4

 

 

63.5

 

 

 

222.9

 

A

 

43.6

 

52.0

 

62.2

 

33.5

 

10.1

 

201.4

 

BBB

 

6.4

 

 

 

 

 

6.4

 

Below investment grade

 

142.4

 

 

 

 

 

142.4

 

Total other asset-backed securities

 

$

842.1

 

$

65.5

 

$

158.3

 

$

52.8

 

$

18.4

 

$

1,137.1

 

 

 

 

Estimated Unrealized Gain (Loss) of Security by Year of Security Origination

 

 

 

2010 and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rating

 

Prior

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

AAA

 

$

(15.3

)

$

1.2

 

$

0.6

 

$

0.6

 

$

0.2

 

$

(12.7

)

AA

 

(8.9

)

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(9.2

)

A

 

4.0

 

4.8

 

(0.2

)

0.3

 

0.1

 

9.0

 

BBB

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

Below investment grade

 

18.0

 

 

 

 

 

18.0

 

Total other asset-backed securities

 

$

(1.9

)

$

6.0

 

$

0.1

 

$

0.9

 

$

0.3

 

$

5.4

 

 

We obtained ratings of our fixed maturities from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”), and/or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”). If a fixed maturity is not rated by Moody’s, S&P, or Fitch, we use ratings from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), or we rate the fixed maturity based upon a comparison of the unrated issue to rated issues of the same issuer or rated issues of other issuers with similar risk characteristics. As of June 30, 2014, 98.9% of our fixed maturities were rated by Moody’s, S&P, Fitch, and/or the NAIC.

 

100



Table of Contents

 

The industry segment composition of our fixed maturity securities is presented in the following table:

 

 

 

As of

 

% Fair

 

As of

 

% Fair

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

Value

 

December 31, 2013

 

Value

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Banking

 

$

2,884,177

 

7.7

%

$

2,664,495

 

7.6

%

Other finance

 

676,745

 

1.8

 

620,544

 

1.8

 

Electric

 

4,033,847

 

10.7

 

3,749,786

 

10.7

 

Natural gas

 

2,719,136

 

7.2

 

2,369,185

 

6.7

 

Insurance

 

2,871,695

 

7.6

 

2,634,325

 

7.5

 

Energy

 

2,090,766

 

5.6

 

1,947,154

 

5.5

 

Communications

 

1,568,921

 

4.2

 

1,500,544

 

4.3

 

Basic industrial

 

1,851,600

 

4.9

 

1,674,169

 

4.8

 

Consumer noncyclical

 

3,226,197

 

8.6

 

3,040,080

 

8.6

 

Consumer cyclical

 

2,144,313

 

5.7

 

2,141,961

 

6.1

 

Finance companies

 

249,730

 

0.7

 

261,871

 

0.7

 

Capital goods

 

1,388,775

 

3.7

 

1,300,671

 

3.7

 

Transportation

 

947,066

 

2.5

 

909,574

 

2.6

 

Other industrial

 

362,104

 

1.0

 

386,079

 

1.1

 

Brokerage

 

653,888

 

1.7

 

627,630

 

1.8

 

Technology

 

1,121,045

 

3.0

 

1,009,357

 

2.9

 

Real estate

 

274,974

 

0.7

 

269,378

 

0.8

 

Other utility

 

232,357

 

0.6

 

179,346

 

0.5

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

1,247,513

 

3.3

 

1,129,226

 

3.2

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

1,137,083

 

3.0

 

1,160,238

 

3.3

 

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency securities

 

783,302

 

2.1

 

800,154

 

2.3

 

Residential mortgage-backed agency securities

 

950,961

 

2.5

 

955,791

 

2.7

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

1,785,846

 

4.8

 

1,704,128

 

4.8

 

Other government-related securities

 

78,355

 

0.2

 

108,524

 

0.3

 

State, municipals, and political divisions

 

1,884,031

 

5.0

 

1,671,721

 

4.8

 

Other

 

400,000

 

1.2

 

365,000

 

0.9

 

Total

 

$

37,564,427

 

100.0

%

$

35,180,931

 

100.0

%

 

Our investments classified as available-for-sale and trading in debt and equity securities are reported at fair value. Our investments classified as held-to-maturity are reported at amortized cost. As of June 30, 2014, our fixed maturity investments (bonds and redeemable preferred stocks) had a market value of $37.6 billion, which was 9.6% above amortized cost of $34.3 billion. These assets are invested for terms approximately corresponding to anticipated future benefit payments. Thus, market fluctuations are not expected to adversely affect liquidity.

 

Market values for private, non-traded securities are determined as follows: 1) we obtain estimates from independent pricing services and 2) we estimate market value based upon a comparison to quoted issues of the same issuer or issues of other issuers with similar terms and risk characteristics. We analyze the independent pricing services valuation methodologies and related inputs, including an assessment of the observability of market inputs. Upon obtaining this information related to market value, management makes a determination as to the appropriate valuation amount.

 

Mortgage Loans

 

We invest a portion of our investment portfolio in commercial mortgage loans. As of June 30, 2014, our mortgage loan holdings were approximately $5.3 billion. We have specialized in making loans on either credit-oriented commercial properties or credit-anchored strip shopping centers and apartments. Our underwriting procedures relative to our commercial loan portfolio are based, in our view, on a conservative and disciplined approach. We concentrate on a small number of commercial real estate asset types associated with the necessities of life (retail, multi-family, professional office buildings, and warehouses). We believe these asset types tend to weather economic downturns better

 

101



Table of Contents

 

than other commercial asset classes in which it has chosen not to participate. We believe this disciplined approach has helped to maintain a relatively low delinquency and foreclosure rate throughout its history. The majority of our mortgage loans portfolio was underwritten and funded by us. From time to time, we may acquire loans in conjunction with an acquisition .

 

Our commercial mortgage loans are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted for any unamortized premium or discount, and net of valuation allowances. Interest income is accrued on the principal amount of the loan based on the loan’s contractual interest rate. Amortization of premiums and discounts is recorded using the effective yield method. Interest income, amortization of premiums and discounts, and prepayment fees are reported in net investment income.

 

Certain of our mortgage loans have call options or interest rate reset options between 3 and 10 years. However, if interest rates were to significantly increase, we may be unable to exercise the call options or increase the interest rates on our existing mortgage loans commensurate with the significantly increased market rates. Assuming the loans are called at their next call dates, approximately $43.7 million would become due for the remainder of 2014, $1.1 billion in 2015 through 2019, $501.4 million in 2020 through 2024, and $130.5 million thereafter .

 

We also offer a type of commercial mortgage loan under which we will permit a loan-to-value ratio of up to 85% in exchange for a participating interest in the cash flows from the underlying real estate. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, approximately $613.8 million and $666.6 million, respectively, of our mortgage loans had this participation feature. Cash flows received as a result of this participation feature are recorded as interest income. During the three and six month period ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, we recognized $2.8 million and $5.8 million and $5.8 million and $9.2 million, respectively, of participating mortgage loan income.

 

We record mortgage loans net of an allowance for credit losses. This allowance is calculated through analysis of specific loans that have indicators of potential impairment based on current information and events. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, our allowance for mortgage loan credit losses was $4.3 million and $3.1 million, respectively. While our mortgage loans do not have quoted market values, as of June 30, 2014, we estimated the fair value of our mortgage loans to be $5.8 billion (using discounted cash flows from the next call date), which was approximately 9.3% greater than the amortized cost, less any related loan loss reserve.

 

At the time of origination, our mortgage lending criteria targets that the loan-to-value ratio on each mortgage is 75% or less. We target projected rental payments from credit anchors (i.e., excluding rental payments from smaller local tenants) of 70% of the property’s projected operating expenses and debt service.

 

As of June 30, 2014, approximately $5.9 million, or 0.01%, of invested assets consisted of nonperforming, restructured or mortgage loans that were foreclosed and were converted to real estate properties. We do not expect these investments to adversely affect its liquidity or ability to maintain proper matching of assets and liabilities. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, certain mortgage loan transactions occurred that were accounted for as troubled debt restructurings under Topic 310 of the FASB ASC. For all mortgage loans, the impact of troubled debt restructurings is generally reflected in our investment balance and in the allowance for mortgage loan credit losses. Transactions accounted for as troubled debt restructurings during the quarter included acceptance of assets in satisfaction of principal, and were the result of agreements between the creditor and the debtor.  During the three and six month periods ending June 30, 2014, we accepted assets of $15.1 million in satisfaction of $16.0 million of principal resulting in a $0.9 million decrease in our investment in mortgage loans net of existing allowances for mortgage loan losses. No loans classified as troubled debt restructurings remained on our balance sheet as of June 30, 2014.

 

Our mortgage loan portfolio consists of two categories of loans: (1) those not subject to a pooling and servicing agreement and (2) those subject to a contractual pooling and servicing agreement. As of June 30, 2014, $3.7 million of mortgage loans not subject to a pooling and servicing agreement were nonperforming or restructured. None of these nonperforming loans have been restructured during the six months ended June 30, 2014. We did not foreclose on any loans during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

As of June 30, 2014, $2.2 million of loans subject to a pooling and servicing agreement were nonperforming. None of these nonperforming loans have been restructured during the six months ended June 30, 2014. We did not foreclose on any loans during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

102



Table of Contents

 

We do not expect these investments to adversely affect our liquidity or ability to maintain proper matching of assets and liabilities.

 

It is our policy to cease to carry accrued interest on loans that are over 90 days delinquent. For loans less than 90 days delinquent, interest is accrued unless it is determined that the accrued interest is not collectible. If a loan becomes over 90 days delinquent, it is our general policy to initiate foreclosure proceedings unless a workout arrangement to bring the loan current is in place. For loans subject to a pooling and servicing agreement, there are certain additional restrictions and/or requirements related to workout proceedings, and as such, these loans may have different attributes and/or circumstances affecting the status of delinquency or categorization of those in nonperforming status.

 

Risk Management and Impairment Review

 

We monitor the overall credit quality of our portfolio within established guidelines. The following table includes our available-for-sale fixed maturities by credit rating as of June 30, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

Rating

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

AAA

 

$

4,125,799

 

12.0

%

AA

 

2,406,877

 

7.0

 

A

 

11,327,322

 

33.0

 

BBB

 

14,701,968

 

42.9

 

Investment grade

 

32,561,966

 

94.9

 

BB

 

1,113,236

 

3.2

 

B

 

144,850

 

0.4

 

CCC or lower

 

489,686

 

1.5

 

Below investment grade

 

1,747,772

 

5.1

 

Total

 

$

34,309,738

 

100.0

%

 

Not included in the table above are $2.5 billion of investment grade and $334.5 million of below investment grade fixed maturities classified as trading securities and $400.0 million of fixed maturities classified as held-to-maturity.

 

Limiting bond exposure to any creditor group is another way we manage credit risk. We held no credit default swaps on the positions listed below as of June 30, 2014. The following table summarizes our ten largest maturity exposures to an individual creditor group as of June 30, 2014:

 

 

 

Fair Value of

 

 

 

 

 

Funded

 

Unfunded

 

Total

 

Creditor

 

Securities

 

Exposures

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

Berkshire Hathaway Inc.

 

$

227.3

 

$

 

$

227.3

 

Duke Energy Corp.

 

199.3

 

 

199.3

 

Bank of America Corp.

 

192.5

 

1.0

 

193.5

 

General Electric

 

191.7

 

 

191.7

 

Comcast Corp.

 

190.4

 

 

190.4

 

AT&T Inc.

 

183.0

 

 

183.0

 

Wells Fargo & Co.

 

182.8

 

1.2

 

184.0

 

JP Morgan Chase and Company

 

157.5

 

17.5

 

175.0

 

Nextera Energy Inc.

 

174.2

 

 

174.2

 

Exelon Corp.

 

173.1

 

 

173.1

 

 

103



Table of Contents

 

Determining whether a decline in the current fair value of invested assets is an other-than-temporary decline in value is both objective and subjective, and can involve a variety of assumptions and estimates, particularly for investments that are not actively traded in established markets. We review our positions on a monthly basis for possible credit concerns and review our current exposure, credit enhancement, and delinquency experience.

 

Management considers a number of factors when determining the impairment status of individual securities. These include the economic condition of various industry segments and geographic locations and other areas of identified risks. Since it is possible for the impairment of one investment to affect other investments, we engage in ongoing risk management to safeguard against and limit any further risk to our investment portfolio. Special attention is given to correlative risks within specific industries, related parties, and business markets.

 

For certain securitized financial assets with contractual cash flows, including RMBS, CMBS, and other asset-backed securities (collectively referred to as asset-backed securities or “ABS”), GAAP requires us to periodically update our best estimate of cash flows over the life of the security. If the fair value of a securitized financial asset is less than its cost or amortized cost and there has been a decrease in the present value of the expected cash flows since the last revised estimate, considering both timing and amount, an other-than-temporary impairment charge is recognized. Estimating future cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third party sources along with certain internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of the underlying collateral. Projections of expected future cash flows may change based upon new information regarding the performance of the underlying collateral. In addition, we consider our intent and ability to retain a temporarily depressed security until recovery .

 

Securities in an unrealized loss position are reviewed at least quarterly to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment is present based on certain quantitative and qualitative factors. We consider a number of factors in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. These include, but are not limited to: 1) actions taken by rating agencies, 2) default by the issuer, 3) the significance of the decline, 4) an assessment of our intent to sell the security (including a more likely than not assessment of whether we will be required to sell the security) before recovering the security’s amortized cost, 5) the duration of the decline, 6) an economic analysis of the issuer’s industry, and 7) the financial strength, liquidity, and recoverability of the issuer. Management performs a security-by-security review each quarter in evaluating the need for any other-than-temporary impairments. Although no set formula is used in this process, the investment performance, collateral position, and continued viability of the issuer are significant measures considered, along with an analysis regarding our expectations for recovery of the security’s entire amortized cost basis through the receipt of future cash flows. Based on our analysis, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, we concluded that approximately $1.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively, of investment securities in an unrealized loss position was other-than-temporarily impaired, due to credit-related factors, resulting in a charge to earnings. Additionally, we recognized $1.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of non-credit losses previously recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) that were recorded in earnings. These non-credit gains were caused by recognizing, in the current quarter, credit losses in earnings that had previously been recognized as non-credit losses in other comprehensive income.

 

There are certain risks and uncertainties associated with determining whether declines in market values are other-than-temporary. These include significant changes in general economic conditions and business markets, trends in certain industry segments, interest rate fluctuations, rating agency actions, changes in significant accounting estimates and assumptions, commission of fraud, and legislative actions. We continuously monitor these factors as they relate to the investment portfolio in determining the status of each investment.

 

We have deposits with certain financial institutions which exceed federally insured limits. We have reviewed the creditworthiness of these financial institutions and believe there is minimal risk of a material loss.

 

Certain European countries have experienced varying degrees of financial stress. Risks from the continued debt crisis in Europe could continue to disrupt the financial markets which could have a detrimental impact on global economic conditions and on sovereign and non-sovereign obligations. There remains considerable uncertainty as to future developments in the European debt crisis and the impact on financial markets.

 

104



Table of Contents

 

The chart shown below includes our non-sovereign fair value exposures in these countries as of June 30, 2014. As June 30, 2014, we had no unfunded exposure and had no direct sovereign fair value exposure .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Gross

 

 

 

Non-sovereign Debt

 

Funded

 

Financial Instrument and Country

 

Financial

 

Non-financial

 

Exposure

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

$

628.2

 

$

734.1

 

$

1,362.3

 

Netherlands

 

160.5

 

223.4

 

383.9

 

France

 

117.3

 

239.1

 

356.4

 

Switzerland

 

152.2

 

162.4

 

314.6

 

Germany

 

109.1

 

134.2

 

243.3

 

Spain

 

43.2

 

148.7

 

191.9

 

Sweden

 

122.2

 

38.3

 

160.5

 

Belgium

 

 

111.6

 

111.6

 

Italy

 

 

108.3

 

108.3

 

Norway

 

12.5

 

91.0

 

103.5

 

Ireland

 

11.5

 

69.5

 

81.0

 

Luxembourg

 

 

73.6

 

73.6

 

Total securities

 

1,356.7

 

2,134.2

 

3,490.9

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

13.5

 

 

13.5

 

Switzerland

 

8.7

 

 

8.7

 

Germany

 

7.8

 

 

7.8

 

Total derivatives

 

30.0

 

 

30.0

 

Total securities

 

$

1,386.7

 

$

2,134.2

 

$

3,520.9

 

 

105



Table of Contents

 

Realized Gains and Losses

 

The following table sets forth realized investment gains and losses for the periods shown:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Fixed maturity gains - sales

 

$

20,437

 

$

21,579

 

$

(1,142

)

$

28,064

 

$

34,444

 

$

(6,380

)

Fixed maturity losses - sales

 

(239

)

(2,427

)

2,188

 

(496

)

(2,983

)

2,487

 

Equity gains - sales

 

 

2,366

 

(2,366

)

 

2,367

 

(2,367

)

Impairments on fixed maturity securities

 

(1,460

)

(2,910

)

1,450

 

(3,051

)

(6,497

)

3,446

 

Impairments on equity securities

 

 

(1,090

)

1,090

 

 

(2,087

)

2,087

 

Modco trading portfolio

 

60,989

 

(126,694

)

187,683

 

127,292

 

(142,022

)

269,314

 

Other

 

(1,039

)

(4,802

)

3,763

 

(2,598

)

(5,929

)

3,331

 

Total realized gains (losses) - investments

 

$

78,688

 

$

(113,978

)

$

192,666

 

$

149,211

 

$

(122,707

)

$

271,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives related to variable annuity contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate futures - VA

 

$

6,548

 

$

(7,654

)

$

14,202

 

$

10,798

 

$

(24,138

)

$

34,936

 

Equity futures - VA

 

(7,259

)

(4,036

)

(3,223

)

(9,910

)

(27,261

)

17,351

 

Currency futures - VA

 

(2,887

)

(112

)

(2,775

)

(4,165

)

7,971

 

(12,136

)

Variance swaps - VA

 

(823

)

2,214

 

(3,037

)

(2,673

)

(8,219

)

5,546

 

Equity options - VA

 

(20,949

)

(8,131

)

(12,818

)

(33,290

)

(36,537

)

3,247

 

Interest rate swaptions - VA

 

(4,998

)

1,639

 

(6,637

)

(14,401

)

(2,463

)

(11,938

)

Interest rate swaps - VA

 

45,169

 

(89,722

)

134,891

 

102,537

 

(106,278

)

208,815

 

Embedded derivative - GMWB

 

(47,389

)

103,315

 

(150,704

)

(129,676

)

183,690

 

(313,366

)

Total derivatives related to variable annuity contracts

 

(32,588

)

(2,487

)

(30,101

)

(80,780

)

(13,235

)

(67,545

)

Derivatives related to FIA contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Embedded derivative - FIA

 

(8,307

)

(41

)

(8,266

)

(6,574

)

(41

)

(6,533

)

Equity futures - FIA

 

605

 

 

605

 

950

 

 

950

 

Volatility futures - FIA

 

8

 

 

8

 

8

 

 

8

 

Equity options - FIA

 

2,984

 

(19

)

3,003

 

3,978

 

(19

)

3,997

 

Total derivatives related to FIA contracts

 

(4,710

)

(60

)

(4,650

)

(1,638

)

(60

)

(1,578

)

Embedded derivative - IUL

 

(285

)

 

(285

)

(285

)

 

(285

)

Embedded derivative - Modco reinsurance treaties

 

(52,202

)

144,998

 

(197,200

)

(112,371

)

161,773

 

(274,144

)

Interest rate swaps

 

 

1,909

 

(1,909

)

 

2,912

 

(2,912

)

Other derivatives

 

(141

)

(479

)

338

 

(202

)

(124

)

(78

)

Total realized gains (losses) - derivatives

 

$

(89,926

)

$

143,881

 

$

(233,807

)

$

(195,276

)

$

151,266

 

$

(346,542

)

 

Realized gains and losses on investments reflect portfolio management activities designed to maintain proper matching of assets and liabilities and to enhance long-term investment portfolio performance. The change in net realized investment gains (losses), excluding impairments and Modco trading portfolio activity during the six months ended June 30, 2014, primarily reflects the normal operation of our asset/liability program within the context of the changing interest rate and spread environment, as well as tax planning strategies designed to utilize capital loss carryforwards.

 

Realized losses are comprised of both write-downs of other-than-temporary impairments and actual sales of investments. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, we recognized pre-tax other-than-temporary impairments of $1.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively, due to credit-related factors, resulting in a charge to earnings. Additionally, we recognized $1.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of non-credit losses previously recorded in other comprehensive income in earnings as credit losses. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, we recognized pre-tax other-than-temporary impairments of $4.0 million and $8.6 million, respectively. These other-than-temporary impairments resulted from our analysis of circumstances and our belief that credit events, loss severity, changes in credit enhancement, and/or other adverse conditions of the respective issuers have caused, or will lead to, a

 

106



Table of Contents

 

deficiency in the contractual cash flows related to these investments. These other-than-temporary impairments, net of Modco recoveries, are presented in the chart below:

 

 

 

For The

 

For The

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

Alt-A MBS

 

$

1.0

 

$

1.4

 

$

2.0

 

$

3.0

 

Other MBS

 

0.5

 

1.5

 

1.1

 

3.5

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-prime bonds

 

 

 

 

 

Equities

 

 

1.1

 

 

2.1

 

Total

 

$

1.5

 

$

4.0

 

$

3.1

 

$

8.6

 

 

As previously discussed, management considers several factors when determining other-than-temporary impairments. Although we purchase securities with the intent to hold them until maturity, we may change our position as a result of a change in circumstances. Any such decision is consistent with our classification of all but a specific portion of our investment portfolio as available-for-sale. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, we sold securities in an unrealized loss position with a fair value of $4.4 million. For such securities, the proceeds, realized loss, and total time period that the security had been in an unrealized loss position are presented in the table below:

 

 

 

Proceeds

 

% Proceeds

 

Realized Loss

 

% Realized Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

<= 90 days

 

$

2,544

 

58.0

%

$

(197

)

39.6

%

>90 days but <= 180 days

 

193

 

4.4

 

(2

)

0.5

 

>180 days but <= 270 days

 

209

 

4.8

 

(16

)

3.3

 

>270 days but <= 1 year

 

135

 

3.1

 

(20

)

4.0

 

>1 year

 

1,305

 

29.7

 

(261

)

52.6

 

Total

 

$

4,386

 

100.0

%

$

(496

)

100.0

%

 

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, we sold or otherwise disposed of securities in an unrealized loss position with a fair value (proceeds) of $1.6 million and $4.4 million, respectively. The loss realized on the sale of these securities was $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively. We made the decision to exit these holdings in conjunction with our overall asset liability management process.

 

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, we sold securities in an unrealized gain position with a fair value of $306.3 million and $571.0 million, respectively. The gain realized on the sale of these securities was $20.4 million and $28.1 million, respectively.

 

The $1.0 million of other realized losses recognized for the three months ended June 30, 2014, consists of the decrease in the mortgage loan reserves of $0.2 million, mortgage loan losses of $1.0 million, real estate losses of $0.3 million, and partnership gains of $0.1 million. The $2.6 million of other realized losses recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2014, consists of the increase in the mortgage loan reserves of $1.2 million, mortgage loan losses of $1.0 million, real estate losses of $0.3 million, and partnership losses of $0.1 million.

 

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, net gains of $61.0 million and $127.3 million primarily related to changes in fair value on our Modco trading portfolios were included in realized gains and losses, respectively. Of this amount, approximately $6.1 million and $11.8 million, respectively, of gains were realized through the sale of certain securities, which will be reimbursed to our reinsurance partners over time through the reinsurance settlement process for this block of business. The Modco embedded derivative associated with the trading portfolios had realized pre-tax losses of $52.2 million and $112.4 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively. These losses were primarily the result of credit spreads modestly tightening and lower treasury yields.

 

107



Table of Contents

 

Realized investment gains and losses related to derivatives represent changes in their fair value during the period and termination gains/(losses) on those derivatives that were closed during the period.

 

We use equity, interest rate, currency, and volatility futures to mitigate the risk related to certain guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWB, within our VA products. In general, the cost of such benefits varies with the level of equity and interest rate markets, foreign currency levels, and overall volatility. The equity futures resulted in net pre-tax losses of $7.3 million and $9.9 million, interest rate futures resulted in pre-tax gains of $6.5 million and $10.8 million, currency futures resulted in net pre-tax losses of $2.9 million and $4.2 million, and volatility futures resulted in no pre-tax gains or losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively. No volatility future positions were held as of June 30, 2014.

 

We also use equity options, variance swaps, and volatility options to mitigate the risk related to certain guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWB, within our VA products. In general, the cost of such benefits varies with the level of equity markets and overall volatility. The equity options resulted in net pre-tax losses of $20.9 million and $33.3 million, the variance swaps resulted in a net pre-tax loss of $0.8 million and $2.7 million, and the volatility options resulted in no pre-tax gains or losses, respectively, for three and six months ended June 30, 2014. No volatility options positions were held as of June 30, 2014.

 

We use interest rate swaps and interest rate swaptions to mitigate the risk related to certain guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWB, within our VA products. The interest rate swaps resulted in net pre-tax gains of $45.2 million and $102.5 million and interest rate swaptions resulted in a net pre-tax loss of $5.0 million and $14.4 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively.

 

The GMWB rider embedded derivative on variable deferred annuities, with a GMWB rider, had net realized losses of $47.4 million and $129.7 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively . The loss was primarily the result of a change in interest rates during 2014.

 

We use certain interest rate swaps to mitigate the price volatility of fixed maturities. These positions resulted in no pre-tax gains or losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014. None of these positions were held as of June 30, 2014.

 

We purchased interest rate caps during 2011, to mitigate our credit risk with respect to our LIBOR exposure and the potential impact of European financial market distress. These caps resulted in no pre-tax gains or losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014. No interest rate caps were held as of June 30, 2014.

 

We also use various swaps and other types of derivatives to mitigate risk related to other exposures. These contracts generated net pre-tax losses of $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively .

 

We recognized pre-tax losses of $8.3 million and $6.6 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 related to the embedded derivative on the FIA product. We use certain equity options as well as equity and volatility futures to mitigate certain equity market risks associated with the FIA. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, we recognized pre-tax gains of $3.6 million and $4.9 million related to these derivatives, respectively.

 

We recognized pre-tax losses of $0.3 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 related to the embedded derivative on the indexed universal life (“IUL”) product.

 

Unrealized Gains and Losses — Available-for-Sale Securities

 

The information presented below relates to investments at a certain point in time and is not necessarily indicative of the status of the portfolio at any time after June 30, 2014. Information about unrealized gains and losses is subject to rapidly changing conditions, including volatility of financial markets and changes in interest rates. Management considers a number of factors in determining if an unrealized loss is other-than-temporary, including the expected cash to be collected and the intent, likelihood, and/or ability to hold the security until recovery. Consistent with our long-standing practice, we do not utilize a “bright line test” to determine other-than-

 

108



Table of Contents

 

temporary impairments. On a quarterly basis, we perform an analysis on every security with an unrealized loss to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. This analysis includes reviewing several metrics including collateral, expected cash flows, ratings, and liquidity. Furthermore, since the timing of recognizing realized gains and losses is largely based on management’s decisions as to the timing and selection of investments to be sold, the tables and information provided below should be considered within the context of the overall unrealized gain/(loss) position of the portfolio. We had an overall net unrealized gain of $2.9 billion, prior to tax and DAC offsets, as of June 30, 2014, and an overall net unrealized gain of $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2013.

 

For fixed maturity and equity securities held that are in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2014, the fair value, amortized cost, unrealized loss, and total time period that the security has been in an unrealized loss position are presented in the table below:

 

 

 

Fair

 

% Fair

 

Amortized

 

% Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

% Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

Loss

 

Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

<= 90 days

 

$

1,110,750

 

26.5

%

$

1,150,369

 

26.3

%

$

(39,619

)

23.4

%

>90 days but <= 180 days

 

56,765

 

1.4

 

57,827

 

1.3

 

(1,062

)

0.6

 

>180 days but <= 270 days

 

56,020

 

1.3

 

57,708

 

1.3

 

(1,688

)

1.0

 

>270 days but <= 1 year

 

365,867

 

8.7

 

377,723

 

8.7

 

(11,856

)

7.0

 

>1 year but <= 2 years

 

1,902,204

 

45.3

 

1,975,530

 

45.2

 

(73,326

)

43.2

 

>2 years but <= 3 years

 

381,295

 

9.1

 

397,973

 

9.1

 

(16,678

)

9.8

 

>3 years but <= 4 years

 

30,133

 

0.7

 

33,038

 

0.8

 

(2,905

)

1.7

 

>4 years but <= 5 years

 

18,349

 

0.4

 

20,007

 

0.5

 

(1,658

)

1.0

 

>5 years

 

275,105

 

6.6

 

295,884

 

6.8

 

(20,779

)

12.3

 

Total

 

$

4,196,488

 

100.0

%

$

4,366,059

 

100.0

%

$

(169,571

)

100.0

%

 

The majority of the unrealized loss as of June 30, 2014 for both investment grade and below investment grade securities is attributable to fluctuations in credit and mortgage spreads for certain securities. The negative impact of spread levels for certain securities was partially offset by lower treasury yield levels and the associated positive effect on security prices. Spread levels have improved since December 31, 2013. However, certain types of securities, including tranches of RMBS and ABS, continue to be priced at a level which has caused the unrealized losses noted above. We believe spread levels on these RMBS and ABS are largely due to uncertainties regarding future performance of the underlying mortgage loans and/or assets.

 

As of June 30, 2014, the Barclays Investment Grade Index was priced at 97.1 bps versus a 10 year average of 164.7 bps. Similarly, the Barclays High Yield Index was priced at 373.4 bps versus a 10 year average of 601.6 bps. As of June 30, 2014, the five, ten, and thirty-year U.S. Treasury obligations were trading at levels of 1.631%, 2.531%, and 3.360%, as compared to 10 year averages of 2.608%, 3.413%, and 4.143%, respectively.

 

As of June 30, 2014, 83.2% of the unrealized loss was associated with securities that were rated investment grade. We have examined the performance of the underlying collateral and cash flows and expect that our investments will continue to perform in accordance with their contractual terms. Factors such as credit enhancements within the deal structures and the underlying collateral performance/characteristics support the recoverability of the investments. Based on the factors discussed, we do not consider these unrealized loss positions to be other-than-temporary. However, from time to time, we may sell securities in the ordinary course of managing our portfolio to meet diversification, credit quality, yield enhancement, asset/liability management, and liquidity requirements.

 

Expectations that investments in mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities will continue to perform in accordance with their contractual terms are based on assumptions a market participant would use in determining the current fair value. It is reasonably possible that the underlying collateral of these investments will perform worse than current market expectations and that such an event may lead to adverse changes in the cash flows on our holdings of these types of securities. This could lead to potential future write-downs within our portfolio of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. Expectations that our investments in corporate securities and/or debt obligations will continue to perform in accordance with their contractual terms are based on evidence gathered through our normal credit surveillance process. Although we do not anticipate such events, it is reasonably possible that issuers of our investments in corporate securities will perform worse than current expectations. Such events may lead us to recognize potential

 

109



Table of Contents

 

future write-downs within our portfolio of corporate securities. It is also possible that such unanticipated events would lead us to dispose of those certain holdings and recognize the effects of any such market movements in our financial statements.

 

As of June 30, 2014, there were estimated gross unrealized losses of $7.7 million related to our mortgage-backed securities collateralized by Alt-A mortgage loans. Gross unrealized losses in our securities collateralized by Alt-A residential mortgage loans as of June 30, 2014, were primarily the result of continued widening spreads, representing marketplace uncertainty arising from higher defaults in Alt-A residential mortgage loans and rating agency downgrades of securities collateralized by Alt-A residential mortgage loans . As of June 30, 2014, we reviewed the performance of the underlying collateral supporting these securities and determined that the expected cash flows were in line with the valuation. As such, we believe unrealized losses as of June 30, 2014 were temporary in nature.

 

We have no material concentrations of issuers or guarantors of fixed maturity securities. The industry segment composition of all securities in an unrealized loss position held as of June 30, 2014, is presented in the following table:

 

 

 

Fair

 

% Fair

 

Amortized

 

% Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

% Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

Loss

 

Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Banking

 

$

288,440

 

6.9

%

$

306,108

 

7.0

%

$

(17,668

)

10.4

%

Other finance

 

111,253

 

2.7

 

113,172

 

2.6

 

(1,919

)

1.1

 

Electric

 

176,919

 

4.2

 

181,982

 

4.2

 

(5,063

)

3.0

 

Natural gas

 

130,056

 

3.1

 

134,175

 

3.1

 

(4,119

)

2.4

 

Insurance

 

140,556

 

3.3

 

144,760

 

3.3

 

(4,204

)

2.5

 

Energy

 

85,842

 

2.0

 

87,554

 

2.0

 

(1,712

)

1.0

 

Communications

 

179,238

 

4.3

 

186,832

 

4.3

 

(7,594

)

4.5

 

Basic industrial

 

197,959

 

4.7

 

207,607

 

4.8

 

(9,648

)

5.7

 

Consumer noncyclical

 

450,559

 

10.7

 

468,662

 

10.7

 

(18,103

)

10.7

 

Consumer cyclical

 

201,903

 

4.8

 

209,705

 

4.8

 

(7,802

)

4.6

 

Finance companies

 

2,580

 

0.1

 

2,993

 

0.1

 

(413

)

0.2

 

Capital goods

 

95,585

 

2.3

 

98,820

 

2.3

 

(3,235

)

1.9

 

Transportation

 

75,865

 

1.8

 

78,834

 

1.8

 

(2,969

)

1.8

 

Other industrial

 

91,134

 

2.2

 

93,328

 

2.1

 

(2,194

)

1.3

 

Brokerage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology

 

159,814

 

3.8

 

166,337

 

3.8

 

(6,523

)

3.8

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other utility

 

7,534

 

0.2

 

7,639

 

0.2

 

(105

)

0.1

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

163,157

 

3.9

 

167,180

 

3.8

 

(4,023

)

2.4

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

645,847

 

15.4

 

678,694

 

15.5

 

(32,847

)

19.4

 

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency securities

 

201,949

 

4.8

 

213,761

 

4.9

 

(11,812

)

7.0

 

Residential mortgage-backed agency securities

 

38,194

 

0.9

 

40,354

 

0.9

 

(2,160

)

1.3

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

709,698

 

16.9

 

731,483

 

16.8

 

(21,785

)

12.8

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States, municipals, and political divisions

 

42,406

 

1.0

 

46,079

 

1.0

 

(3,673

)

2.1

 

Total

 

$

4,196,488

 

100.0

%

$

4,366,059

 

100.0

%

$

(169,571

)

100.0

%

 

110



Table of Contents

 

The percentage of our unrealized loss positions, segregated by industry segment, is presented in the following table:

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

10.4

%

8.1

%

Other finance

 

1.1

 

2.3

 

Electric

 

3.0

 

7.0

 

Natural gas

 

2.4

 

5.1

 

Insurance

 

2.5

 

4.2

 

Energy

 

1.0

 

2.4

 

Communications

 

4.5

 

5.6

 

Basic industrial

 

5.7

 

5.1

 

Consumer noncyclical

 

10.7

 

12.1

 

Consumer cyclical

 

4.6

 

6.1

 

Finance companies

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

Capital goods

 

1.9

 

2.8

 

Transportation

 

1.8

 

2.4

 

Other industrial

 

1.3

 

1.6

 

Brokerage

 

 

0.7

 

Technology

 

3.8

 

3.9

 

Real estate

 

 

0.6

 

Other utility

 

0.1

 

0.7

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

2.4

 

3.3

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

19.4

 

11.5

 

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency securities

 

7.0

 

2.5

 

Residential mortgage-backed agency securities

 

1.3

 

1.6

 

U.S. government-related securities

 

12.8

 

8.9

 

Other government-related securities

 

 

 

States, municipals, and political divisions

 

2.1

 

1.3

 

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

The range of maturity dates for securities in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2014, varies, with 5.1% maturing in less than 5 years, 31.7% maturing between 5 and 10 years, and 63.2% maturing after 10 years. The following table shows the credit rating of securities in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2014:

 

S&P or Equivalent

 

Fair

 

% Fair

 

Amortized

 

% Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

% Unrealized

 

Designation

 

Value

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

Loss

 

Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

AAA/AA/A

 

$

2,417,808

 

57.6

%

$

2,514,465

 

57.6

%

$

(96,657

)

57.0

%

BBB

 

1,291,303

 

30.8

 

1,335,736

 

30.6

 

(44,433

)

26.2

 

Investment grade

 

3,709,111

 

88.4

 

3,850,201

 

88.2

 

(141,090

)

83.2

 

BB

 

163,185

 

3.9

 

174,648

 

4.0

 

(11,463

)

6.8

 

B

 

50,927

 

1.2

 

52,815

 

1.2

 

(1,888

)

1.1

 

CCC or lower

 

273,265

 

6.5

 

288,395

 

6.6

 

(15,130

)

8.9

 

Below investment grade

 

487,377

 

11.6

 

515,858

 

11.8

 

(28,481

)

16.8

 

Total

 

$

4,196,488

 

100.0

%

$

4,366,059

 

100.0

%

$

(169,571

)

100.0

%

 

As of June 30, 2014, we held a total of 390 positions that were in an unrealized loss position. Included in that amount were 88 positions of below investment grade securities with a fair value of $515.9 million that were in an unrealized loss position. Total unrealized losses related to below investment grade securities were $28.5 million, of which $16.8 million had been in an unrealized loss position for more than twelve months. Below investment grade securities in an unrealized loss position were 1.1% of invested assets.

 

111



Table of Contents

 

As of June 30, 2014, securities in an unrealized loss position that were rated as below investment grade represented 11.6% of the total fair value and 16.8% of the total unrealized loss. After a review of each security and its expected cash flows, we believe the decline in market value to be temporary. We have the ability and intent to hold these securities to maturity. As of June 30, 2014, total unrealized losses for all securities in an unrealized loss position for more than twelve months were $115.3 million. A widening of credit spreads is estimated to account for unrealized losses of $446.7 million, with changes in treasury rates offsetting this loss by an estimated $331.4 million.

 

The majority of our RMBS holdings as of June 30, 2014, were super senior or senior bonds in the capital structure. Our total non-agency portfolio has a weighted-average life of 6.91 years. The following table categorizes the weighted-average life for our non-agency portfolio, by category of material holdings, as of June 30, 2014:

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

Non-agency portfolio

 

Life

 

 

 

 

 

Prime

 

8.10

 

Alt-A

 

5.47

 

 

The following table includes the fair value, amortized cost, unrealized loss, and total time period that the security has been in an unrealized loss position for all below investment grade securities as of June 30, 2014:

 

 

 

Fair

 

% Fair

 

Amortized

 

% Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

% Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

Loss

 

Loss

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

<= 90 days

 

$

185,365

 

38.0

%

$

194,552

 

37.7

%

$

(9,187

)

32.3

%

>90 days but <= 180 days

 

11,406

 

2.3

 

11,455

 

2.2

 

(49

)

0.2

 

>180 days but <= 270 days

 

6,319

 

1.3

 

6,925

 

1.3

 

(606

)

2.1

 

>270 days but <= 1 year

 

51,690

 

10.6

 

53,495

 

10.4

 

(1,805

)

6.3

 

>1 year but <= 2 years

 

44,829

 

9.2

 

48,973

 

9.5

 

(4,144

)

14.6

 

>2 years but <= 3 years

 

29,374

 

6.0

 

31,156

 

6.0

 

(1,782

)

6.3

 

>3 years but <= 4 years

 

17,608

 

3.6

 

18,038

 

3.5

 

(430

)

1.5

 

>4 years but <= 5 years

 

18,349

 

3.8

 

20,007

 

3.9

 

(1,658

)

5.8

 

>5 years

 

122,437

 

25.2

 

131,257

 

25.5

 

(8,820

)

30.9

 

Total

 

$

487,377

 

100.0

%

$

515,858

 

100.0

%

$

(28,481

)

100.0

%

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity refers to a company’s ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet its needs. We meet our liquidity requirements primarily through positive cash flows from our operating subsidiaries. Primary sources of cash from the operating subsidiaries are premiums, deposits for policyholder accounts, investment sales and maturities, and investment income. Primary uses of cash include benefit payments, withdrawals from policyholder accounts, investment purchases, policy acquisition costs, interest payments, and other operating expenses. We believe that we have sufficient liquidity to fund our cash needs under normal operating scenarios.

 

In the event of significant unanticipated cash requirements beyond our normal liquidity needs, we have additional sources of liquidity available depending on market conditions and the amount and timing of the liquidity need. These additional sources of liquidity include cash flows from operations, the sale of liquid assets, accessing our credit facility, and other sources described herein.

 

Our decision to sell investment assets could be impacted by accounting rules, including rules relating to the likelihood of a requirement to sell securities before recovery of our cost basis. Under stressful market and economic conditions, liquidity may broadly deteriorate which could negatively impact our ability to sell investment assets. If we require on short notice significant amounts of cash in excess of normal requirements, we may have difficulty selling

 

112



Table of Contents

 

investment assets in a timely manner, be forced to sell them for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize, or both.

 

While we anticipate that the cash flows of our operating subsidiaries will be sufficient to meet our investment commitments and operating cash needs in a normal credit market environment, we recognize that investment commitments scheduled to be funded may, from time to time, exceed the funds then available. Therefore, we have established repurchase agreement programs for certain of our insurance subsidiaries to provide liquidity when needed. We expect that the rate received on our investments will equal or exceed our borrowing rate. Under this program, we may, from time to time, sell an investment security at a specific price and agree to repurchase that security at another specified price at a later date. These borrowings are for a term less than 90 days. The market value of securities to be repurchased is monitored and collateral levels are adjusted where appropriate to protect the counterparty against credit exposure. The agreements provide for net settlement in the event of default or on termination of the agreements . As of June 30, 2014, the fair value of securities pledged under the repurchase program was $476.3 million and the repurchase obligation of $420.5 million was included in our consolidated condensed balance sheets (at an average borrowing rate of 11 basis points). During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the maximum balance outstanding at any one point in time related to these programs was $633.7 million. The average daily balance was $510.2 million (at an average borrowing rate of 10 basis points) during the six months ended June 30, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, we had a $350.0 million outstanding balance related to such borrowings. During 2013, the maximum balance outstanding at any one point in time related to these programs was $815.0 million. The average daily balance was $496.9 million (at an average borrowing rate of 11 basis points) during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Additionally, we may, from time to time, sell short-duration stable value products to complement our cash management practices. Depending on market conditions, we may also use securitization transactions involving our commercial mortgage loans to increase liquidity for the operating subsidiaries .

 

Credit Facility

 

We have access to a Credit Facility that provides the ability to borrow on an unsecured basis up to an aggregate principal amount of $750 million. We have the right in certain circumstances to request that the commitment under the Credit Facility be increased up to a maximum principal amount of $1.0 billion. Balances outstanding under the Credit Facility accrue interest at a rate equal to, at the option of the Borrowers, (i) LIBOR plus a spread based on the ratings of our senior unsecured long-term debt (“Senior Debt”), or (ii) the sum of (A) a rate equal to the highest of (x) the Administrative Agent’s prime rate, (y) 0.50% above the Federal Funds rate, or (z) the one-month LIBOR plus 1.00% and (B) a spread based on the ratings of our Senior Debt. The Credit Facility also provides for a facility fee at a rate, currently 0.175%, that varies with the ratings of our Senior Debt and that is calculated on the aggregate amount of commitments under the Credit Facility, whether used or unused. The maturity date on the Credit Facility is July 17, 2017 . We were not aware of any non-compliance with the financial debt covenants of the Credit Facility as of June 30, 2014. There was an outstanding balance of $345.0 million at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.20% under the Credit Facility as of June 30, 2014.

 

Sources and Use of Cash

 

Our primary sources of funding are dividends from our operating subsidiaries; revenues from investments, data processing, legal, and management services rendered to subsidiaries; investment income; and external financing. These sources of cash support our general corporate needs including our common stock dividends and debt service. The states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled impose certain restrictions on the insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay us dividends. These restrictions are based in part on the prior year’s statutory income and/or surplus. Generally, these restrictions pose no short-term liquidity concerns. We plan to retain portions of the earnings of our insurance subsidiaries in those companies primarily to support their future growth.

 

We are a member of the FHLB of Cincinnati. FHLB advances provide an attractive funding source for short-term borrowing and for the sale of funding agreements. Membership in the FHLB requires that we purchase FHLB capital stock based on a minimum requirement and a percentage of the dollar amount of advances outstanding. Our borrowing capacity is determined by the following factors: 1) total advance capacity is limited to the lower of 50% of total assets or 100% of mortgage-related assets of Protective Life Insurance Company, our largest insurance subsidiary, 2) ownership of appropriate capital and activity stock to support continued membership in the FHLB and current and

 

113



Table of Contents

 

future advances, and 3) the availability of adequate eligible mortgage or treasury/agency collateral to back current and future advances.

 

We held $66.4 million of FHLB common stock as of June 30, 2014, which is included in equity securities. In addition, our obligations under the advances must be collateralized. We maintain control over any such pledged assets, including the right of substitution. As of June 30, 2014, we had $821.9 million of funding agreement-related advances and accrued interest outstanding under the FHLB program.

 

As of June 30, 2014, we reported approximately $617.0 million (fair value) of Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”) in non-Modco portfolios. As of June 30, 2014, 100% of these ARS were rated Aaa/AA+. While the auction rate market has experienced liquidity constraints, we believe that based on our current liquidity position and our operating cash flows, any lack of liquidity in the ARS market will not have a material impact on our liquidity, financial condition, or cash flows.

 

All of the auction rate securities held, on a consolidated basis, in non-Modco portfolios as of June 30, 2014, were student loan-backed auction rate securities, for which the underlying collateral is at least 97% guaranteed by the Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”). As there is no active market for these auction rate securities, we use a valuation model, which incorporates, among other inputs, the contractual terms of each indenture and current valuation information from actively-traded asset-backed securities with comparable underlying assets (i.e. FFELP-backed student loans) and vintage.

 

We use an income approach valuation model to determine the fair value of our student loan-backed auction rate securities. Specifically, a discounted cash flow method is used. The expected yield on the auction rate securities is estimated for each coupon date, based on the contractual terms on each indenture. The estimated market yield is based on comparable securities with observable yields and an additional yield spread for illiquidity of auction rate securities in the current market.

 

The auction rate securities held in non-Modco portfolios are classified as a Level 2 or Level 3 valuation. An unrealized loss of $25.5 million and $57.2 million was recorded as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and we have not recorded any other-than-temporary impairment because the underlying collateral for each of the auction rate securities is at least 97% guaranteed by the FFELP and there are subordinate tranches within each of these auction rate security issuances that would support the senior tranches in the event of default. In the event of a complete and total default by all underlying student loans, the principal shortfall, in excess of the 97% FFELP guarantee, would be absorbed by the subordinate tranches. Our credit exposure is to the FFELP guarantee, not the underlying student loans. At this time, we have no reason to believe that the U.S. Department of Education would not honor the FFELP guarantee, if it were necessary. In addition, we do not intend to sell or expect to be required to sell the securities before recovering our amortized cost of these securities. Therefore, we believe that no other-than-temporary impairment has been experienced .

 

The liquidity requirements of our regulated insurance subsidiaries primarily relate to the liabilities associated with their various insurance and investment products, operating expenses, and income taxes. Liabilities arising from insurance and investment products include the payment of policyholder benefits, as well as cash payments in connection with policy surrenders and withdrawals, policy loans, and obligations to redeem funding agreements .

 

Our insurance subsidiaries maintain investment strategies intended to provide adequate funds to pay benefits and expected surrenders, withdrawals, loans, and redemption obligations without forced sales of investments. In addition, our insurance subsidiaries hold highly liquid, high-quality short-term investment securities and other liquid investment grade fixed maturity securities to fund our expected operating expenses, surrenders, and withdrawals . As of June 30, 2014, our total cash and invested assets were $46.5 billion. The life insurance subsidiaries were committed as of June 30, 2014, to fund mortgage loans in the amount of $489.6 million.

 

Our positive cash flows from operations are used to fund an investment portfolio that provides for future benefit payments. We employ a formal asset/liability program to manage the cash flows of our investment portfolio relative to our long-term benefit obligations . Our insurance subsidiaries held approximately $458.4 million in cash and short-term investments as of June 30, 2014, and we held $56.1 million in cash available for general corporate purposes .

 

114



Table of Contents

 

The following chart includes the cash flows provided by or used in operating, investing, and financing activities for the following periods:

 

 

 

For The

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

423,490

 

$

191,367

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(513,536

)

(769,045

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(15,408

)

464,589

 

Total

 

$

(105,454

)

$

(113,089

)

 

For The Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 as compared to The Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

Net cash provided by operating activities - Cash flows from operating activities are affected by the timing of premiums received, fees received, investment income, and expenses paid. Principal sources of cash include sales of our products and services. We typically generate positive cash flows from operating activities, as premiums and deposits collected from our insurance and investment products exceed benefit payments and redemptions, and we invest the excess. Accordingly, in analyzing our cash flows we focus on the change in the amount of cash available and used in investing activities.

 

Net cash used in investing activities - Changes in cash from investing activities primarily related to the activity in our investment portfolio.

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities - Changes in cash from financing activities included $70.5 million inflows from repurchase program borrowings for the six months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to $190.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and $72.1 million inflows of investment product and universal life net activity for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to $225.5 million of inflows in the prior year. Net activity related to credit facility borrowings resulted in outflows of $140.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to net inflows of $60.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Net issuance of non-recourse funding obligations equaled $16.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to issuance of $18.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 .

 

Capital Resources

 

To give us flexibility in connection with future acquisitions and other funding needs, we have debt securities, preferred and common stock, and additional preferred securities of special purpose finance subsidiaries registered under the Securities Act of 1933 on a delayed (or shelf) basis. Additionally, we have access to the Credit Facility previously mentioned.

 

Captive Reinsurance Companies

 

Golden Gate Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate”), a South Carolina special purpose financial captive insurance company and wholly owned subsidiary of PLICO, had three series of Surplus Notes with a total outstanding balance of $800 million as of June 30, 2014. We hold the entire outstanding balance of Surplus Notes. The Series A1 Surplus Notes have a balance of $400 million and accrue interest at 7.375%, the Series A2 Surplus Notes have a balance of $100 million and accrue interest at 8%, and the Series A3 Surplus Notes have a balance of $300 million and accrue interest at 8.45%.

 

Golden Gate II Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate II”), a special purpose financial captive insurance company wholly owned by PLICO, had $575 million of outstanding non-recourse funding obligations as of June 30, 2014. These outstanding non-recourse funding obligations were issued to special purpose trusts, which in turn issued securities to third parties. Certain of our affiliates own a portion of these securities . As of June 30, 2014, securities

 

115



Table of Contents

 

related to $176.6 million of the outstanding balance of the non-recourse funding obligations were held by external parties and securities related to $398.4 million of the non-recourse funding obligations were held by our affiliates. These non-recourse funding obligations mature in 2052. $275 million of this amount is currently accruing interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 30 basis points. We have experienced higher borrowing costs than were originally expected associated with $300 million of our non-recourse funding obligations supporting the business reinsured to Golden Gate II. These higher costs are the result of a higher spread component of interest expense associated with the illiquidity of the current market for auction rate securities, as well as a rating downgrade of our guarantor by certain rating agencies. The current rate associated with these obligations is LIBOR plus 200 basis points, which is the maximum rate we can be required to pay under these obligations. We have contingent approval to issue an additional $100 million of obligations. Under the terms of the non-recourse funding obligations, the special purpose trusts, as holders of the non-recourse funding obligations, cannot require repayment from us or any of our subsidiaries, other than Golden Gate II, the direct issuer of the non-recourse funding obligations, although we have agreed to indemnify Golden Gate II for certain costs and obligations (which obligations do not include payment of principal and interest on the surplus notes). In addition, we have entered into certain support agreements with Golden Gate II obligating us to make capital contributions or provide support related to certain of Golden Gate II’s expenses and in certain circumstances, to collateralize certain of our obligations to Golden Gate II. These support agreements provide that amounts would become payable by us to Golden Gate II if its annual general corporate expenses were higher than modeled amounts or if Golden Gate II’s investment income on certain investments or premium income was below certain actuarially determined amounts. As of June 30, 2014, no payments have been made under these agreements .

 

On October 10, 2012, Golden Gate V Vermont Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate V”) and Red Mountain, LLC (“Red Mountain”), indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, entered into a 20-year transaction to finance up to $945 million of “AXXX” reserves related to a block of universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees issued by our direct wholly owned subsidiary PLICO and indirect wholly owned subsidiary, WCL. Golden Gate V issued non-recourse funding obligations to Red Mountain, and Red Mountain issued a note with an initial principal amount of $275 million, increasing to a maximum of $945 million in 2027, to Golden Gate V for deposit to a reinsurance trust supporting Golden Gate V’s obligations under a reinsurance agreement with WCL, pursuant to which WCL cedes liabilities relating to the policies of WCL and retrocedes liabilities relating to the policies of PLICO. Through the structure, Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America (“Hannover Re”), the ultimate risk taker in the transaction, provides credit enhancement to the Red Mountain note for the 20-year term in exchange for a fee. The transaction is “non-recourse” to Golden Gate V, Red Mountain, WCL, PLICO and the Company, meaning that none of these companies are liable for the reimbursement of any credit enhancement payments required to be made. As of June 30, 2014, the principal balance of the Red Mountain note was $400 million. In connection with the transaction, we have entered into certain support agreements under which we guarantee or otherwise support certain obligations of Golden Gate V or Red Mountain. Future scheduled capital contributions to prefund credit enhancement fees amount to approximately $144.3 million and will be paid in annual installments through 2031. The support agreements provide that amounts would become payable by us if Golden Gate V’s annual general corporate expenses were higher than modeled amounts or in the event write-downs due to other-than-temporary impairments on assets held in certain accounts exceed defined threshold levels. Additionally, we have entered into separate agreements to indemnify Golden Gate V with respect to material adverse changes in non-guaranteed elements of insurance policies reinsured by Golden Gate V, and to guarantee payment of certain fee amounts in connection with the credit enhancement of the Red Mountain note. As of June 30, 2014, no payments have been made under these agreements.

 

Letters of Credit

 

Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate III”), a Vermont special purpose financial insurance company and wholly owned subsidiary of PLICO, is party to a Reimbursement Agreement (the “Reimbursement Agreement”) with UBS AG, Stamford Branch (“UBS”), as issuing lender. Under the original Reimbursement Agreement, dated April 23, 2010, UBS issued a letter of credit (the “LOC”) in the initial amount of $505 million to a trust for the benefit of WCL. The Reimbursement Agreement was subsequently amended and restated effective November 21, 2011 (the “First Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement”), to replace the existing LOC with one or more letters of credit from UBS, and to extend the maturity date from April 1, 2018, to April 1, 2022. On August 7, 2013, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement with UBS (the “Second Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement”), which amended and restated the First Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement. Under the Second and Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement a new LOC in an initial amount of $710 million was issued by UBS in replacement of the existing LOC issued under the First

 

116



Table of Contents

 

Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement. The term of the LOC was extended from April 1, 2022 to October 1, 2023, subject to certain conditions being satisfied including scheduled capital contributions being made to Golden Gate III by one of its affiliates. The maximum stated amount of the LOC was increased from $610 million to $720 million in 2015 if certain conditions are met. On June 25, 2014, we entered into a Third Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement with UBS (the “Third Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement”), which amended and restated the Second Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement. Under the Third Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement, a new LOC in an initial amount of $915 million was issued by UBS in replacement of the existing LOC issued under the Second Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement. The term of the LOC was extended from October 1, 2023 to April 1, 2025, subject to certain conditions being satisfied including scheduled capital contributions being made to Golden Gate III by one of its affiliates. The maximum stated amount of the LOC was increased from $720 million to $935 million in 2015 if certain conditions are met. The LOC is held in trust for the benefit of WCL, and supports certain obligations of Golden Gate III to WCL under an indemnity reinsurance agreement originally effective April 1, 2010, as amended and restated on November 21, 2011, and as further amended and restated on August 7, 2013 and on June 25, 2014 to include additional blocks of policies, and pursuant to which WCL cedes liabilities relating to the policies of WCL and retrocedes liabilities relating to the policies of PLICO. The LOC balance was $915 million as of June 30, 2014. Subject to certain conditions, the amount of the LOC will be periodically increased up to a maximum of $935 million in 2015. The term of the LOC is expected to be approximately 15 years from the original issuance date. This transaction is “non-recourse” to WCL, PLICO, and the Company, meaning that none of these companies other than Golden Gate III are liable for reimbursement on a draw of the LOC. We have entered into certain support agreements with Golden Gate III obligating us to make capital contributions or provide support related to certain of Golden Gate III’s expenses and in certain circumstances, to collateralize certain of our obligations to Golden Gate III. Future scheduled capital contributions amount to approximately $122.5 million and will be paid in three installments with the last payment occurring in 2021, and these contributions may be subject to potential offset against dividend payments as permitted under the terms of the Third Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement. The support agreements provide that amounts would become payable by us to Golden Gate III if its annual general corporate expenses were higher than modeled amounts or if specified catastrophic losses occur during defined time periods with respect to the policies reinsured by Golden Gate III. Pursuant to the terms of an amended and restated letter agreement with UBS, we have continued to guarantee the payment of fees to UBS as specified in the Third Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, no payments have been made under these agreements.

 

Golden Gate IV Vermont Captive Insurance Company (“Golden Gate IV”), a Vermont special purpose financial insurance company and wholly owned subsidiary of PLICO, is party to a Reimbursement Agreement with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as issuing lender. Under the Reimbursement Agreement, dated December 10, 2010, UBS issued an LOC in the initial amount of $270 million to a trust for the benefit of WCL. The LOC balance increased, in accordance with the terms of the Reimbursement Agreement, during the second quarter of 2014 and was $730 million as of June 30, 2014. Subject to certain conditions, the amount of the LOC will be periodically increased up to a maximum of $790 million in 2016. The term of the LOC is expected to be 12 years from the original issuance date (stated maturity of December 30, 2022). The LOC was issued to support certain obligations of Golden Gate IV to WCL under an indemnity reinsurance agreement, pursuant to which WCL cedes liabilities related to the policies of WCL and retrocedes liabilities relating to the policies of PLICO. This transaction is “non-recourse” to WCL, PLICO, and the Company, meaning that none of these companies other than Golden Gate IV are liable for reimbursement on a draw of the LOC. We have entered into certain support agreements with Golden Gate IV obligating us to make capital contributions or provide support related to certain of Golden Gate IV’s expenses and in certain circumstances, to collateralize certain of our obligations to Golden Gate IV. The support agreements provide that amounts would become payable by us to Golden Gate IV if its annual general corporate expenses were higher than modeled amounts or if specified catastrophic losses occur during defined time periods with respect to the policies reinsured by Golden Gate IV. We have also entered into a separate agreement to guarantee the payments of LOC fees under the terms of the Reimbursement Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, no payments have been made under these agreements.

 

A life insurance company’s statutory capital is computed according to rules prescribed by the NAIC, as modified by state law. Generally speaking, other states in which a company does business defer to the interpretation of the domiciliary state with respect to NAIC rules, unless inconsistent with the other state’s regulations. Statutory accounting rules are different from GAAP and are intended to reflect a more conservative view, for example, requiring immediate expensing of policy acquisition costs. The NAIC’s risk-based capital requirements require insurance companies to calculate and report information under a risk-based capital formula. The achievement of long-term growth

 

117



Table of Contents

 

will require growth in the statutory capital of our insurance subsidiaries. The subsidiaries may secure additional statutory capital through various sources, such as retained statutory earnings or our equity contributions. In general, dividends up to specified levels are considered ordinary and may be paid thirty days after written notice to the insurance commissioner of the state of domicile unless such commissioner objects to the dividend prior to the expiration of such period. Dividends in larger amounts are considered extraordinary and are subject to affirmative prior approval by such commissioner. The maximum amount that would qualify as an ordinary dividend to us from our insurance subsidiaries in 2014 is estimated to be $305.1 million.

 

State insurance regulators and the NAIC have adopted risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements for life insurance companies to evaluate the adequacy of statutory capital and surplus in relation to investment and insurance risks. The requirements provide a means of measuring the minimum amount of statutory surplus appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations based on its size and risk profile. A company’s risk-based statutory surplus is calculated by applying factors and performing calculations relating to various asset, premium, claim, expense, and reserve items. Regulators can then measure the adequacy of a company’s statutory surplus by comparing it to the RBC. We manage our capital consumption by using the ratio of our total adjusted capital, as defined by the insurance regulators, to our company action level RBC (known as the RBC ratio), also as defined by insurance regulators.

 

Statutory reserves established for VA contracts are sensitive to changes in the equity markets and are affected by the level of account values relative to the level of any guarantees and product design. As a result, the relationship between reserve changes and equity market performance may be non-linear during any given reporting period. Market conditions greatly influence the capital required due to their impact on the valuation of reserves and derivative investments mitigating the risk in these reserves. Risk mitigation activities may result in material and sometimes counterintuitive impacts on statutory surplus and RBC ratio. Notably, as changes in these market and non-market factors occur, both our potential obligation and the related statutory reserves and/or required capital can vary at a non-linear rate.

 

In an effort to mitigate the equity market risks discussed above relative to PLICO’s RBC ratio, PLICO has reinsured GMWB and GMDB riders related to its variable annuity contracts to Shades Creek Captive Insurance Company (“Shades Creek”), a wholly owned insurance subsidiary. The purpose of Shades Creek is to reduce the volatility in RBC due to non-economic variables included within the RBC calculation.

 

We have an intercompany capital support agreement with Shades Creek. The agreement provides through a guarantee that we will contribute assets or purchase surplus notes (or cause an affiliate or third party to contribute assets or purchase surplus notes) in amounts necessary for Shades Creek’s regulatory capital levels to equal or exceed minimum thresholds as defined by the agreement. As of June 30, 2014, Shades Creek maintained capital levels in excess of the required minimum thresholds. The maximum potential future payment amount which could be required under the capital support agreement will be dependent on numerous factors, including the performance of equity markets, the level of interest rates, performance of associated hedges, and related policyholder behavior.

 

We cede material amounts of insurance and transfer related assets to other insurance companies through reinsurance. However, notwithstanding the transfer of related assets, we remain liable with respect to ceded insurance should any reinsurer fail to meet the obligations that it assumed. We evaluate the financial condition of our reinsurers and monitor the associated concentration of credit risk. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, we ceded premiums to unaffiliated third party reinsurers amounting to $343.0 million and $670.7 million, respectively. In addition, we had receivables from unaffiliated reinsurers amounting to $6.1 billion as of June 30, 2014. We review reinsurance receivable amounts for collectability and establish bad debt reserves if deemed appropriate.

 

118



Table of Contents

 

Ratings

 

Various Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (“rating organizations”) review the financial performance and condition of insurers, including our insurance subsidiaries, and publish their financial strength ratings as indicators of an insurer’s ability to meet policyholder and contract holder obligations. These ratings are important to maintaining public confidence in an insurer’s products, its ability to market its products and its competitive position. The following table summarizes the financial strength ratings of our significant member companies from the major independent rating organizations as of June 30, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard &

 

 

 

Ratings

 

A.M. Best

 

Fitch

 

Poor’s

 

Moody’s

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance company financial strength rating:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

A+

 

A

 

AA-

 

A2

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

A+

 

A

 

AA-

 

A2

 

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

A+

 

A

 

AA-

 

 

Lyndon Property Insurance Company

 

A-

 

 

 

 

MONY Life Insurance Company

 

A+

 

A

 

A+

 

A2

 

 

Our ratings are subject to review and change by the rating organizations at any time and without notice. A downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization with respect to the financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries could adversely affect sales, relationships with distributors, the level of policy surrenders and withdrawals, competitive position in the marketplace, and the cost or availability of reinsurance. With the announcement of the Dai-ichi transaction, each rating agency has undertaken a review of our insurance company subsidiaries’ financial strength ratings in light of the transaction. The rating agencies may take various actions, positive or negative, and their actions may not be known until the Merger closes.

 

Rating organizations also publish credit ratings for the issuers of debt securities, including the Company. Credit ratings are indicators of a debt issuer’s ability to meet the terms of debt obligations in a timely manner. These ratings are important in the debt issuer’s overall ability to access credit markets and other types of liquidity. Ratings are not recommendations to buy our securities or products. A downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization with respect to our credit rating could limit our access to capital markets, increase the cost of issuing debt, and a downgrade of sufficient magnitude, combined with other negative factors, could require us to post collateral. As is the case with the financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries, the rating agencies have undertaken a review of our debt ratings in light of the Dai-ichi transaction.

 

LIABILITIES

 

Many of our products contain surrender charges and other features that are designed to reward persistency and penalize the early withdrawal of funds. Certain stable value and annuity contracts have market-value adjustments that protect us against investment losses if interest rates are higher at the time of surrender than at the time of issue.

 

As of June 30, 2014, we had policy liabilities and accruals of approximately $31.4 billion. Our interest-sensitive life insurance policies have a weighted average minimum credited interest rate of approximately 3.51%.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

We enter into various obligations to third parties in the ordinary course of our operations. However, we do not believe that our cash flow requirements can be assessed solely based upon an analysis of these obligations. The most significant factors affecting our future cash flows are our ability to earn and collect cash from our customers, and the cash flows arising from our investment program. Future cash outflows, whether they are contractual obligations or not, will also vary based upon our future needs. Although some outflows are fixed, others depend on future events. Examples of fixed obligations include our obligations to pay principal and interest on fixed-rate borrowings. Examples of obligations that will vary include obligations to pay interest on variable-rate borrowings and insurance liabilities that

 

119



Table of Contents

 

depend on future interest rates, market performance, or surrender provisions. Many of our obligations are linked to cash-generating contracts. In addition, our operations involve significant expenditures that are not based upon contractual obligations. These include expenditures for income taxes and payroll.

 

As of June 30, 2014, we carried a $135.0 million liability for uncertain tax positions, including interest on unrecognized tax benefits. These amounts are not included in the long-term contractual obligations table because of the difficulty in making reasonably reliable estimates of the occurrence or timing of cash settlements with the respective taxing authorities.

 

The table below sets forth future maturities of our contractual obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

 

 

 

 

More than

 

 

 

Total

 

1 year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

5 years

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Debt (1)

 

$

2,375,248

 

$

229,566

 

$

154,256

 

$

626,095

 

$

1,365,331

 

Non-recourse funding obligations (2)

 

2,114,265

 

29,103

 

71,100

 

85,348

 

1,928,714

 

Subordinated debt securities (3)

 

1,418,630

 

33,283

 

66,566

 

66,566

 

1,252,215

 

Stable value products (4)

 

2,515,119

 

934,221

 

1,000,612

 

500,094

 

80,192

 

Operating leases (5)

 

18,827

 

4,006

 

9,403

 

2,728

 

2,690

 

Home office lease (6)

 

80,503

 

1,224

 

2,452

 

76,827

 

 

Mortgage loan and investment commitments

 

498,399

 

498,399

 

 

 

 

Repurchase program borrowings (7)

 

420,492

 

420,492

 

 

 

 

Policyholder obligations (8)

 

42,479,763

 

1,479,706

 

2,850,073

 

2,968,026

 

35,181,958

 

Total (9)

 

$

51,921,246

 

$

3,630,000

 

$

4,154,462

 

$

4,325,684

 

$

39,811,100

 

 


(1)   Debt includes all principal amounts owed on note agreements and expected interest payments due over the term of the notes.

(2)   Non-recourse funding obligations include all undiscounted principal amounts owed and expected future interest payments due over the term of the notes. Of the total undiscounted cash flows, $1.9 billion relates to the Golden Gate V transaction. These cash out flows are matched and predominantly offset by the cash inflows Golden Gate V receives from notes issued by a nonconsolidated variable interest entity. The remaining amounts are associated with the Golden Gate II notes outstanding and held by third parties as well as certain obligations assumed with the acquisition of MONY Life Insurance Company.

(3)   Subordinated debt securities includes all principal amounts and interest payments due over the term of the obligations.

(4)   Anticipated stable value products cash flows including interest.

(5)   Includes all lease payments required under operating lease agreements.

(6)   The lease payments shown assume we exercise our option to purchase the building at the end of the lease term. Additionally, the payments due by the periods above were computed based on the terms of the renegotiated lease agreement, which was entered in December 2013.

(7)   Represents secured borrowings as part of our repurchase program as well as related interest.

(8)   Estimated contractual policyholder obligations are based on mortality, morbidity, and lapse assumptions comparable to our historical experience, modified for recent observed trends. These obligations are based on current balance sheet values and include expected interest crediting, but do no incorporate an expectation of future market growth, or future deposits. Due to the significance of the assumptions used, the amounts presented could materially differ from actual results. As variable separate account obligations are legally insulated from general account obligations, the variable separate account obligations will be fully funded by cash flows from variable separate account assets. We expect to fully fund the general account obligations from cash flows from general account investments.

(9)   Excluded from this table are certain pension obligations.

 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

FASB guidance defines fair value for GAAP and establishes a framework for measuring fair value as well as a fair value hierarchy based on the quality of inputs used to measure fair value and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The term “fair value” in this document is defined in accordance with GAAP. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value. For more information, see Note 2 , Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 16, Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

 

120



Table of Contents

 

Available-for-sale securities and trading account securities are recorded at fair value, which is primarily based on actively traded markets where prices are based on either direct market quotes or observed transactions. Liquidity is a significant factor in the determination of the fair value for these securities. Market price quotes may not be readily available for some positions or for some positions within a market sector where trading activity has slowed significantly or ceased. These situations are generally triggered by the market’s perception of credit uncertainty regarding a single company or a specific market sector. In these instances, fair value is determined based on limited available market information and other factors, principally from reviewing the issuer’s financial position, changes in credit ratings, and cash flows on the investments. As of June 30, 2014, $2.4 billion of available-for-sale and trading account assets, excluding other long-term investments, were classified as Level 3 fair value assets.

 

The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities include adjustments for market liquidity, counterparty credit quality, and other deal specific factors, where appropriate. The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities traded in the over-the-counter market are determined using quantitative models that require the use of multiple market inputs including interest rates, prices, and indices to generate continuous yield or pricing curves and volatility factors. The predominance of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources. Estimation risk is greater for derivative financial instruments that are either option-based or have longer maturity dates where observable market inputs are less readily available or are unobservable, in which case quantitative based extrapolations of rate, price, or index scenarios are used in determining fair values. As of June 30, 2014, the Level 3 fair values of derivative assets and liabilities determined by these quantitative models were $123.3 million and $484.7 million, respectively.

 

The liabilities of certain of our annuity account balances are calculated at fair value using actuarial valuation models. These models use various observable and unobservable inputs including projected future cash flows, policyholder behavior, our credit rating, and other market conditions. As of June 30, 2014, the Level 3 fair value of these liabilities was $102.5 million.

 

For securities that are priced via non-binding independent broker quotations, we assess whether prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through an analysis using internal and external cash flow models developed based on spreads and, when available, market indices. We use a market-based cash flow analysis to validate the reasonableness of prices received from independent brokers. These analytics, which are updated daily, incorporate various metrics (yield curves, credit spreads, prepayment rates, etc.) to determine the valuation of such holdings. As a result of this analysis, if we determine there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the analytics, the price received from the independent broker is adjusted accordingly. We did not adjust any quotes or prices received from brokers during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

Of our $2.5 billion, or 4.7%, of total assets (measured at fair value on a recurring basis) classified as Level 3 assets, $745.3 million were ABS. Of this amount, $576.6 million were student loan related ABS and $168.7 million were non-student loan related ABS. The years of issuance of the ABS are as follows:

 

Year of Issuance

 

Amount

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

2002

 

$

295.8

 

2003

 

98.1

 

2004

 

115.4

 

2006

 

13.0

 

2007

 

93.7

 

2012

 

104.4

 

2013

 

24.9

 

Total

 

$

745.3

 

 

The ABS was rated as follows: $478.3 million were AAA rated, $172.6 million were AA rated, $91.5 million were A rated, $2.3 million were BBB rated, and $0.6 million were less than investment grade. We do not expect any credit losses on these securities related to student loans since the majority of the underlying collateral of the student loan asset-backed securities is guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education.

 

121



Table of Contents

 

MARKET RISK EXPOSURES AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

Our financial position and earnings are subject to various market risks including changes in interest rates, the yield curve, spreads between risk-adjusted and risk-free interest rates, foreign currency rates, used vehicle prices, and equity price risks and issuer defaults. We analyze and manage the risks arising from market exposures of financial instruments, as well as other risks, through an integrated asset/liability management process. Our asset/liability management programs and procedures involve the monitoring of asset and liability durations for various product lines; cash flow testing under various interest rate scenarios; and the continuous rebalancing of assets and liabilities with respect to yield, credit and market risk, and cash flow characteristics. These programs also incorporate the use of derivative financial instruments primarily to reduce our exposure to interest rate risk, inflation risk, currency exchange risk, volatility risk, and equity market risk . See Note 16, Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information on our financial instruments.

 

The primary focus of our asset/liability program is the management of interest rate risk within the insurance operations. This includes monitoring the duration of both investments and insurance liabilities to maintain an appropriate balance between risk and profitability for each product category, and for us as a whole. It is our policy to maintain asset and liability durations within one year of one another, although, from time to time, a broader interval may be allowed.

 

We are exposed to credit risk within our investment portfolio and through derivative counterparties. Credit risk relates to the uncertainty of an obligor’s continued ability to make timely payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the instrument or contract. We manage credit risk through established investment policies which attempt to address quality of obligors and counterparties, credit concentration limits, diversification requirements, and acceptable risk levels under expected and stressed scenarios. Derivative counterparty credit risk is measured as the amount owed to us, net of collateral held, based upon current market conditions. In addition, we periodically assess exposure related to potential payment obligations between us and our counterparties. We minimize the credit risk in derivative financial instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties, (A-rated or higher at the time we enter into the contract) and we maintain credit support annexes with certain of those counterparties .

 

We utilize a risk management strategy that includes the use of derivative financial instruments. Derivative instruments expose us to credit market and basis risk. Such instruments can change materially in value from period-to-period. We minimize our credit risk by entering into transactions with highly rated counterparties. We manage the market and basis risks by establishing and monitoring limits as to the types and degrees of risk that may be undertaken. We monitor our use of derivatives in connection with our overall asset/liability management programs and procedures. In addition, all derivative programs are monitored by our risk management department .

 

Derivative instruments that are used as part of our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate futures, interest rate caps, and interest rate options. Our inflation risk management strategy involves the use of swaps that require us to pay a fixed rate and receive a floating rate that is based on changes in the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”).

 

We may use the following types of derivative contracts to mitigate our exposure to certain guaranteed benefits related to variable annuity contracts and fixed indexed annuities:

 

·                   Foreign Currency Futures

·                   Variance Swaps

·                   Interest Rate Futures

·                   Equity Options

·                   Equity Futures

·                   Credit Derivatives

·                   Interest Rate Swaps

·                   Interest Rate Swaptions

·                   Volatility Futures

·                   Volatility Options

·                   Total Return Swaps

 

122



Table of Contents

 

We believe our asset/liability management programs and procedures and certain product features provide protection against the effects of changes in interest rates under various scenarios. Additionally, we believe our asset/liability management programs and procedures provide sufficient liquidity to enable us to fulfill our obligation to pay benefits under our various insurance and deposit contracts. However, our asset/liability management programs and procedures incorporate assumptions about the relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates (i.e., the slope of the yield curve), relationships between risk-adjusted and risk-free interest rates, market liquidity, spread movements, implied volatility, policyholder behavior, and other factors, and the effectiveness of our asset/liability management programs and procedures may be negatively affected whenever actual results differ from those assumptions .

 

In the ordinary course of our commercial mortgage lending operations, we may commit to provide a mortgage loan before the property to be mortgaged has been built or acquired. The mortgage loan commitment is a contractual obligation to fund a mortgage loan when called upon by the borrower. The commitment is not recognized in our financial statements until the commitment is actually funded. The mortgage loan commitment contains terms, including the rate of interest, which may be different than prevailing interest rates. As of June 30, 2014, we had outstanding mortgage loan commitments of $489.6 million at an average rate of 4.84%.

 

Impact of continued low interest rate environment

 

Significant changes in interest rates expose us to the risk of not realizing anticipated spreads between the interest rate earned on investments and the interest rate credited to in-force policies and contracts. In addition, certain of our insurance and investment products guarantee a minimum credited interest rate (“MGIR”). In periods of prolonged low interest rates, the interest spread earned may be negatively impacted to the extent our ability to reduce policyholder crediting rates is limited by the guaranteed minimum credited interest rates. Additionally, those policies without account values may exhibit lower profitability in periods of prolonged low interest rates due to reduced investment income.

 

123



Table of Contents

 

The table below presents account values by range of current minimum guaranteed interest rates and current crediting rates for our universal life and deferred fixed annuity products:

 

Credited Rate Summary

As of June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

1-50 bps

 

More than

 

 

 

Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate

 

At

 

above

 

50 bps

 

 

 

Account Value

 

MGIR

 

MGIR

 

above MGIR

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

Universal Life Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

>2% - 3%

 

$

184

 

$

928

 

$

1,998

 

$

3,110

 

>3% - 4%

 

3,531

 

1,677

 

136

 

5,344

 

>4% - 5%

 

2,069

 

15

 

 

2,084

 

>5% - 6%

 

227

 

 

 

227

 

Subtotal

 

6,011

 

2,620

 

2,134

 

10,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Annuities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1%

 

$

530

 

$

191

 

$

323

 

$

1,044

 

>1% - 2%

 

603

 

527

 

221

 

1,351

 

>2% - 3%

 

1,992

 

115

 

589

 

2,696

 

>3% - 4%

 

300

 

 

 

300

 

>4% - 5%

 

304

 

 

 

304

 

Subtotal

 

3,729

 

833

 

1,133

 

5,695

 

Total

 

$

9,740

 

$

3,453

 

$

3,267

 

$

16,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Total

 

59

%

21

%

20

%

100

%

 

124



Table of Contents

 

The table below presents account values by range of current minimum guaranteed interest rates and current crediting rates for our universal life and deferred fixed annuity products:

 

Credited Rate Summary

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

1-50 bps

 

More than

 

 

 

Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate

 

At

 

above

 

50 bps

 

 

 

Account Value

 

MGIR

 

MGIR

 

above MGIR

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Millions)

 

Universal Life Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

>2% - 3%

 

$

43

 

$

1,024

 

$

1,984

 

$

3,051

 

>3% - 4%

 

3,109

 

2,099

 

150

 

5,358

 

>4% - 5%

 

2,110

 

15

 

 

2,125

 

>5% - 6%

 

232

 

 

 

232

 

Subtotal

 

5,494

 

3,138

 

2,134

 

10,766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Annuities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1%

 

$

422

 

$

173

 

$

461

 

$

1,056

 

>1% - 2%

 

612

 

518

 

279

 

1,409

 

>2% - 3%

 

1,846

 

308

 

632

 

2,786

 

>3% - 4%

 

309

 

 

 

309

 

>4% - 5%

 

313

 

 

 

313

 

Subtotal

 

3,502

 

999

 

1,372

 

5,873

 

Total

 

$

8,996

 

$

4,137

 

$

3,506

 

$

16,639

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Total

 

54

%

25

%

21

%

100

%

 

We are active in mitigating the impact of a continued low interest rate environment through product design, as well as adjusting crediting rates on current in-force policies and contracts. We also manage interest rate and reinvestment risks through our asset/liability management process. Our asset/liability management programs and procedures involve the monitoring of asset and liability durations; cash flow testing under various interest rate scenarios; and the regular rebalancing of assets and liabilities with respect to yield, credit and market risk, and cash flow characteristics. These programs also incorporate the use of derivative financial instruments primarily to reduce our exposure to interest rate risk, inflation risk, currency exchange risk, volatility risk, and equity market risk.

 

IMPACT OF INFLATION

 

Inflation increases the need for life insurance. Many policyholders who once had adequate insurance programs may increase their life insurance coverage to provide the same relative financial benefit and protection. Higher interest rates may result in higher sales of certain of our investment products.

 

The higher interest rates that have traditionally accompanied inflation could also affect our operations. Policy loans increase as policy loan interest rates become relatively more attractive. As interest rates increase, disintermediation of stable value and annuity account balances and individual life policy cash values may increase. The market value of our fixed-rate, long-term investments may decrease, we may be unable to implement fully the interest rate reset and call provisions of our mortgage loans, and our ability to make attractive mortgage loans, including participating mortgage loans, may decrease. In addition, participating mortgage loan income may decrease. The difference between the interest rate earned on investments and the interest rate credited to life insurance and investment products may also be adversely affected by rising interest rates .

 

125



Table of Contents

 

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , to the consolidated condensed financial statements for information regarding recently issued accounting standards.

 

Item 3.                      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

See Part I, Item 2, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , “Executive Summary” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources”, and Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results , of this report for market risk disclosures.

 

Item 4.                      Controls and Procedures

 

(a)                                  Disclosure controls and procedures

 

In order to ensure that the information the Company must disclose in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported on a timely basis, the Company’s management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), except as otherwise noted below. Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-Q, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective. It should be noted that any system of controls, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of any control system is based in part upon certain judgments, including the costs and benefits of controls and the likelihood of future events. Because of these and other inherent limitations of control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within the Company have been detected.

 

In conducting our evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2014, the Company has excluded the internal controls relating to the administrative systems and processes being provided by third parties for MONY Life Insurance Company (“MONY”) and the blocks of life and health business reinsured from MONY Life Insurance Company of America (“MLOA Business”). As of June 30, 2014, the Company is in the process of, but has not completed its own evaluation of the design and operation of the internal controls relating to the administrative systems and processes, including those currently being provided by third parties, for MONY and the MLOA business. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, MONY and the MLOA Business represented revenues and pre-tax income of $204.4 million and $29.2 million and $394.0 million and $52.6 million, respectively, of the Company’s consolidated income before income tax .

 

(b)                                  Changes in internal control over financial reporting

 

During the three months ended June 30, 2014, the Company began the conversion and integration of administrative processing into its internal controls over financial reporting for the MONY and MLOA blocks of business.

 

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the six months ended June 30, 2014, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal controls exist within a dynamic environment and the Company continually strives to improve its internal controls and procedures to enhance the quality of its financial reporting.

 

126



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

Item 1.  Legal Proceedings

 

Since the entry into the Merger Agreement on June 3, 2014, four lawsuits have been filed against the Company, our directors, Dai-ichi and DL Investment (Delaware), Inc. on behalf of alleged Company shareowners. On June 11, 2014, a putative class action lawsuit styled Edelman, et al. v. Protective Life Corporation, et al. , Civil Action No. 01-CV-2014-902474.00, was filed in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama.  On July 30, 2014, the plaintiff in Edelman filed an amended complaint. Three putative class action lawsuits have been filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, including Martin, et al. v. Protective Life Corporation, et al. , Civil Action No. 9794-CB, filed June 19, 2014, Leyendecker, et al. v. Protective Life Corporation, et al. , Civil Action No. 9931-CB, filed July 22, 2014 and Hilburn, et al. v. Protective Life Corporation, et al. , Civil Action No. 9937-CB, filed July 23, 2014.  The Delaware Court of Chancery consolidated the Martin , Leyendecker and Hilburn actions under the caption In re Protective Life Corp. Stockholders Litigation , Consolidated Civil Action No. 9794-CB, designated the Hilburn complaint as the operative consolidated complaint and appointed Charlotte Martin, Samuel J. Leyendecker, Jr., and Deborah J. Hilburn to serve as co-lead plaintiffs. These lawsuits allege that our Board of Directors breached its fiduciary duties to our shareowners, that the Merger involves an unfair price, an inadequate sales process, and unreasonable deal protection devices that purportedly preclude competing offers, and that the preliminary proxy statement filed with the SEC on July 10, 2014 fails to disclose purportedly material information. The complaints also allege that the Company, Dai-ichi and DL Investment (Delaware), Inc. aided and abetted those alleged breaches of fiduciary duties. The complaints seek injunctive relief, including enjoining or rescinding the Merger, and attorneys’ and other fees and costs, in addition to other relief. The consolidated Delaware action also seeks an award of unspecified damages. The Company and our Board of Directors believe these claims are without merit and intend to vigorously defend these actions. We cannot predict the outcome of or estimate the possible loss or range of loss from these matters.

 

Except as set forth above, to the knowledge and in the opinion of management, there are no material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business of the Company, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any of our properties is the subject. For additional information regarding legal proceedings, see Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results , of this report and Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies , to the consolidated condensed financial statements.

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results

 

The operating results of companies in the insurance industry have historically been subject to significant fluctuations. The factors which could affect the Company’s future results include, but are not limited to, general economic conditions and known trends and uncertainties. In addition to other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, and the factors discussed in Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors and Cautionary Factors that may Affect Future Results in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014, which could materially affect the Company’s business, financial condition, or future results of operations .

 

Risks Related to the Proposed Dai-ichi Merger

 

The Merger is subject to various closing conditions, including regulatory and third party approvals.

 

As discussed above, on June 3, 2014, the Company entered into the Merger Agreement pursuant to which it would become a wholly owned subsidiary of Dai-ichi. Completion of the Merger is subject to certain closing conditions, including, without limitation, approval of the Company’s shareowners, the receipt of required third party consents and regulatory approvals, including those of the Financial Services Agency of Japan and domestic insurance regulators, the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart—Scott—Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, which waiting period terminated on July 25, 2014, pursuant to a grant of early termination by the Federal Trade Commission, the absence of legal impediments or a material adverse effect with respect to the Company preventing the consummation of the Merger, as well as other conditions to closing as are customary in transactions such as the Merger. A number of the closing conditions are outside of our control and we cannot predict with certainty whether all of the required closing conditions will be satisfied or waived or if other uncertainties may arise. In addition, regulators could impose additional requirements or obligations as conditions for their approvals, which may be burdensome. Despite our best efforts, we

 

127



Table of Contents

 

may not be able to satisfy the various closing conditions or obtain the necessary waivers or approvals in a timely fashion or at all, in which case the Merger would be prevented or delayed.

 

Failure to timely complete the Merger could adversely impact our stock price, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

There is no assurance that the conditions to the Merger will be satisfied in a timely manner, or that the Merger will occur. A failure to consummate the Merger on a timely basis or at all could result in negative publicity and cause the price of our common stock to decline, to the extent our current stock price reflects a market assumption that the Merger will occur. In addition, as a result of the announcement of the Merger Agreement, trading in our stock has increased substantially. If the Merger is not consummated, the investment goals of our shareowners may be materially different than those of our shareowners on a pre-Merger announcement basis.  In addition, we will remain liable for significant transaction costs that will be payable even if the Merger is not completed and could also be required to pay a termination fee to Dai-ichi in certain specific circumstances. For these and other reasons, failure to timely consummate the Merger could adversely impact our stock price and perceived acquisition value, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The pendency of the Merger and operating restrictions contained in the Merger Agreement could adversely affect our business and operations .

 

The proposed Merger could cause disruptions to the Company’s business and business relationships, which could have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. For example, the attention of the Company’s management may be directed to Merger related considerations, the Company’s current and prospective employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles with the Company which may adversely affect our ability to retain and hire key personnel, and parties with which the Company has business relationships, including customers, potential customers and distributors, may experience uncertainty as to the future of such relationships and seek alternative relationships with third parties or seek to alter their present business relationships with us in a manner that negatively impacts the Company. In addition, the Company has incurred, and will continue to incur, significant transaction costs in connection with the Merger, and many of these fees and costs are payable regardless of whether the Merger is consummated.

 

Shareowner litigation against the Company, our directors and/or Dai-ichi could delay or prevent the Merger and cause us to incur significant costs and expenses.

 

Transactions such as the Merger are often subject to lawsuits by shareowners. To date, multiple purported class action lawsuits have been filed by shareowners seeking injunctive relief, including enjoining or rescinding the Merger, an award of unspecified damages, attorneys’ and other fees and costs, and other relief. Conditions to the closing of the Merger require that no laws or legal restraints must have been adopted or in effect, and that no restraining order, injunction or other order, judgment, decision, opinion or decree must have been issued, in each case having the effect of making the Merger illegal or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Merger. We cannot assure you as to the outcome of these or any similar future lawsuits, including the costs associated with defending the claims or any other liabilities that may be incurred in connection with the litigation or settlement of these lawsuits. If the plaintiffs are successful in obtaining an injunction prohibiting the parties from completing the Merger on the agreed-upon terms, such an injunction may prevent the completion of the Merger in the expected time frame or altogether.

 

Our debt ratings and the financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries may be adversely affected by the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

 

Following the announcement of the Dai-ichi transaction, the rating agencies have undertaken a review of our debt ratings and our insurance company subsidiaries’ financial strength ratings. See Item 2, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources - Ratings , for additional information regarding the rating agencies and our ratings. The rating agencies may take various actions, positive or negative, and the result may not be known until the Merger closes.  Any negative action by a ratings agency could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

128



Table of Contents

 

General Risk Factors

 

The Company may not realize its anticipated financial results from its acquisitions strategy.

 

The Company’s acquisitions of companies and acquisitions or coinsurance of blocks of insurance business have increased its earnings in part by allowing the Company to position itself to realize certain operating efficiencies. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will have future suitable opportunities for, or sufficient capital available to fund, such transactions. If our competitors have access to capital on more favorable terms or at a lower cost, our ability to compete for acquisitions may be diminished. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company will realize the anticipated financial results from such transactions.

 

The Company may be unable to complete an acquisition transaction. Completion of an acquisition transaction may be more costly or take longer than expected, or may have a different or more costly financing structure than initially contemplated. In addition, the Company may not be able to complete or manage multiple acquisition transactions at the same time, or the completion of such transactions may be delayed or be more costly than initially contemplated. The Company or other parties to the transaction may be unable to obtain regulatory approvals required to complete an acquisition transaction. If the Company identifies and completes suitable acquisitions, it may not be able to successfully integrate the business in a timely or cost-effective manner. In addition, there may be unforeseen liabilities that arise in connection with businesses or blocks of insurance business that the Company acquires.

 

Additionally, in connection with its acquisition transactions that involve reinsurance, the Company assumes, or otherwise becomes responsible for, the obligations of policies and other liabilities of other insurers. Any regulatory, legal, financial, or other adverse development affecting the other insurer could also have an adverse effect on the Company.

 

Risks Related to the Financial Environment

 

The Company’s investments are subject to market and credit risks. These risks could be heightened during periods of extreme volatility or disruption in financial and credit markets.

 

The Company’s invested assets and derivative financial instruments are subject to risks of credit defaults and changes in market values. These risks could be heightened during periods of extreme volatility or disruption in the financial and credit markets, including as a result of social or political unrest or instability domestically or abroad. A widening of credit spreads will increase the unrealized losses in the Company’s investment portfolio. The factors affecting the financial and credit markets could lead to other-than-temporary impairments of assets in the Company’s investment portfolio.

 

The value of the Company’s commercial mortgage loan portfolio depends in part on the financial condition of the tenants occupying the properties that the Company has financed. The value of the Company’s investment portfolio, including its portfolio of government debt obligations, debt obligations of those entities with an express or implied governmental guarantee and debt obligations of other issuers holding a large amount of such obligations, depends in part on the ability of the issuers or guarantors of such debt to maintain their credit ratings and meet their contractual obligations. Factors that may affect the overall default rate on, and market value of, the Company’s invested assets, derivative financial instruments, and mortgage loans include interest rate levels, financial market performance, and general economic conditions as well as particular circumstances affecting the individual tenants, borrowers, issuers and guarantors.

 

Significant continued financial and credit market volatility, changes in interest rates and credit spreads, credit defaults, real estate values, market illiquidity, declines in equity prices, acts of corporate malfeasance, ratings downgrades of the issuers or guarantors of these investments, and declines in general economic conditions, either alone or in combination, could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows through realized losses, impairments, changes in unrealized loss positions, and increased demands on capital, including obligations to post additional capital and collateral. In addition, market volatility can make it difficult for the Company to value certain of its assets, especially if trading becomes less frequent. Valuations may include assumptions or estimates that may have significant period-to-period changes that could have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

 

129



Table of Contents

 

Credit market volatility or disruption could adversely impact the Company’s financial condition or results from operations.

 

Significant volatility or disruption in domestic or foreign credit markets, including as a result of social or political unrest or instability, could have an adverse impact in several ways on either the Company’s financial condition or results from operations. Changes in interest rates and credit spreads could cause market price and cash flow variability in the fixed income instruments in the Company’s investment portfolio. Significant volatility and lack of liquidity in the credit markets could cause issuers of the fixed-income securities in the Company’s investment portfolio to default on either principal or interest payments on these securities. Additionally, market price valuations may not accurately reflect the underlying expected cash flows of securities within the Company’s investment portfolio.

 

The Company’s statutory surplus is also impacted by widening credit spreads as a result of the accounting for the assets and liabilities on its fixed market value adjusted (“MVA”) annuities. Statutory separate account assets supporting the fixed MVA annuities are recorded at fair value. In determining the statutory reserve for the fixed MVA annuities, the Company is required to use current crediting rates based on U.S. Treasuries. In many capital market scenarios, current crediting rates based on U.S. Treasuries are highly correlated with market rates implicit in the fair value of statutory separate account assets. As a result, the change in the statutory reserve from period to period will likely substantially offset the change in the fair value of the statutory separate account assets. However, in periods of volatile credit markets, actual credit spreads on investment assets may increase sharply for certain sub-sectors of the overall credit market, resulting in statutory separate account asset market value losses. Credit spreads are not consistently fully reflected in crediting rates based on U.S. Treasuries, and the calculation of statutory reserves will not substantially offset the change in fair value of the statutory separate account assets resulting in reductions in statutory surplus. This situation would result in the need to devote significant additional capital to support fixed MVA annuity products.

 

Volatility or disruption in the credit markets could also impact the Company’s ability to efficiently access financial solutions for purposes of issuing long-term debt for financing purposes, its ability to obtain financial solutions for purposes of supporting certain traditional and universal life insurance products for capital management purposes, or result in an increase in the cost of existing securitization structures.

 

The ability of the Company to implement financing solutions designed to fund a portion of statutory reserves on both the traditional and universal life blocks of business is dependent upon factors such as the ratings of the Company, the size of the blocks of business affected, the mortality experience of the Company, the credit markets, and other factors. The Company cannot predict the continued availability of such solutions or the form that the market may dictate. To the extent that such financing solutions were desired but are not available, the Company’s financial position could be adversely affected through impacts including, but not limited to, higher borrowing costs, surplus strain, lower sales capacity, and possible reduced earnings expectations.

 

The Company could be adversely affected by an inability to access FHLB lending.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) issued an Announced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“ANPR”). The purpose of the ANPR is to seek comment on several possible changes to the requirements applicable to members of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). Any changes to such requirements that eliminate the Company’s eligibility for continued FHLB membership or limit the Company’s borrowing capacity pursuant to its FHLB membership could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company can give no assurance as to the outcome of the ANPR. The FHFA also released an advisory bulletin on the particular risks associated with lending to insurance companies as opposed to federally-backed banks, which includes standards for evaluating FHLB’s lending to an insurance company member. These standards are broad and raise concerns about the state regulatory framework and of FHLB creditor status in the event of insurer insolvency. In March 2013, the FHFA issued a report entitled “FHFA Can Enhance Its Oversight of FHLBank Advances to Insurance Companies by Improving Communication with State Insurance Regulators and Industry Groups,” which proposes the FHFA coordinate with state regulators to obtain confidential supervisory information about insurers and interact with NAIC working groups to receive “early warning” information about failing members, so the FHFA can participate in the rehabilitation and perhaps increase FHLB creditor status. Pursuant to these recommendations, individual FHLB members worked with the NAIC and trade groups on model legislation that would enable insurers to access FHLB funding on similar collateral terms as federally insured depository institutions. The FHLB members were not able to

 

130



Table of Contents

 

obtain significant agreement with NAIC membership on several points; however, legislation based on the model has been introduced in several states and is not being opposed by the NAIC. Any standards or events that result in stricter regulation of or a reduced incidence of FHLB-insurer lending could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

Industry Related Risks

 

The business of the Company is highly regulated and is subject to routine audits, examinations and actions by regulators, law enforcement agencies and self-regulatory organizations.

 

The Company is subject to government regulation in each of the states in which it conducts business. In many instances, the regulatory models emanate from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). Such regulation is vested in state agencies having broad administrative and in some instances discretionary power dealing with many aspects of the Company’s business, which may include, among other things, premium rates and increases thereto, underwriting practices, reserve requirements, marketing practices, advertising, privacy, policy forms, reinsurance reserve requirements, insurer use of captive reinsurance companies, acquisitions, mergers, capital adequacy, claims practices and the remittance of unclaimed property. In addition, some state insurance departments may enact rules or regulations with extra-territorial application, effectively extending their jurisdiction to areas such as permitted insurance company investments that are normally the province of an insurance company’s domiciliary state regulator.

 

At any given time, a number of financial, market conduct, or other examinations or audits of the Company’s subsidiaries may be ongoing. It is possible that any examination or audit may result in payments of fines and penalties, payments to customers, or both, as well as changes in systems or procedures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are required to obtain state regulatory approval for rate increases for certain health insurance products. The Company’s profits may be adversely affected if the requested rate increases are not approved in full by regulators in a timely fashion.

 

State insurance regulators and the NAIC regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer and may lead to additional expense for the insurer and, thus, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The NAIC may also be influenced by the initiatives and regulatory structures or schemes of international regulatory bodies, and those initiatives or regulatory structures or schemes may not translate readily into the regulatory structures or schemes or the legal system (including the interpretation or application of standards by juries) under which U.S. insurers must operate. In August 2013, the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) released a report encouraging the U.S. to move toward a federal regulatory system for insurance. The International Association of Insurance Supervisors (“IAIS”) is developing group-wide supervision requirements, including a global capital standard, to be applied to large, internationally active insurance groups (“IAIGs”), as well as standards for companies posing systemic risk to be applied to global systemically important insurers (“G-SII’s”). These are only a few examples of international developments impacting the global insurance market. At this time, FSB reports, IAIS Insurance Core Principles, and other international work products are not directly binding on the Company, and the Company has not been identified as either an IAIG or G-SII. However, there is increasing pressure to conform to international standards due to the globalization of the business of insurance and the recent financial crisis. Any international reports or mandates that directly impact, or indirectly influence, the nature of U.S. regulation or industry operations could impact the Company.

 

Although some NAIC pronouncements, particularly as they affect accounting, reserving and risk based capital issues, may take effect automatically without affirmative action taken by the states, the NAIC is not a governmental entity and its processes and procedures do not comport with those to which governmental entities typically adhere. Therefore, it is possible that actions could be taken by the NAIC that become effective without the procedural safeguards that would be present if governmental action was required. In addition, with respect to some financial regulations and guidelines, states sometimes defer to the interpretation of the insurance department of a non-domiciliary state. Neither the action of the domiciliary state nor the action of the NAIC is binding on a state. Accordingly, a state could choose to follow a different interpretation. The Company is also subject to the risk that compliance with any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal, accounting or actuarial issue may result in non-compliance with another

 

131



Table of Contents

 

regulator’s interpretation of the same issue, particularly when compliance is judged in hindsight. There is an additional risk that any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal, accounting or actuarial issue may change over time to the Company’s detriment, or that changes to the overall legal or market environment may cause the Company to change its practices in ways that may, in some cases, limit its growth or profitability. Statutes, regulations, interpretations, and instructions may be applied with retroactive impact, particularly in areas such as accounting, reserve and risk based capital requirements. Also, regulatory actions with prospective impact can potentially have a significant impact on currently sold products.

 

The NAIC has announced more focused inquiries on certain matters that could have an impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Such inquiries concern, for example, examination of statutory accounting disclosures for separate accounts, insurer use of captive reinsurance companies, certain aspects of insurance holding company reporting and disclosure, reserving for universal life products with secondary guarantees, reinsurance, and risk based capital calculations. In addition, the NAIC continues to consider various initiatives to change and modernize its financial and solvency requirements and regulations. It is considering changing to, or has considered and passed, a principles-based reserving method for life insurance and annuity reserves, changes to the accounting and risk-based capital regulations, changes to the governance practices of insurers, and other items. Some of these proposed changes, including implementing a principles-based reserving methodology, would require the approval of state legislatures. The Company cannot provide any estimate as to what impact these more focused inquiries or proposed changes, if they occur, will have on its product mix, product profitability, reserve and capital requirements, financial condition or results of operations.

 

With respect to reserving requirements for universal life policies with secondary guarantees (“ULSG”), in 2012 the NAIC adopted revisions to Actuarial Guideline XXXVIII (“AG38”) addressing those requirements. Some of the regulatory participants in the AG38 revision process appeared to believe that one of the purposes of the revisions was to calculate reserves for ULSG similarly to reserves for guaranteed level term life insurance contracts with the same guarantee period. The effect of the revisions was to increase the level of reserves that must be held by insurers on ULSG with certain product designs that are issued on and after January 1, 2013, and to cause insurers to test the adequacy of reserves, and possibly increase the reserves, on ULSG with certain product designs that were issued before January 1, 2013. The Company has developed and introduced a new ULSG product for sales in 2013. The Company cannot predict future regulatory actions that could negatively impact the Company’s ability to market its new product. Such regulatory reactions could include, for example, withdrawal of state approvals of the new product, or adoption of further changes to AG38 or other adverse action including retroactive regulatory action that could negatively impact the Company’s new product. A disruption of the Company’s ability to sell financially viable life insurance products or an increase in reserves on ULSG policies issued either before or after January 1, 2013, could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

The Company currently uses affiliated captive reinsurance companies in various structures relating to term life insurance and universal life insurance with secondary guarantees, and certain guaranteed benefits relating to variable annuities, to finance statutory requirements for so-called XXX and AXXX reserves and reserves for variable annuity contracts with guaranteed minimum withdrawal and death benefits. The NAIC, through various committees, subgroups and dedicated task forces, has undertaken a review of the use of captives and special purpose vehicles used to transfer insurance risk in relation to existing state laws and regulations, and several committees have adopted or exposed for comment white papers and reports that, if or when implemented, place significant limitations on the use of captives and other reinsurers (including traditional reinsurers) (the “Affected Business”). The NAIC’s Financial Condition (E) Committee adopted an “interim solution for captives” in the form of a new charge requiring the Financial Analysis Working Group (or “FAWG”) to review captive transactions submitted by the states in a peer review and comment process. The Principles Based Reserving Implementation (EX) Task Force of the NAIC, charged with analysis of the adoption of a principles-based reserving methodology, recently adopted the “conceptual framework” contained in a report issued by Rector & Associates, Inc., dated June 4, 2014 (as modified or supplemented, the “Rector Report”), that contains numerous recommendations pertaining to the regulation and use of captive reinsurers. At this time, certain high-level recommendations have been adopted and are being assigned to various NAIC working groups. However, the recommendations in the Rector Report are subject to ongoing comment and revision. It is unclear at this time whether or to what extent the recommendations in the Rector Report, or additional or revised recommendations relating to captive transactions or reinsurance transactions in general, will be adopted by the NAIC. If the recommendations proposed in the Rector Report are implemented, it will likely be difficult for the Company to establish new captive

 

132



Table of Contents

 

financing arrangements on a basis consistent with past practices and in some circumstances could impact the Company’s ability to engage in certain reinsurance transactions with non-affiliates.

 

The NAIC’s Financial Regulation Standards and Accreditation (F) Committee is considering a proposal to include insurer-owned captives and special purpose vehicles that are single-state licensed but assume reinsurance from cedants operating in multiple states within the definition of “multi-state insurer” found in the preambles to Parts A and B of the NAIC Financial Regulation Standards and Accreditation Program. If adopted, the revised definition would subject captives (on a prospective basis, as proposed) to all of the Accreditation Standards applicable to other traditional multi-state insurers, including standards related to capital and surplus requirements, risk-based capital requirements, investment laws and credit for reinsurance laws. Such application would likely have a significant and adverse impact on the Company’s ability to engage in captive finance transactions on the same or a similar basis as in past periods.

 

Any regulatory action or changes in interpretation that materially adversely affects the Company’s use or materially increases the Company’s cost of using captives or reinsurers for the Affected Business, either retroactively or prospectively, could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. If the Company were required to discontinue its use of captives for intercompany reinsurance transactions on a retroactive basis, adverse impacts would include early termination fees payable with respect to certain structures, diminished capital position and higher cost of capital. Additionally, finding alternative means to support policy liabilities efficiently is an unknown factor that would be dependent, in part, on future market conditions and the Company’s ability to obtain required regulatory approvals. On a prospective basis, discontinuation of the use of captives could impact the types, amounts and pricing of products offered by the Company’s insurance subsidiaries.

 

Recently, new laws and regulations have been adopted in certain states that require life insurers to search for unreported deaths. The National Conference of Insurance Legislators (“NCOIL”) has adopted the Model Unclaimed Life Insurance Benefits Act (the “Unclaimed Benefits Act”) and legislation has been enacted in various states that is similar to the Unclaimed Benefits Act, although each state’s version differs in some respects. The Unclaimed Benefits Act would impose new requirements on insurers to periodically compare their in-force life insurance and annuity contracts and retained asset accounts against a Death Database, investigate any potential matches to confirm the death and determine whether benefits are due, and to attempt to locate the beneficiaries of any benefits that are due or, if no beneficiary can be located, escheat the benefit to the state as unclaimed property. Other states in which the Company does business may also consider adopting legislation similar to the Unclaimed Benefits Act. The Company cannot predict whether such legislation will be proposed or enacted in additional states. The NAIC recently formed an Unclaimed Life Insurance Benefits (A) Working Group to study whether the NAIC should make recommendations pertaining to unclaimed life benefits. Other life insurance industry associations and regulatory associations are also considering these matters.

 

A number of state treasury departments and administrators of unclaimed property have audited life insurance companies for compliance with unclaimed property laws. The focus of the audits has been to determine whether there have been maturities of policies or contracts, or policies that have exceeded limiting age with respect to which death benefits or other payments under the policies should be treated as unclaimed property that should be escheated to the state. In addition, the audits have sought to identify unreported deaths of insureds. There is no clear basis in previously existing law for treating an unreported death as giving rise to a policy benefit that would be subject to unclaimed property procedures. A number of life insurers, however, have entered into resolution agreements with state treasury departments under which the life insurers agreed to procedures for comparing their previously issued life insurance and annuity contracts and retained asset accounts against a Death Database, treating confirmed deaths as giving rise to a death benefit under their policies, locating beneficiaries and paying them the benefits and interest, and escheating the benefits and interest to the state if the beneficiary could not be found. The amounts publicly reported to have been paid to beneficiaries and/or escheated to the states have been substantial.

 

The NAIC has established an Investigations of Life/Annuity Claims Settlement Practices (D) Task Force to coordinate targeted multi-state examinations of life insurance companies on claims settlement practices. The state insurance regulators on the Task Force have initiated targeted multi-state examinations of life insurance companies with respect to the companies’ claims paying practices and use of a Death Database to identify unreported deaths in their life insurance policies, annuity contracts and retained asset accounts. There is no clear basis in previously existing law for requiring a life insurer to search for unreported deaths in order to determine whether a benefit is owed. A number of life insurers, however, have entered into settlement or consent agreements with state insurance regulators under which the

 

133



Table of Contents

 

life insurers agreed to implement systems and procedures for periodically comparing their life insurance and annuity contracts and retained asset accounts against a Death Database, treating confirmed deaths as giving rise to a death benefit under their policies, locating beneficiaries and paying them the benefits and interest, and escheating the benefits and interest to the state if the beneficiary could not be found. It has been publicly reported that the life insurers have paid substantial administrative and/or examination fees to the insurance regulators in connection with the settlement or consent agreements.

 

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries as well as certain other insurance companies from whom the Company has coinsured blocks of life insurance and annuity policies are subject to unclaimed property audits and/or targeted multistate examinations by insurance regulators similar to those described above. It is possible that the audits, examinations and/or the enactment of state laws similar to the Unclaimed Benefits Act could result in additional payments to beneficiaries, additional escheatment of funds deemed abandoned under state laws, payment of administrative penalties and/or examination fees to state authorities, and changes to the Company’s procedures for identifying unreported deaths and escheatment of abandoned property. It is possible any such additional payments and any costs related to changes in Company procedures could materially impact the Company’s financial results from operations. It is also possible that life insurers, including the Company, may be subject to claims, regulatory actions, law enforcement actions, and civil litigation arising from their prior business practices. Any resulting liabilities, payments or costs, including initial and ongoing costs of changes to the Company’s procedures or systems, could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

During December 2012, the West Virginia Treasurer filed actions against the Company’s subsidiaries Protective Life Insurance Company and West Coast Life Insurance Company in West Virginia state court ( State of West Virginia ex rel. John D. Perdue vs. Protective Life Insurance Company, State of West Virginia ex rel. John D. Perdue vs. West Coast Life Insurance Company; Defendants’ Motions to Dismiss granted on December 27, 2013; Notice of Appeal filed on January 27, 2014) . The actions, which also name numerous other life insurance companies, allege that the companies violated the West Virginia Uniform Unclaimed Property Act, seek to compel compliance with the Act, and seek payment of unclaimed property, interest, and penalties. While the legal theory or theories that may give rise to liability in the West Virginia Treasurer litigation are uncertain, it is possible that other jurisdictions may pursue similar actions. The Company does not currently believe that losses, if any, arising from the West Virginia Treasurer litigation will be material. The Company cannot, however, predict whether other jurisdictions will pursue similar actions or, if they do, whether such actions will have a material impact on the Company’s financial results from operations. Additionally, the California Controller has recently sued several insurance carriers for alleged failure to comply with audit requests from an appointed third party auditor. The Company cannot predict whether California might pursue a similar action against the Company and further cannot predict whether other jurisdictions might pursue similar actions. The Company does not believe however that any such action would have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurance companies doing business therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. From time to time, companies may be asked to contribute amounts beyond prescribed limits. The Company cannot predict the amount or timing of any future assessments.

 

The purchase of life insurance products is limited by state insurable interest laws, which in most jurisdictions require that the purchaser of life insurance name a beneficiary that has some interest in the sustained life of the insured. To some extent, the insurable interest laws present a barrier to the life settlement, or “stranger-owned” industry, in which a financial entity acquires an interest in life insurance proceeds, and efforts have been made in some states to liberalize the insurable interest laws. To the extent these laws are relaxed, the Company’s lapse assumptions may prove to be incorrect.

 

At the federal level, bills are routinely introduced in both chambers of the United States Congress (“Congress”) that could affect life insurers. In the past, Congress has considered legislation that would impact insurance companies in numerous ways, such as providing for an optional federal charter or a federal presence for insurance, preempting state law in certain respects regarding the regulation of reinsurance, increasing federal oversight in areas such as consumer protection and other matters. The Company cannot predict whether or in what form legislation will be enacted and, if so, whether the enacted legislation will positively or negatively affect the Company or whether any effects will be material.

 

134



Table of Contents

 

The Company is subject to various conditions and requirements of the Healthcare Act. The Healthcare Act makes significant changes to the regulation of health insurance and may affect the Company in various ways. The Healthcare Act may affect the small blocks of business the Company has offered or acquired over the years that are, or are deemed to constitute, health insurance. The Healthcare Act may also affect the benefit plans the Company sponsors for employees or retirees and their dependents, the Company’s expense to provide such benefits, the tax liabilities of the Company in connection with the provision of such benefits, and the Company’s ability to attract or retain employees. In addition, the Company may be subject to regulations, guidance or determinations emanating from the various regulatory authorities authorized under the Healthcare Act. The Company cannot predict the effect that the Healthcare Act, or any regulatory pronouncement made thereunder, will have on its results of operations or financial condition.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) enacted in July 2010 made sweeping changes to the regulation of financial services entities, products and markets. Certain provisions of Dodd-Frank are or may become applicable to the Company, its competitors or those entities with which the Company does business. Such provisions include, but are not limited to the following: the establishment of the Federal Insurance Office, changes to the regulation and standards applicable to broker-dealers and investment advisors, changes to the regulation of reinsurance, changes to regulations affecting the rights of shareowners, and the imposition of additional regulation over credit rating agencies.

 

Dodd-Frank also created the Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “FSOC”), which has issued a final rule and interpretive guidance setting forth the methodology by which it will determine whether a non-bank financial company is a systemically important financial institution (“SIFI”). A non-bank financial company, such as the Company, that is designated as a SIFI by the FSOC will become subject to supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). The Company is not currently supervised by the Federal Reserve. Such supervision could impact the Company’s requirements relating to capital, liquidity, stress testing, limits on counterparty credit exposure, compliance and governance, early remediation in the event of financial weakness and other prudential matters, and in other ways the Company currently cannot anticipate. FSOC-designated non-bank financial companies will also be required to prepare resolution plans, so-called “living wills,” that set out how they could most efficiently be liquidated if they endangered the U.S. financial system or the broader economy. The FSOC has made its initial SIFI designations, and the Company was not designated as such. However, the Company could be considered and designated at any time. Because the process is in its initial stages, the Company is at this time unable to predict the impact on an entity that is supervised as a SIFI by the Federal Reserve Board. The Company is not able to predict whether the capital requirements or other requirements imposed on SIFIs may impact the requirements applicable to the Company even if it is not designated as a SIFI. The uncertainty about regulatory requirements could influence the Company’s product line or other business decisions with respect to some product lines. There is a similarly uncertain international designation process. The Financial Stability Board, appointed by the G-20 Summit, recently designated nine insurers as “G-SII’s,” or global systemically-important insurers. As with the designation of SIFI’s, it is unclear at this time how additional capital and other requirements affect the insurance and financial industries. The insurers designated as G-SIIs to date represent organizations larger than the Company, but the possibility remains that the Company could be so designated.

 

Additionally, Dodd-Frank created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), an independent division of the Department of Treasury with jurisdiction over credit, savings, payment, and other consumer financial products and services, other than investment products already regulated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission. CFPB has issued a rule to bring under its supervisory authority certain non-banks whose activities or products it determines pose risks to consumers. It is unclear at this time which activities or products will be covered by this rule. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries sell products that may be regulated by the CFPB. CFPB continues to bring enforcement actions involving a growing number of issues, including actions using state Attorney’s General, which could directly or indirectly affect the Company or use any of its subsidiaries. Additionally, the CFPB is exploring the possibility of helping Americans manage their retirement savings and is considering the extent of its authority in that area. The Company is unable at this time to predict the impact of these activities on the Company.

 

Dodd-Frank includes a new framework of regulation of over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives markets which requires clearing of certain types of transactions which have been or are currently traded OTC by the Company. The types of transactions to be cleared are expected to increase in the future. The new framework could potentially impose additional costs, including increased margin requirements and additional regulation on the Company. Increased margin

 

135



Table of Contents

 

requirements on the Company’s part, combined with restrictions on securities that will qualify as eligible collateral, could continue to reduce its liquidity and require an increase in its holdings of cash and government securities with lower yields causing a reduction in income. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate a wide range of risks in connection with its businesses, including those arising from its variable annuity products with guaranteed benefit features. The derivative clearing requirements of Dodd-Frank could continue to increase the cost of the Company’s risk mitigation and expose it to the risk of a default by a clearinghouse with respect to the Company’s cleared derivative transactions.

 

Numerous provisions of Dodd-Frank require the adoption of implementing rules and/or regulations. The process of adopting such implementing rules and/or regulations have in some instances been delayed beyond the timeframes imposed by Dodd-Frank. Until the various final regulations are promulgated pursuant to Dodd-Frank, the full impact of the regulations on the Company will remain unclear. In addition, Dodd-Frank mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislation or regulation applicable to the insurance industry, the Company, its competitors or the entities with which the Company does business. Legislative or regulatory requirements imposed by or promulgated in connection with Dodd-Frank may impact the Company in many ways, including but not limited to the following: placing the Company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its competition or other financial services entities, changing the competitive landscape of the financial services sector and/or the insurance industry, making it more expensive for the Company to conduct its business, requiring the reallocation of significant company resources to government affairs, legal and compliance-related activities, causing historical market behavior or statistics utilized by the Company in connection with its efforts to manage risk and exposure to no longer be predictive of future risk and exposure or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the overall business climate as well as the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Company may be subject to regulation by the United States Department of Labor when providing a variety of products and services to employee benefit plans and individual investors that are governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”). The Department of Labor is currently in the process of re-proposing a rule that would change the circumstances under which one who works with employee benefit plans and Individual Retirement Accounts would be considered a fiduciary under ERISA. Severe penalties are imposed for breach of duties under ERISA and the Company cannot predict the impact that the Department of Labor’s re-proposed rule may have on its operations.

 

Certain life insurance policies, contracts, and annuities offered by the Company’s subsidiaries are subject to regulation under the federal securities laws administered by the SEC. The federal securities laws contain regulatory restrictions and criminal, administrative, and private remedial provisions. From time to time, the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) examine or investigate the activities of broker-dealers and investment advisors, including the Company’s affiliated broker-dealers and investment advisors. These examinations or investigations often focus on the activities of the registered representatives and registered investment advisors doing business through such entities and the entities’ supervision of those persons. It is possible that any examination or investigation could lead to enforcement action by the regulator and/or may result in payments of fines and penalties, payments to customers, or both, as well as changes in systems or procedures of such entities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

In addition, the SEC is reviewing the standard of conduct applicable to brokers, dealers, and investment advisers when those entities provide personalized investment advice about securities to retail customers. FINRA has also issued a report addressing how its member firms might identify and address conflicts of interest including conflicts related to the introduction of new products and services and the compensation of the member firms’ associated persons. These regulatory initiatives could have an impact on Company operations and the manner in which broker-dealers and investment advisers distribute the Company’s products.

 

The Company may also be subject to regulation by governments of the countries in which it currently does, or may in the future, do, business, as well as regulation by the U.S. Government with respect to its operations in foreign countries, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Penalties for violating the various laws governing the Company’s business in other countries may include restrictions upon business operations, fines and imprisonment, both within the U.S. and abroad. U.S. enforcement of anti-corruption laws continues to increase in magnitude, and penalties may be substantial.

 

136



Table of Contents

 

Other types of regulation that could affect the Company and its subsidiaries include insurance company investment laws and regulations, state statutory accounting and reserving practices, anti-trust laws, minimum solvency requirements, enterprise risk requirements, state securities laws, federal privacy laws, insurable interest laws, federal anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws, employment and immigration laws (including laws in Alabama where over half of the Company’s employees are located), and because the Company owns and operates real property, state, federal, and local environmental laws. Under some circumstances, severe penalties may be imposed for breach of these laws.

 

The Company cannot predict what form any future changes to laws and/or regulations affecting participants in the financial services sector and/or insurance industry, including the Company and its competitors or those entities with which it does business, may take, or what effect, if any, such changes may have.

 

Item 2.          Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2014, the Company issued no securities in transactions which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company did not repurchase any of its common stock.

 

137



Table of Contents

 

Item 6.                      Exhibits

 

Item

 

 

Number

 

Document

2*

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 3, 2014, by and among the Dai-ichi Life Insurance Company, Limited, DL Investment (Delaware), Inc. and Protective Life Corporation, filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 4, 2014 (No. 001-11339).

3

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Protective Life Corporation adopted on February 25, 2013 (as restated to incorporate the June 3, 2014 amendment thereto), filed herewith.

10(a)

 

Third Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement dated as of June 25, 2014, between Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company and USB AG, Stamford Branch, filed herewith. ±

10(b)†

 

Employment Agreement, dated June 3, 2014, between the Company and John D. Johns, filed herewith.

10(c)†

 

Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Executive Vice President, filed herewith

10(d)†

 

Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Senior Vice President, filed herewith

31(a)

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31(b)

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32(a)

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32(b)

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101

 

Financial statements from the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Protective Life Corporation for the quarter ended June 30, 2014, filed on August 8, 2014, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income, (ii) the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iii) the Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets, (iv) the Consolidated Condensed Statement of Shareowners’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows, and (iv) the Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements.

 


*

 

Incorporated by Reference

±

 

Certain portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The non-public information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

138



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: August 8, 2014

By:

 /s/ Steven G. Walker

 

 

Steven G. Walker

 

 

Senior Vice President, Controller

 

 

and Chief Accounting Officer

 

139


Exhibit 3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

(“Corporation”)

 

Adopted on February 25, 2013

(As Restated to Incorporate the June 3, 2014 Amendment Thereto)

 

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The principal office of the Corporation shall be located in Jefferson County, Alabama.  The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors or an Executive Committee may designate or as the business of the Corporation may require from time to time.

 

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                                           Annual Meeting.   The annual meeting of the stockholders for the purpose of electing directors, and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting, shall be held at such date and time during the first five months of the calendar year as shall be specified by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.                                           Special Meetings.   Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, special meetings of the stockholders shall be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors then in office.  The business transacted at a special meeting shall be confined to the purposes specified in the notice thereof.  Special meetings shall be held on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

Section 3.                                           Place of Meetings.   The place of all meetings shall be the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Alabama unless some other place, either within or without the State of Alabama, is designated by a resolution of the Board of Directors or other person or persons entitled to call such meeting.

 

Section 4.                                           Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice.   Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, notice given in writing or by electronic transmission of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting date, by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called.  If such notice is mailed, it shall be deemed to have been given to a stockholder when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the record of stockholders of the Corporation, or, if a stockholder has filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices to such stockholder be mailed to some other address, then directed to such stockholder at such other address.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been given to a stockholder:  (1) if by

 

1



 

facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.  Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law.  Nothing hereinabove in this Section shall affect the notice requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need by specified in a written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 5.                                           Postponement of Meetings .  Any previously scheduled annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be postponed by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public announcement made on or prior to the date previously scheduled for such annual or special meeting.

 

Section 6.                                           Business at Annual Meetings .  To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary pursuant to Section 4 of this Article, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section, who is entitled to vote on such matter at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section.  For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, if such business is related to the election of directors of the Corporation, the procedures in Section 7 of this Article must be complied with.  If such business relates to any other matter, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to, and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual stockholder meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed by more than sixty (60) days from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth in writing (1) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (B) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, and (C) any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (2) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (A) the name and address of such stockholder and such beneficial owner as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and (B) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.  Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section.  The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section, and if he or she should so

 

2



 

determine, such presiding officer shall declare to the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

For the purposes of this Section and Section 7 of this Article, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  In addition to the provisions of this Section, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein.  Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 7.                                           Nomination of Directors .  Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at any annual meeting of stockholders (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b) by a stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section, who is entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section.  Any such nomination by a stockholder shall be made pursuant to timely notice thereof given in writing to the Secretary.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to, and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual stockholder meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed by more than sixty (60) days from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  Notwithstanding anything in foregoing sentence to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least seventy (70) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual stockholder meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered or mailed to, and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.  Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth in writing (1) as to each person whom the stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (C) the number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by such person, and (D) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election of directors, or as otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including, without limitation, such person’s written consent to being named in a proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (2) as to such stockholder and such beneficial owner, if any, (A) the name and address of such stockholder and such beneficial owner as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and (B) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

 

Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary

 

3



 

or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such special meeting, by a stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section, who is entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section.  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice shall be delivered or mailed to, and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.

 

At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary that information required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.  Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section.  The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with the provisions of this Section, and if he or she should so determine, such presiding officer shall declare to the meeting that any such nomination not properly made shall be disregarded.  In addition to the provisions of this Section, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

Section 8.                                           Fixing of Record Date.   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or any adjournment thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days prior to any other action.  If no record date is fixed the following shall apply:

 

(a)                                  The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given.

 

(b)                                  The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 9.                                           Voting Lists.   The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Nothing contained in this section shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting:  (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  If the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to

 

4



 

stockholders of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a physical location, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.  The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 10.                                    Quorum.   A majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders.  If less than a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time.  The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 11.                                    Proxies.   Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy.  A stockholder may authorize a valid proxy by executing a written instrument signed by such stockholder, or by causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature, or by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person designated as the holder of the proxy, a proxy solicitation firm or a like authorized agent.  Proxies by telegram, cablegram, or other electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.  No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three years from the date of such proxy, unless such proxy expressly provides for a longer period.  Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it, except in those cases where applicable law provides that a proxy shall be irrevocable.  A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person, or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy, or by filing another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary.  Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of a writing or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

Section 12.                                    Voting of Shares.   Each outstanding share entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.  Unless otherwise prescribed by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all elections shall be had, and all questions decided, by a majority vote of those shares present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, matters which require a higher affirmative vote are specified in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

 

Section 13.                                    Voting of Shares by Certain Holders.   Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may

 

5



 

prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine.

 

Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote the shares so held.  A stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation the pledgor has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee, or his or her proxy, may represent such shares and vote thereon.

 

Treasury shares and shares belonging to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held by this Corporation, shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the presence of a quorum.

 

Section 14.                                    Voting on Certain Transactions.   A merger, consolidation or dissolution of the Corporation or the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets shall be subject to the approval of stockholders of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote except as otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

 

Section 15.                                    Inspectors of Elections.   Preceding any meeting of the stockholders, the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint one or more persons to act as inspectors, and may designate one or more alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspector or alternate is able to act, the presiding officer at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.  The inspectors shall:  (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (b) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots; (c) count all votes and ballots; (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots.  The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.

 

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in accordance with Section 11 of this Article, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation.  The inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record.  If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted in this Section, the inspectors, at the time they make their certification pursuant to clause (e) of this Section, shall specify the precise information considered by them, the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained, and the basis for the inspectors’ belief that such information is accurate and reliable.

 

Section 16.                                    Opening and Closing of Polls .  The date and time for the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which stockholders will vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be announced at the meeting by the presiding officer of the meeting.  The inspectors shall be prohibited from accepting any ballots, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, after the closing of the polls, unless the Court of Chancery upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.

 

6



 

ARTICLE III.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                                           General Powers.   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.                                           Number, Tenure and Qualifications.   So long as the stock of the Corporation is owned by one stockholder, the number of directors shall be three.  Effective immediately when there is more than one stockholder, the following provisions shall be effective: The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of a majority of the existing directors of the Corporation.  Subject to the provisions of the next paragraph, the number of directors so fixed shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and each director so elected shall serve until the next annual meeting and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify.  Each director shall have beneficial ownership of shares of Protective Life Corporation Common Stock (director qualifying shares) within sixty (60) days after (a) initially being elected to the Board or (b) being re-elected to the Board after a break in service as a director of the Corporation.  Vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors by reason of the death, resignation or removal of any director may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.  A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve until the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

 

Any outside director who ceases to hold the same or higher position with the business or professional organization with which such person was associated when first elected a director shall automatically be deemed to have offered his or her resignation as a director of the Corporation, and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee shall make a recommendation to the Board of Directors with respect to such resignation; and, if the deemed offer to resign is accepted by the Board of Directors, such resignation shall be effective as of the next annual meeting of shareholders.

 

In the event of any increase in the number of directors, the additional offices so created may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time such vote is taken.  Directors elected to fill such additional offices shall serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors shall have been elected and shall qualify.

 

An inside director is one who is or has been in the full-time employment of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, and an outside director is any other director.  Any outside director, and any inside director who is or has been the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, shall be eligible for reelection until that director has reached his or her 72 nd  birthday but not thereafter.  No other inside director shall be eligible for reelection after his or her retirement from full-time employment with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

 

Section 3.                                           Regular Meetings.   A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders, for election of officers and the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting.  Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors, of which there shall be at least three each calendar year, shall be held on dates to be fixed by the Board of Directors, and at least two business days notice of the date, time and place of each such meeting shall be given to each director.

 

At all regular and special Board meetings the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer shall preside and in his absence, the President shall preside or, in absence of the President, the Executive Vice President shall preside.

 

Section 4.                                           Special Meetings.   Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, an Executive Committee or any four members of the

 

7



 

Board of Directors, and at least two business days notice of the date, time and place of any such special meeting, and of the business to be transacted at, or the purpose of, the meeting shall be given to each director.

 

Section 5.                                           Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice.   Notice of any regular or special meeting shall be given by notice delivered personally or mailed to each director at his business or home address, or by facsimile transmission, telegram, electronic mail or other electronic transmission.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered two days after deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid.  If given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered one day after the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company.  If given by facsimile transmission, electronic mail or other electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when transmitted; provided that no such notice with respect to a special meeting shall be deemed delivered until receipt is confirmed.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the director entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the director entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need by specified in a written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 6.                                           Quorum.   A majority of the whole number of directors constituting the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors (but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice) and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section to the contrary, in the event of an emergency caused by an enemy attack, at each meeting of the Board during such emergency the presence of one-third of the total number of directors, but in any event not less than two directors, shall constitute a quorum and be sufficient for the transaction of business.

 

Section 7.                                           Compensation.   Directors, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may be compensated as directors.  Such compensation may include: a fixed salary or retainer; a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors; expenses for attendance at such meetings; or any combination of the foregoing.  Members of special and standing committees of the Board, by resolution of the Board, may be compensated in like manner.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no director who is an officer or employee of the Corporation or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries shall receive any compensation or fees for serving as a director or a committee member.

 

Section 8.                                           Committees.   The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, may designate one or more committees, including an Executive Committee, each such committee to consist of three or more directors of the Corporation.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the

 

8



 

Corporation.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have the power and authority to declare a dividend and to authorize the issuance of stock of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors of the Corporation as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  Vacancies in such committees shall be filled by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Except as otherwise provided in a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, a majority of all members of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

Section 9.                                           Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.   Each director, each member of a committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the director, committee member or officer reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 10.                                    Action by Telephonic Communication .  Any one or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board or a committee thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence and attendance at the meeting for all purposes of this Article.

 

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                                           Officers Chosen by Board.   Officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after the annual meeting of stockholders, and shall consist of a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents (one or more of whom may be designated by the Board of Directors as Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), a Treasurer, a Secretary, and may include a Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and such other officer as the Board of Directors may prescribe.  All such officers shall be elected for a term of one year and until their successors are elected and qualified, but they shall, however, be subject to removal by the Board of Directors at its pleasure.  Such officers shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as are conferred by the Board of Directors or as are conferred herein.  The Board of Directors may designate one of such elected officers the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and in the absence of such designation, the Chairman of the Board shall be the Chief Executive Officer.  The Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, by and with the consent and approval of the Board of Directors or of an Executive Committee, may appoint such other officers and agents as, in its, his or her discretion, are required for the proper transaction of the Corporation’s business.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

The Board of Directors shall be and is hereby authorized to adopt and amend from time to time Bylaws to be effective in the event of an emergency caused by an enemy attack, dealing with or making provisions during such emergency for continuity of management, succession to the authority and duties of officers, vacancies in office, alternative offices or other matters deemed necessary or desirable to enable the Corporation to carry on its business and affairs.

 

9



 

Section 2.                                           Removal.   The Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board or President may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by action of the Board of Directors.  Any other officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time, by action of the Board of Directors or an Executive Committee.  Any other officer, agent or employee, including any officer, agent or employee appointed by the Board of Directors, may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, an Executive Committee, or the superior executive officer to whom authority to so remove has been delegated by these Bylaws or by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 3.                                           Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board.   The Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, respectively, shall have and may exercise authority to act for the Corporation in all matters to the extent that such authority is delegated to such officer by the Board of Directors or an Executive Committee, and in all other matters to the extent provided by these Bylaws.  So long as the Chairman of the Board is the Chief Executive Officer, he or she shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general management and control of the affairs and business of the Corporation and shall keep the Board of Directors fully informed concerning the affairs and business of the Corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer shall perform all other duties commonly incident to his or her office.  The Board of Directors may by resolution designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the event of the death, unavailability or incapacity of the Chief Executive Officer, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer until the Board of Directors shall designate another person to perform such duties and absent such designation, the chief operating officer shall in such event perform the duties of Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 4.                                           President.   Subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall have general management and control of the affairs and business of the Corporation, shall be its chief operating officer, and shall perform all other duties and exercise all other powers commonly incident to his or her office, or which are or may at any time be authorized or required by law.

 

Section 5.                                           Vice Presidents.   Each Vice President shall have powers and perform such duties as shall from time to time be assigned to him by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors and shall have and may exercise such powers as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 6.                                           Other Authority of Officers.   The Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and the President may sign and execute all authorized bonds, contracts or other obligations in the name of the Corporation, and with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, may sign all certificates of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, and do and perform such other acts and things as may from time to time be assigned to each of them by the Board of Directors.  The Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer or such other officers as are authorized by the Board of Directors may enter into contracts in the name of the corporation or sell and convey any real estate or securities now or hereafter belonging to the Corporation and execute any deeds or written instruments of transfer necessary to convey good title thereto and each of the foregoing officers, or the Secretary or the Treasurer of the Corporation, is authorized and empowered to satisfy and discharge of record any mortgage or deed of trust now or hereafter of record in which the Corporation is a grantee or of which it is the owner, and any such satisfaction and discharge heretofore or hereafter so entered by any such officer shall be valid and in all respects binding on the Corporation.

 

Section 7.                                           Secretary.   The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders, and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for the purpose, and shall perform like duties for the Board and its committees as required.  He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.  He or she shall record all transfers of stock, and cancel and preserve all certificates of stock transferred, and shall keep a record, alphabetically

 

10



 

arranged, of all persons who are stockholders of the Corporation, showing their places of residence and the number of shares of stock held by them respectively.  The Secretary shall also be the transfer agent of the Corporation for the transfer of all certificates of stock ordered by the Board of Directors, and shall affix the seal of the Corporation to all certificates of stock or other instruments requiring the seal.  He or she shall keep such other books and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time.  The Board of Directors may designate a bank or trust company as transfer agent for the Corporation stock, in which case such transfer agent shall perform all duties above set forth relative to transfer of such stock.

 

Section 8.                                           Treasurer.   The Treasurer shall have custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation, and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

ARTICLE V.

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

 

Section 1.                                           Certificates for Shares.   The Certificates for shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be in such form as is prescribed by law and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.                                           Lost, Stolen, or Destroyed Certificates.   Any person claiming a stock certificate in lieu of one alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed shall give the Corporation or its agents an affidavit as to his or her ownership of the certificate and of the facts which go to prove that it has been lost, stolen or destroyed.  If required by the Secretary, he or she also shall give the Corporation a bond, in such form as may be approved by the Secretary, sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it or on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of a new certificate.

 

Section 3.                                           Transfer of Shares.   Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for the number of shares to be transferred, except as provided in the preceding section.  Books for the transfer of shares of the capital stock shall be kept by the Corporation or by one or more transfer agents appointed by it.

 

Section 4.                                           Regulations.   The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the capital stock of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI.

FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the 1st day of January and end on the 31st day of December in each year.

 

ARTICLE VII.

DIVIDENDS

 

The Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

11



 

ARTICLE VIII.

SEAL

 

The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the state of incorporation and the words, “Corporate Seal.”

 

ARTICLE IX.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.                                           Action Without a Meeting .  Nothing contained in these Bylaws or in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be deemed to restrict the power of the Board of Directors or members of any of its committees to take any action required or permitted to be taken by them, without a meeting, in accordance with applicable provisions of law.

 

Section 2.                                           Waivers of Notice .  Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

 

Section 3.                                           Forum for Adjudication of Disputes .  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws (in each case, as may be amended from time to time); or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, shall be in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware, or, if the Superior Court of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to (i) the provisions of this Article IX, Section 3 and (ii) the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware, or, if the Superior Court of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware in any proceeding brought to enjoin any action by that person or entity that is inconsistent with the exclusive jurisdiction provided for in this Section.  Failure to enforce the foregoing provisions would cause the Corporation irreparable harm and the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce the foregoing provisions.

 

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

 

The Bylaws and any amendments thereof may be altered, amended, changed or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors (a) at any regular or special meeting by the affirmative vote of all the members of the Board, or (b) at any regular or special meeting of the Board, the notice of which shall have stated the amendment of the Bylaws as one of the purposes of the meeting and set forth a

 

12



 

summary of the proposed amendment or amendments, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the members of said Board; but these Bylaws and any amendments thereof, including Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors, may be altered, amended, changed or repealed and other Bylaws may be enacted by the stockholders at any annual meeting or at any special meeting provided that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, change, repeal or enactment shall have been given in the notice of the meeting.  Provided, however, that nothing herein contained may be construed to conflict with restrictions set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

 

*    *    *    *    *

 

13


Exhibit 10(a)

 

Certain portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.  The non-public information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  The omitted portions of this Exhibit are indicated by the following:  [****].

 

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

June 25, 2014

 

between

 

GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY,

 

as Borrower,

 

and

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

 

as Issuing Lender

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

Article I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

Section 1.01.

Defined Terms

1

Section 1.02.

Terms Generally

19

Section 1.03.

Accounting Terms

19

 

 

 

Article II

 

LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY

 

 

 

Section 2.01.

Letter of Credit Facility

19

Section 2.02.

Termination of the Letter of Credit

26

Section 2.03.

Fees

26

Section 2.04.

Yield Protection

26

Section 2.05.

Taxes

29

Section 2.06.

Payments

31

Section 2.07.

Evidence of Indebtedness

32

 

 

 

Article III

 

REGULATORY ACCOUNT; SURPLUS ACCOUNT; REINSURANCE TRUST ACCOUNT; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS

 

 

 

Section 3.01.

Regulatory Account and Administrative Account

32

Section 3.02.

Surplus Account of the Borrower

33

Section 3.03.

Reinsurance Trust Account

34

Section 3.04.

Procedures for Depositing Cash and Crediting Securities to Surplus Account

34

Section 3.05.

Priority of Payments

34

 

 

 

Article IV

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

Section 4.01.

Borrower Representations and Warranties

36

 

 

 

Article V

 

CONDITIONS

Section 5.01.

Closing Conditions

40

 

i



 

Section 5.02.

Conditions to Issuance of Letter of Credit

42

Section 5.03.

Conditions to Increase the LOC Amount

43

 

 

 

Article VI

 

BORROWER COVENANTS

 

 

 

Section 6.01.

Borrower Covenants

43

 

 

 

Article VII

 

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

 

 

 

Section 7.01.

Obligations Secured Hereby

53

Section 7.02.

Collateral

53

Section 7.03.

Perfection of Security Interest in Collateral

54

Section 7.04.

Continuing Security Interest, Termination

55

Section 7.05.

Protection of Collateral

55

Section 7.06.

Performance of Obligations

55

Section 7.07.

Power of Attorney

55

Section 7.08.

No Pledge of Collateral to Others

56

Section 7.09.

No Change in Borrower Name, Structure or Office

56

Section 7.10.

Release of Collateral

56

Section 7.11.

Notice of Exclusive Control

56

 

 

 

Article VIII

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

 

Section 8.01.

Events of Default

57

 

 

 

Article IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

Section 9.01.

Notices

60

Section 9.02.

Waivers; Amendments

61

Section 9.03.

Survival of Representations and Warranties

61

Section 9.04.

Indemnity

61

Section 9.05.

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

62

Section 9.06.

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

63

Section 9.07.

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

63

Section 9.08.

Right of Setoff

64

Section 9.09.

Collateral Assignment of Rights

64

Section 9.10.

Expenses

64

Section 9.11.

Further Assurances

65

 

ii



 

Section 9.12.

Headings

65

Section 9.13.

Confidentiality

65

Section 9.14.

Special Dividend

66

Section 9.15.

Severability

66

Section 9.16.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

66

Section 9.17.

USA Patriot Act

66

Section 9.18.

Usury Savings Clause

66

Section 9.19.

Third Party Beneficiary

67

Section 9.20.

Consent to Amendments

67

 

iii



 

SCHEDULES:

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

Borrower Reporting Documents

 

SCHEDULE 2

Dividend Formula

 

SCHEDULE 3

Scheduled LOC Amount

 

SCHEDULE 4

Restricted List

 

SCHEDULE 5

Financial and Actuarial Projections and Modeling Information

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS:

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

Draw Certification Notice

 

EXHIBIT B

Investment Guidelines

 

EXHIBIT C

Reinsurance Agreement

 

EXHIBIT D

Form of Officer’s Certificate pursuant to Section 2.01(a)

 

EXHIBIT E

Form of Letter of Credit

 

EXHIBIT F

Form of Officer’s Certificate pursuant to Section 2.01(b)

 

EXHIBIT G

Form of Officer’s Certificate pursuant to Section 2.01(c)

 

EXHIBIT H

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

 

EXHIBIT I

PLICO Reinsurance Agreement

 

EXHIBIT J

MLOA Reinsurance Agreement

 

 

iv


 


 

This THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of June 25, 2014 (the “ Amendment Closing Date ”), by and between Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company, a special purpose financial captive insurance company incorporated under the laws of the State of Vermont (the “ Borrower ”) and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as the issuing lender (the “ Issuing Lender ”) amends and restates in its entirety, the Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2010 and amended and restated as of February 14, 2011, as of November 21, 2011 and as of August 7, 2013 (the “ UILIC Closing Date ”), between the Borrower and the Issuing Lender (the “ Original Agreement ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower is an Affiliate of the Ceding Company and a direct Subsidiary of PLICO;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Ceding Company are parties to the Reinsurance Agreement pursuant to which the Ceding Company cedes, and the Borrower reinsures certain blocks of term life insurance policies written or assumed by the Ceding Company;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Original Agreement, the Borrower requested that the Issuing Lender establish a Letter of Credit for the benefit of the Reinsurance Trustee;

 

WHEREAS, in consideration of the issuance by the Issuing Lender of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower has agreed to reimburse promptly the Issuing Lender for any draws on the Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Issuing Lender have agreed to amend and restate the Original Agreement to make certain modifications as set forth herein; provided , that all matters occurring under or in connection with the Agreement prior to the Amendment Closing Date shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Original Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the Borrower and the Issuing Lender agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01.         Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

Acceleration Notice ” means a written notice from the Issuing Lender to the Reinsurance Trustee, as beneficiary of the Letter of Credit, with a copy to the Borrower, in the form of Annex 4 to the Letter of Credit.

 

Additional Business ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.01(h)(ii) .

 

Administrative Account ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.01(c) .

 

1



 

Administrative Services Agreement ” means the Administrative Services Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2010, between the Ceding Company and the Borrower.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

Affiliated Services Agreements ” means (i) the Administrative Services Agreement, (ii) the Investment Management Agreement and (iii) the PLC Service Agreements.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble.

 

Amendment Closing Date ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble.

 

Amendment Effective Date ” means June 30, 2014.  This amendment and restatement of the Original Agreement shall be effective as of 11:59 p.m. on the Amendment Effective Date.

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” shall mean any applicable law, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ordinance, rule or regulation related to terrorism financing or money laundering including the USA Patriot Act, The Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act (also known as the “Bank Secrecy Act”, 31 U.S.C. §§ 5311-5330 and 12 U.S.C. §§ 1818(s), 1820(b) and 1951-1959), the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., as amended) and Executive Order 13224 (effective September 24, 2001).

 

Applicable Governmental Authority ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section  2.04(a) .

 

Approval ” means the prior approval of the Vermont Commissioner in accordance with the terms of the Licensing Order for the payment by the Borrower of any LOC Reimbursement Obligation payable hereunder, or any amounts payable with respect to Surplus Notes of the Borrower.

 

Assignee ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.05(b) .

 

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with SAP.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble.

 

Borrower Reporting Documents ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section  6.01(d) .

 

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York, Montpelier, Vermont or Lincoln, Nebraska are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

 

2



 

Capital Adequacy ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.04(b) .

 

Cash ” means immediately available funds denominated in U.S. Dollars.

 

Cash Collateral Account ” means an account established by the Issuing Lender and maintained for its benefit upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, which shall be funded by any payments made by the Borrower under item Eighth of the Priority of Payments.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means commercially reasonable overnight repurchase agreements fully collateralized by the United States Treasury or any agency of the United States Government, the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.

 

Ceding Company ” means West Coast Life Insurance Company and its successors and assigns.

 

Ceding Company Letter Agreement ” means that certain letter agreement, originally dated as of April 23, 2010 and amended and restated as of the Amendment Closing Date, by and between the Ceding Company and the Issuing Lender.

 

Closing Conditions ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.01 .

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 7.02(a) .

 

Company Action Level Risk Based Capital ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8301(12)(A) of Title 8 of the Vermont Statutes Annotated in effect as of the RBC Reference Date and calculated using the risk based capital factors and formula prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners as of the RBC Reference Date.

 

Confidentiality Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.13 .

 

Constituent Documents ” means the constituent documents of an entity, and, when used in relation to the Borrower, shall also include the Plan of Operation, the Licensing Order, its Certificate of General Good and its Certificate of Authority.

 

Control ,” “ Controlled ,” or “ Controlling ” mean, as the context requires, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.

 

Default ” means any occurrence of any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time or both, would, unless cured or waived, be an Event of Default.

 

Dividend Amount ” has the meaning assigned to it in Schedule 2 .

 

3



 

Dividend Catch-Up Contribution ” has the meaning assigned to it in Schedule 2 .

 

Dividend Formula ” has the meaning assigned to it in Schedule 2 .

 

Dividend Declaration Date ” has the meaning assigned to it in Schedule 2 .

 

Dividend Test ” has the meaning assigned to it in Schedule 2 .

 

Dividend Year ” has the meaning assigned to it in Schedule 2 .

 

Dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Draw Certification Notice ” means a duly certified notification letter, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Ceding Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

Drawn Rate ” means LIBOR plus [****] basis points per annum.

 

Early Termination Fee ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Fee Letter.

 

Economic Reserves ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

Eligible Bank ” means a lender which is (a) on the list of banks approved by the NAIC Securities Valuation Office, (b) a “Qualified United States financial institution” as defined in Section 44-416.08 of the Nebraska Insurance Code or any applicable amended or successor statute (or, if the Ceding Company is no longer domiciled in Nebraska, the corresponding statute in its jurisdiction of domicile) and (c) a “qualified U.S. financial institution” as defined in Regulation 97-3 s 11 of the Vermont Insurance Code or any applicable amended or successor statute (or, if the Borrower is no longer domiciled in Vermont, the corresponding statute in its jurisdiction of domicile).

 

Embargoed Person ” shall mean any party that (i) is publicly identified on the most current list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” published by OFAC or resides, is organized or chartered, or has a place of business in a country or territory subject to OFAC sanctions or embargo programs or (ii) is publicly identified as prohibited from doing business with the United States under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the Trading With the Enemy Act, or any similar applicable law, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ordinance, rule or regulation.

 

Enhanced Yield Protection Provisions ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.04(e) .

 

Entitlement Holder ” means an “entitlement holder” as defined in Section 8-102(a)(7) of the UCC.

 

Entitlement Order ” means an “entitlement order” as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the UCC.

 

4



 

Events of Default ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01 .

 

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Issuing Lender and any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income, franchise or similar taxes, in each case, imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of a jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) that imposes taxes on the basis of management or control or other concept or principle of residence, the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) in which such recipient is so resident, (b) Taxes imposed by reason of such Person having a former or present connection with or being engaged in business in the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) imposing such Taxes, other than a connection or business arising or deemed to arise as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance of any action provided for or enforcement of any rights hereunder, (c) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, (d) any withholding tax that is attributable to the Issuing Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.05(e)  and (e) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed by Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any regulations or official interpretations thereof.

 

Existing Letter of Credit ” means Letter of Credit No. WALI-A05740-1MON issued by the Issuing Lender to the Reinsurance Trustee for the account of the Borrower pursuant to the Original Agreement on the UILIC Closing Date, as amended thereafter.

 

Facility Maturity Date ” means April 1, 2025, unless accelerated to an earlier date in accordance with Section 2.01(c) .

 

Facility Reserves ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Issuing Lender from three (3) federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

Fee Letter ” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Fee Letter, dated as of the Amendment Closing Date, by and between the Borrower and the Issuing Lender.

 

Fees ” means, collectively, any Utilization Fee and Early Termination Fee.

 

Fifth Remainder Contribution ” means, in the event that the Fifth Required Additional Contribution is less than the sum of (i) the Fifth Scheduled Additional Contribution and (ii) the Fourth Remainder Contribution, the absolute value of the difference between such Fifth Required Additional Contribution and such sum of (a) the Fifth Scheduled Additional Contribution and (b) the Fourth Remainder Contribution.

 

5



 

Fifth Required Additional Contribution ” means the additional equity contribution, if any, contributed on or prior to the Fifth Required Additional Contribution Date, from an Affiliate of the Borrower and deposited in the Surplus Account, in an amount equal to the lesser of:

 

(a) the sum of (i) the Fifth Scheduled Additional Contribution and (ii) the Fourth Remainder Contribution, if any, and

 

(b) the applicable Reduced Contribution.

 

Fifth Required Additional Contribution Date ” means December 31, 2019.

 

Fifth Scheduled Additional Contribution ” means the excess (if any) of (a) $[****] over (b) the Dividend Amount, if any, for the Dividend Year ending on [****].

 

First Remainder Contribution ” means, in the event that the First Required Additional Contribution is less than the First Scheduled Additional Contribution, the absolute value of the difference between such First Required Additional Contribution and such First Scheduled Additional Contribution.

 

First Required Additional Contribution ” means the additional equity contribution, if any, contributed at least forty (40) calendar days prior to the First Required Additional Contribution Date, from an Affiliate of the Borrower and deposited in the Surplus Account, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the First Scheduled Additional Contribution and (ii) the applicable Reduced Contribution.  The First Required Additional Contribution was made in an amount equal to $[****].

 

First Required Additional Contribution Date ” means April 1, 2012.

 

First Scheduled Additional Contribution ” means $[****].

 

Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings Inc.

 

Fourth Remainder Contribution ” means, in the event that the Fourth Required Additional Contribution is less than the sum of (i) the Fourth Scheduled Additional Contribution and (ii) the Third Remainder Contribution, the absolute value of the difference between such Fourth Required Additional Contribution and such sum of (a) the Fourth Scheduled Additional Contribution and (b) the Third Remainder Contribution.

 

Fourth Required Additional Contribution ” means the additional equity contribution, if any, contributed on or prior to the Fourth Required Additional Contribution Date, from an Affiliate of the Borrower and deposited in the Surplus Account, in an amount equal to the lesser of:

 

(a) the sum of (i) the Fourth Scheduled Additional Contribution and (ii) the Third Remainder Contribution, if any, and

 

(b) the applicable Reduced Contribution.

 

6



 

Fourth Required Additional Contribution Date ” means December 31, 2017.

 

Fourth Scheduled Additional Contribution ” means the excess (if any) of (a) $[****] over (b) the Dividend Amount, if any, for the Dividend Year ending on [****].

 

Funding Costs ” means all losses, costs and expenses incurred by the Issuing Lender as a result of the Borrower’s failure to pay any LOC Reimbursement Obligation on or prior to the LOC Reimbursement Date, but only to the extent such losses, costs or expenses relate to the funding of the related LOC Disbursement.  For the avoidance of doubt, “Funding Costs” does not include LOC Disbursements.

 

Funds Withheld Account ” means a funds withheld account established and maintained in accordance with the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Hedge Counterparty ” has the  meaning assigned to it in Section 9.13 .

 

Increase Conditions ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.03 .

 

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with SAP:

 

(a)           all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

 

(b)           all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

 

(c)           all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business);

 

(d)           indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

 

(e)           capital leases of which such Person is the lessee; and

 

(f)            all guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

 

7



 

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person.  The amount of any capital lease as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.  For the avoidance of doubt, commitments or obligations in connection with any insurance policies, reinsurance agreements, retrocession agreements, guaranteed investment contracts and funding agreements shall not constitute Indebtedness.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Indemnitee ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.04 .

 

Independent Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Borrower who (i) shall not have been at the time of such Person’s appointment or at any time during the preceding five (5) years, and shall not be as long as such Person is a director of the Borrower, (a) a director, officer, employee, partner, shareholder, member, manager or Affiliate of the Borrower, (b) a supplier to the Borrower, (c) a Person controlling or under common control with any partner, shareholder, member, manager, Affiliate or supplier of the Borrower or (d) a member of the immediate family of any director, officer, employee, partner, shareholder, member, manager, Affiliate or supplier of the Borrower, in the case of each of (a), (b), (c) and (d), other than in connection with his or her service as an Independent Director or in a similar capacity with any other captive insurance company Affiliate of the Borrower; (ii) has prior experience as an independent director for a corporation or limited liability company whose charter documents required the unanimous consent of all independent directors thereof before such corporation or limited liability company could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy and (iii) has at least three (3) years of employment experience with one or more entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory, management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities.

 

Initial LOC Amount ” means $915,000,000.

 

Instrument ” means an “Instrument” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC.

 

Investment Guidelines ” means those certain investment guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

Investment Management Agreement ” means that certain investment services agreement, originally dated as of April 23, 2010 and amended and restated as of the Amendment Closing Date, between PLC and the Borrower.

 

Issuance Conditions ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.02 .

 

Issuing Lender ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble.

 

8



 

Lender Counterparty ” means a counterparty to a swap or similar hedging transaction with the Issuing Lender related to this Agreement.

 

Letter of Credit ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(a) .

 

LIBOR ” means, for any date, a rate determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)           LIBOR for such date shall equal the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having a three-month maturity, as determined by the Issuing Lender, which appears on the LIBOR Reference Page as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the applicable LIBOR Determination Date.

 

(b)           If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on the LIBOR Reference Page, then LIBOR shall be determined by the Issuing Lender on the basis of the offered quotations of the Reference Bank to prime banks in the London interbank market for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity, as determined by the Issuing Lender, by reference to quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date.

 

(c)           If the Issuing Lender is unable to determine LIBOR in accordance with the provisions set forth above, LIBOR with respect to such date shall be deemed to be the Alternate Base Rate plus one and one-half percent (1.50%) for such period.

 

For purposes of clause (a) above, all percentages resulting from such calculations shall be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred thousandth of a percentage point and for the purposes of clause (b) above, all percentages resulting from such calculations shall be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one thirty-second (1/32) of a percentage point.  As used in this definition of LIBOR:

 

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one one-hundredth (1/100) of a percentage point) equal to the greater of (a) the Base Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus one-half percent (0.50%).  If the Issuing Lender shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Issuing Lender to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist.  Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

 

Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum that is equal to the corporate base rate of interest established generally for its customers by the Issuing Lender from time to time; each change in the Base Rate shall be effective on the date such change is effective.  The corporate base rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by the Issuing Lender to its customers.

 

9



 

LIBOR Determination Date ” means, for any date, the second London Banking Day prior to such date.

 

LIBOR Reference Page ” means Reuters Page LIBOR01 (or such other page as may replace such Reuters Page LIBOR01 for purposes of displaying comparable rates).

 

London Banking Day ” means a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.

 

Reference Bank ” means the principal London branch of UBS AG.

 

Licensing Order ” means the Third Amended and Restated Licensing Order issued by the Vermont Department to the Borrower dated June 10, 2014.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

LOC Amount ” means the aggregate issued and outstanding face amount of the Letter of Credit at any time and from time to time, including any adjustment pursuant to Section 2.01 , but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any amounts drawn thereon for which such face amount is not reduced.

 

LOC Commitment ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(a)(i) .

 

LOC Disbursement ” means a payment made by the Issuing Lender pursuant to the Letter of Credit.

 

LOC Reimbursement Date ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(g)(i) .

 

LOC Reimbursement Obligation ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(g)(i) .

 

Mandatory LOC Reduction ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(e) .

 

Mandatory LOC Reduction Notice ” means a written notice from the Ceding Insurer to the Issuing Lender, in the form of Annex 8 to the Letter of Credit.

 

Mandatory LOC Reduction Notice Transmittal Letter ” means a written notice from the Reinsurance Trustee to the Issuing Lender, in the form of Annex 7 to the Letter of Credit, attaching a Mandatory LOC Reduction Notice.

 

Market Value ” means (i) in the case of Cash and Cash Equivalents, the face amount thereof; and (ii) in the case of any security or other instrument, the fair market value thereof.

 

10


 


 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, operations, assets, property or financial condition of the Borrower, (ii) the Reinsured Policies (iii) the ability of the Issuing Lender to enforce its rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, (iv) the ability of the Borrower to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or (v) the binding nature, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document other than the PLC Service Agreements.

 

Maximum Lawful Amount ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.18 .

 

MLOA ” means MONY Life Insurance Company of America, an Arizona-domiciled life insurance company.

 

MLOA Block ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

MLOA Block Independent Actuary ” means the New Jersey branch of the independent actuarial firm Milliman, Inc.

 

MLOA Reinsurance Agreement ” means the Reinsurance Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2013, by and between MLOA and PLICO, attached hereto as Exhibit J .

 

Modified Total Adjusted Capital ” has the meaning assigned to the term “Total Adjusted Capital” in Section 8301(15) of Title 8 of the Vermont Statutes Annotated in effect as of the RBC Reference Date; provided that (i) any net positive capital and surplus benefit relating to the deferred tax asset, (ii) any asset valuation reserves and (iii) the treatment of any amount of the Letter of Credit in excess of the Facility Reserves as an admitted asset, shall be excluded from such calculation.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

NAIC ” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

 

Nebraska Director ” means the Director of Insurance in the State of Nebraska or any successor or subsequent domestic insurance regulator of the Ceding Company.

 

Nebraska Insurance Code ” means the insurance laws and regulations of the State of Nebraska.

 

Non-Increase Notice ” means a written notice from the Issuing Lender to the Borrower and the Reinsurance Trustee, as beneficiary of the Letter of Credit, in the form of Annex 2 to the Letter of Credit.

 

OFAC ” means the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

Optional LOC Reduction ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(d) .

 

11



 

Optional LOC Reduction Amount ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(d) .

 

Original Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble.

 

Original Block ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

Original Block Independent Actuary ” means Milliman Inc.’s Chicago office.

 

Original Block Initial Funds Withheld Amount ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

Original Closing Date ” means April 23, 2010.

 

Other Letter of Credit Transaction ” means one or more letter of credit transactions arranged by the Issuing Lender whether before or after the Original Closing Date with an insurance company or reinsurer for the primary purpose of financing statutory reserves established in connection with life insurance policies that exceed the economic reserves required in connection with such life insurance policies.

 

Other Taxes ” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise in respect to, this Agreement.

 

Participant ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.05(e) .

 

Payment Restrictions ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.05(g) .

 

PDF ” means, when used in reference to notices via electronic mail attachment, portable document format or a similar electronic file format.

 

Permitted Liens ” means (i) Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims not delinquent or being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which reserves adequate under SAP are being maintained; (ii) deposits or pledges to secure obligations under workers’ compensation, social security or similar laws, or under unemployment insurance; (iii) mechanics’, workers’, materialmen’s, carriers’ or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business with respect to obligations that are not due or that are being contested in good faith; (iv) Liens granted under repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and derivatives entered into in the ordinary course of business as permitted under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; (v) clearing and settlement Liens on securities and other investment properties incurred in the ordinary course of clearing and settling transactions in such assets and holding them with custodians; (vi) insurance regulatory Liens; (vii) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which reserves adequate under SAP are being maintained; and (viii) Liens contemplated by this Agreement and any other Transaction Document, including the Reinsurance Trust Account.

 

12



 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

PLC ” means Protective Life Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns.

 

PLC Guarantee ” means that certain letter agreement, originally dated as of April 23, 2010 and as amended and restated as of the UILIC Closing Date, between PLC and the Issuing Lender.

 

PLC Service Agreements ” means collectively (i) the Amendment to the Agreement for Administrative Services, dated as of April 23, 2010, between PLC and the Borrower, (ii) the Agreement for Legal Services, dated as of April 23, 2010, between PLC and the Borrower and (iii) the Agreement for Data Processing Programming Services, dated as of April 23, 2010, between PLC and the Borrower.

 

PLICO ” means Protective Life Insurance Company, a Tennessee stock insurance company, and its successors and assigns.

 

PLICO Reinsurance Agreement ” means that certain indemnity reinsurance agreement originally dated as of the UILIC Closing Date and amended and restated as of the Amendment Closing Date, by and between the Ceding Company and PLICO, attached hereto as Exhibit I .

 

Present Value ” has the meaning assigned to it in Schedule 2 .

 

Prime Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to the prime rate of interest announced from time to time by UBS AG, Stamford Branch (which is not necessarily the lowest rate charged to any customer), changing when and as such prime rate changes.

 

Priority of Payments ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.05 .

 

Projected ETI Costs ” has the meaning referred to in Exhibit B of Appendix I to Schedule 2.

 

RBC Reference Date ” means (a) December 31, 2009 or (b) any later date otherwise agreed to by the Borrower and the Issuing Lender.

 

Reduced Contribution ” means, at any date of determination, the excess, if any, of [****] percent ([****]%)of the Borrower’s Company Action Level Risk Based Capital over the Borrower’s Modified Total Adjusted Capital, each, determined as of the end of the most recent calendar quarter, or, if no such excess exists, the Reduced Contribution shall be zero.

 

Regulatory Account ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.01(a) .

 

Reinsurance Agreement ” means that certain indemnity reinsurance agreement, originally effective as of April 1, 2010, as amended as of February 14, 2011, as amended and restated effective as of July 1, 2011, as amended and restated effective as of October 1, 2011, as

 

13



 

amended and restated as of the UILIC Closing Date effective as of July 1, 2013 and as amended and restated as of the Amendment Closing Date effective as of the Amendment Effective Date by and between the Borrower and the Ceding Company attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

Reinsurance Trust Account ” means a trust account established and maintained in accordance with the Reinsurance Trust Agreement.

 

Reinsurance Trust Agreement ” means that certain trust agreement, originally dated as of April 23, 2010 and as amended as of the Amendment Closing Date, among the Reinsurance Trustee, the Borrower and the Ceding Company.

 

Reinsurance Trustee ” means The Bank of New York Mellon in its capacity as trustee pursuant to the Reinsurance Trust Agreement, and any successor hereunder.

 

Reinsured Policies ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Required Additional Contribution ” means any or all of the First Required Additional Contribution, the Second Required Additional Contribution, the Third Required Additional Contribution, the Fourth Required Additional Contribution, the Fifth Required Additional Contribution and the Sixth Required Additional Contribution.

 

Required Additional Contribution Date ” means, as applicable, the First Required Additional Contribution Date, the Second Required Additional Contribution Date, the Third Required Additional Contribution Date, the Fourth Required Additional Contribution Date, the Fifth Required Additional Contribution Date or the Sixth Required Additional Contribution Date.

 

Required Participants ” means, at any date of determination, more than fifty percent (50%) of Participants.

 

Responsible Officer ” of a Person means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of such Person.  Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or the Ceding Company shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and other action on the part of the Borrower or the Ceding Company, as the case may be, and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of the Borrower or the Ceding Company, as the case may be.

 

Restricted List ” means the list set forth on Schedule 4 (as such Schedule 4 may be amended, modified or supplemented by the Borrower from time to time, and at any time, by written notice to the Issuing Lender).

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business.

 

14



 

SAP ” means the accounting procedures and practices prescribed or permitted by the applicable insurance regulatory authority, consistently applied.

 

Scheduled LOC Adjustment Amount ” means, with respect to any date, the amount set forth in the “LOC Adjustment Amount” column or the “Mandatory LOC Reduction LOC Adjustment Amount” column, as applicable, of Schedule 3 in the row corresponding to such date.

 

Scheduled LOC Adjustment Date ” means each date on which the amount set forth in the “LOC Adjustment Amount” column or the “Mandatory LOC Reduction LOC Adjustment Amount” column, as applicable, of Schedule 3 is greater than zero.

 

Scheduled LOC Amount ” means, with respect to any date, the amount set forth in the “LOC Amount” column or the “Mandatory LOC Reduction LOC Amount” column, as applicable, of Schedule 3 in the row corresponding to such date.

 

Scheduled LOC Increase ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(b) .

 

Second Remainder Contribution ” means, in the event that the Second Required Additional Contribution is less than the sum of (i) the Second Scheduled Additional Contribution and (ii) the First Remainder Contribution, the absolute value of the difference between such Second Required Additional Contribution and such sum of (a) the Second Scheduled Additional Contribution and (b) the First Remainder Contribution.

 

Second Required Additional Contribution ” means the additional equity contribution, if any, contributed at least forty (40) calendar days prior to the Second Required Additional Contribution Date, from an Affiliate of the Borrower and deposited in the Surplus Account, in an amount equal to the lesser of:

 

(a)           the sum of (i) the Second Scheduled Additional Contribution and (ii) the First Remainder Contribution, if any, and

 

(b)           the applicable Reduced Contribution.

 

The Second Required Additional Contribution was made in an amount equal to $[****].

 

Second Required Additional Contribution Date ” means April 1, 2013.

 

Second Scheduled Additional Contribution ” means $[****].

 

Secured Obligations ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 7.01 .

 

Securities Account ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8-501 of the UCC.

 

Securities Account Control Agreement ” means that certain securities account control agreement, originally dated as of April 23, 2010 and amended as of November 21, 2011, by and among the Borrower, the Issuing Lender and the Securities Intermediary.

 

15



 

Securities Intermediary ” means The Bank of New York Mellon acting as securities intermediary (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC) with respect to the Surplus Account.

 

Sixth Remainder Contribution ” means, in the event that the Sixth Required Additional Contribution is less than the sum of (i) the Sixth Scheduled Additional Contribution and (ii) the Fifth Remainder Contribution, the absolute value of the difference between such Sixth Required Additional Contribution and such sum of (a) the Sixth Scheduled Additional Contribution and (b) the Fifth Remainder Contribution.

 

Sixth Required Additional Contribution ” means the additional equity contribution, if any, contributed on or prior to the Sixth Required Additional Contribution Date, from an Affiliate of the Borrower and deposited in the Surplus Account, in an amount equal to the lesser of:

 

(a)           the sum of (i) the Sixth Scheduled Additional Contribution and (ii) the Fifth Remainder Contribution, if any, and

 

(b)           the applicable Reduced Contribution.

 

Sixth Required Additional Contribution Date ” means December 31, 2021.

 

Sixth Scheduled Additional Contribution ” means the excess (if any) of (a) $[****] over (b) the Dividend Amount, if any, for the Dividend Year ending on [****].

 

Solvent ” means that (i) the assets of the Borrower are greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of the Borrower determined in accordance with SAP as of the Original Closing Date; (ii) the Borrower does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (iii) the Borrower is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which the Borrower’s property, as applicable, would constitute unreasonably insufficient capital.

 

Special Dividend ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.14 .

 

Special Payment ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.14 .

 

Special Tax Allocation Agreement ” means the Special Tax Allocation Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2010, by and between the Borrower and PLC.

 

Statutory Reserves ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement ” means that certain Stop Loss Indemnity Reinsurance Agreement, originally dated as of April 23, 2010, amended and restated as of the UILIC Closing Date and effective as of July 1, 2013 and amended and restated as of the Amendment Closing Date and effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, by and between the Ceding Company and PLICO.

 

16



 

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.

 

Surplus Account ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.02(a) .

 

Surplus Notes ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.01(bb) .

 

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority including penalties, interest and additions to tax imposed with respect thereto.

 

Tax Sharing Agreement ” means that certain Amendment and Clarification of the Tax Allocation Agreement dated January 1, 1988, effective as of January 1, 1988, by and between PLC and its Subsidiaries.

 

Third Party Expenses ” means expenses relating to (i) services provided by Affiliates of the Borrower, including administrative services, investment management services, data processing services, legal services and any other amounts incurred under any of the Affiliated Services Agreements and (ii) third party services including accounting services, actuarial services, legal services, management of the Borrower, custodial or trustee services and wages for, and reimbursable expenses of any, outside director of the Borrower, pursuant to the Reinsurance Agreement, and any other amounts incurred under any Third Party Service Agreement.

 

Third Party Service Agreements ” means (i) the Captive Management Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2010, between the Borrower and Marsh Management Services, Inc., (ii) the Reinsurance Trust Agreement and (iii) the Custody Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2010, between the Borrower and The Bank of New York Mellon.

 

Third Remainder Contribution ” means, in the event that the Third Required Additional Contribution is less than the sum of (i) the Third Scheduled Additional Contribution and (ii) the Second Remainder Contribution, the absolute value of the difference between such Third Required Additional Contribution and such sum of (a) the Third Scheduled Additional Contribution and (b) the Second Remainder Contribution.  The Third Remainder Contribution was an amount equal to $[****].

 

Third Required Additional Contribution ” means the additional equity contribution, if any, contributed at least forty (40) calendar days prior to the Third Required Additional Contribution Date, from an Affiliate of the Borrower and deposited in the Surplus Account, in an amount equal to the lesser of:

 

(a)           the sum of (i) the Third Scheduled Additional Contribution and (ii) the Second Remainder Contribution, if any, and

 

17



 

(b)           the applicable Reduced Contribution.

 

The Third Required Additional Contribution was made in an amount equal to $[****].

 

Third Required Additional Contribution Date ” means April 1, 2014.

 

Third Scheduled Additional Contribution ” means $[****].

 

Total Adjusted Capital ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8301(15) of Title 8 of the Vermont Statutes Annotated in effect as of the RBC Reference Date.

 

Transaction Documents ” means collectively, this Agreement (including the Investment Guidelines), the Fee Letter, the Letter of Credit, the Reinsurance Agreement, the Reinsurance Trust Agreement, the PLICO Reinsurance Agreement, the Ceding Company Letter Agreement, the Affiliated Services Agreements, the Third Party Service Agreements, the PLC Guarantee, the Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement, the Catastrophic Loss Capital Support Agreement, originally dated as of April 23, 2010 as amended and restated as of November 21, 2011, by and between PLC and the Borrower, the Investment Management Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement, Special Tax Allocation Agreement, the Securities Account Control Agreement, the Transaction Expense Support Agreement, and the Constituent Documents of the Borrower, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Transaction Expense Support Agreement ” means that certain transaction expense support agreement dated as of April 23, 2010 between the Borrower and PLC.

 

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by the parties to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents of the Transaction Documents and all certificates and other documents contemplated in connection therewith.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.

 

UILIC Block ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

UILIC Block Independent Actuary ” means Towers Watson Pennsylvania Inc.

 

UILIC Closing Date ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble.

 

USA PATRIOT Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56).

 

Utilization Fee ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Fee Letter.

 

Vermont Commissioner ” means the commissioner of the Vermont Department.

 

18



 

Vermont Department ” means the department of banking, insurance, securities and health care administration in the State of Vermont.

 

Vermont Insurance Code ” means the insurance laws and regulations of the State of Vermont.

 

Section 1.02.         Terms Generally .  The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”  Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (ii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (iii) the word “from” in connection with a time period means “from and including” and the word “until” means “to but not including”, (iv) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (v) all references to agreements, documents, guidelines or instruments, laws, rules, regulations or orders shall be to the same as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and at any time, except as otherwise provided herein.

 

Section 1.03.         Accounting Terms .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with SAP, as in effect from time to time, with respect to entities that prepare SAP financial statements.

 

ARTICLE II

 

LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY

 

Section 2.01.         Letter of Credit Facility .

 

(a)           Letter of Credit .  Subject to (1) the return of the Existing Letter of Credit by the Reinsurance Trustee to the Issuing Lender for cancellation on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date and (2) the delivery by the Borrower to the Issuing Lender on the Amendment Effective Date of an officer’s certificate of the Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , dated as of such date and stating that the Issuance Conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other than those that have been waived in writing by the Issuing Lender) have been fully satisfied as of such date, the Issuing Lender agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and subject to the prior satisfaction (or waiver by the Issuing Lender) of the Closing Conditions, to issue and deliver to the Reinsurance Trustee on the Amendment Effective Date an irrevocable and non-transferable standby letter of credit hereunder, in the form of Exhibit E (the “ Letter of Credit ”), at the request of the Borrower as applicant therefor, for the benefit of the Reinsurance Trustee as beneficiary thereof, and for deposit in the Reinsurance Trust Account, with a face amount equal to the Initial LOC Amount.

 

19



 

(i)            The obligation of the Issuing Lender (A) to issue the Letter of Credit, (B) not to exercise its right to prevent the increase of the LOC Amount pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(i)  and (C) not to exercise its right to accelerate the Facility Maturity Date to an earlier date pursuant to Section 2.01(c) , on and subject to the terms and conditions hereof is herein called the “ LOC Commitment .”

 

(ii)           Unless previously terminated in accordance with Section 2.02 , the LOC Commitment shall terminate on the Facility Maturity Date, as it may be accelerated to an earlier date from time to time in accordance with Section 2.01(c) .  The Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars.

 

(b)           Letter of Credit Adjustments .

 

(i)            If at least ten (10) Business Days prior to each of the Scheduled LOC Adjustment Dates occurring on or prior to March 15, 2015, the Borrower shall deliver to the Issuing Lender an officer’s certificate of the Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , dated as of such date and stating that the Increase Conditions set forth in Sections 5.03(a) , (b)  and (c)  (other than those that have been waived in writing by the Issuing Lender) have been fully satisfied as of such date, then the LOC Amount shall be automatically increased by an amount equal to the applicable Scheduled LOC Adjustment Amount (each, a “ Scheduled LOC Increase ”), effective as of the applicable Scheduled LOC Adjustment Date. If the Issuing Lender has not received the officer’s certificate of the Borrower described in the immediately preceding sentence and the Issuing Lender has delivered a Non-Increase Notice, then the LOC Amount shall not be increased above the then-current LOC Amount.  The Issuing Lender agrees not to issue any such Non-Increase Notice with respect to a Scheduled LOC Increase if it has received the officer’s certificate of the Borrower described in the first sentence of this Section 2.01(b)(i) .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the only consequence of the failure of the Borrower to deliver an officer’s certificate pursuant to this Section 2.01(b)(i) , shall be the Issuing Lender’s right to issue a Non-Increase Notice as provided in this Section 2.01(b)(i) . For the avoidance of doubt, any such failure of the Borrower to deliver an officer’s certificate pursuant to this Section 2.01(b)(i)  shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default.

 

(ii)           If on any of the Scheduled LOC Adjustment Dates occurring on or after December 15, 2016, the then-current LOC Amount is greater than the then-applicable Scheduled LOC Amount, then the LOC Amount shall be automatically decreased (effective as of the applicable Scheduled LOC Adjustment Date) to the then-applicable Scheduled LOC Amount.

 

(c)           Facility Maturity Date .  The Issuing Lender shall have the right to accelerate the Facility Maturity Date to an earlier date in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

 

20


 

 


 

(i)            If at least forty (40) calendar days prior to the First Required Additional Contribution Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Issuing Lender an officer’s certificate of Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , dated as of such date, (A) stating that the First Required Additional Contribution has been made and setting forth the date on which such contribution was received by the Borrower and (B) stating that no event that constitutes an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 8.01(l)  or (m)  has occurred and is continuing as of such date, then the Facility Maturity Date shall remain the same date as in effect immediately prior to such fortieth (40th) calendar date prior to the First Required Additional Contribution Date.  If the Issuing Lender has not received the officer’s certificate of the Borrower described in the immediately preceding sentence and the Issuing Lender has delivered an Acceleration Notice before March 1, 2012, then the Facility Maturity Date shall be accelerated to April 1, 2013 effective on the First Required Additional Contribution Date and shall remain effective until the Letter of Credit is terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  The Issuing Lender agrees not to issue any such Acceleration Notice if it has received the officer’s certificate of the Borrower described in the first sentence of this Section 2.01(c)(i) .

 

(ii)           If the Facility Maturity Date has not been accelerated pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(i)  and if at least forty (40) calendar days prior to the Third Required Additional Contribution Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Issuing Lender an officer’s certificate of Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , dated as of such date, (A) stating that the Second Required Additional Contribution has been made at least forty (40) calendar days prior to the Second Required Additional Contribution Date and setting forth the date on which such contribution was received by the Borrower and stating that the Third Required Additional Contribution has been made and setting forth the date on which such contribution was received by the Borrower and (B) stating that no event that constitutes an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 8.01(l)  or (m)  has occurred and is continuing as of such date, then the Facility Maturity Date shall remain the same date as in effect immediately prior to such fortieth (40th) calendar date prior to the Third Required Additional Contribution Date.  If the Issuing Lender has not received the officer’s certificate of the Borrower described in the immediately preceding sentence and the Issuing Lender has delivered an Acceleration Notice before March 1, 2014, then the Facility Maturity Date shall be accelerated to April 1, 2015 effective on the Third Required Additional Contribution Date and shall remain effective until the Letter of Credit is terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  The Issuing Lender agrees not to issue any such Acceleration Notice if it has received the officer’s certificate of the Borrower described in the first sentence of this Section 2.01(c)(ii) .

 

(iii)          If the Facility Maturity Date has not been accelerated pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(i)  or (ii)  and if on or prior to the Fourth Required Additional Contribution Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Issuing Lender an officer’s certificate of Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , dated as of such date, (A) stating that the Fourth Required Additional Contribution has been made

 

21



 

and setting forth the date on which such contribution was received by the Borrower and (B) stating that no event that constitutes an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 8.01(l)  or (m)  has occurred and is continuing as of such date, then the Facility Maturity Date shall remain the same date as in effect immediately prior to the Fourth Required Additional Contribution Date.  If the Issuing Lender has not received the officer’s certificate of the Borrower described in the immediately preceding sentence and the Issuing Lender has delivered an Acceleration Notice before January 10, 2018, then the Facility Maturity Date shall be accelerated to April 1, 2018 effective on January 10, 2018 and shall remain effective until the Letter of Credit is terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  The Issuing Lender agrees not to issue any such Acceleration Notice if it has received the officer’s certificate of the Borrower described in the first sentence of this Section 2.01(c)(iii) .

 

(iv)          If the Facility Maturity Date has not been accelerated pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(i) , (ii)  or (iii)  and if on or prior to the Fifth Required Additional Contribution Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Issuing Lender an officer’s certificate of Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , dated as of such date, (A) stating that the Fifth Required Additional Contribution has been made and setting forth the date on which such contribution was received by the Borrower and (B) stating that no event that constitutes an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 8.01(l)  or (m)  has occurred and is continuing as of such date, then the Facility Maturity Date shall remain the same date as in effect immediately prior to the Fifth Required Additional Contribution Date.  If the Issuing Lender has not received the officer’s certificate of the Borrower described in the immediately preceding sentence and the Issuing Lender has delivered an Acceleration Notice before January 10, 2020, then the Facility Maturity Date shall be accelerated to April 1, 2020 effective on January 10, 2020 and shall remain effective until the Letter of Credit is terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  The Issuing Lender agrees not to issue any such Acceleration Notice if it has received the officer’s certificate of the Borrower described in the first sentence of this Section 2.01(c)(iv) .

 

(v)           If the Facility Maturity Date has not been accelerated pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(i) , (ii) , (iii)  or (iv) and if on or prior to the Sixth Required Additional Contribution Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Issuing Lender an officer’s certificate of Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , dated as of such date, (A) stating that the Sixth Required Additional Contribution has been made and setting forth the date on which such contribution was received by the Borrower and (B) stating that no event that constitutes an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 8.01(l)  or (m)  has occurred and is continuing as of such date, then the Facility Maturity Date shall remain the same date as in effect immediately prior to the Sixth Required Additional Contribution Date.  If the Issuing Lender has not received the officer’s certificate of the Borrower described in the immediately preceding sentence and the Issuing Lender has delivered an Acceleration Notice before January 10, 2022, then the Facility Maturity Date shall be accelerated to April 1, 2022 effective on January 10, 2022 and shall remain

 

22



 

effective until the Letter of Credit is terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  The Issuing Lender agrees not to issue any such Acceleration Notice if it has received the officer’s certificate of the Borrower described in the first sentence of this Section 2.01(c)(v) .

 

(vi)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the only consequence of the failure of the Borrower to deliver an officer’s certificate pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv)  or (v)  shall be the Issuing Lender’s right to issue an Acceleration Notice and accelerate the Facility Maturity Date to the applicable date set forth in Section 2.01(c)(i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv)  or (v)  and any such failure of the Borrower to deliver an officer’s certificate pursuant to this Section 2.01(c)  shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default.

 

(d)           Optional LOC Reductions .  The Borrower shall, subject to the prior written consent of the Ceding Company and the Reinsurance Trustee, have the right at any time to reduce, upon fifteen (15) calendar days prior written notice to the Issuing Lender, the LOC Amount (an “ Optional LOC Reduction ”).  Upon (A) the Issuing Lender’s receipt of such notice and expiration of such fifteen (15) calendar day notice period and (B) the Borrower’s payment to the Issuing Lender of any applicable Early Termination Fee, then an Optional LOC Reduction shall immediately become effective (it being understood that any such reduction shall not become effective until the Reinsurance Trustee has countersigned such amendment).  In connection with any Optional LOC Reduction, the Issuing Lender shall immediately amend the Letter of Credit to reduce the LOC Amount to the corresponding amount requested by the Borrower and consented to by the Reinsurance Trustee, (the “ Optional LOC Reduction Amount ”) and the Borrower shall request that the Reinsurance Trustee countersign such amendment.  Any Optional LOC Reduction shall remain effective until the LOC Amount is further amended in accordance with the terms hereof or the Letter of Credit is terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e)           Mandatory LOC Reduction .  Upon the recapture in full by MLOA of the MLOA Block pursuant to the MLOA Reinsurance Agreement and upon presentation to the Issuing Lender of a Mandatory LOC Reduction Notice Transmittal Letter in the form of Annex 7 to the Letter of Credit, attaching a Mandatory LOC Reduction Notice in the form of Annex 8 to the Letter of Credit, the LOC Amount shall automatically be reduced (a “ Mandatory LOC Reduction ”) to the amount set forth in the “Mandatory LOC Reduction LOC Amount” column of Schedule 3 hereto in the row corresponding to the beginning of the calendar quarter in which such recapture occurs and thereafter, the LOC Amount for each calendar quarter shall be the amount set forth in the “Mandatory LOC Reduction LOC Amount” column of Schedule 3 hereto. A Mandatory LOC Reduction shall immediately become effective and the Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Lender the applicable Early Termination Fee pursuant to the Fee Letter. Any Mandatory LOC Reduction shall remain effective until the LOC Amount is amended in accordance with the terms hereof or the Letter of Credit is terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(f)            Termination of LOC Commitment .  The LOC Commitment of the Issuing Lender shall terminate upon any termination in full of the Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 2.02(a) .

 

23



 

(g)           Reimbursement of LOC Disbursements; Funding Costs .

 

(i)            If the Issuing Lender shall make any LOC Disbursements in respect of the Letter of Credit, the Borrower unconditionally agrees to reimburse the Issuing Lender for the full amount of such LOC Disbursements (each, an “ LOC Reimbursement Obligation ”), on the Business Day immediately following each date on which, and to the fullest extent that, funds become available in accordance with the Priority of Payments and the Payment Restrictions (each such date, an “ LOC Reimbursement Date ”).  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuing Lender all Funding Costs on the LOC Reimbursement Date.

 

(ii)           To the extent that any LOC Reimbursement Obligation is owing at such time as the Borrower’s Total Adjusted Capital is less than [****] percent ([****]%) of its Company Action Level Risk Based Capital, the Borrower shall use its best efforts to obtain an Approval from the Vermont Commissioner for the payment by the Borrower of such LOC Reimbursement Obligation as promptly as practicable following the applicable LOC Disbursement.  In the event any such Approval has not been obtained for such payment on or prior to the date on which such amount is first due, the Borrower shall continue to use its best efforts to obtain such Approval as promptly as practicable thereafter; provided , that the Borrower shall not be required to amend the Transaction Documents in order to obtain such Approval.

 

(h)           Obligations Absolute .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Issuing Lender’s obligation to make payment of any draw on the Letter of Credit in strict compliance with its terms will not be subject to any conditions or qualifications not expressly included and set forth in the Letter of Credit, including any action or failure to act or to make any payment by any Lender Counterparty.  Subject to the Priority of Payments and the Payment Restrictions, the LOC Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of:

 

(i)            any lack of validity or enforceability of the Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein;

 

(ii)           any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the provisions of the Letter of Credit or this Agreement;

 

(iii)          the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any other Person may at any time have against the Issuing Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement or any other related or unrelated agreement or transaction;

 

(iv)          any draft or other document presented under the Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

 

24



 

(v)           payment by the Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and

 

(vi)          any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of the Issuing Lender or any other Person to perform any obligation under the Letter of Credit, or any release of any such obligation, or any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.01 , constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder.

 

Without limiting the rights of the Reinsurance Trustee, as directed by the Borrower, to draw upon the Letter of Credit, neither the Issuing Lender, nor any of its Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of the Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder, including any of the circumstances specified in Section 2.01(h)(i)  through (vi) , as well as any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to the Letter of Credit (including any Draw Certification Notice or any other document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Lender; provided , that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Lender or any of its Related Parties from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Lender’s failure to exercise the agreed standard of care (as set forth below) in determining whether drafts and other documents presented under the Letter of Credit comply with the terms hereof.  The parties hereto expressly agree that the Issuing Lender shall have exercised the agreed standard of care in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Lender.

 

(i)            LOC Disbursement Procedures; Draw Certification Notice .  The Issuing Lender shall, promptly upon its receipt of a Draw Certification Notice, examine the Draw Certification Notice purporting to represent a demand for payment under the Letter of Credit.  The Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower by telephone or electronic mail (confirmed by overnight courier service) whether the Issuing Lender has made or will make an LOC Disbursement thereunder (without, for the avoidance of doubt, relieving the Issuing Lender of any obligation to make an LOC Disbursement); provided , that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its LOC Reimbursement Obligations, if applicable.  Without limiting any other provisions of this Agreement, the parties agree that, with respect to any Draw Certification Notice presented in respect of the Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender may, in its sole discretion, (i) either make payment upon such Draw Certification Notice without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or (ii) refuse to make payment upon such Draw Certification Notice if such document is not in strict compliance with the terms of the Letter of Credit.  For the avoidance of doubt, delivery of a sight draft and a Draw Certification Notice strictly adhering to the requirements of the Letter of Credit shall be the sole condition to a draw under such Letter of Credit.

 

25



 

(j)            Interest .  Subject to the Priority of Payments, the Borrower unconditionally agrees to pay to the Issuing Lender interest on the amount of each LOC Disbursement, for the period from and including the date of such LOC Disbursement to but excluding the date of payment in full, at the Drawn Rate.  Subject to the Priority of Payments, interest accrued in respect of any LOC Disbursement shall be payable on the relevant LOC Reimbursement Date, and thereafter on demand from time to time by the Issuing Lender and upon payment of any LOC Reimbursement Obligation.

 

Section 2.02.         Termination of the Letter of Credit .

 

(a)           Termination of the Letter of Credit .  The Letter of Credit shall terminate on the earliest to occur of (i) the election of the Borrower to terminate the Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 2.02(b) , (ii) the drawing of one hundred percent (100%) of the Letter of Credit and (iii) its stated expiry date.

 

(b)           The Reinsurance Trustee, at the direction of the Borrower, may, subject to the prior written consent of the Ceding Company at any time, by giving at least three (3) Business Days’ prior signed written notice to the Issuing Lender, terminate the Letter of Credit.

 

(c)           Each notice delivered by the Borrower in accordance with this Section 2.02 shall be irrevocable.  Any termination of the Letter of Credit shall be permanent.

 

Section 2.03.         Fees .

 

(a)           The Borrower shall pay any and all Fees due and payable under the Fee Letter to the Issuing Lender in the manner contemplated therein; provided , that such Fees shall be treated for all purposes as if paid under and pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)           The Borrower agrees to pay all amounts owed in connection with the issuance and maintenance of the Letter of Credit required to be made hereunder to the Issuing Lender.

 

(c)           All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Issuing Lender.  Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

Section 2.04.         Yield Protection .

 

(a)           Increased Costs .  In the event that by reason of any change after the Amendment Closing Date in applicable law, rule or regulation of any Swiss Governmental Authority with authority over Swiss banks or any U.S. Governmental Authority with authority over non-U.S. banks with U.S. banking business (each, an “ Applicable Governmental Authority ”) or in the interpretation thereof by any Applicable Governmental Authority charged with the administration, application or interpretation thereof, or by reason of the adoption or enactment, as of and following the Amendment Closing Date, of any requirement, request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Applicable Governmental Authority with respect to this Agreement that shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit assessment or insurance fee or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its

 

26



 

capacity as Issuing Lender, or shall subject UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, or its Controlling Persons to any tax, levy, impost, charge, fee, duty, deduction or withholding of any kind whatsoever with respect to the Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or change the basis of taxation of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, with respect to any amounts payable under this Agreement (in either case, except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes indemnifiable under Section 2.05 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by the Issuing Lender); and if any of the above-mentioned measures, events or circumstances shall result in an increase in the cost to UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, of making, issuing, maintaining, amending or funding the Letter of Credit, or taking any other action with respect to the Letter of Credit contemplated under this Agreement, or a reduction in the amount of principal or interest or Utilization Fees received or receivable by UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, in respect thereof, the Borrower agrees to pay to UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, an amount equal to such additional cost, reduction, other loss or damage or foregone interest or other amount; provided , that UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, shall only exercise its rights under this Section 2.04(a)  if it exercises such rights under all other similar transactions to which it is a party.

 

(b)           Capital Requirements .  In the event that UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, shall have determined, after the Amendment Closing Date, a change in, or any introduction or adoption of, any applicable law, rule or regulation of an Applicable Governmental Authority regarding capital adequacy, capital maintenance, solvency, reserves, weighting, foreign claims of deposits or other similar matters (hereafter “ Capital Adequacy ”) or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Applicable Governmental Authority, charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or any request or directive regarding Capital Adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any Applicable Governmental Authority, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, or its Controlling Persons as a consequence of the obligations of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, under or with respect to this Agreement or the Letter of Credit to a level below that which UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, or its Controlling Persons could have achieved but for such introduction, adoption, change, request or directive (taking into consideration the policies of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, or its Controlling Persons with respect to Capital Adequacy) (in any case other than with respect to such a change or proposed change regarding Taxes, the consequences of which are addressed in Section 2.04(a) , the Borrower agrees to pay to UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, or its Controlling Persons for such reduction; provided , however , that UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, shall only exercise its rights under Section 2.04(b)  if it exercises such rights under all other similar transactions to which it is a party.

 

(c)           Requests for Compensation .  UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, will promptly notify the Borrower of any event of which it has actual knowledge entitling UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, to compensation and the amount of such compensation as set forth in this Section 2.04 and the Borrower shall compensate UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, within thirty (30) calendar days of

 

27



 

such demand being made by UBS AG, Stamford Branch in its capacity as Issuing Lender; provided , that the Borrower shall be responsible for compliance herewith and the payment of increased costs or other amounts under this Section 2.04 only to the extent that any change in law, rule, regulation, interpretation or administration giving rise thereto occurs after the Amendment Closing Date.  UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, shall furnish to the Borrower a certificate setting forth the basis, amount and calculation of each request by such party for compensation under this Section 2.04 .  Failure or delay on the part of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.04 shall not constitute a waiver of the right of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, to demand such compensation; provided , that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, pursuant to this Section 2.04 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered or other loss, damage, forgone interest or amount suffered more than ninety (90) calendar days prior to the date that UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, notifies the Borrower of the change in law, rule, regulation, interpretation or administration giving rise to such increased costs or reductions or other loss, damage, forgone interest or amount suffered and of the intention of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, to claim compensation thereof (except that, if the change in law rule, regulation, interpretation or administration giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the ninety (90) calendar day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

(d)           UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy applied on a non-discriminatory basis and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different existing office that is an Eligible Bank for purposes of this Agreement or to take other appropriate actions if such designations or actions, as the case may be, will avoid the need for or relieve, the amount of, any increased costs of, any amounts payable or otherwise payable under this Section 2.04 and will not, in the reasonable opinion of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender.  Reasonable costs and expenses of such mitigation shall be at the expense of Borrower; provided , that UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, shall not incur any such costs and expenses without the prior written approval of the Borrower; provided , further , that, in the absence of such approval, the UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, will have no obligations under this Section 2.04(d) .

 

(e)           If, in connection with an Other Letter of Credit Transaction, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, agrees to increased cost or capital requirements provisions (the “ Enhanced Yield Protection Provisions ”) that are more favorable to the Borrower in such Other Letter of Credit Transaction than the provisions set forth in Sections 2.04(a)  or (b) , UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, will promptly notify the Borrower in writing of such Enhanced Yield Protection Provisions (including a copy of such provisions in such notice) and, at the Borrower’s request, will use its commercially reasonable efforts to amend this Agreement to include such Enhanced Yield Protection Provisions.

 

28



 

Section 2.05.         Taxes .

 

(a)           Any and all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes; provided , that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.05 ) UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b)           In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)           The Borrower shall indemnify UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, within twenty (20) calendar days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.05 ) and any penalties, interest, additions to tax and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto whether or not correctly or legally imposed; provided , that the Borrower shall not be obligated to make a payment pursuant to this Section 2.05 in respect of penalties, interest and additions to Tax attributable to any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (and, for the avoidance of doubt, reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto), if (i) such penalties, interest and additions to Tax are attributable to the failure of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, to pay amounts paid to UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, by the Borrower (for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes) to the relevant Governmental Authority within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of such payment from the Borrower or (ii) such penalties, interest and additions to Tax are attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender.  Within ten (10) Business Days after UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, learns of the imposition of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, shall give notice to the Borrower of the payment or obligation to pay by UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, of such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, and of the assertion by any Governmental Authority that such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes are due and payable, but the failure to give such notice shall not affect the Borrower’s obligations hereunder to reimburse UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, for such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, except that the Borrower shall not be liable for penalties, interest and other liabilities accrued or incurred after such ten (10) Business Day period until such time as it receives the notice contemplated above, after which time it shall be liable for penalties, interest and other liabilities accrued or incurred prior to or during such ten (10) Business Day period and accrued or incurred after such receipt.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  If so directed by the Borrower, the Issuing Lender shall cooperate in any contest of Indemnified Taxes (or Other Taxes) and any penalties, interest and

 

29



 

other liabilities arising with respect thereto in accordance with the reasonable discretion of the Borrower and, at the Borrower’s expense, if (i) the Borrower furnishes to such party an opinion of reputable tax counsel, which counsel shall be acceptable to such party, to the effect that such Indemnified Taxes, Other Taxes or other liabilities were wrongfully or illegally imposed and (ii) such party determines in its good faith judgment that it would not be disadvantaged or prejudiced in any manner as a result of such cooperation; provided , that the Borrower shall indemnify the Issuing Lender for such Indemnified Taxes (or Other Taxes) in accordance with this Section 2.05(c)  without regard to the pendency of any such contest.  This Section 2.05(c)  shall not be construed to require UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, to disclose to the Borrower its Tax return information or other information it reasonably considers proprietary or confidential.

 

(d)           As soon as reasonably practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, and in any event within thirty (30) days of such payment being made, the Borrower shall deliver to UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender.

 

(e)           UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, shall provide the Borrower with two (2) accurate, complete and signed originals of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W8-IMY or any applicable successor forms, along with necessary supporting documentation, certifications and attachments, if any, indicating that UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, is, on the date of delivery thereof, entitled to receive payments of interest hereunder free from withholding of United States Federal tax.  To the extent permitted or required by applicable law, from time to time thereafter, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, shall deliver renewals or additional copies of such forms (or successor forms) on or before the date that such forms expire or become obsolete or upon the written request of the Borrower; additionally, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, agrees to deliver to the Borrower additional copies of such forms (or successor forms) after the occurrence of any event (including a change in its applicable lending office) requiring a change in its most recent forms delivered to the Borrower.  If UBS AG Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, is a “U.S. branch” of a non-U.S. person and delivers an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY for purposes of this subsection, the Issuing Lender must certify in that form that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments the Issuing Lender receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of the Issuing Lender’s trade or business in the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a U.S. person with respect to such payments (and the Borrower and the Issuing Lender agree to so treat the Issuing Lender as a U.S. person with respect to such payments), with the intended effect that the Borrower can make payments to the Issuing Lender without deduction or withholding of any Taxes imposed by the United States.

 

(f)            If UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, determines, in its good faith judgment, that it has actually received or realized any refund of Tax or any reduction of its Tax liabilities or otherwise recovered any amount that is attributable to

 

30


 


 

any deduction or withholding or payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes with respect to which the Borrower has paid any additional amount pursuant to this Section  2.05, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, shall reimburse the Borrower within sixty (60) calendar days in an amount equal to the net benefit, after Tax, and net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, in connection with such refund, reduction or recovery; provided , that nothing in this Section  2.05(f) shall require UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems to be confidential).

 

(g)           UBS AG, Stamford Branch may withhold any Taxes required to be deducted and withheld from any payment hereunder with respect to which the Borrower is not required to pay additional amounts under this Section  2.05.

 

(h)           The agreements of the Borrowers in this Section  2.05 shall survive the payment of all amounts payable hereunder and the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

Section 2.06.         Payments .

 

(a)           Payments Generally .

 

(i)            Unless otherwise specified herein, the Borrower shall be obligated to make each payment required to be made by it hereunder prior to 3:00 p.m., New York time, on the date when due and in immediately available funds, without set off or counterclaim.  Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Issuing Lender, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon and for determining whether an Event of Default has occurred.  All such payments shall be made by wire transfer to the Issuing Lender to the accounts specified by the Issuing Lender in a written notice to the Borrower at least five (5) Business Days prior to payment.  The Issuing Lender shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof.  If any payment hereunder shall be due on a calendar day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.

 

(ii)           If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Issuing Lender to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LOC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied in accordance with the Priority of Payments and, solely with respect to the unreimbursed LOC Reimbursement Obligations, the Payment Restrictions.

 

(iii)          Except as otherwise provided herein, all interest payable hereunder shall be computed on the basis of (i) if based on the Federal Funds Effective Rate, a year of three hundred sixty (360) days and the actual number of days elapsed,

 

31



 

(ii) if based on the Prime Rate, a year of 365/366 days and the actual number of days elapsed and (iii) if based on LIBOR, a year of three hundred sixty (360) calendar days and the actual number of calendar days elapsed.

 

(b)           Late Payments .  All amounts due and payable to the Issuing Lender in connection with this Agreement but not paid as of the due date therefor (without regard to grace periods) (other than LOC Reimbursement Obligations not paid when due, which shall accrue interest at the Drawn Rate) shall accrue interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus [****] ([****]) basis points per annum, computed from and including the date payment was due to (but not including) the date of payment in full.

 

Section 2.07.         Evidence of Indebtedness .  The Issuing Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Issuing Lender resulting from the Issuing Lender’s interest in the Letter of Credit, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to the Issuing Lender from time to time hereunder in respect of unreimbursed LOC Reimbursement Obligations.  The Issuing Lender shall maintain an account in which it shall record (i) the amount of each LOC Disbursement made hereunder, (ii) the amount of any LOC Reimbursement Obligations and interest payable from the Borrower to the Issuing Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Issuing Lender.  The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to this Section  2.07 shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein absent manifest error; provided , that the failure of the Issuing Lender to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to pay such amounts in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REGULATORY ACCOUNT; SURPLUS ACCOUNT; REINSURANCE TRUST ACCOUNT; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS

 

Section 3.01.         Regulatory Account and Administrative Account .

 

(a)           The Borrower shall cause to be established and maintained as provided in Section  3.01(b) a segregated account (the “ Regulatory Account ”) in its own name, which shall at all times hold Cash or Cash Equivalents with a Market Value at least equal to $250,000.  Except as required by applicable law, no amounts held in the Regulatory Account shall be (i) commingled with the assets of the Surplus Account or (ii) withdrawn prior to the Facility Maturity Date for any reason.

 

(b)           On or prior to the Original Closing Date, the Regulatory Account was funded with Cash having an aggregate Market Value equal to $250,000. No additional contributions shall be made to the Regulatory Account other than in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to the contrary, the Borrower shall be permitted to establish, maintain and utilize a deposit account and a disbursement account (together, the “ Administrative Account ”) with

 

32



 

Regions Bank, N.A., and its successor and assigns or, with the consent of the Issuing Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, an Eligible Bank designated by the Borrower, solely for purposes of making payments to, and receiving payments from, its Affiliates in connection with the PLC Service Agreements, Administrative Services Agreement and Investment Management Agreement; provided, that the ending daily account balance of the Administrative Account shall not, at the close of any three consecutive Business Days, exceed $1,000, and the Borrower shall promptly deposit any funds received from its Affiliates in the Administrative Account into the Surplus Account.

 

Section 3.02.         Surplus Account of the Borrower .

 

(a)           The Borrower shall cause to be established and maintained as provided in Section  3.02(b) a segregated account (the “ Surplus Account ”).  No amounts held in the Surplus Account shall be commingled with the general assets of the Borrower or the assets held in the Regulatory Account.  Except as provided in Section  3.01(c), all funds and assets received by the Borrower pursuant to any Transaction Document or otherwise (including any distributions related to the grantor interest in the Reinsurance Trust Account) shall be deposited into and held in the Surplus Account subject to disbursement in accordance with the Priority of Payments and, solely with respect to LOC Reimbursement Obligations, the Payment Restrictions.  All funds held in the Surplus Account (including any products and proceeds of any such funds), including any investments or reinvestments of such proceeds, shall be retained in the Surplus Account subject to disbursement in accordance with the Priority of Payments and, solely with respect to LOC Reimbursement Obligations, the Payment Restrictions and invested and applied in accordance with the Investment Guidelines.  The Borrower hereby agrees that any assets credited to or deposited in the Surplus Account may only be withdrawn or applied as provided in this Agreement.

 

(b)           The parties agree that, for purposes of the UCC, New York law shall be the law of the jurisdiction of The Bank of New York Mellon in its capacity as Securities Intermediary, with respect to the Surplus Account, and that The Bank of New York Mellon has agreed in the Securities Account Control Agreement, in its capacity as Securities Intermediary, to treat all assets credited to the Surplus Account as “financial assets” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC; provided , to the extent that the Surplus Account is not considered a Securities Account, such account shall be deemed to be a “Deposit Account” (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(29) of the UCC), and a security interest is hereby granted by the Borrower to the Issuing Lender and perfected under the UCC in the Surplus Account as a Deposit Account, which The Bank of New York Mellon shall maintain acting not as Securities Intermediary but as a “bank” (within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(8) of the UCC).

 

(c)           All deposits into the Surplus Account shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section  3.04.  On or prior to the Original Closing Date, the Surplus Account was initially funded with Cash or securities having an aggregate Market Value equal to $[****], after giving effect to the expenses set forth in Section  6.01(n) (i) and any rating agency fees, legal fees of the Borrower’s Vermont counsel and other formation costs of the Borrower incurred in connection with the Transactions as of the Original Closing Date.  After the Original Closing Date, except as provided in Section  3.01(c), all amounts received by the Borrower shall immediately be deposited into the Surplus Account.

 

33



 

(d)           All withdrawals and releases of capital from the Surplus Account shall be made in accordance with the Priority of Payments and, solely with respect to LOC Reimbursement Obligations, the Payment Restrictions.

 

Section 3.03.         Reinsurance Trust Account .  The Reinsurance Trust Account shall be established by the Borrower, as grantor, subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Reinsurance Trust Agreement.

 

Section 3.04.         Procedures for Depositing Cash and Crediting Securities to Surplus Account .  The Borrower may, on any Business Day, transfer, deliver or deposit or cause to be transferred, delivered or deposited, as the case may be, Cash or securities to the Surplus Account.

 

Section 3.05.         Priority of Payments .  Except as otherwise provided for in Section  9.14, the Borrower shall apply all funds held in the Surplus Account on any Business Day (except in the case of item Thirteenth ), without duplication, in the following order of priority (the “ Priority of Payments ”):

 

(a)           First , for the payment of any Taxes or provisions for Taxes and other governmental charges due and payable by the Borrower as of such date;

 

(b)           Second , to the extent the Market Value of the assets held in the Regulatory Account is less than $250,000, for the payment of Cash or Cash Equivalents in an amount equal to the excess of $250,000 over such Market Value;

 

(c)           Third , to the extent amounts drawn under any Letter of Credit are in excess of the actual amounts required for Permitted Purposes (as such term is defined in the Reinsurance Agreement) or are subsequently determined pursuant to Section 7.3(c) of the Reinsurance Agreement not to be due under the Reinsurance Agreement, for the payment of that portion of the Borrower’s obligations due and payable by the Borrower as of such date consisting of (i) unpaid interest at the Drawn Rate on all LOC Reimbursement Obligations with respect to such amounts drawn, and (ii) after all such unpaid interest has been paid in full, unpaid principal of all LOC Reimbursement Obligations with respect to such amounts drawn;

 

(d)           Fourth , for the payment of any amounts due and payable by the Borrower to the Ceding Company under, and subject to the terms of, the Reinsurance Agreement as of such date (including any deposits to the Reinsurance Trust Account required in accordance with the terms of the Reinsurance Agreement);

 

(e)           Fifth , for the payment of any Third Party Expenses incurred directly by the Borrower that are due and payable on such date;

 

(f)            Sixth , for the payment of Utilization Fees that are due and payable by the Borrower to the Issuing Lender as of such date;

 

(g)           Seventh , to the extent not otherwise contemplated in item Third above, for the payment of that portion of the Borrower’s obligations that are due and payable as of such date under this Agreement consisting of unpaid principal of the LOC Reimbursement Obligations and interest at the Drawn Rate on all LOC Reimbursement Obligations; provided ,

 

34



 

that payment of such LOC Reimbursement Obligations shall only be made to the extent that (i) the Borrower’s Total Adjusted Capital will equal or exceed [****] percent ([****]%) of the Borrower’s Company Action Level Risk Based Capital after giving effect to such payment, or (ii) an Approval has been received in respect of all or a portion of such payment if the Borrower’s Total Adjusted Capital will not equal or exceed [****] percent ([****]%) of the Borrower’s Company Action Level Risk Based Capital after giving effect to such payment (the “ Payment Restrictions ”);

 

(h)           Eighth , to the extent not otherwise contemplated in items Third , Sixth or Seventh , for payments due to the Issuing Lender from the Borrower upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, including, without limitation, the posting of collateral or acceleration of any outstanding amounts under the Letter of Credit, which payments shall be made to and held in the Cash Collateral Account, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any LOC Reimbursement Obligations;

 

(i)            Ninth , for the payment of any amounts due and payable by the Borrower as of such date under the Tax Sharing Agreement or the Special Tax Allocation Agreement;

 

(j)            Tenth , to the extent not otherwise contemplated in items Third , Sixth , Seventh and Eighth above, for the payment of Fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts payable to the Issuing Lender by the Borrower that are due and payable as of such date, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any LOC Reimbursement Obligations;

 

(k)           Eleventh , subject to an Approval, on any interest payment date specified in any Surplus Note of the Borrower, for the payment of any interest due and payable by the Borrower in respect of any such Surplus Note as of such date to the extent that, immediately following payment thereof, the Dividend Test shall be satisfied; provided , however , that no payment of interest may be made under this item Eleventh so long as (y) a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or (z) any amounts due and payable by the Borrower to the Issuing Lender shall remain due and unpaid;

 

(l)            Twelfth , subject to an Approval, on any interest payment date specified in any Surplus Note of the Borrower, for the payment of any principal, premium and any other amount due and payable by the Borrower in respect of any such Surplus Note as of such date to the extent that, immediately following payment thereof, the Dividend Test shall be satisfied; provided , however , that no payment of principal may be made under this item Twelfth so long as (x) a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (y) any amounts due and payable by the Borrower to the Issuing Lender shall remain due and unpaid for more than five (5) Business Days after notice from the Issuing Lender or (z) the Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding; and

 

(m)          Thirteenth , for the payment of any dividends declared on or subsequent to [****], subject to and in accordance with the Dividend Formula; provided , however , that no dividends will be payable under this item Thirteenth if on the date of declaration thereof (w) a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (x) any amounts due and payable by the Borrower to the Issuing Lender shall remain due and unpaid, (y) any Dividend Catch-Up Contribution shall remain unpaid or (z) any amounts due and payable in excess of $[****] by

 

35



 

PLC to the Borrower pursuant to any Transaction Document to which PLC is a party shall remain due and unpaid and such failure to pay shall have continued for thirty (30) calendar days; provided , further , that any dividend declared on or subsequent to [****] in accordance with this Agreement that satisfied the requirements of this item Thirteenth on its date of declaration if it had been paid on such date, shall be payable by the Borrower on any future date, notwithstanding the provisions of this item Thirteenth or any other provisions to the contrary herein.

 

If any amounts are due and payable under items First through Tenth of the Priority of Payments (other than and excluding amounts due and payable under item Eighth of the Priority of Payments), and insufficient funds are existing in the Surplus Account at such time, then funds held in the Cash Collateral Account (if any) shall be transferred to the Surplus Account to make such payments.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 4.01.         Borrower Representations and Warranties .  The Borrower represents and warrants to the Issuing Lender, as of the date hereof, as follows:

 

(a)           Organization; Powers .  The Borrower is duly formed in accordance with its Constituent Documents, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Vermont, is duly licensed or authorized under the laws of the State of Vermont and has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business as contemplated in the Transaction Documents.

 

(b)           Authorization; Enforceability .  The Transaction Documents to which the Borrower is a party are within the corporate powers of the Borrower and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action on the part of the Borrower.  Each of the Transaction Documents to which the Borrower is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and, assuming the due execution and delivery of such Transaction Documents by the other parties thereto, constitutes, or will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, the rights of creditors of insurance companies and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(c)           Approvals; No Conflicts .  Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Transaction Documents to which the Borrower is a party (i) are in full force and effect and do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any third party, except such as have been obtained or made, (ii) do not violate any applicable law or regulation or the Constituent Documents of the Borrower, or any order of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Borrower or the Reinsured Policies, (iii) do not violate or result in a default or other conflict under any material agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower and

 

36



 

(iv) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower except for Permitted Liens or as expressly permitted under the terms of such Transaction Documents.

 

(d)           Compliance with Laws and Agreements .  The Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its properties, the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and, except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, all other agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property.

 

(e)           Taxes .  The Borrower has timely filed or caused to be filed all material Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all material Taxes required to have been paid by it.

 

(f)            Accuracy of Information .

 

(i)            The annual audited financial statement for the year ending December 31, 2010 and the unaudited quarterly financial statement for the calendar quarter ending June 30, 2011 of the Ceding Company provided to the Issuing Lender by the Borrower were prepared in all material respects in accordance with SAP and, to the extent consistent therewith, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and result of operations of the Ceding Company as of the respective dates thereof and for the respective periods presented therein, as applicable.  The factual information (not including any projections, estimates, modeling or other non-factual information) contained in the actuarial report dated December 3, 2009 prepared by the Original Block Independent Actuary with respect to the Original Block that the Borrower has furnished or caused to be furnished to the Issuing Lender in connection with its analysis and negotiation of the Transactions or the Transaction Documents, in each case as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished by the Borrower, is true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such report.  To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, the financial and actuarial projections and modeling contained therein or otherwise furnished to the Issuing Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and listed on Schedule 5 were prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable in the circumstances as of their respective dates or when prepared (it being understood that such projections and modeling are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Ceding Company’s or the Borrower’s control, and that no assurances can be given that the projections or modeling will be realized).  To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, no report, certificate or information of a type not otherwise described in this Section  4.01(f) (i) and furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Ceding Company to the Issuing Lender in connection with its analysis and negotiation of this Agreement on or prior to the date hereof, when delivered or as of its respective date, in each case as modified or supplemented by other information furnished by or on behalf of the Ceding Company, contained any material misstatement of fact or omitted to state a material fact.

 

37



 

(ii)           The annual audited financial statement for the year ending December 31, 2012 and the unaudited quarterly financial statement for the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2013 of the Ceding Company provided to the Issuing Lender by the Borrower were prepared in all material respects in accordance with SAP and, to the extent consistent therewith, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and result of operations of the Ceding Company as of the respective dates thereof and for the respective periods presented therein, as applicable.  To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, the factual information (not including any projections, estimates, modeling or other non-factual information) contained in the actuarial report dated June 5, 2013 prepared by the UILIC Block Independent Actuary with respect to the UILIC Block that the Borrower has furnished or caused to be furnished to the Issuing Lender in connection with its analysis and negotiation of the Transactions or the Transaction Documents, in each case as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished by the Borrower, is true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such report.  To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, the financial and actuarial projections and modeling contained therein or otherwise furnished to the Issuing Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and listed on Schedule 5 were prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable in the circumstances as of their respective dates or when prepared (it being understood that such projections and modeling are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Ceding Company’s or the Borrower’s control, and that no assurances can be given that the projections or modeling will be realized).  To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, no report, certificate or information of a type not otherwise described in this Section  4.01(f)(ii) and furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Ceding Company to the Issuing Lender in connection with its analysis and negotiation of this Agreement on or prior to the date hereof, when delivered or as of its respective date, in each case as modified or supplemented by other information furnished by or on behalf of the Ceding Company, contained any material misstatement of fact or omitted to state a material fact.

 

(iii)          The annual audited financial statement for the year ending December 31, 2013 and the unaudited quarterly financial statement for the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2014 of the Ceding Company provided to the Issuing Lender by the Borrower were prepared in all material respects in accordance with SAP and, to the extent consistent therewith, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and result of operations of the Ceding Company as of the respective dates thereof and for the respective periods presented therein, as applicable.  To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, the factual information (not including any projections, estimates, modeling or other non-factual information) contained in the actuarial report dated April 25, 2014 prepared by the MLOA Block Independent Actuary with respect to the MLOA Block that the Borrower has furnished or caused to be furnished to the Issuing Lender in connection with its analysis and negotiation of the Transactions or the Transaction Documents, in each case as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished by the Borrower, is true and correct in all material

 

38



 

respects as of the date of such report.  To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, the financial and actuarial projections and modeling contained therein or otherwise furnished to the Issuing Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and listed on Schedule 5 were prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable in the circumstances as of their respective dates or when prepared (it being understood that such projections and modeling are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Ceding Company’s or the Borrower’s control, and that no assurances can be given that the projections or modeling will be realized).  To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, no report, certificate or information of a type not otherwise described in this Section  4.01(f)(iii) and furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Ceding Company to the Issuing Lender in connection with its analysis and negotiation of this Agreement on or prior to the date hereof, when delivered or as of its respective date, in each case as modified or supplemented by other information furnished by or on behalf of the Ceding Company, contained any material misstatement of fact or omitted to state a material fact.

 

(g)           Representations and Warranties in Other Transaction Documents .  Each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, are true, complete and correct in all material respects as of the date given, subject to any qualifications and limitations contained therein; provided , that, in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties that are already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof.

 

(h)           Good Title to Collateral; Absence of Liens .  The Borrower is the owner of any Collateral pledged hereunder free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

(i)            Litigation Matters .  There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against the Borrower or against the Ceding Company and affecting the Reinsured Policies (i) that seek to challenge the validity or enforceability of the Transaction Documents or the Transactions or (ii) that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(j)            No Material Adverse Effect .  There has been no Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2013.

 

(k)           Investment Company .  The Borrower is not required to register as an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

(l)            Anti-Terrorism Laws .

 

(i)            Each of the Borrower and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Borrower’s Affiliates and each of their respective officers or directors, is in compliance in all material respects with any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

39



 

(ii)           None of the Borrower and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, none of the Borrower’s Affiliates and none of their respective officers or directors who is acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Letter of Credit, is an Embargoed Person.

 

(m)          Debt Obligations .  The Borrower does not have any outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $50,000, except as permitted under or contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

(n)           Disclosure .  The Borrower has disclosed in writing to the Issuing Lender all agreements and instruments to which it is subject, the breach or noncompliance with which could, individually or in the aggregate, be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(o)           Subsidiaries .  The Borrower has no Subsidiaries.

 

(p)           Capitalization .  The Borrower received, on or prior to the Original Closing Date, a capital contribution or contributions with an aggregate Market Value of not less than $[****] in the form of paid-in capital, $[****] of which was deposited into the Surplus Account, $[****] of which was deposited into the Reinsurance Trust Account and $250,000 of which was deposited into the Regulatory Account.

 

(q)           Solvency .  The Borrower is and shall be Solvent both before and immediately after giving effect to the Transactions taking place on the Amendment Effective Date.

 

(r)            Statutory Filings .  The Borrower has made all required filings under applicable insurance and reinsurance laws in each jurisdiction where such filings are required, except where the failure to so file would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(s)            Borrower Securities .  All capital stock or other equity interests issued by the Borrower (other than any Surplus Notes issued subject to and in accordance with Section  6.01(bb)) are owned by PLICO or any wholly-owned Affiliate of the ultimate Controlling party of the Borrower that is a regulated insurance company.

 

(t)            Non-Consolidation .  From the date of formation of the Borrower to the Original Closing Date, the Borrower has complied in all material respects with the non-consolidation covenants set forth in Section  6.01(l).

 

ARTICLE V

 

CONDITIONS

 

Section 5.01.         Closing Conditions .  The obligation of the Issuing Lender to enter into this Agreement on the Amendment Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction or waiver in accordance with Section  9.02 of the following conditions precedent on or prior to the Amendment Closing Date (the “ Closing Conditions ”):

 

40



 

(a)           Approvals .  All material governmental and regulatory necessary in connection with the consummation of the Transactions shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any Governmental Authority that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)           Transaction Documents .  The Borrower and the Ceding Company shall have executed (if applicable) and delivered the Transaction Documents, copies of which shall have been delivered to the Issuing Lender, and all conditions to the effectiveness of the Transaction Documents (other than this Agreement) shall have been satisfied.

 

(c)           Representations and Warranties .  The representations, warranties and covenants of the Borrower and the Ceding Company set forth herein are true, correct and complete in all material respects, as of the date hereof, unless such representations or warranties are specifically made as of any earlier date, in which case they shall only be made as of such earlier date; provided , that, in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties that are already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof.

 

(d)           Payment of Fees .  The Borrower shall have paid any Fees due and owing to the Issuing Lender as of the Amendment Closing Date.

 

(e)           Financial Strength Rating .  The Borrower shall have a Counterparty Risk Rating of at least “A” by S&P (or an equivalent rating by Moody’s or Fitch).  The Ceding Company shall have an Insurer Financial Strength Rating of at least “A” by S&P (or an equivalent rating by Moody’s or Fitch).

 

(f)            Closing Documents and Certificates .  The Issuing Lender shall have received certificates signed by Responsible Officers of the Borrower certifying that the Closing Conditions (other than those set forth in Sections  5.01(e), (g) and (d) or those that may have been waived in writing by the Issuing Lender) have been fully satisfied as of the Amendment Closing Date.

 

(g)           Legal Opinions and Memorandum .  The Issuing Lender or its counsel shall have received the following favorable written opinions and memorandum (addressed to the Issuing Lender and dated as of the Amendment Closing Date):

 

(i)            Opinion of Vermont counsel for the Borrower with respect to general corporate matters under Vermont law;

 

(ii)           Opinion of counsel for the Borrower with respect to general corporate matters under Delaware law;

 

(iii)          Opinion of outside counsel for the Borrower with respect to general corporate matters and the enforceability of the Transaction Documents under U.S. federal, New York, and Nebraska law; and

 

41



 

(iv)          Opinion of counsel for the Borrower with respect to the enforceability, including in delinquency proceedings, of the off-set and recoupment provision in the Reinsurance Agreement under Nebraska law.

 

(h)           No Default .  No event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(i)            Funds Withheld Account .  On (i) November 11, 2011, the Ceding Company transferred assets received from the Borrower into the Funds Withheld Account with a Book Value (as defined in the Reinsurance Agreement) equal to or greater than the Original Block Initial Funds Withheld Amount and (ii) the UILIC Closing Date, the Funds Withheld Balance was equal to or greater than $[****], and the Ceding Company recorded on its books and records and its statutory financial statements a payable to the Borrower in an amount equal to or greater than $[****].

 

(j)            Existing Reinsurance .  The Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement shall be in full force and effect.  To the Borrower’s knowledge, the reinsurance agreements relating to the MLOA Block set forth on Exhibit B to the Reinsurance Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

Section 5.02.         Conditions to Issuance of Letter of Credit .  The Letter of Credit shall be issued on the Amendment Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.01(a) , unless one of the following conditions precedent has not been satisfied (or waived by the Issuing Lender) or the Borrower has not delivered the officer’s certificate described in Section 2.01(a)  on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date (the “ Issuance Conditions ”):

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties .  The representations, warranties and covenants of the Borrower and the Ceding Company set forth herein and in the Ceding Company Letter Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects, as of the date hereof, unless such representations or warranties are specifically made as of any earlier date, in which case they shall only be made as of such earlier date; provided , that, in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties that are already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof.

 

(b)           Payment of Fees .  The Borrower shall have paid any Fees due and owing to the Issuing Lender as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

(c)           Financial Strength Rating .  The Borrower shall have a Counterparty Risk Rating of at least “A” by S&P (or an equivalent rating by Moody’s or Fitch).  The Ceding Company shall have an Insurer Financial Strength Rating of at least “A” by S&P (or an equivalent rating by Moody’s or Fitch).

 

(d)           Letter of Credit Request .  The Issuing Lender shall have received a correct and complete request for the issuance of the Letter of Credit.

 

(e)           No Default .  No event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

42



 

(f)            On the Amendment Effective Date, the Funds Withheld Balance shall be equal to or greater than $[****], and the Ceding Company shall have recorded on its books and records and its statutory financial statements a payable to the Borrower in an amount equal to or greater than $[****].

 

(g)           Existing Reinsurance .  The Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement shall be in full force and effect.  To the Borrower’s knowledge, the reinsurance agreements relating to the MLOA Block set forth on Exhibit B to the Reinsurance Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

Section 5.03.         Conditions to Increase the LOC Amount .  The LOC Amount shall be automatically increased on any Scheduled LOC Adjustment Date pursuant to Section  2.01(b) and the Issuing Lender shall have no right to deliver a Non-Increase Notice, unless one of the following conditions precedent has not been satisfied (or waived by the Issuing Lender) or the Borrower has not delivered the officer’s certificate described in Section  2.01(b) on the applicable Scheduled LOC Adjustment Date (the “ Increase Conditions ”):

 

(a)           Contributions .  The First Required Additional Contribution shall have been paid by or on behalf of PLC to the Borrower at least forty (40) calendar days prior to the First Required Additional Contribution Date and, if applicable, the Second Required Additional Contribution and the Third Required Additional Contribution shall have been paid by or on behalf of PLC to the Borrower at least forty (40) calendar days prior to the Second Required Additional Contribution Date and the Third Required Additional Contribution Date, respectively.

 

(b)           No Default .  No event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(c)           Accuracy of Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of the Borrower made pursuant to Sections  4.01(a) (Organization; Powers), 4.01(b) (Authorization; Enforceability), 4.01(c) (Approvals; No Conflicts), 4.01(f) (Accuracy of Information) (but solely with respect to the first sentence of each subsection thereof), 4.01(h) (Good Title to Collateral; Absence of Liens), 4.01(i) (Litigation Matters) (but only with respect to clause (i) thereof), 4.01(k) (Investment Company), 4.01(l) (Anti-Terrorism Laws), 4.01(r) (Statutory Filings) and 4.01(s) (Borrower Securities), shall, in each case, be true and correct in all material respects before giving effect to any increase of the LOC Amount as though made on the applicable Scheduled LOC Adjustment Date unless any such representations or warranties are specifically made as of any earlier date, in which case they shall only be made as of such earlier date.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

BORROWER COVENANTS

 

Section 6.01.         Borrower Covenants .  The Borrower hereby agrees, so long as the LOC Commitment remains in effect, the Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any amount is owing to the Issuing Lender, as follows:

 

43



 

(a)           Corporate Existence .  The Borrower shall preserve and maintain its corporate existence and rights (both organizational and statutory) and maintain full corporate right, power, authority and governmental licenses, approvals and certificates, to perform its obligations hereunder and to own and operate its assets and to carry on its business except for such rights, powers, authority, licenses, approvals and certificates, the loss of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)           Compliance with Laws .  Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower will comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it, its business or its property.

 

(c)           Notices of Material Events .  The Borrower shall furnish to the Issuing Lender written notice of the following events within the time frames specified below:

 

(i)            the occurrence of any material breach under any Transaction Document to which it is a party within five (5) Business Days after the Borrower has knowledge of any such occurrence;

 

(ii)           any material correspondence from, including all orders of, or to any Governmental Authority relating to this Agreement or the Transactions within twenty (20) Business Days after the actual receipt by the Borrower thereof, except to the extent prohibited by the terms of such correspondence or order;

 

(iii)          the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against the Borrower or against the Ceding Company affecting the Reinsured Policies that would be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Borrower, within ten (10) Business Days after the Borrower has knowledge of any such filing or commencement; and

 

(iv)          the occurrence of any Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Borrower or the Reinsured Policies within five (5) Business Days after the Borrower has knowledge of any such occurrence.

 

Each notice delivered under this Section  6.01(c) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto; provided , however , that, to the extent prohibited by applicable laws, rules or regulations of any Governmental Authority, applicable privilege policies or as would jeopardize attorney-client or other applicable privilege, details regarding such breach, correspondence, actions, suits, proceedings, events or developments need not be furnished to the Issuing Lender by the Borrower.

 

(d)           Financial Reports and Other Information .  The Borrower will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, furnish to the Issuing Lender the various reporting documents listed in Schedule 1 attached hereto (the “ Borrower Reporting Documents ”).  All financial statements delivered pursuant to this Section  6.01(d) shall be complete and correct copies thereof in all

 

44



 

material respects and, if prepared by the Borrower, shall be prepared in all material respects in accordance with SAP.

 

(e)           Books and Records; Inspection Rights.   The Borrower shall keep proper books of records and accounts in which entries are made of dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.  Such entries shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects.  Subject to restrictions or limitations arising under applicable law and regulations, the Borrower shall permit one or more employees of the Issuing Lender and its representatives and advisors upon reasonable prior notice during the Borrower’s normal business hours and as does not unreasonably disrupt the business of the Borrower or its Affiliates to (i) inspect the books and records of the Borrower, (ii) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower with officers of the Borrower and (iii) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower with the Borrower’s independent accountants; provided , that the Issuing Lender shall not exercise such right more than once per calendar year unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; provided , further , that the Borrower shall bear the expense of (a) one (1) such audit per calendar year by the Issuing Lender and (b) in the event an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all such audits conducted by the Issuing Lender; provided , further , that the foregoing shall not require the Borrower to disclose any information that it is prohibited from disclosing under applicable contractual confidentiality obligations to third parties, privacy or other applicable law, regulations or orders or that is subject to attorney-client privilege or attorney work product privilege; provided , further , that the Issuing Lender shall keep this and all such information provided under this Agreement confidential pursuant to Section  9.13.

 

(f)            Indebtedness .  The Borrower shall not create, incur, assume, guarantee, acquire, or, contingently or otherwise, enter into or become responsible for payment of any Indebtedness or other obligations incurred or entered into in excess of $50,000 other than (i) pursuant to, as expressly permitted under, contemplated by or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) Indebtedness or other obligations incurred as permitted under or contemplated by the Transaction Documents or (iii) Surplus Notes.

 

(g)           Conduct of Business .  The Borrower shall not engage in any business (including but not limited to any transactions with Affiliates) other than the business contemplated by the Transaction Documents and its organizational documents or in connection with the financing of its obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement through the issuance of Surplus Notes.

 

(h)           No Amendment, Modification or Waiver; Impairment of Rights .  The Borrower shall obtain the prior written consent of the Issuing Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed):

 

(i)            for any amendment to a Transaction Document (including any such amendment described in Section  6.01(h)(ii)); provided , that the prior written consent of the Issuing Lender shall not be required for (x) any commutation, recapture or termination of the Reinsurance Agreement in accordance with its terms if the provisions thereof relating to such commutation, recapture or termination are complied with in all material respects and (y) any amendment to the definition of “RP Interest Rate” or “RP Discount Rate” in the Reinsurance

 

45



 

Agreement that is required or requested by the domestic regulator of the Ceding Company so that such definition refers only to assets of the Borrower deposited in the Reinsurance Trust Account;

 

(ii)           for any amendment, on or subsequent to the date of any Regulatory Event that results in a decrease in excess of [****] percent ([****]%) in the Statutory Reserves in excess of Economic Reserves for the Reinsured Policies, to the Reinsurance Agreement to appropriately modify the definition of “XXX Reserves” therein and to cause to be ceded to, and/or reinsured with, the Borrower, additional level premium term life business with an actuarial profile substantially similar to, or more favorable to the Borrower than, the Reinsured Policies (the “ Additional Business ”), and to make such other amendments, supplements and modifications to the Transaction Documents, and to make such filings with, and to obtain such approvals of, the Nebraska Director and any other jurisdiction in which the Ceding Company files its statutory financial statements, and to take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary in connection with the foregoing; provided , that (A) the aggregate amount of surplus held by the Borrower to support the Reinsured Policies and the Additional Business shall be proportionate to the amount of surplus held by the Borrower (assuming the satisfaction of all contributions contemplated in Section  2.01(c)) to support the Reinsured Policies prior to such amendment and (B) the aggregate amount of Statutory Reserves in excess of Economic Reserves ceded to, and reinsured by, the Borrower shall not increase as a result of such amendment;

 

(iii)          subject to Section  6.01(h)(vii), before entering into any additional contracts or binding agreements other than the Transaction Documents or any required replacement thereof that would create material financial or other obligations of the Borrower other than Surplus Notes;

 

(iv)          for any actions by the Borrower taken pursuant to any Transaction Document to which it is a party other than actions that are (x) ministerial or routine in nature, (y) in the ordinary course of business or (z) expressly provided for thereunder;

 

(v)           prior to using its commercially reasonable efforts to provide statutory reserve credit for the reinsurance ceded under the Reinsurance Agreement in all U.S. jurisdictions, other than the Ceding Company’s state of domicile, in which the Ceding Company is required to file its statutory statements pursuant to applicable statutory accounting principles and credit for reinsurance statutes and regulations of such jurisdictions, other than making or submitting any commercially reasonable applications for accreditation or approval, filing, notice, or submission to jurisdiction or service of process as a reinsurer with any Governmental Authority; provided , that it shall not be unreasonable for the Issuing Lender to withhold its consent if any such efforts of the Borrower would reasonably be expected to have an adverse impact on the economic, risk, or return expectations of the Issuing Lender or any of its Affiliates in any material respect.

 

46



 

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section  6.01(h)(v) shall require the Issuing Lender to agree to any amendment hereof or of the Letter of Credit;

 

(vi)          before any material term or condition in any Transaction Document to which it is a party is waived by the Borrower; and

 

(vii)         for any other actions of the Borrower not contemplated or permitted by Sections  6.01(h)(i) through (vi), other than actions that are contemplated by or consistent with the Transaction Documents or the Transactions, are ministerial or routine, are required by applicable law, regulation, rule, order or any Governmental Authority or as would not adversely affect the rights, remedies and position of the Issuing Lender with respect to the Transactions.

 

(i)            Compliance with and Enforcement of Transaction Documents .  The Borrower shall comply in all material respects with the terms and conditions of, and perform its obligations and exercise and fully enforce in all material respects its rights and remedies available under, each Transaction Document to which it is a party; provided , that if the Borrower fails to use reasonable best efforts to so enforce its rights in all material respects within seven (7) Business Days of notice from the Issuing Lender or upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, the Issuing Lender, may enforce, in the name of the Borrower, the rights of the Borrower under the Transaction Documents (other than this Agreement) pursuant and to the extent permitted by the collateral assignment of rights set forth in Section  9.09.

 

(j)            Dividends .  Except with respect to any Special Dividend, the Borrower shall not declare or pay any dividends (i) other than in accordance with the terms of the Dividend Formula, (ii) during the period beginning on the Original Closing Date and ending [****], (iii) if any Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iv) if any amounts in excess of $[****] due and payable by PLC to the Borrower pursuant to any Transaction Document to which PLC is a party shall remain due and unpaid for a period of thirty (30) calendar days.

 

(k)           Non-Petition .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not dissolve or liquidate, in whole or in part, or institute insolvency proceedings against itself, or file a petition seeking or consenting to reorganization or relief under any applicable law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, on or prior to the date that is one (1) year and one (1) calendar day (or, if longer, the preference period then in effect) after payment in full of all amounts payable in respect of its obligations to the Issuing Lender.

 

(l)            Non-Consolidation .

 

(i)            The Borrower shall not have employees.  The Borrower may enter into service agreements with an Affiliate, such that the employees of such entity act on behalf of the Borrower; provided , however , that such employees shall at all times hold themselves out to third parties as representatives of the Borrower while performing duties under such service agreements.

 

47



 

(ii)           Any Affiliates shall act as agents of the Borrower solely through express agencies; provided , however , that such Affiliate fully discloses to any third party the agency relationship with the Borrower; provided , further , that such Affiliate receives fair compensation or compensation consistent with regulatory requirements, as appropriate, from the Borrower for the services provided.  The Borrower shall not act as an agent for any Affiliate.

 

(iii)          The Borrower shall not nor shall it allow any Person to acquire any, merge into or consolidate with any Person or entity or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve, terminate or liquidate in whole or in part, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets other than in accordance with the Transaction Documents, or change its legal structure, fail to preserve its existence as an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (if applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or to the fullest extent permitted by law, seek dissolution or winding up in whole, or in part.

 

(iv)          The Borrower shall allocate all overhead expenses (other than expenses allocable to the Borrower’s use of office space made available by an Affiliate) for items shared between the Borrower and such Affiliate, on the basis of actual use to the extent practicable and, to the extent such allocation is not practicable, on a basis reasonably related to actual use.

 

(v)           The Borrower shall ensure that all actions of the Borrower are duly authorized by its authorized officers, as appropriate.

 

(vi)          The Borrower shall maintain its bank accounts, books and records separately from those of its Affiliates, and use the name “Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company” in all correspondence, and use separate invoices and checks.

 

(vii)         The Borrower shall maintain its own records, books, resolutions and agreements, and such books and records shall be adequate and sufficient to identify all of its assets.

 

(viii)        The Borrower shall prepare financial statements for itself that are separate from the financial statements and accounting records of its Affiliates; provided , that the Borrower may permit such financial statements to be part of the consolidated financial statements of another entity which acknowledges that the Borrower is a separate entity.

 

(ix)          The Borrower shall not commingle funds or other assets of the Borrower with those of its Affiliates or any other Person and shall not maintain bank accounts or other depository accounts to which any of its Affiliates are an account party, into which any of its Affiliates makes deposits or from which any of its Affiliates have the authority to make withdrawals, except that any Affiliate of the Borrower may deposit funds and assets owed to the Borrower pursuant to the PLC Service Agreements, Administrative Services Agreement and Investment

 

48



 

Management Agreement into, and any Affiliate of the Borrower may withdraw funds and assets owed to such Affiliate pursuant to the PLC Service Agreements, Administrative Services Agreement and Investment Management Agreement from, the Administrative Account.

 

(x)           The Borrower shall hold its assets in its own name.

 

(xi)          The Borrower shall maintain its assets in such a manner that it is not, or will not be, costly or difficult to segregate, identify or ascertain its assets from those of any other Person.

 

(xii)         The Borrower shall not permit any of its Affiliates to pay any of the Borrower’s operating expenses, unless such operating expenses are paid by such Affiliate pursuant to a Transaction Document or an agreement between such Affiliate and the Borrower providing for the allocation of such expenses.

 

(xiii)        The Borrower shall at all times act solely in its own name and through its duly authorized officers or agents in order for the Borrower to maintain an arm’s-length relationship its Affiliates.  The Borrower shall not enter into any contract with an Affiliate except on terms that are fair and equitable.

 

(xiv)        The Borrower shall conduct its business solely in its own name so as to not mislead third parties as to the identity of the Borrower with which such third parties are conducting business, and shall use all reasonable efforts to avoid the appearance that it is conducting business on behalf any Affiliate or that the assets of the Borrower are directly available to pay the creditors of any Affiliate.

 

(xv)         The Borrower shall not consent to any of its Affiliates granting consensual material Liens on the Borrower’s property or assets.  The Borrower shall maintain its assets in such a manner that it is not costly or difficult to segregate, identify or ascertain such assets.

 

(xvi)        Subject to the Transaction Expense Support Agreement and the PLC Guarantee, the Borrower shall pay its own liabilities and expenses out of its own funds drawn on its own bank account.

 

(xvii)       The Borrower shall not assume, guarantee, become obligated for, pay, hold itself out to be responsible for or pledge its assets in support of, the Indebtedness or obligations of any Affiliate or controlling persons or any other Person and, except as permitted or required pursuant to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated therein, shall not create, incur, assume, guarantee, acquire, or, contingently or otherwise, enter into or become responsible for payment of any Indebtedness or guarantees or consent to any of its Affiliates assuming, granting, becoming obligated for, paying or holding itself out to be responsible for the Indebtedness or obligations of the Borrower.

 

(xviii)      The Borrower shall not acquire obligations or securities of any Affiliates.  The Borrower shall not hold out its credit to any person as available to

 

49



 

satisfy the obligation of any other Person or entity.  The Borrower shall not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other entity or make any loans or advances to any Person or entity except as provided in the Transaction Documents.

 

(xix)        The Borrower shall observe strictly all organizational and procedural formalities required by this Agreement, its articles of incorporation and its by-laws, and by applicable law.

 

(xx)         The Borrower shall not hold itself out as or be considered as a department or division of (A) any shareholder, partner, principal, member or Affiliate of the Borrower, (B) any Affiliate of a shareholder, partner, principal, member or Affiliate of the Borrower or (C) any other Person or allow any Person to identify the Borrower as a department or division of that Person.

 

(xxi)        The Borrower shall not conceal assets from any creditor, or enter into any transaction with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud creditors of the Borrower or the creditors of any other Person.

 

(xxii)       As of the date hereof, the Borrower shall have adequate capital.

 

(xxiii)      The Borrower shall have at least one Independent Director who is not on the board of directors of its sole shareholder of common stock and shall cause its board of directors to observe all other corporate formalities.

 

(xxiv)     The Borrower shall use all reasonable efforts to cause its agents, service providers and other representatives to act at all times without contravention of the foregoing covenants.

 

(m)          Taxes .  The Borrower shall file any material Tax return that is required to be filed by it in any jurisdiction or pay any material Tax, assessment, charge or fee due and payable with respect to its properties and assets, other than those being contested in good faith in which case it shall take all reasonable steps to defend any action brought by a taxing authority with respect to such Tax, assessment, charge or fee.

 

(n)           Expenses .  The Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Lender for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and other reasonable costs (including any legal fees and actuarial fees) incurred in connection with (i) the negotiation and preparation of the Transaction Documents on or prior to the Original Closing Date, but not to exceed $[****] in aggregate or (ii) in connection with the negotiation and preparation of any amendment to this Agreement following the Amendment Closing Date, but not to exceed $[****] in aggregate per amendment, in the case of (i) or (ii), without the consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and (iii) any Event of Default.  The Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Lender for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and other reasonable costs (including any legal fees and actuarial fees) incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the amendments to the Transaction Documents entered into on the Amendment Closing Date, but not to exceed $[****] in aggregate.

 

50



 

(o)           No Future Issuances of Securities .  The Borrower shall not issue or sell any bonds, notes, debentures, or other debt securities of the Borrower, or any other securities of the Borrower, and shall not enter into any subscriptions, options, warrants, conversion or other rights, agreements, commitments, arrangements or understandings of any kind, contingently or otherwise, for the sale of any such securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any such securities, except with respect to, in each case, Surplus Notes.

 

(p)           Maintenance of Accounts .  The Borrower shall at all times maintain (or in the case of the Reinsurance Trust Account, cause to be maintained) (i) the Regulatory Account in accordance with Section  3.01, (ii) the Surplus Account in accordance with Section  3.02 and (iii) the Reinsurance Trust Account in accordance with the Reinsurance Trust Agreement.

 

(q)           Investments in Regulatory Account .  The Borrower shall not make or permit to be made any investments of assets held in the Regulatory Account other than in Cash and Cash Equivalents.

 

(r)            Investments in Surplus Account and Reinsurance Trust Account .  The Borrower shall not make or permit to be made any investments of assets (other than the Letter of Credit) held in the Surplus Account and Reinsurance Trust Account other than in accordance in all material respects with the Investment Guidelines and in compliance in all material respects with applicable law, including ensuring that the Investment Guidelines comply in all material respects with applicable insurance laws and regulations.

 

(s)            No New Business .  With respect to the Reinsured Policies, no new insurance or reinsurance treaties shall be reinsured by the Borrower after the Original Closing Date, other than the UILIC Block and the MLOA Block or as expressly permitted under the Reinsurance Agreement or Section  6.01(h)(ii).

 

(t)            Security Interest .  The Borrower shall not grant a security interest in any of the Collateral and shall not otherwise create, incur, assume or permit any liens, mortgages, security interests, pledges, charges, or encumbrances of any kind on any of its property or assets owned on the date hereof or thereafter acquired, or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof, in each case other than Permitted Liens or as expressly permitted in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.  Subject to the Priority of Payments and its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, the Borrower shall not take any action, or fail to take any action, with respect to the Collateral other than the Transaction Documents or any rights thereunder, if such action or failure to take action would reasonably be expected to interfere with the enforcement of any rights hereunder material to the Issuing Lender.

 

(u)           Change of Control .  The Borrower shall at all times remain an Affiliate of the Ceding Company and a direct Subsidiary of PLICO; provided , that nothing herein or in any of the Transaction Documents shall prevent the Ceding Company or any other Affiliate of the Borrower from consolidating with or merging into any other Affiliate of PLC (other than the Borrower) or require any consent, waiver or approval of or by the Issuing Lender therefor.  The Borrower shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the Borrower shall not

 

51



 

permit any Person to consolidate with or merge into the Borrower or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Borrower.

 

(v)           Subsidiaries .  The Borrower shall not have any Subsidiaries.

 

(w)          Transaction Documents .  The Borrower shall deliver to the Issuing Lender copies of any executed (or, if execution is inapplicable, otherwise finalized) Transaction Documents.

 

(x)           Regulations T, U and X .  No proceeds of the Letter of Credit will be used in violation of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

 

(y)           Changes in Accounting Practices .  Except for permitted practices provided for in the Licensing Order, the Borrower shall not seek approval from the Vermont Commissioner in any respect of, and shall not implement, any permitted practice under SAP as permitted by the State of Vermont without the prior written consent of the Issuing Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

(z)           Ratings .  In the event that S&P ceases to issue a Counterparty Risk Rating for the Borrower for any reason other than at the request of the Borrower, the Borrower shall seek a substitute rating from Moody’s or Fitch.  The Borrower shall obtain the written consent of the Issuing Lender prior to requesting that S&P cease to issue a Counterparty Risk Rating for the Borrower unless a substitute rating from Moody’s or Fitch has already been obtained.

 

(aa)         Independent Director .  The Borrower shall not replace or appoint any director that is to serve as an Independent Director unless (i) the Borrower provides the Issuing Lender with ten (10) Business Days prior written notice of such replacement or appointment, (ii) a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifies that the designated Person satisfied the criteria set forth in the definition of “Independent Director” herein and (iii) the Issuing Lender acknowledges, in writing, that in its reasonable judgment the designated Person satisfies the criteria set forth in the definition of “Independent Director” herein or fails to respond to a request for such acknowledgement within ten (10) Business Days of such request.

 

(bb)         Surplus Notes .  During the term of this Agreement, the Borrower may from time to time issue surplus notes (“ Surplus Notes ”); provided , that any such Surplus Notes of the Borrower (i) shall be subordinate at all times in right of payment of principal, interest or premium and any other amounts with respect thereto to all fees, expenses, LOC Reimbursement Obligations and other amounts due in connection with this Agreement and the Letter of Credit as provided in and pursuant to the terms of the Priority of Payments, (ii) shall bear interest at a rate not to exceed the then-applicable 5-year benchmark Treasury Rate plus [****] bps, (iii) shall not have a maturity date earlier than one year and one day following the later of (A) the Facility Maturity Date and (B) the date on which no obligations due hereunder are outstanding, (iv) shall be issued in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Lender and (v) shall only be issued at times when the difference between the Statutory Reserves and the Economic Reserves is greater than the LOC Amount.  Payments of principal, interest or premium in respect of any Surplus

 

52



 

Notes of the Borrower shall only be made in accordance with, and subject to the restrictions set forth in, the Priority of Payments.

 

(cc)         Termination of Letter of Credit .  The Borrower shall, upon a termination of the Letter of Credit pursuant to Section  2.02, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of such termination, (i) deliver written notice of such termination to the Issuing Lender and (ii) return the Letter of Credit to the Issuing Lender for cancellation in full.

 

(dd)         Contribution Notices .  The Borrower shall promptly provide a written notice to the Issuing Lender upon any (i) receipt of the First Required Additional Contribution, (ii) receipt of the Second Required Additional Contribution and the Third Required Additional Contribution, (iii) receipt of the Fourth Required Additional Contribution, (iv) receipt of the Fifth Required Additional Contribution and (v) receipt of the Sixth Required Additional Contribution, and any such notice shall include the dates on which such contributions were received by the Borrower.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

 

Section 7.01.         Obligations Secured Hereby .  This Article  VII is made to secure and provide for payment of all amounts due by the Borrower to the Issuing Lender under this Agreement (such obligations and liabilities being in this Agreement called the “ Secured Obligations ”).

 

Section 7.02.         Collateral .

 

(a)           The Borrower, as security for the prompt payment and performance of the Secured Obligations when due, hereby assigns, conveys, transfers, delivers and sets over to the Issuing Lender, and grants to the Issuing Lender a Lien on and a security interest in all assets of the Borrower other than its books and records and its right, title and interest (now existing or hereafter acquired or arising) in, to and under the Regulatory Account and the Administrative Account, including the Borrower’s right, title and interest (now existing or hereafter acquired or arising) in, to and under the following (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

 

(i)            the Borrower’s interest, if any, in the Reinsurance Trust Account; provided , that such Lien and security interest is subject in all cases and in every respect to the rights of the Reinsurance Trustee in such interest;

 

(ii)           the Surplus Account, and all Cash, securities, Instruments and other property held in the Surplus Account from time to time, and all certificates and Instruments, if any, from time to time representing the Surplus Account or any property therein. Notwithstanding the status of the Surplus Account and financial assets as Collateral, the Surplus Account and such assets shall remain available to make payments in the priority and to the recipients identified pursuant to the Priority of Payments. In addition, the Issuing Lender agrees not to issue any Notice of Exclusive Control (as defined in the Securities Account Control Agreement) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The

 

53



 

Issuing Lender hereby authorizes any disposition of property from the Surplus Account free of any security interest if, and only to the extent that, such disposition is made, and the proceeds are applied, in accordance with the Priority of Payments;

 

(iii)          all rights, if any, of the Borrower in (A) all Cash, securities, Instruments and other property held or deemed to be held in any express or constructive trust established pursuant to the terms of the Reinsurance Agreement from time to time, and (B) all certificates and Instruments, if any, from time to time representing any such express or constructive trust or any property therein; provided , that such Lien and security interest is subject in all cases and in every respect to the rights of the Ceding Company in such rights;

 

(iv)          any and all of the following, whether now existing or hereafter arising and wheresoever the same may be located: all rights of the Borrower under the Transaction Documents, accounts (other than the Regulatory Account and the Reinsurance Trust Account), chattel paper, deposit accounts, documents, equipment, general intangibles, goods, instruments, inventory, investment property, letters of credit, letter-of-credit rights, payment intangibles, securities accounts and supporting obligations;

 

(v)           all other property or rights delivered or assigned by the Borrower or on its behalf to the Issuing Lender from time to time under this Agreement or otherwise, to secure or guarantee payment of the Secured Obligations; and

 

(vi)          to the extent not covered above, all products and proceeds of, and all dividends, collections, earnings, accruals, and other payments with respect to, any or all of the foregoing.

 

Section 7.03.         Perfection of Security Interest in Collateral .

 

(a)           Entitlement Holder .  The Borrower agrees that it is the sole Entitlement Holder with respect to each Securities Account established hereunder, and the Issuing Lender will have control (as defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC) over any deposit account established hereunder.

 

(b)           Further Assurances .  The Borrower hereby authorizes the Issuing Lender to file all appropriate UCC filings, including financing or continuation statements, in any jurisdiction and with any filing offices as the Issuing Lender may determine, in its reasonable discretion, are necessary to perfect or otherwise perfect the security interest granted to the Issuing Lender herein.  The Borrower shall promptly prepare, file or record, such additional notices, financing statements or other documents as the Issuing Lender may reasonably request as necessary for the perfection of the security interests granted to the Issuing Lender hereunder, such instruments to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender.

 

54



 

Section 7.04.         Continuing Security Interest, Termination .

 

(a)           This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral in favor of the Issuing Lender and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms until all of the Secured Obligations are paid or satisfied in full.

 

(b)           The security interest created by this Agreement shall not be considered satisfied by payment or satisfaction of any part of the Secured Obligations to the Issuing Lender hereby secured but shall be a continuing security interest and shall not be discharged, prejudiced or affected in any way by time being given to the Borrower or by any other indulgence or concession to the Borrower granted by the Issuing Lender, by the taking, holding, varying, non-enforcement or release by the Issuing Lender of any other security for all or any of the Secured Obligations, by any other thing done or omitted to be done by the Issuing Lender or any other Person or by any other dealing or thing including any variation of or amendment to any part of the Collateral and any circumstances whatsoever that but for this provision might operate to discharge any of the Secured Obligations or to exonerate or discharge the Borrower from its obligations hereunder or otherwise affect the security interest hereby created.

 

Section 7.05.         Protection of Collateral .

 

(a)           The Borrower shall take any action necessary to:

 

(i)            maintain or preserve any and all Liens created by this Agreement on the Collateral (and the priorities thereof);

 

(ii)           perfect or protect the validity of the pledge of Collateral and the Liens created by this Agreement;

 

(iii)          enforce, if commercially reasonable, any rights with respect to the Collateral; and

 

(iv)          preserve and defend, if commercially reasonable, title to the Collateral and the rights of the Issuing Lender in such Collateral against the claims of all Persons.

 

Section 7.06.         Performance of Obligations .

 

(a)           The Borrower may contract with other Persons to assist it in performing its duties under this Agreement, and any performance of such duties by a Person identified to the Issuing Lender in an officer’s certificate of the Borrower shall be deemed to be action taken by the Borrower.

 

(b)           The Borrower shall perform and observe all its obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement, including, filing or causing to be filed all documents required to be filed by the terms of this Agreement in accordance with, and within the time periods provided for, in this Agreement and therein.

 

Section 7.07.         Power of Attorney .  The Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Issuing Lender and any receiver, officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in fact with full power and authority, in each case, to the maximum

 

55



 

extent permitted by law, in the name of the Borrower or the name of such attorney-in-fact, from time to time in the Issuing Lender’s reasonable discretion for the purpose of taking such action and executing such agreements, financing statements, continuation statements, instruments and other documents, in the name of the Borrower, as provided in this Agreement and as the Issuing Lender may reasonably deem necessary to perfect, promote and protect and enforce the security interest of the Issuing Lender in the Collateral.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, the Issuing Lender has no responsibility for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of any Lien or security interest and shall have no obligation to take any action to procure or maintain such validity, perfection, priority or enforceability.  This power of attorney shall be irrevocable as one coupled with an interest prior to the payment in full of all the obligations secured hereby until all amounts due and payable hereunder have been finally and fully repaid and the Letter of Credit is terminated.

 

Section 7.08.         No Pledge of Collateral to Others .  The Borrower shall not (i) create, incur or suffer to exist, or agree to create, incur or suffer to exist, or consent to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) the creation, incurrence or existence of any Lien on the Collateral except for (a) Liens the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) Liens for Taxes that are not then due and payable or that can be paid thereafter without penalty, (c) Liens otherwise incurred in connection with borrowings permitted hereunder and made in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the Borrower’s stated investment objectives, policies and restrictions, (d) Liens in favor of the Issuing Lender and (e) other Permitted Liens or (ii) sign or file under the UCC of any jurisdiction any financing statement which names the Borrower as a debtor, or sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement, except in each case any such Instrument solely securing the rights and preserving the Lien of the Issuing Lender.

 

Section 7.09.         No Change in Borrower Name, Structure or Office .  The Borrower will not change its name or jurisdictions of organization unless it has taken such action in advance of such change or removal, if any, or change its mailing addresses unless it has taken such action within fifteen (15) calendar days of such change, in each case as is necessary to cause the security interests of the Issuing Lender in the Collateral to continue to be perfected without interruption.

 

Section 7.10.         Release of Collateral .  Upon the payment in full of all Secured Obligations or upon the other circumstances specified in this Agreement, all of the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created hereby, the security interest created hereby and all rights of the Issuing Lender in such Collateral shall cease, and any remaining amounts or assets held in the Cash Collateral Account or Surplus Account shall be transferred to, or for the account of, the Borrower, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Borrower or any other Person entitled thereto.  At such time, the Issuing Lender will authorize the filing of appropriate termination statements and other instruments and documents reasonably requested by the Borrower to terminate such security interests.

 

Section 7.11.         Notice of Exclusive Control .  The Issuing Lender shall not deliver a Notice of Exclusive Control (as defined in the Securities Account Control Agreement) under

 

56



 

the Securities Account Control Agreement unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Section 8.01.         Events of Default .  If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur:

 

(a)           the Borrower shall fail to make any payment of an LOC Reimbursement Obligation (including any applicable interest thereon), immediately following the date on which, and to the fullest extent that, funds become available in accordance with the Priority of Payments and the Payment Restrictions, to the Issuing Lender under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and such failure to make payment shall continue for two (2) Business Days; provided , that such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default (A) in the case of any unpaid LOC Reimbursement Obligations, such payment would cause the Borrower’s Total Adjusted Capital following such payment to be less than [****] percent ([****]%) of its Company Action Level Risk Based Capital and no Approval has been given by the Vermont Commissioner in respect of such payment, or (B) if and to the extent the Borrower fails to pay any such amounts when due at a time when the Market Value of the assets (if any) in the Surplus Account equals zero;

 

(b)           the Borrower shall fail to pay when due any amount payable to the Issuing Lender under this Agreement, or if in excess of $[****], any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party (including the posting of collateral and any applicable interest payments) other than any LOC Reimbursement Obligation or any interest thereon, (i) with respect to the payment of any Fees that are due and payable, immediately following the date on which, and to the fullest extent that, funds become available in accordance with the Priority of Payments and, with respect to the payment of any Fees which are due and payable, such failure to make payment shall continue for two (2) Business Days after the date due or, (ii) with respect to any payment subject to this Section  8.01(b) other than the payment of any Fees which are due and payable, immediately following the date on which, and to the fullest extent that, funds become available in accordance with the Priority of Payments, and such failure to make payment shall continue for five (5) Business Days after written notice from the Issuing Lender; provided , that in the case of both (i) and (ii), such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default if and to the extent the Borrower fails to pay any such amounts when due at a time when the Market Value of the assets (if any) in the Surplus Account equals zero; provided , further , that in the case of (i), such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default if the failure to pay is a result of the illegality, unlawfulness or conflict with any applicable insurance law, rule or regulation of the Borrower paying any Fee (or portion thereof) hereunder and the amount the Borrower has failed to pay has been paid or satisfied by PLC under the PLC Guarantee when required thereunder;

 

(c)           any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by the Borrower or the Ceding Company in any Transaction Document to which it is a party shall prove to have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed to be made, as the case may be;

 

57



 

(d)           a final non-appealable judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of, in the aggregate, $[****] in the case of the Borrower or $[****] in the case of the Ceding Company, to the extent not paid or covered by insurance, is rendered by one or more Governmental Authorities against the Borrower or the Ceding Company, as applicable, and that the same is not discharged, vacated, bonded or stayed within ninety (90) calendar days;

 

(e)           except as otherwise set forth in Sections  8.01(a) or (b), the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform, in any material respect, its obligations pursuant to Article  VI, and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) calendar days after written notice from the Issuing Lender; provided , however , that such thirty (30) calendar day grace period will not apply, to the extent notice of such breach is required to be given under any section of Article  VI, in the event that the Borrower has provided the Issuing Lender notice of such breach more than sixty (60) calendar days following the first day on which the Borrower has knowledge of such breach;

 

(f)            the Ceding Company shall fail to observe or perform its obligations in any material respect pursuant to Sections 2(d)  (Draw Certification Notice), 2(e)  (Impermissible Draw) and 2(f)  (Compliance) of the Ceding Company Letter Agreement, such failure shall continue for thirty (30) calendar days after written notice from the Issuing Lender;

 

(g)           (i) any Transaction Document becomes illegal or it becomes unlawful for the Borrower or the Ceding Company to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document in any material respect or (ii) the performance of the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document conflicts with any applicable insurance law, rule or regulation in any material respect, and, in each case, such obligations are not paid or satisfied by PLC under the PLC Guarantee when required thereunder;

 

(h)           any transaction occurs, whether a merger, sale, asset sale or otherwise, as a result of which the Borrower fails to be an Affiliate of the Ceding Company or a direct Subsidiary of PLICO;

 

(i)            the Borrower or the Ceding Company shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of any proceeding or petition, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or the Ceding Company or for a substantial part of any of their respective assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of authorizing or effecting any of the foregoing;

 

(j)            an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or the Ceding Company, or their respective debts, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or the

 

58



 

Ceding Company, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for thirty (30) calendar days;

 

(k)           The Issuing Lender’s lien on any material portion of the Collateral shall cease to be, subject to the Permitted Liens, a valid first priority perfected security interest;

 

(l)            PLC shall fail to pay (i) any amount in excess of $[****] payable to or explicitly required to be made on behalf of the Borrower under the Tax Sharing Agreement or the Special Tax Allocation Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which such payment was due and payable; or

 

(m)          the Tax Sharing Agreement or the Special Tax Allocation Agreement shall be amended, there shall be a termination of the Special Tax Allocation Agreement, or there shall be a termination of the rights of the Borrower with respect to PLC and the obligations of PLC with respect to the Borrower under the Tax Sharing Agreement, in each case without the prior written consent of the Issuing Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and such amendment or termination adversely affects, in any material respect, the rights, remedies or obligations of the Borrower under such agreement;

 

(n)           PLC shall fail to pay any amount in excess of $[****] payable to the Borrower under the PLC Guarantee within three (3) Business Days from the date on which such payment was due;

 

then, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default (except in the case of item (iii) below which shall only apply with respect to an Event of Default described in either Section  8.01(a) or (b)), subject to any applicable grace period, the Issuing Lender may declare that (i) all LOC Reimbursement Obligations and other amounts outstanding shall, at the option of the Issuing Lender, accelerate and become immediately due and payable by the Borrower from the available funds of the Borrower subject to the Priority of Payments and, solely with respect to LOC Reimbursement Obligations, the Payment Restrictions; (ii) the Borrower will be required to post cash collateral in an amount equal to the undrawn face amount of the Letter of Credit, such collateral to be paid as and when available with respect to the Borrower under item Eighth of the Priority of Payments and to be held in the Cash Collateral Account; (iii) the Issuing Lender may foreclose on the Collateral (but only, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to an Event of Default described in either Section  8.01(a) or (b)); (iv) the Issuing Lender may enforce in the name of the Borrower any rights of the Borrower under the Transaction Documents to the extent permitted under the collateral assignment of such rights set forth in Section  9.09; and (v) the Borrower shall cease to be allowed to declare or pay any dividends (other than any Special Dividend).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default shall not impair or otherwise affect the Reinsurance Trustee’s right to draw on the Letter of Credit in accordance with its terms (it being understood that any assets of the Borrower pledged as collateral in accordance with clause (ii) and foreclosed upon in accordance with clause (iii), of the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to have been used to satisfy amounts due and payable under the Reinsurance Agreement for purposes of satisfying the condition to drawing on the Letter of Credit described in the Draw Certification Notice).

 

59



 

So long as the Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Issuing Lender shall hold the Cash Collateral Account, which account and all assets thereof shall be held separate and apart from all its other assets and accounts in the name of and subject to the control and dominion of the Issuing Lender, as cash collateral for the obligations of the Borrower owing to the Issuing Lender hereunder.  Assets of the Cash Collateral Account shall be Cash or Cash Equivalents, except as otherwise agreed by the Borrower.  Upon the termination of the Letter of Credit in full, and the payment in full of all secured obligations, the Issuing Lender shall release all funds and investments held in the Cash Collateral Account to or upon the account of the Borrower.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.01.         Notices .  Except as otherwise provided herein and in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing (including by electronic transmission) and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by electronic mail with PDF attachment and confirmed by overnight courier service, as follows:

 

 

Borrower:

 

Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company

c/o Marsh Management Services, Inc.

 

 

100 Bank Street

 

 

Burlington, VT 05402

 

 

Fax: (802) 859-3550

 

with a copy to:

 

Protective Life Corporation

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, AL 35223

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (205) 268-3597

 

 

 

Ceding Company:

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

 

2801 Highway 280 South

 

 

Birmingham, AL 35223

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

Fax: (205) 268-3597

 

60



 

Issuing Lender:

 

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

 

 

677 Washington Boulevard

 

 

Stamford, CT 06901

 

 

Attention: Banking Products Services

Fax: (203) 719-4176

E-mail: DL-UBSAgency@ubs.com

 

 

 

 

 

with a copies to

 

 

 

 

 

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

 

 

677 Washington Boulevard

 

 

Stamford, CT 06901

 

 

Attention: Structured Fixed Income

 

 

Fax: (203) 719-2941

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

 

 

677 Washington Boulevard

 

 

Stamford, CT 06901

 

 

Attention: Fixed Income Legal

 

 

Fax: (203) 719-0680

 

Any party hereto may change its address (street or email) for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

 

Section 9.02.         Waivers; Amendments .  Except as otherwise provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each of the Borrower and the Issuing Lender.

 

Section 9.03.         Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and issuance of the Letter of Credit.  Such representations and warranties have been or may be relied upon by the Issuing Lender regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of the Issuing Lender.

 

Section 9.04.         Indemnity .  Irrespective of whether the LOC Commitment or the Letter of Credit is terminated, the Borrower agrees to indemnify jointly and severally the Issuing Lender and each Related Party of the Issuing Lender (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party arising out of, or as a result of any actual claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or the

 

61



 

performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or (ii) the Letter of Credit or any LOC Disbursement regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto but excluding in each case any actual or threatened claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding solely among Indemnitees and/or Participants and/or Lender Counterparties; provided , that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any Indemnitee; provided , further , that such indemnity shall be subject to, and only payable in accordance with, the Priority of Payments and, solely with respect to LOC Reimbursement Obligations, the Payment Restrictions, including, without limitation, as may limit or restrict payment of any LOC Reimbursement Obligation or interest thereon.  It is understood and agreed that, to the extent not precluded by a conflict of interest, each Indemnitee shall endeavor to work cooperatively with the Borrower with a view toward minimizing the legal and other expenses associated with any defense and any potential settlement or judgment.  To the extent reasonably practicable and not disadvantageous to any Indemnitee and in the absence of any conflict of interest, a single counsel selected by the Borrower, and approved by the Indemnitee, may be used.  Settlement of any claim or litigation involving any material indemnified amount will require the approvals of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld) and the relevant Indemnitee (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

Section 9.05.         Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .

 

(a)           The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including, if applicable, any Affiliate of the Issuing Lender), except that (y) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Issuing Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (z) the Issuing Lender may not assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement except in accordance with this Section  9.05.

 

(b)           Any assignment under this Agreement by the Issuing Lender, any Assignee or any assignees thereof (each, an “ Assignee ”) to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuing Lender may only be made (i) pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto, (ii) to a Person that, at the time of such assignment, is an Eligible Bank that is not on the Restricted List and (iii) with the prior written consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), and any attempted assignment in violation of this Section  9.05(b) shall be void ab initio .

 

(c)           Any assignment under this Agreement by the Issuing Lender to any Person that is an Affiliate of the Issuing Lender may only be made pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto and to a Person which, at the time of such assignment, (i) is an Eligible Bank that is not on the Restricted List and (ii) has a financial strength rating from S&P (or an equivalent rating by Moody’s or Fitch) which is equivalent to or higher than the financial strength rating of the assigning Issuing Lender from S&P (or an equivalent rating by Moody’s or Fitch), and any attempted assignment in violation of this Section  9.05(c) shall be void ab initio .

 

62



 

(d)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Issuing Lender be released from its obligations under the Letter of Credit prior to its termination, nor shall it cease to be a party hereto, nor shall it cease to retain at least [****] percent ([****]%) of all rights, obligations, assignments, participations, commitments and interests of the Issuing Lender under this Agreement.

 

(e)           The Issuing Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower and subject to Section  9.05(d), sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in not more than [****] percent ([****]%) of the Issuing Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including not more than [****] percent ([****]%) of the LOC Commitment); provided , that (i) the Issuing Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Issuing Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Issuing Lender in connection with the Issuing Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement pursuant to which the Issuing Lender sells such a participation shall provide that the Issuing Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided , that such agreement may provide that the Issuing Lender will not, without the consent of the Required Participants, agree to (A) reduce the principal amount due with respect to any LOC Reimbursement Obligation or (B) reduce the Drawn Rate.

 

(f)            The Issuing Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of the Issuing Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section  9.05 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided , that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release the Issuing Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for the Issuing Lender as a party hereto.

 

Section 9.06.         Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  This Agreement constitutes the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  Subject to Section  5.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the parties hereto and when the parties have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or electronic mail with PDF attachment shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.07.         Governing Law; Jurisdiction .

 

(a)           This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

63



 

(b)           Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.  Each party hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any other party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

Section 9.08.         Right of Setoff .  If any amount shall have become due and payable by the Borrower hereunder, whether due to maturity, acceleration or otherwise, the Issuing Lender is hereby authorized, at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Issuing Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower under this Agreement (other than any amount payable under the Letter of Credit) against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by the Issuing Lender, irrespective of whether or not the Issuing Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement.  Without limiting or otherwise affecting the provisions of the Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall have no right under any circumstances to set off or apply any amount payable under the Letter of Credit against any obligation of or amount payable by the Borrower, whether or not under this Agreement.  The rights of the Issuing Lender under this Section  9.08 are in addition to any other rights and remedies which the Issuing Lender may have.

 

Section 9.09.         Collateral Assignment of Rights .  The Borrower hereby irrevocably collaterally assigns to the Issuing Lender (a) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the right to enforce in the name of the Borrower any right of the Borrower under the Transaction Documents (other than this Agreement) and (b) upon the failure of the Borrower to use its reasonable best efforts enforce its rights to compel performance of required contractual obligations or to pursue remedies available to it under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party (other than this Agreement), in each case within seven (7) Business Days following receipt of written notice from the Issuing Lender requesting such enforcement by the Borrower and identifying the specific breach of the Transaction Document (other than this Agreement), the right to enforce in the name of the Borrower and the right to compel performance of required contractual obligations or remedies available to the Borrower under the applicable Transaction Document (other than this Agreement) with respect to the identified breach, in connection with which the Issuing Lender may pursue in the name of the Borrower (or direct the Borrower to pursue) any such remedy.

 

Section 9.10.         Expenses .  Subject to Section  6.01(n), each party shall pay its own expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and administration of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the Transactions shall be consummated), including any fees, charges and disbursements of any

 

64



 

counsel in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights under this Agreement, including its rights under this Section  9.10.

 

Section 9.11.         Further Assurances .  The Borrower agrees at its own cost and expense, to do such further acts and things, and to execute and deliver such additional instruments (including, without limitation, notices and agreements), as the Issuing Lender may at any time reasonably request or as may be reasonably necessary at any time in order better to preserve, insure and confirm the rights, powers and remedies of the Issuing Lender hereunder.

 

Section 9.12.         Headings .  Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

Section 9.13.         Confidentiality .  Each party to this Agreement agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to such party’s Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents (so long as such Affiliate is not on the Restricted List), including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having or claiming jurisdiction over such party or its representatives, (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations (including securities laws and regulations) or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) to any other party to this Agreement, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (vi) by the Issuing Lender or a Participant to any Participant or counterparty to a hedge transaction reasonably related to the transactions contemplated hereby (a “ Hedge Counterparty ”), or to any prospective Participant or Hedge Counterparty, in each case that is not on the Restricted List, subject to an agreement containing confidentiality provisions that are either no less restrictive than those found in this Section  9.13 or that are satisfactory to the Borrower, in each case expressly inuring to the benefit of PLC and a copy of which is promptly provided thereto and to the Issuing Lender (each such agreement a “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), (vii) with the consent of the other parties to this Agreement, (viii) to the extent the Information relates to the tax treatment and any facts that may be relevant to the tax structure of the Transactions, (ix) to the extent such Information (a) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section  9.13 or (b) becomes available to such party or such party has no actual knowledge that the provision of such information is in violation of a confidentiality restriction or (x) to any Lender Counterparty not on the Restricted List, upon the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , that such Lender Counterparty enters into a Confidentiality Agreement and further agrees such Information will not be used in a manner adverse to the Borrower.  For the purposes of this Section  9.13, “ Information ” means all information received in connection with this Agreement or the Transactions from another party to this Agreement, or such party’s representatives or Affiliates, relating to such party or Affiliate or such party’s or its Affiliate’s business, other than any such information that is available on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by such party.

 

65



 

Section 9.14.         Special Dividend .  In the event the Ceding Company makes any payment to the Borrower in excess of that required to be paid under the express terms of the Reinsurance Agreement as a result of, or following, any requirement or request of the Ceding Company’s domestic insurance regulator, whether orally or in writing, therefor (a “ Special Payment ”), the Borrower shall, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and to the maximum extent permitted by law, be permitted to pay a dividend (a “ Special Dividend ”) in the amount of the proceeds of such payment.

 

Section 9.15.         Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 9.16.         WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

 

Section 9.17.         USA PATRIOT Act .  The Issuing Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that (i) identifies the Borrower, (ii) includes the name and address of the Borrower and (iii) will allow the Issuing Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

Section 9.18.         Usury Savings Clause .  It is the intention of the parties that all charges under or in connection with this Agreement and the LOC Reimbursement Obligations, however denominated, and including (without limitation) all interest, commitment fees, late charges and loan charges, shall be limited to the maximum lawful interest rate, if any, that at any time and from time to time may be contracted for, charged, or received under the laws applicable to the Issuing Lender, which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum non-usurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow (the “ Maximum Lawful Amount ”).  Such charges hereunder shall be characterized and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed as to uphold the validity of charges provided for therein to the fullest possible extent.  Additionally, all charges hereunder shall be spread over the full permitted term of the LOC Reimbursement Obligations for the purpose of determining the effective rate thereof to the fullest possible extent, without regard to prepayment of or the right to prepay the LOC Reimbursement Obligations.  If for any reason whatsoever, however, any charges paid or contracted to be paid in respect of the LOC Reimbursement Obligations shall exceed the Maximum Lawful Amount, then, without any specific action by the Issuing Lender or the Borrower, the obligation to pay such interest and/or other charges shall be reduced to the Maximum Lawful Amount in effect from time to time and any amounts collected by the Issuing Lender or the Borrower that exceed the Maximum Lawful Amount shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance of the LOC Reimbursement Obligations and/or refunded to the Borrower so that at no time shall the interest or loan charges

 

66



 

paid or payable in respect of the LOC Reimbursement Obligations exceed the Maximum Lawful Amount.  This provision shall control every other provision herein and in any and all other agreements and instruments now existing or hereafter arising between the Borrower and the Issuing Lender with respect to the LOC Reimbursement Obligations.

 

Section 9.19.         Third Party Beneficiary .  The Ceding Company shall be a third party beneficiary of Sections  2.01(d), 2.02(b) and 2.02(c).

 

Section 9.20.         Consent to Amendments .  Pursuant to Section  6.01(h)(i) hereof, the Issuing Lender hereby consents to (a) the amendment and restatement of the Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of the Amendment Closing Date and effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, (b) the amendment to the Reinsurance Trust Agreement, dated as of the Amendment Closing Date, (c) the amendment and restatement of the Investment Management Agreement, dated as of the Amendment Closing Date, (d) the amendment and restatement of the Ceding Company Letter Agreement, dated as of the Amendment Closing Date, (e) the amendment and restatement of the PLICO Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of the Amendment Closing Date and effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, (f) the amendment and restatement of the Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of the Amendment Closing Date and effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, and (g) the amendment and restatement of the Fee Letter, dated as of the Amendment Closing Date.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank.  Signature page to follow. ]

 

67



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY,

 

as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard J. Bielen

 

Name:

Richard J. Bielen

 

 

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

 

as Issuing Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lana Gifas

 

Name:

Lana Gifas

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jennifer Anderson

 

Name:

Jennifer Anderson

 

Title:

Assistant Director

 

Signature Page to the Third Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement

 


 


 

SCHEDULE 1

 

BORROWER REPORTING DOCUMENTS

 

The Borrower Reporting Documents consist of:

 

(a)           Not later than sixty (60) calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the unaudited annual statutory financial statements prepared in accordance with SAP, and not later than June 1 of each calendar year for the Borrower’s preceding fiscal year, a copy of the audited financial statements prepared in accordance with SAP.

 

(b)           Not later than April 10 after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, an annual cashflow testing report by the Borrower’s Appointed Actuary (as such may be appointed by the Borrower from time to time).

 

(c)           Not later than forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each of the four (4) quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a report of actual to expected mortality claims and lapses by face amount and by policy count with respect to the Reinsured Policies.

 

(d)           Not later than forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each of the four (4) quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the applicable reserve amounts (including XXX Reserves, Economic Reserves, Gross Premium Valuation Reserves and Claims Liability (each, as defined in the Reinsurance Agreement) of the Borrower as at the end of such quarter.

 

(e)           Not later than forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each of the four (4) quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, information regarding risks insured with respect to the Reinsured Policies in the same form as the seriatim policy detail outlined in Exhibit E of the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

(f)            Not later than forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and income statement (without footnotes) of the Borrower as at the end of such quarter, in each case prepared in accordance with SAP.

 

(g)           Not later than forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, and not later than sixty (60) calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, information regarding the following items: Total Adjusted Capital, Modified Total Adjusted Capital, deferred tax assets, asset valuation reserves, the Letter of Credit in excess of Facility Reserves, Company Action Level Risk Based Capital, Required Additional Contribution and Reduced Contribution.

 

(h)           Not later than forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each of the four (4) quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a settlement statement for the Reinsured Policies between the Ceding Company and the Borrower.

 

Schedule 1 - 1



 

(i)            Not later than twenty-five (25) calendar days after the end of each of the twelve (12) monthly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a listing of the Borrower’s asset portfolio holdings containing details including, without limitation, security name, book value, market value, ratings, weighted average life, modified duration, coupon, interest payment frequency, book yield, market yield and maturity date, to be supplemented by information contained in a final report to be provided not later than sixty (60) calendar days after the end of each of the first, second and third quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, and not later than seventy-five (75) calendar days after the end of each of the fourth quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower.

 

(j)            Not later than fifteen (15) calendar days after the end of each of the twelve (12) monthly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a listing of the Borrower’s asset portfolio holdings containing details including CUSIP and par amount.

 

(k)           Within five (5) Business Days of delivery of any report delivered to S&P, Moody’s or Fitch by the Borrower, a copy of such report, to the extent the information has not been previously provided to the Issuing Lender.

 

(l)            Within five (5) Business Days of delivery or receipt, as applicable, of any material report or notice delivered to any other party or received from any other party under the Transaction Documents, a copy of such report.

 

(m)          Within five (5) Business Days of receipt of any third party actuarial report, opinion or review of the Borrower, a copy of such report.

 

(n)           Seven (7) Business Days prior notice of any proposed amendment to the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

(o)           Within five (5) Business Days of submission or receipt of any material correspondence relating to the Borrower to or from the Nebraska Director or the Vermont Commissioner, a copy of such correspondence.

 

(p)           Within five (5) Business Days of any material permitted accounting practice of the Borrower or other deviation from SAP that is proposed to be made applicable, a copy of such proposed deviation.

 

(q)           Written notices for certain material events as identified in Section  6.01(c) within the specified time periods.

 

(r)            Promptly after any internal underwriting audit of the Borrower related to the Reinsurance Agreement, notice of such audit.

 

(s)            Not later than sixty (60) calendar days after the end of each of the first, second and third quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, and not later than seventy-five (75) calendar days after the end of each of the fourth quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, information regarding any payments made by the Borrower pursuant to the Priority of Payments, including amounts paid in accordance with each individual item of the Priority of Payments.

 

Schedule 1 - 2



 

(t)            Not later than ninety (90) calendar days after September 30 of each fiscal year of the Borrower, information regarding any Dividend Amount payable by the Borrower, including details on Dividend Test and Dividend Threshold calculations.

 

(u)           Not later than fifteen (15) calendar days after the end of each calendar month, bank statements evidencing amounts paid (or received) in accordance with Section  3.05 from (into) the Surplus Account.

 

Schedule 1 - 3



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

DIVIDEND FORMULA

 

No dividends can be declared or paid for any calendar year beginning prior to [****]. Thereafter, if the Dividend Test is satisfied, dividends, if any, in an amount not to exceed the Dividend Amount, shall be declared by the Borrower by December 31 (each such date, a “ Dividend Declaration Date ”) and paid by January 30 of the following year (i.e., the first Dividend Declaration Date would be in [****] and such dividend would be required to be paid by the Borrower by [****]); provided that (i) in no event shall a dividend be declared or paid with respect to the Dividend Year ending [****] until the Fourth Required Additional Contribution, if any, has been made, (ii) in no event shall a dividend be declared or paid with respect to the Dividend Year ending [****] until the Fifth Required Additional Contribution, if any, has been made, and (iii) in no event shall a dividend be declared or paid with respect to the Dividend Year ending [****] until the Sixth Required Additional Contribution, if any, has been made.

 

The Dividend Amount for the Dividend Year ending [****] shall be calculated by the Borrower by [****].

 

The Dividend Amount for the Dividend Year ending [****] shall be calculated by the Borrower by [****].

 

The Dividend Amount for the Dividend Year ending [****] shall be calculated by the Borrower by [****].

 

The annual period for calculation of dividends in any given calendar year, commencing in [****], will start from October 1 of the prior calendar year and end on September 30 of that calendar year (each such period, a “ Dividend Year ”), with the first Dividend Year commencing [****] and ending [****].  The annual and cumulative actual to expected lapse and mortality study will be calculated on an “Experience Year” basis.  For purposes of this Schedule 2, “ Experience Year ” shall mean the period from and including October 1 of a calendar year to and including September 30 of the next succeeding calendar year, with the first Experience Year commencing on [****] and ending on [****].  Unless otherwise specified, the Company Action Level Risk Based Capital and all other amounts will be calculated as of September 30 of that calendar year (which is immediately prior to the Dividend Declaration Date).  [****].

 

If all of the following conditions are met, an annual dividend in an amount not to exceed the Dividend Amount may be declared and paid, subject to Section  6.01(j) and the Priority of Payments (such conditions, the “ Dividend Test ”):

 

[****]

 

Dividend Catch-Up Contribution ” means, in the event that the Sixth Remainder Contribution is greater than zero, and if the Borrower’s Modified Total Adjusted Capital is less than [****] percent ([****]%) of the Borrower’s Company Action Level Risk Based Capital, as of [****] or September 30 of each subsequent Experience Year, an amount equal to the lesser of (y) the

 

Schedule 2 - 1



 

excess, if any, of the Sixth Remainder Contribution over an amount equal to the sum of any prior Dividend Catch-Up Contributions and (z) the excess, if any, of [****] percent ([****]%) of the Borrower’s Company Action Level Risk Based Capital over the Borrower’s Modified Total Adjusted Capital, each as determined as of such September 30.

 

The “ Dividend Threshold ” means (i), plus (ii), plus (iii), minus (iv), where:

 

[****].

 

Present Value ” means present value calculations assuming a discount rate equal to the lesser of (a) [****] percent ([****]%) per annum and (b) the weighted average of (x) the annualized realized net yield (net of defaults) of the assets of the Borrower (excluding the Letter of Credit and any amount recorded as a receivable by the Borrower in connection with the Funds Withheld Account) from the Original Closing Date and (y) the assets in the Funds Withheld Account from November 21, 2011, as determined in accordance with SAP.

 

Dividend Amount ” means, in any Dividend Year, the excess, if any, of the lesser of (i) and (ii) minus the Dividend Threshold, where:

 

i.                   Equals the aggregate book value of the Borrower’s assets (excluding the Letter of Credit and including, for the avoidance of doubt, any amounts recorded as a receivable by the Borrower in connection with the Funds Withheld Account), as determined in accordance with applicable statutory accounting principles, and

 

ii.                Equals the aggregate market value of the Borrower’s assets (excluding the Letter of Credit and including, for the avoidance of doubt, any amounts recorded as a receivable by the Borrower in connection with the Funds Withheld Account),

 

provided , that, (a) if such calculation results in an amount that is zero or a negative number, then the Dividend Amount will be zero, and (b) if the annual actual to expected lapse rate (such expected lapse rate as reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith consistent with the methodologies and processes set forth in Appendix I attached hereto) is less than [****] percent ([****]%) but greater than [****] percent ([****]%) in the relevant Experience Year, the Dividend Amount payable will be [****] percent ([****]%) of the amount calculated above.

 

The declaration and payment of a dividend shall be subject to the following additional limitations:

 

i.                   The Dividend Amount declared and paid in any Dividend Year shall not exceed the amount shown in Appendix II to this Schedule 2 for the applicable Dividend Year (“ Dollar Threshold ”); and

 

ii.                Immediately following the payment of any dividend for any Dividend Year other than the Dividend Years ending [****], [****] and [****], the Borrower shall maintain Modified Total Adjusted Capital at least equal to [****] percent ([****]%) of the Borrower’s Company Action Level Risk Based Capital, determined as of September 30 of the

 

Schedule 2 - 2



 

Dividend Year in respect of which such dividend is paid, taking into account the payment of such dividend as if paid on such September 30; and

 

iii.             Immediately following the payment of any dividend for the Dividend Year ending [****], the Dividend Year ending [****] or the Dividend Year ending [****], the Borrower shall maintain Modified Total Adjusted Capital at least equal to [****] percent ([****]%) of the Borrower’s Company Action Level Risk Based Capital, determined as of September 30 of the Dividend Year in respect of which such dividend is paid, taking into account the payment of such dividend as if paid on such September 30; and

 

iv.            The Dividend Amount shall be reduced by the amount by which the Nominal Expense Cap (as defined in the Transaction Expense Support Agreement) applicable as of September 30 for such Dividend Year exceeds the Base Nominal Expense Cap (as defined in the Transaction Expense Support Agreement) applicable as of September 30 for such Dividend Year, unless the Borrower elects to waive such excess amount for purposes of calculating the applicable Nominal Expense Cap; and

 

v.               The Modified Total Adjusted Capital used for calculation of the Dividend Amount for the Dividend Year ending [****] shall be calculated as if a contribution of $[****] has been made to the Borrower during such Dividend Year; and

 

vi.            The amount of dividends permitted to be declared and paid for the Dividend Year ending [****] shall be reduced to the extent the Dividend Amount for such Dividend Year will be applied to reduce the Fourth Scheduled Additional Contribution. If such calculation results in an amount that is zero or a negative number, then the amount of dividends permitted to be declared and paid for the Dividend Year ending [****]  will be zero; and

 

vii.         The Modified Total Adjusted Capital used for calculation of the Dividend Amount for the Dividend Year ending [****] shall be calculated shall be calculated as if a contribution of $[****] has been made to the Borrower during such Dividend Year; and

 

viii.      The amount of dividends permitted to be declared and paid for the Dividend Year ending [****] shall be reduced to the extent the Dividend Amount for such Dividend Year will be applied to reduce the Fifth Scheduled Additional Contribution. If such calculation results in an amount that is zero or a negative number, then the amount of dividends permitted to be declared and paid for the Dividend Year ending [****]  will be zero; and

 

ix.            The Modified Total Adjusted Capital used for calculation of the Dividend Amount for the Dividend Year ending [****] shall be calculated as if a contribution of $[****] has been made to the Borrower during such Dividend Year; and

 

x.               The amount of dividends permitted to be declared and paid for the Dividend Year ending [****] shall be reduced to the extent the Dividend Amount for such Dividend Year will be applied to reduce the Sixth Scheduled Additional Contribution. If such calculation results in an amount that is zero or a negative number, then the amount of dividends permitted to be declared and paid for the Dividend Year ending [****] will be zero; and

 

Schedule 2 - 3



 

xi.            No Dividend Amount shall be declared or paid for any Dividend Year after the Dividend Year ending [****].

 

The Borrower shall provide the Issuing Lender with supporting information, in reasonable detail, relating to the calculation of the Dividend Amount.

 

The foregoing provisions of this Schedule 2 shall not apply to any Special Dividend.

 

Schedule 2 - 4



 

APPENDIX I TO THE DIVIDEND FORMULA

 

DESCRIPTION OF METHODOLOGIES AND PROCESSES FOR CALCULATING EXPECTED COVERED BENEFITS AND EXPECTED LAPSE RATES

 

EXPERIENCE STUDY PROCESS

 

Overview

 

Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company (“GGIII”) Experience Studies reflecting mortality and lapse activity on the Reinsured Policies (as defined in the Indemnity Reinsurance Agreement) will be produced on both quarterly and annual bases to satisfy defined reporting obligations in the Indemnity Reinsurance Agreement and Reimbursement Agreement.  The Experience Studies will also be used for purposes of determining any payments due between West Coast Life and Protective Life Insurance Company (“PLICO”) under the Aggregate Stop Loss Agreement as well as any dividend payments due from GGIII to PLICO.  Actual/Expected calculations will be performed quarterly on a year-to-date basis and on a cumulative basis where required by the Transaction Documents.

 

·                   Experience Study exposure periods will be defined in two ways:

·                   Experience Year Basis: 10/1/XX — 9/30/XX

·                   Used for calculation of mortality and lapse A/E ratios for purposes of the Stop Loss and dividend payment calculations

·                   Any payment due from Protective Life Corporation (“PLC”) to GGIII under the Catastrophic Loss Support Agreement will also be determined on an Experience Year Basis

·                   For the initial year of the Transaction, the Experience Year Basis begins on the Effective Date and ends on 9/30/10

·                   The quarterly Experience Studies required under Schedule 1, Item (c) of the Reimbursement Agreement will be calculated on an Experience Year Basis

·                   Quarterly and Annual experience studies required under Exhibit E of the Reinsurance Agreement will be provided on an Experience Year Basis

·                   All studies will be on a YTD basis within an Experience Year

·                   Calendar Year Basis: 1/1/XX — 12/31/XX

·                   Used for calculation of quarterly and annual A/E calculations outlined in Exhibit E of the Reinsurance Agreement

·                   For the initial year of the Transaction, the Calendar Year Basis begins on the Effective Date and ends on 12/31/10

·                   All studies will be on a YTD basis within a calendar year

·                   Experience Study results are shown net of any applicable third party YRT reinsurance or third party coinsurance

 

Schedule 2 - 5



 

Section 1:  Interim Experience Study Process Applicable to the MLOA Block during the Integration Period

 

For an interim period beginning on the Amendment Effective Date and continuing until the MLOA Block is fully integrated into PLC’s administrative and reporting systems (the “Integration Period”), Experience Studies pertaining to the MLOA Block will be conducted in accordance with the process and methodology outlined in this Section 1.

 

·                   Data sources that feed expected mortality and lapse amounts

·                   The MLOA Block Independent Actuary will provide quarterly projections of expected death claims and lapses using the same assumptions outlined in the Milliman, Inc., actuarial report dated April 25, 2014 (“MLOA Milliman Report”), which, are attached within Appendices A and B, respectively, to this Exhibit D.

·                   In connection with each quarterly Experience Study reporting period, the MLOA Block Independent Actuary will calculate the expected basis based on the preceding quarter’s net in-force policy inventory (direct less ceded third party coinsurance).  For example, Experience Studies for the 9/30/2014 reporting period will have an expected basis determined using projected amounts based on net inforce policy inventory as of 6/30/2014, etc.

 

·                   Data sources that feed actual mortality and lapse amounts

·                   Source of Actual Claims and IBNR

·                   Amounts are net of applicable third party coinsurance

·                   Ledger:

·                   Actual death claims in the report come from the ledger

·                   Totals are provided to the Measure Team by PLC’s Accounting Department

·                   Totals are combined with expected totals received from MLOA Block Independent Actuary in Excel

·                   IBNR:

·                   Will be included in the actual death claims

·                   Source will be the ledger

·                   The IBNR reserve will be estimated based upon historical processes employed by AXA Equitable Financial Services, which involves an annual review and update, if necessary, using actual claims data

 

·                   Sources of Actual Lapses

·                   Measure team will determine actual lapses for any quarterly reporting period as using net seriatim inforce policy inventory (direct less ceded third party coinsurance) as follows:

·                   Policy Count (LP a ) = (P t-1  - P t ) — DP t , where “P” equals the number of policies inforce at the respective quarterly reporting periods, and “DP” represents actual death claims reported during the current quarterly reporting period, in policy count terms

 

Schedule 2 - 6



 

·                   Face Amount (LF a ) = (F t-1  - F t ) — DF t , where “F” equals the face amount of policies inforce at the respective quarterly reporting periods and “DF” represents death claims reported during the current quarterly reporting period in face amount terms

 

·                   Reporting Basis

·                   Experience Studies conducted under Section 1 will employ the Accounting method as described in Section 2.

 

Section 2:  Experience Study Process Applicable to the Original and UILIC Blocks and, upon Conclusion of the Integration Period, the MLOA Block

·                   All mortality and lapse studies are performed using PolySystems Measure to calculate the exposure and expected claim information.

·                   PolySystems Measure is an industry standard software package used to generate experience studies

·                   Controlled environment that is auditable at a policy level

 

·                   Data sources that feed exposure and expected calculations

·                   Valuation files:

·                   Provided to Measure Team by the financial reporting valuation team on a quarterly basis

·                   Contain all active and terminated policies for the reported quarter

 

·                   Policy Detail History (“PDH”, which is a compilation of quarterly valuation files) files:

·                   Contain all history for policies that were in force or terminated since the Effective Date through current date for the policies reinsured to GGIII

·                   Created by taking the valuation files and appending them to previous quarter’s PDH files

·                   Contain policy characteristics such as sex, risk, face amount, termination reason, termination date, issue date, issue age, etc.

·                   Serve as the input files for PolySystems Measure

 

·                   Controls to ensure accuracy

·                   Valuation files fall under SOX compliance.

·                   Compliance measures incorporated into quarterly SOX certification as part of PLC’s broader public reporting requirements

·                   PDH files are reconciled each quarter. The following items are reconciled to extracts from the administrative systems, including the death claim system.

·                   All terminations and termination dates (deaths, lapses, surrenders, conversions, maturities, expiries, & declined claims)

·                   Active policies

·                   Face amounts

·                   Issue age and issue dates

·                   Decrement totals (actual claims and lapses) from experience studies are tied back to decrements from the reconciliation

 

Schedule 2 - 7



 

·                   Definition of exposure

·                   Uniform Distribution of Deaths: Exposure starts from the Effective Date of the Transaction

·                   Actual inforce at the beginning of the respective time period is used as a starting point to capture experience that occurred during the period

·                   Exposure is calculated on a policy level basis within PolySystems Measure

·                   Exposure on policies that do not terminate during the period ends on the exposure end date

·                   For Mortality:

·                   Exposure on policies that terminate due to death during the period ends on the next policy anniversary after the incurred date.

·                   If date of death is unknown at the time of study, notify date is used until date of death is verified

 

·                   Exposure on policies that terminate for reasons other than death ends on the incurred date of the termination

·                   Accounting method

·                   Exposure end date is defined as the date when the termination was incurred (i.e., death claim reported on 11/30/2010 with a date of death of 6/30/2010 would have an exposure end date of 6/30/2010)

·                   No Lag

·                   Approach used for:

·                   Stop Loss A/E calculations

·                   Dividend Test (mortality calculations)

·                   Reimbursement Agreement reporting, Schedule 1, Item (c)

·                   Reinsurance Agreement Exhibit E: Dividend Year Basis mortality studies

·                   Actuarial method

·                   Exposure end date is defined as the date when the termination was incurred (i.e.  Death claim reported on 11/30/2010 with a date of death of 6/30/2010 would have an exposure end date of 6/30/2010)

·                   All studies using the Actuarial method will have a three month lag.  This accounts for IBNR and lapse reinstatements

·                   Approach used for:

·                   Reinsurance Agreement Exhibit E: Calendar Year Basis mortality studies

 

·                   For Lapse:

·                   Uses the Actuarial method outlined above

·                   Exposure on policies that terminate due to lapse during the period ends on the next policy anniversary after the incurred date

·                   Exposure on policies that terminate for reasons other than lapse ends on the incurred date of the termination

·                   Lapses are based on premium mode periods.  A policy has to complete one premium period to be included in the study.  Exposure is based on completed modal periods (i.e., monthly premium mode policy will show

 

Schedule 2 - 8



 

up in a study after one month of exposure.  An annual mode policy would show up after completing one year of exposure.)

 

·                   Approach used for:

·                   Dividend Test lapse calculations

·                   Reimbursement Agreement reporting, Schedule 1, Item (c)

·                   Reinsurance Agreement Exhibit E: Dividend Year and Calendar Year lapse studies

 

·                   Source of Actual Claims and IBNR

·                   Ledger:

·                   Actual deaths claims in the report come from the ledger.

·                   Totals are provided to the Measure Team by PLC’s Accounting Department

·                   Totals are imported into Access database with Expected totals and reported in an Excel pivot table

·                   IBNR:

·                   Will be included in the actual death claims

·                   Source will be the ledger

·                   IBNR estimation process:

·                   Annually, updated historical claims information is obtained from the claims system.

·                   Claims are reviewed, including date of death and date of notification, and that information is used to update a claims lag study which identifies the level of claims that were incurred but not reported as of historical valuation dates.

·                   The average IBNR claim amount is the basis for the updated IBNR reserve that is held, which is expressed as a percentage of net amount at risk (defined as the death benefit inforce less Statutory reserve)

·                   During the course of the year, IBNR reserves change in proportion to change in net amount at risk.

·                   The IBNR reserve percentage is reviewed annually, and adjusted if necessary, based on updated claims experience

·                   Annual report (Reinsurance Agreement Exhibit E) death claims will be provided by PolySystems.  These deaths are reconciled back to the death claim administrative system.

 

·                   Calculation of Expected Mortality

·                   For the Original Block, expected mortality calculations use the same assumptions outlined in the Milliman Chicago actuarial report dated December 3, 2009 (“Milliman Report”), which are also attached within Exhibit A to this Appendix I; these rates vary by duration

·                   For the UILIC Block, irrespective of whether the policy is actively paying premium or has moved to the extended term insurance status, expected mortality calculations use the same assumptions outlined in the Towers Watson actuarial

 

Schedule 2 - 9



 

report dated June 5, 2013 (“Towers Report”), which are also attached within Exhibit A of this Appendix I.

·                   For the MLOA Block, expected mortality calculations use the same assumptions outlined in the Milliman, Inc. actuarial report dated April 25, 2014 (“MLOA Milliman Report”), which are also attached within Exhibit A of this Appendix I.

·                   Quarterly adjustments to the inforce starting point are made to reflect actual mortality and lapse experience during the period.

·                   Source of Mortality Rate of Death (“Qx”):  The Qx for the experience studies is coded in PolySystems to mirror the mortality assumptions used in the Milliman Report, the Towers Report or the MLOA Milliman Report, as applicable.  The coding is maintained by the valuation team and is employed by the Measure Team when conducting experience studies

·                   Qx factors increase on policy anniversary date; this methodology is consistently applied in the Milliman Report modeling, the Towers Report modeling and the MLOA Milliman Report modeling, as applicable, and PolySystems coding

·                   Application to exposure:

·                   Calculated by PolySystems

·                   Exposure is always based on face amount less YRT reinsurance, if any.

·                   In the case of policies that end in death, the exposure is defined to continue until the next policy anniversary.

·                   In the case of policies that end in lapse, the exposure ends on the effective date of the lapse.

·                   In the event of lapse and subsequent reinstatement, the exposure is considered to be continuous.

·                   Policies that do not terminate during the study get full exposure for the exposure period.

·                   Face Amount Exposure (“FAE”) is calculated on a policy duration basis; mathematically, FAE equals:

·                   (Direct Face Amount — YRT Ceded Face Amount, if any) * Policy Exposure

·                   Where, Policy Exposure = Number of Months in Exposure Period

·                   Months may be either integers or fractional amounts depending on policy issue date and anniversary date

·                   PolySystems Measure assumes 360 day calendar year

·                   PolySystems Measure translates the annual Qx (“aqx”) to a monthly Qx (“mqx”)

·                   mqx = aqx/12

·                   PolySystems Measure calculates exposure according to exposure begin and end date

·                   Formulaic Calculation of Expected Mortality

·                   Expected mortality is calculated at a policy level; policy level results are added together to create the aggregate expected mortality result

·                   Expected Mortality (Policy Level) = mqx * FAE

·                   Expected Mortality (Aggregate Level) =

 

Schedule 2 - 10



 

 

·                   However, if the policy changes from duration “D” to duration “D+1” (i.e., passes an anniversary) during the Experience Year or Partial Experience Year, the Expected Mortality (Aggregate Level) =:

 

 

·                   Calculations are performed on an Experience Year-to-date basis (or Calendar Year-to-date basis, depending on the intended purpose) to account for policies in grace that ultimately lapsed and late reported deaths

·                   Reporting of total expected

·                   PolySystems Measure produces output files that contain policy level detail information which includes exposure, expected, claim count, and exposed count

·                   These output files are summed together in an Access database and linked to by an Excel pivot table

 

·                   Calculation of Actual Mortality

·                   Tracked on an incurred basis using the Accounting method outlined above

·                   Actual Mortality = Paid Claims + ΔIBNR + ΔPending Liability (includes Pended and Resisted claims)

·                   Pended claims include reported but not paid claims

·                   Calculated net of Existing YRT Reinsurance (as defined in the Indemnity Reinsurance Agreement)

 

·                   Calculation of Expected Lapse

·                   For the Original Block, expected lapse calculations use the same assumptions outlined in the Milliman Report and also attached within Exhibit B to this Appendix I these rates vary by duration

·                   For the UILIC Block, expected lapse calculations use the same assumptions outlined in the Towers Report, which are also attached within Exhibit B to this Appendix I; these rates vary by duration

·                   For the MLOA Block, expected lapse calculations use the same assumptions outlined in the MLOA Milliman Report and also attached within Exhibit B to this Appendix I; these rates vary by duration

·                   Quarterly adjustments to the inforce starting point are made to reflect actual mortality and lapse experience during the period (i.e. grace policies that lapsed and late reported deaths)

·                   Source of Lapse Rates:  The lapse rates for experience studies are coded in PolySystems to mirror the lapse assumptions used in the Milliman Report, the Towers Report or the MLOA Milliman Report, as applicable.  The coding is maintained by the valuation team and employed by the Measure Team when conducting experience studies

 

Schedule 2 - 11



 

·                   Application to exposure:

·                   Calculated by PolySystems

·                   Exposure is calculated on a policy duration basis; the mathematical FAE calculation is identical to the one outlined above

·                   PolySystems Measure assumes 360 day calendar year

·                   PolySystems Measure translates annual lapse rates (L a ) provided in the Milliman Report to monthly lapse rates (L m )

·                   L m  = L a /12

·                   PolySystems Measure calculates exposure according to exposure begin and end date

·                   Formulaic Calculation of Expected Lapse

·                   Expected lapse is calculated at a policy level; policy level results are added together to create the aggregate expected lapse result

·                   Expected Lapse (Policy Level) = L m  * Exposure

·                   Expected Lapse (Aggregate Level) =

 

 

·                   However, if the policy changes from duration “D” to duration “D+1” (i.e., passes an anniversary) during the Experience Year or Partial Experience Year, the Expected Lapse (Aggregate Level) =:

 

 

·                   Calculations are performed on an Experience Year-to-date basis (or Calendar Year-to-date basis, depending on the intended purpose)

·                   Reporting of total expected

·                   PolySystems Measure produces output files that contain policy level detail information which includes exposure, expected, lapse count, and exposed count.

·                   These output files are summed together in an Access database and linked to by an Excel pivot table.

·                   Three month lag is used to account for policies in grace that ultimately lapsed and late reported deaths

 

·                   Calculation of Actual Lapse

·                   Actual lapses will come from PolySystems

·                   All lapse decrements and lapse face amounts are verified against the administrative system

·                   Do not include any policies that are in the “Grace” period

·                   Shock lapses will be shown separately from level period lapses

·                   Three month lag is used to account for policies in grace that ultimately lapsed and late reported deaths

 

Schedule 2 - 12



 

·                   For example, a lapse report using 9/30/11 inforce data will include actual lapse activity that occurred during the four quarters beginning 7/1/10 through 6/30/11

 

Schedule 2 - 13



 

APPENDIX I (continued)
Exhibit A

 

Mortality Assumptions

 

Original Block

 

On the Original Closing Date, each party received two (2) copies of a CD with identical contents detailing the mortality assumptions.  Each CD contained three Microsoft Excel Files:

 

[****]

 

On the UILIC Closing Date, each party received two (2) copies of a CD containing the three Microsoft Excel files, of which the first two are the same as listed above:

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

Schedule 2 - 14



 

UILIC Block

 

On July 1, 2013, each party received two (2) copies of a CD with identical contents detailing the mortality assumptions.  Each CD contains three Microsoft Excel Files:

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

MLOA Block

 

On the Amendment Effective Date, each party received two (2) copies of a CD with identical contents detailing the mortality assumptions.  Each CD contains a Microsoft Excel file titled [****].

 

[****]

 

Schedule 2 - 15



 

APPENDIX I (continued)

 

Exhibit B

 

Lapse Assumptions

 

Original Block

 

(a)          Lapse rates expressed in percentage terms

 

(b)          [****]

 

(c)           [****]

 

(d)          [****]

 

(e)           [****]

 

(f)            Risk Classification Key:

 

SPF = Select Preferred

PF = Preferred

ST = Standard

NT = Non-Tobacco

TB = Tobacco

 

WCL -10

 

 

 

 

 

Face < $250K

 

Face >= $250K

Issue

 

Policy

 

SPF

 

PF

 

ST

 

PF

 

ST

 

SPF

 

PF

 

ST

 

PF

 

ST

Age

 

Year

 

NT

 

NT

 

NT

 

TB

 

TB

 

NT

 

NT

 

NT

 

TB

 

TB

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

Schedule 2 - 16



 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

WCL -15

 

 

 

 

 

Face < $250K

 

Face >= $250K

Issue

 

Policy

 

SPF

 

PF

 

ST

 

PF

 

ST

 

SPF

 

PF

 

ST

 

PF

 

ST

Age

 

Year

 

NT

 

NT

 

NT

 

TB

 

TB

 

NT

 

NT

 

NT

 

TB

 

TB

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

Schedule 2 - 17



 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

WCL-20

 

 

 

 

 

Face < $250K

 

Face >= $250K

Issue

 

Policy

 

SPF

 

PF

 

ST

 

PF

 

ST

 

SPF

 

PF

 

ST

 

PF

 

ST

Age

 

Year

 

NT

 

NT

 

NT

 

TB

 

TB

 

NT

 

NT

 

NT

 

TB

 

TB

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

Schedule 2 - 18



 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

WCL-25 These rates are an average of the WCL 20- and 30-year rates.

 

 

 

 

 

Face < $250K

 

Face >= $250K

Issue

 

Policy

 

SPF

 

PF

 

ST

 

PF

 

ST

 

SPF

 

PF

 

ST

 

PF

 

ST

Age

 

Year

 

NT

 

NT

 

NT

 

TB

 

TB

 

NT

 

NT

 

NT

 

TB

 

TB

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

Schedule 2 - 19



 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

WCL 30

 

 

 

 

 

Face < $250K

 

Face >= $250K

Issue

 

Policy

 

SPF

 

PF

 

ST

 

PF

 

ST

 

SPF

 

PF

 

ST

 

PF

 

ST

Age

 

Year

 

NT

 

NT

 

NT

 

TB

 

TB

 

NT

 

NT

 

NT

 

TB

 

TB

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

Schedule 2 - 20



 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

Schedule 2 - 21



 

[****] CONTENTS OF TABLES BELOW OMITTED

 

UILIC Block

 

(a)          Lapse rates are as shown in the table below (rates expressed in percentage terms).

 

(b)          [****]

 

(c)           [****]

 

(d)          [****]

 

 

Policy

 

Issue Age Band

Year

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

1.             Policies remain on extended term insurance for the following length of time:

 

Issue Age of Policy

 

Length of ETI Period

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

2.             During the extended term insurance period, lapse rates are [****]%.

3.             The discount rate is [****]%.

 

MLOA Block

 

(a)          Lapse rates [****]

 

Schedule 2 - 22



 

(b)          [****]

 

(c)           [****]

 

Lapse Rates for MLOA Level Term Plans - During the Level Term Period

 

 

 

Term Period

 

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

Duration

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

(remainder of page intentionally blank)

 

Schedule 2 - 23



 

Lapse Rate Beyond Level Premium Period (N)

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

 (remainder of page intentionally blank)

 

Schedule 2 - 24



 

Shock Lapse Distribution

 

[****]

 

Note: Distribution amounts expressed in percentage terms

 

Schedule 2 - 25



 

APPENDIX II TO THE DIVIDEND FORMULA

 

DOLLAR THRESHOLD

 

 

Dividend Year

 

Dollar Threshold

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

Schedule 2 - 26



 

SCHEDULE 3

 

SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT

 

Scheduled LOC
Adjustment Date

 

LOC Amount

 

LOC
Adjustment
Amount

 

Mandatory
LOC Reduction
LOC Amount

 

Mandatory
LOC Reduction
LOC
Adjustment
Amount

 

Amendment Effective Date

 

$

915,000,000

 

 

 

$

715,000,000

 

 

 

September 15, 2014

 

$

925,000,000

 

$

10,000,000

 

$

715,000,000

 

 

December 15, 2014

 

$

930,000,000

 

$

5,000,000

 

$

715,000,000

 

 

March 15, 2015

 

$

935,000,000

 

$

5,000,000

 

$

715,000,000

 

 

June 15, 2015

 

$

935,000,000

 

 

$

715,000,000

 

 

September 15, 2015

 

$

935,000,000

 

 

$

715,000,000

 

 

December 15, 2015

 

$

935,000,000

 

 

$

720,000,000

 

$

5,000,000

 

March 15, 2016

 

$

935,000,000

 

 

$

720,000,000

 

 

June 15, 2016

 

$

935,000,000

 

 

$

720,000,000

 

 

September 15, 2016

 

$

935,000,000

 

 

$

720,000,000

 

 

December 15, 2016

 

$

930,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

$

720,000,000

 

 

March 15, 2017

 

$

925,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

$

715,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

June 15, 2017

 

$

920,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

$

710,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

September 15, 2017

 

$

895,000,000

 

$

(25,000,000

)

$

685,000,000

 

$

(25,000,000

)

December 15, 2017

 

$

885,000,000

 

$

(10,000,000

)

$

685,000,000

 

 

March 15, 2018

 

$

880,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

$

680,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

June 15, 2018

 

$

875,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

$

680,000,000

 

 

September 15, 2018

 

$

870,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

$

675,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

December 15, 2018

 

$

860,000,000

 

$

(10,000,000

)

$

670,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

March 15, 2019

 

$

850,000,000

 

$

(10,000,000

)

$

665,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

June 15, 2019

 

$

840,000,000

 

$

(10,000,000

)

$

660,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

September 15, 2019

 

$

810,000,000

 

$

(30,000,000

)

$

630,000,000

 

$

(30,000,000

)

December 15, 2019

 

$

800,000,000

 

$

(10,000,000

)

$

625,000,000

 

$

(5,000,000

)

March 15, 2020

 

$

785,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

$

615,000,000

 

$

(10,000,000

)

June 15, 2020

 

$

765,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

605,000,000

 

$

(10,000,000

)

September 15, 2020

 

$

750,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

$

595,000,000

 

$

(10,000,000

)

December 15, 2020

 

$

730,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

585,000,000

 

$

(10,000,000

)

March 15, 2021

 

$

715,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

$

570,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

June 15, 2021

 

$

695,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

560,000,000

 

$

(10,000,000

)

September 15, 2021

 

$

675,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

545,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

December 15, 2021

 

$

655,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

535,000,000

 

$

(10,000,000

)

March 15, 2022

 

$

635,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

520,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

June 15, 2022

 

$

610,000,000

 

$

(25,000,000

)

$

505,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

September 15, 2022

 

$

590,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

490,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

December 15, 2022

 

$

570,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

475,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

 

Schedule 3 - 1



 

Scheduled LOC
Adjustment Date

 

LOC Amount

 

LOC
Adjustment
Amount

 

Mandatory
LOC Reduction
LOC Amount

 

Mandatory
LOC Reduction
LOC
Adjustment
Amount

 

March 15, 2023

 

$

550,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

465,000,000

 

$

(10,000,000

)

June 15, 2023

 

$

525,000,000

 

$

(25,000,000

)

$

450,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

September 15, 2023

 

$

500,000,000

 

$

(25,000,000

)

$

435,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

December 15, 2023

 

$

480,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

415,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

March 15, 2024

 

$

460,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

400,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

June 15, 2024

 

$

430,000,000

 

$

(30,000,000

)

$

380,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

September 15, 2024

 

$

410,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

365,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

December 15, 2024

 

$

395,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

$

350,000,000

 

$

(15,000,000

)

March 15, 2025

 

$

375,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

$

330,000,000

 

$

(20,000,000

)

 

Schedule 3 - 2



 

SCHEDULE 4

 

RESTRICTED LIST

 

The restricted list includes each of the following companies and their affiliates.

 

[****]

 

Schedule 4 - 1



 

SCHEDULE 5

 

FINANCIAL AND ACTUARIAL PROJECTIONS AND MODELING INFORMATION 1

 

Original Block

 

The Actuarial Report, dated December 3, 2009, prepared by Milliman USA’s Chicago office with respect to the Reinsured Policies comprising the Original Block

 

Responses to Milliman NY Information Request 10/8/2009

 

1)              Premium rate information for [****]

2)              YRT premium and pool percentage information for [****]

3)              Mortality rate factor assumptions for WCL C1-C3 products

4)              Seriatim in-force policy inventory information as of 12/31/2008

5)              Historical Mortality and Lapse Studies covering Reinsured Policies

6)              Post Level Term Lapse Studies

7)              WCL pricing mortality comparison

8)              PLC memo dated 10/14/2009 regarding underwriting

9)              Third-Party Reinsurer audit reports produced during 2006 — 2009

10)       External consultant underwriting audit reports 2006 — 2009

11)       PLC  memo dated 10/14/2009 [****]

12)       PLC memo dated 10/13/2009 [****]

 

Responses to Milliman NY Information Request 10/15/2009

 

1)              PLC memo dated 10/27/2009 [****]

2)              PLC memo dated 10/16/2009 [****]

 

Response to Milliman NY Information Request 11/22/2009

 

1)              PLC memo dated 11/23/2009 [****]

 

Responses to Milliman NY Information Request 11/24/2009

 

1)              PLC memo dated 10/29/2009 [****]

2)              PLC memo dated 11/24/2009 [****]

 

Information submitted to UBS via FTP

 

1)              Information regarding economic reserve calculation methodology

2)              Historical mortality and lapse studies using data as of March 31, 2009

3)              Historical business mix reports covering the Original Block

4)              Historical Financial Statements of GG, PLICO, and WCL for fiscal years 2006, 2007 and 2008

5)              Seriatim inforce policy inventory information as of 12/31/2008 and 9/30/2009

 


1   As used in this Schedule, (i) “Milliman NY” means the New York branch of the independent actuarial firm Milliman, Inc. and (ii) “MLOA Block Independent Actuary” means the New Jersey branch of the independent actuarial firm Milliman, Inc.

 

Schedule 5 - 1



 

6)              Third-Party Reinsurer Audits of WCL

7)              Spreadsheet titled “GG3 Inforce Business Mix 2009 12.xlsx” comparing December 31, 2009 inforce policy inventory to Milliman Report projections

 

Information provided to [****] in association with [****]December 2009 underwriting audit

 

1)              GG/WCL claims information

2)              Seriatim in-force policy inventory information as of 9/30/2009

3)              WCL underwriting guidelines

4)              Third-Party Reinsurer Audits

5)              External consultant underwriting audits

6)              Retention and Binding Amounts for WCL C1-C3 policies

7)              [****]

 

UILIC Block (Information provided in an email or via FTP related to items mentioned below was provided on a CD on the UILIC Closing Date)

 

The Actuarial Report, dated June 5, 2013, prepared by Towers Watson with respect to the Reinsured Policies comprising the UILIC Block.

 

Responses to Milliman NY UILIC Block Information Request 4/25/2013

 

1)              Seriatim in-force policy inventory as of 12/31/2012 and 3/31/2013

2)              Static validation information produced by Towers Watson

3)              Projection results (baseline and sensitivities) provided in an email dated 6/5/2013

4)              Premium rates and actuarial/tax assumption files

5)              UILIC Block policy form

6)              Towers Watson assumption recommendation memorandum

7)              Historical mortality and lapse experience information

8)              Policy termination listing for 2010-2012

 

Responses to Milliman NY UILIC Block Information Request 4/29/2013

 

1)              Information on marketing/distribution/demographics

2)              Towers Watson memorandum [****]

3)              Towers Watson memorandum containing analysis of 2010-2012 death claims

4)              Towers Watson memorandum containing analysis of 2010-2012 lapses/expiries

5)              Towers Watson memorandum and spreadsheet examples [****]

6)              Towers Watson memorandum [****]

 

Responses to Milliman NY UILIC Block Information Request 5/1/2013

 

1)              Towers Watson spreadsheet examples [****]

2)              Towers Watson memorandum [****]

3)              Expense allowance information used for Towers Watson modeling purposes

4)              Economic reserve calculation methodology information

 

Responses to Milliman NY UILIC Block Information Request 5/6/2013

 

1)              Confirmatory information on underlying actuarial table information

 

Schedule 5 - 2



 

2)              PLC memorandum [****]

3)              Towers Watson memorandum and spreadsheet example [****]

4)              Towers Watson memorandum and spreadsheet containing static validation of tax reserves and dynamic validation of premiums and death benefits

5)              PLC memorandum containing confirmatory information on seriatim file field interpretation

6)              Confirmatory information on the schedule of extended term insurance benefits as set forth in the policy form provided in connection with the 4/25/2013 request

 

Responses to Milliman NY UILIC Block Information Request 5/14/2013

 

1)              Towers Watson memorandum [****]

2)              Towers Watson acquisition appraisal dated 4/20/2010

3)              Confirmatory information regarding interpretation of the policy termination listing for 2010-2012 provided in connection with the 4/25/2013 request

 

Responses to Milliman NY UILIC Block Information Request 5/20/2013

 

1)              Towers Watson memoranda [****]

2)              Towers Watson memorandum [****]

 

Responses to Milliman NY UILIC Block Information Request 5/28/2013

 

1)              Confirmatory information regarding interpretation of the policy termination listing for 2010-2012 provided in connection with the 4/25/2013 request

 

Responses to Milliman NY UILIC Block Information Request 5/29/2013

 

1)              Confirmatory information regarding mortality assumptions

 

Responses to Milliman NY UILIC Block Information Request 6/3/2013

 

1)              Confirmatory information regarding tax reserve calculation bases

 

[****]

 

MLOA Block (Information provided in an email or via FTP related to items mentioned below will be provided on a CD on the Amendment Effective Date)

 

The MLOA Report with respect to the Reinsured Policies comprising the MLOA Block.

 

Responses to Milliman NY MLOA Block Information Request 3/14/2014

 

1)              Seriatim in-force policy inventory files

 

a.               Valuation date of 12/31/2013 for both direct and ceded reinsurance records

b.               Analysis comparing direct and ceded reinsurance files

c.                Information on seriatim file field interpretations received on 3/24/2014 and 3/31/2014

 

2)              Static validation of reserves and premium

 

3)              Premium rate information

 

a.               Rate files and plan code mapping

b.               Premium banding information

c.                Additional information on premium rate file interpretation

 

Schedule 5 - 3



 

d.               Confirmation from MLOA Block Independent Actuary regarding premium rate file review and validation processes

 

4)              Sample policy forms

 

5)              Third party reinsurance information

 

a.               Summary of third party coinsurance arrangements and associated treaties (with applicable addenda and amendments)

b.               Information on proposed ceded reserve methodologies

c.                Responses from MLOA Block Independent Actuary to Milliman NY e-mail dated 3/27/2014 in connection with third party coinsurance arrangements and associated modeling, including expense allowances in electronic format

d.               Response from MLOA Block Independent Actuary to Milliman NY e-mail dated 4/1/2014 containing reinsurance premiums net of expense allowances in electronic format

 

6)              Mortality and Lapse Assumption Information

 

a.               Preliminary assumption memoranda from MLOA Block Independent Actuary dated 3/26/2014 and 4/7/2014

b.               Underlying rate tables and factors to calculate assumed mortality rates

c.                Mortality experience study data for the period 2002-2014

d.               2011-2013 termination study performed by MLOA Block Independent Actuary

e.                Responses to Milliman NY e-mail request dated 4/1/2014 in connection with mortality and lapse assumption information provided under the 3/14/2014 request, including:

 

i.       [****]

ii.    [****]

 

7)              [****]

 

8)              Statutory and tax reserve technical documentation (provided in response to Item 7 of 4/11/2014 Information Request as indicated below)

 

9)              Actuarial memorandum relating to the use of [****]

 

10)       Projection and modeling information

 

a.               Base case and defined sensitivities

b.               Underlying MG-ALFA model prepared by MLOA Block Independent Actuary originally received on 4/8/2014, and revised model received on 4/18/2014

 

Reserve methodology validation documentation provided to Milliman NY and UBS on 4/11/2014

 

Responses to Milliman NY MLOA Block Information Request 4/11/2014

 

1)              Information provided by the MLOA Block Independent Actuary [****]

 

2)              Updated static validation

 

3)              Updated projection sensitivities

 

Schedule 5 - 4



 

4)              [****]

 

5)              Confirmatory information regarding [****]

 

6)              Additional premium rate files

 

7)              Statutory and tax reserve technical documentation

 

8)              Analysis of [****]

 

Responses to Milliman NY MLOA Block Information Request 4/14/2014

 

1)              Information regarding reserve calculation methodology employed by MLOA Block Independent Actuary for modeling purposes

 

2)              [****]

 

Responses to Milliman NY MLOA Block Information Request 4/16/2014 #1

 

1)              Additional information provided by the MLOA Block Independent Actuary regarding [****]

 

Responses to Milliman NY MLOA Block Information Request 4/16/2014 #2

 

1)              Confirmatory information related to [****]

 

2)              Confirmatory information regarding [****]

 

3)              Confirmatory information regarding statutory reserving methodology and financial reporting processes

 

4)              Confirmatory information regarding definition of reserve items

 

Response to Milliman NY MLOA Block Information Request 4/17/2014 regarding [****]

 

Response to Milliman NY MLOA Block Information Request 4/22/2014 regarding policies with YRT reinsurance

 

Schedule 5 - 5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

DRAW CERTIFICATION NOTICE

 

FORM OF DRAW CERTIFICATION NOTICE

 

To:              UBS AG, Stamford Branch

299 Park Avenue, 26 th  Floor
New York, NY 10171
Attention:  Letter of Credit Services

 

Re: Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2010, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Reimbursement Agreemen t”), between Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company, a special purpose financial captive insurance company incorporated under the laws of the State of Vermont (the “ Borrower ”) and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as issuing lender (the “ Issuing Lender ”).

 

This Draw Certification Notice (this “ Notice” ) is delivered by the undersigned West Coast Life Insurance Company or any successor by operation of law thereof, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator (the “ Ceding Company ”) under the Issuing Lender’s Letter of Credit No. [ · ], in connection with a draw requested by the Reinsurance Trustee, as beneficiary under the Letter of Credit (the “ Beneficiary ”).  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Reimbursement Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Reimbursement Agreement.

 

The Beneficiary is drawing $[ · ] under the Letter of Credit (the “ Requested Amount ”) in connection with this Notice.

 

The undersigned, by [Name], as [Title] 2  of the Ceding Company, hereby certifies to the Issuing Lender that as of the date hereof:

 

(i)            The Requested Amount is required to be obtained by the Beneficiary for the payment of Covered Benefits or Claims Expenses (each as defined in the Reinsurance Agreement) now due and payable under the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

(ii)           All assets in the Reinsurance Trust Account and any funds held in any account established pursuant to Section 6.9 or Section 7.3 of the Reinsurance Agreement have previously been used to satisfy amounts due and payable under the Reinsurance Agreement or released pursuant to the Reinsurance Agreement or Section 2 of the Reinsurance Trust Agreement.

 


2                    Officer must be a Responsible Officer of the Ceding Company, i.e. the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or Controller.

 

Exhibit A - 1



 

(iii)          No assets remain in the Surplus Account.

 

(iv)          Since the date that is one calendar year prior to the date hereof, no assets with a Market Value in excess of $[****] have been transferred from the Surplus Account other than to the extent permitted to be transferred pursuant to the Priority of Payments, unless (A) despite such assets being transferred in the incorrect order of priority, such transfer would have been otherwise permitted pursuant to the Priority of Payments at the time of such transfer or at any subsequent time thereafter or (B) such impermissibly transferred assets have been returned to the Surplus Account or replaced in the Surplus Account with Eligible Assets having a Market Value equal to those that were impermissibly transferred on or prior to the date hereof.

 

(v)           Since the Original Closing Date, the Borrower has existed and, as of the date hereof, exists, as a separate entity and has not been substantively consolidated with another entity.

 

(vi)          As of the date hereof, the Reinsurance Agreement remains in full force and effect.

 

(vii)         As of the date hereof, there is no continuing failure by PLC to pay any amount in excess of $[****] payable to or explicitly required to be paid on behalf of the Borrower under the Tax Sharing Agreement or the Special Tax Allocation Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which such payment was due and payable.

 

(viii)        Since the Original Closing Date, there has been no amendment of the Tax Sharing Agreement or the Special Tax Allocation Agreement and there has not been a termination of the Special Tax Allocation Agreement or a termination of the rights of the Borrower with respect to PLC and the obligations of PLC with respect to the Borrower under the Tax Sharing Agreement, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Issuing Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) if such amendment or termination adversely affects, in any material respect, the rights, remedies or obligations of the Borrower under such agreement.

 

Exhibit A - 2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Notice as of the          day of         ,         .

 

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company,

 

as the Ceding Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Exhibit A - 3



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT GUIDELINES

 

All assets held in the Regulatory Account shall be invested solely in Cash or Cash Equivalents.

 

All assets (other than the Letter of Credit) held in the Surplus Account and the Reinsurance Trust Account shall be invested solely in Eligible Assets (as defined below).

 

Eligible Assets ” means, subject to the limitations set forth below and except as otherwise agreed between the Ceding Company and the Issuing Lender, [****].

 

Cash ” mean immediately available funds denominated in U.S. Dollars.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means commercially reasonable overnight repurchase agreements fully collateralized by the United States Treasury or any agency of the United States Government, the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.

 

Eligible Assets will be subject to the following limitations:

 

 

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

 

[****]

 

[****]

[****]

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

 

[****]

 

[****]

 

Where:

 

(i)                                      “Maximum Sector Limit” means the maximum ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the book value of the relevant Eligible Asset to the book value of all Eligible Assets at the time of the relevant Eligible Asset purchase,

 

(ii)                                   “Maximum Tenor Limit” means the relevant date occurring the stated number of years from the Amendment Closing Date, and

 

(iii)                                “United States Agency Debentures” means U.S. government agency debentures limited to senior U.S. dollar-denominated, nonmortgage-backed direct obligations of Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and Federal Farm Credit Bank (FFCB) rated no lower than the highest rating assigned by Moody’s and S&P to U.S. Treasury securities.

 

Exhibit B - 1



 

In a given year, the weighted average modified duration of all assets will be subject to the following limits:

 

Year

 

Maximum
Modified
Duration

2014

 

[****]

2015

 

[****]

2016

 

[****]

2017

 

[****]

2018

 

[****]

2019

 

[****]

2020

 

[****]

2021

 

[****]

2022

 

[****]

2023

 

[****]

2024

 

[****]

2025

 

[****]

 

Exhibit B - 2



 

EXHIBIT C

 

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit C - 1



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE OF THE BORROWER

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

677 WASHINGTON BOULEVARD

STAMFORD, CT 06901

 

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE OF THE BORROWER

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY, A SPECIAL PURPOSE FINANCIAL CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF VERMONT, (THE “ BORROWER ”), HEREBY CERTIFIES TO YOU (THE “ BANK ”) THAT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2.01(A)  OF THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JUNE 25, 2014, AS AMENDED, RESTATED, MODIFIED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “ REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT ”), BETWEEN THE BORROWER AND THE BANK, AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, THE ISSUANCE CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.02 OF THE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT (OTHER THAN THOSE THAT HAVE BEEN WAIVED IN WRITING BY THE BANK) HAVE BEEN FULLY SATISFIED.

 

 

VERY TRULY YOURS,

 

 

 

GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

 

 

NAME:

 

TITLE:

 

Exhibit D - 1



 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

ISSUING LENDER:

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

 

299 PARK AVENUE, 26 TH  FLOOR

FOR INTERNAL IDENTIFICATION

NEW YORK, NY 10171

PURPOSES ONLY

ATTENTION: LETTER OF CREDIT SERVICES

 

 

APPLICANT:

 

Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company

BENEFICIARY:

 

REINSURANCE TRUSTEE

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

101 BARCLAY STREET

 

MAILSTOP: 101-0850

 

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10286

 

ATTENTION: INSURANCE TRUST

 

& ESCROW GROUP

 

 

 

IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [ · ]

 

 

DEAR SIR OR MADAM:

 

WE, UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, HEREBY ESTABLISH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT (“LETTER OF CREDIT” OR “CREDIT”), AT THE REQUEST OF GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY (“ACCOUNT PARTY”), IN YOUR FAVOR AS BENEFICIARY, EFFECTIVE AT THE ISSUE DATE, FOR DRAWINGS UP TO THE SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT (AS DEFINED BELOW). THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS ISSUED BY UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH AND IS PRESENTABLE AND PAYABLE AT OUR OFFICE AT 299 PARK AVENUE, 26 TH  FLOOR, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10171, ATTENTION LETTER OF CREDIT SERVICES AND EXPIRES AT OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE EXPIRY DATE (AS DEFINED BELOW). THIS CREDIT CANNOT BE REDUCED OR REVOKED WITHOUT THE BENEFICIARY’S CONSENT, EXCEPT AN AUTOMATIC ADJUSTMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS HEREOF.  THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE FOR PAYMENT UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AT ANY TIME SHALL BE THE SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT AT SUCH TIME MINUS THE SUM OF ALL PAYMENTS MADE HEREUNDER TO THE BENEFICIARY.

 

THE TERM “BENEFICIARY” INCLUDES ANY SUCCESSOR BY OPERATION OF LAW OF THE NAMED BENEFICIARY INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LIQUIDATOR, REHABILITATOR, RECEIVER OR CONSERVATOR.

 

THE “SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT” FOR ANY PERIOD SHALL BE THE AMOUNT SET FORTH IN THE “LOC AMOUNT” COLUMN IN THE ATTACHED ANNEX 1 FOR SUCH PERIOD; PROVIDED THAT IF WE, UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, SEND TO THE

 

Exhibit E - 1



 

BENEFICIARY A NON-INCREASE NOTICE AS HEREINAFTER PROVIDED, THE “SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT” SHALL BE AND REMAIN THEREAFTER THE SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT SET FORTH IN THE ATTACHED ANNEX 1 AS IN EFFECT DURING THE PERIOD IN WHICH THE NON-INCREASE NOTICE WAS SENT, REGARDLESS OF FURTHER INCREASES TO SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNTS SET FORTH IN THE ATTACHED ANNEX 1; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE BENEFICIARY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES, AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, THAT THE SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT SHALL AUTOMATICALLY DECREASE TO THE SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT SET FORTH IN ANNEX 1 FOR SUCH PERIOD IF SUCH SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT IS LESS THAN THE THEN-CURRENT SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT; PROVIDED, FURTHER, THAT IN THE EVENT WEST COAST LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY RECAPTURES FROM ACCOUNT PARTY THE POLICIES ORIGINALLY WRITTEN BY MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, REINSURED BY PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (“PLICO”), ASSUMED BY WEST COAST LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY FROM PLICO AND THEN FURTHER RETROCEDED BY WEST COAST LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY TO THE ACCOUNT PARTY, UPON PRESENTATION TO US BY YOU OF A MANDATORY LOC REDUCTION NOTICE TRANSMITTAL LETTER SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE FORM OF ANNEX 7 HERETO ATTACHING A MANDATORY LOC REDUCTION NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE FORM OF ANNEX 8 HERETO, THE SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY REDUCED TO THE AMOUNT SET FORTH IN THE “MANDATORY LOC REDUCTION LOC AMOUNT” COLUMN IN THE ATTACHED ANNEX 1 IN THE ROW CORRESPONDING TO THE BEGINNING OF THE CALENDAR QUARTER IN WHICH SUCH RECAPTURE OCCURS AND THEREAFTER, THE SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT FOR EACH CALENDAR QUARTER SHALL BE THE AMOUNT SET FORTH IN THE “MANDATORY LOC REDUCTION LOC AMOUNT” COLUMN IN THE ATTACHED ANNEX 1.

 

WE, UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, HAVE THE OPTION TO SEND TO THE BENEFICIARY A NON-INCREASE NOTICE, SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE FORM OF ANNEX 2 HERETO, WHICH SHALL HAVE THE EFFECT OF MAINTAINING THE THEN-CURRENT SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT, SUBJECT TO THE FUTURE DECREASES AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.  SUCH NOTICE SHALL BE DELIVERED TO AND RECEIVED BY THE BENEFICIARY AT LEAST FIVE (5) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE END OF THE PERIOD FOR THE THEN-CURRENT SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT.

 

WE HEREBY UNDERTAKE TO PROMPTLY HONOR YOUR SIGHT DRAFT(S) DRAWN ON US, INDICATING OUR LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [ · ], FOR ALL OR ANY PART OF THIS CREDIT UPON PRESENTATION OF (A) YOUR SIGHT DRAFT(S) DRAWN ON US AND (B) A DRAW CERTIFICATION NOTICE EXECUTED BY WEST COAST LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IN THE FORM OF ANNEX 3 HERETO, WHICH MUST BE COMPLETED AS APPROPRIATE, DATED THE DATE OF SUCH SIGHT DRAFT, IN EACH CASE AT OUR OFFICE SPECIFIED IN THE FIRST PARAGRAPH HEREOF, OR BY FACSIMILE TO (212) 821-6707, ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRY DATE HEREOF.  IF THE APPLICABLE EXPIRY DATE IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY, DRAWING MAY BE MADE NOT LATER THAN THE NEXT IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY.  ONLY

 

Exhibit E - 2



 

THE BENEFICIARY MAY MAKE DRAWINGS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL SIGHT DRAFTS MUST BE MARKED: “DRAWN UNDER UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [ · ]”.  OTHER THAN YOUR SIGHT DRAFT(S) AND THE DRAW CERTIFICATION NOTICE(S) EXECUTED BY WEST COAST LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, NO OTHER DOCUMENT(S) NEED BE PRESENTED BY THE BENEFICIARY.

 

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS UNDERTAKING IS NOT SUBJECT TO ANY AGREEMENT, REQUIREMENT OR QUALIFICATION. THE OBLIGATION OF UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS THE INDIVIDUAL OBLIGATION OF UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, AND IS IN NO WAY CONTINGENT UPON REIMBURSEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO OR UPON OUR ABILITY TO PERFECT A LIEN, SECURITY OR ANY OTHER REIMBURSEMENT.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SETS FORTH IN FULL THE TERMS OF OUR UNDERTAKING, AND THIS UNDERTAKING SHALL NOT IN ANY WAY BE MODIFIED, AMENDED, AMPLIFIED OR LIMITED BY REFERENCE TO ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN OR IN WHICH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS REFERRED TO OR TO WHICH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT RELATES, AND ANY SUCH REFERENCE SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO INCORPORATE HEREIN BY REFERENCE ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT.

 

WE UNDERTAKE TO HONOR ANY SIGHT DRAFT(S) PRESENTED UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED SUCH DRAFT(S) AND ACCOMPANYING DRAW CERTIFICATION NOTICE(S) CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS HEREOF.

 

THE “EXPIRY DATE” OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE APRIL 1, 2025. OR SUCH EARLIER DATE TO WHICH THE EXPIRATION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS ACCELERATED PURSUANT TO THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE.  WE, UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, HAVE THE OPTION TO SEND TO THE BENEFICIARY AN ACCELERATION NOTICE, SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE FORM OF ANNEX 4 HERETO, WHICH ACCELERATES THE EXPIRY DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO (1) APRIL 1, 2018, IN THE CASE OF AN ACCELERATION NOTICE DELIVERED PRIOR TO JANUARY 10, 2018, (2) APRIL 1, 2020, IN THE CASE OF AN ACCELERATION NOTICE DELIVERED PRIOR TO JANUARY 10, 2020 OR (3) APRIL 1, 2022, IN THE CASE OF AN ACCELERATION NOTICE DELIVERED PRIOR TO JANUARY 10, 2022.  ALL SUCH ACCELERATION NOTICES SHALL BE DELIVERED BY REGISTERED MAIL, REPUTABLE COURIER OR HAND DELIVERY.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO AND GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDIT (2007 REVISION), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 600 (“UCP”) AS INTERPRETED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 36 OF THE UCP, IF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT EXPIRES DURING AN INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS (AS DESCRIBED IN ARTICLE 36 OF THE UCP), UBS AG, STAMFORD

 

Exhibit E - 3



 

BRANCH AGREES TO EFFECT PAYMENT UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IF A DRAWING WHICH STRICTLY CONFORMS TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS MADE WITHIN THIRTY (30) CALENDAR DAYS AFTER THE RESUMPTION OF BUSINESS.

 

Exhibit E - 4



 

VERY TRULY YOURS,

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit E - 5



 

ANNEX 1

Letter of Credit Number:                       

 

SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT

 

Period Starting

 

Period Ending

 

LOC Amount

 

Mandatory LOC
Reduction LOC
Amount

 

Amendment Effective Date

 

September 14, 2014

 

$

915,000,000

 

$

715,000,000

 

September 15, 2014

 

December 14, 2014

 

$

925,000,000

 

$

715,000,000

 

December 15, 2014

 

March 14, 2015

 

$

930,000,000

 

$

715,000,000

 

March 15, 2015

 

June 14, 2015

 

$

935,000,000

 

$

715,000,000

 

June 15, 2015

 

September 14, 2015

 

$

935,000,000

 

$

715,000,000

 

September 15, 2015

 

December 14, 2015

 

$

935,000,000

 

$

715,000,000

 

December 15, 2015

 

March 14, 2016

 

$

935,000,000

 

$

720,000,000

 

March 15, 2016

 

June 14, 2016

 

$

935,000,000

 

$

720,000,000

 

June 15, 2016

 

September 14, 2016

 

$

935,000,000

 

$

720,000,000

 

September 15, 2016

 

December 14, 2016

 

$

935,000,000

 

$

720,000,000

 

December 15, 2016

 

March 14, 2017

 

$

930,000,000

 

$

720,000,000

 

March 15, 2017

 

June 14, 2017

 

$

925,000,000

 

$

715,000,000

 

June 15, 2017

 

September 14, 2017

 

$

920,000,000

 

$

710,000,000

 

September 15, 2017

 

December 14, 2017

 

$

895,000,000

 

$

685,000,000

 

December 15, 2017

 

March 14, 2018

 

$

885,000,000

 

$

685,000,000

 

March 15, 2018

 

June 14, 2018

 

$

880,000,000

 

$

680,000,000

 

June 15, 2018

 

September 14, 2018

 

$

875,000,000

 

$

680,000,000

 

September 15, 2018

 

December 14, 2018

 

$

870,000,000

 

$

675,000,000

 

December 15, 2018

 

March 14, 2019

 

$

860,000,000

 

$

670,000,000

 

March 15, 2019

 

June 14, 2019

 

$

850,000,000

 

$

665,000,000

 

June 15, 2019

 

September 14, 2019

 

$

840,000,000

 

$

660,000,000

 

September 15, 2019

 

December 14, 2019

 

$

810,000,000

 

$

630,000,000

 

December 15, 2019

 

March 14, 2020

 

$

800,000,000

 

$

625,000,000

 

March 15, 2020

 

June 14, 2020

 

$

785,000,000

 

$

615,000,000

 

June 15, 2020

 

September 14, 2020

 

$

765,000,000

 

$

605,000,000

 

September 15, 2020

 

December 14, 2020

 

$

750,000,000

 

$

595,000,000

 

December 15, 2020

 

March 14, 2021

 

$

730,000,000

 

$

585,000,000

 

March 15, 2021

 

June 14, 2021

 

$

715,000,000

 

$

570,000,000

 

June 15, 2021

 

September 14, 2021

 

$

695,000,000

 

$

560,000,000

 

September 15, 2021

 

December 14, 2021

 

$

675,000,000

 

$

545,000,000

 

December 15, 2021

 

March 14, 2022

 

$

655,000,000

 

$

535,000,000

 

March 15, 2022

 

June 14, 2022

 

$

635,000,000

 

$

520,000,000

 

June 15, 2022

 

September 14, 2022

 

$

610,000,000

 

$

505,000,000

 

September 15, 2022

 

December 14, 2022

 

$

590,000,000

 

$

490,000,000

 

December 15, 2022

 

March 14, 2023

 

$

570,000,000

 

$

475,000,000

 

March 15, 2023

 

June 14, 2023

 

$

550,000,000

 

$

465,000,000

 

June 15, 2023

 

September 14, 2023

 

$

525,000,000

 

$

450,000,000

 

 

Exhibit E - 6



 

Period Starting

 

Period Ending

 

LOC Amount

 

Mandatory LOC
Reduction LOC
Amount

 

September 15, 2023

 

December 14, 2023

 

$

500,000,000

 

$

435,000,000

 

December 15, 2023

 

March 14, 2024

 

$

480,000,000

 

$

415,000,000

 

March 15, 2024

 

June 14, 2024

 

$

460,000,000

 

$

400,000,000

 

June 15, 2024

 

September 14, 2024

 

$

430,000,000

 

$

380,000,000

 

September 15, 2024

 

December 14, 2024

 

$

410,000,000

 

$

365,000,000

 

December 15, 2024

 

March 14, 2025

 

$

395,000,000

 

$

350,000,000

 

March 15, 2025

 

April 1, 2025

 

$

375,000,000

 

$

330,000,000

 

 

Exhibit E - 7



 

ANNEX 2

Letter of Credit Number:                        

 

FORM OF NON-INCREASE NOTICE

 

REINSURANCE TRUSTEE:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

ATTENTION: INSURANCE TRUST & ESCROW GROUP

101 BARCLAY STREET
MAILSTOP: 101-0850
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10286

 

NON-INCREASE NOTICE

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH (THE “ BANK ”), BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE THEREOF, HEREBY CERTIFIES TO YOU (THE “ BENEFICIARY ”) THAT THE BANK HAS NOT RECEIVED THE OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE OF GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE FORM SET FORTH IN ANNEX 5 OF THAT CERTAIN IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                       (THE “ LETTER OF CREDIT ”) ISSUED BY THE BANK IN FAVOR OF THE BENEFICIARY.

 

ACCORDINGLY, THE BANK HEREBY NOTIFIES THE BENEFICIARY WITH REFERENCE TO THE LETTER OF CREDIT, THAT THE SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT (AS DEFINED IN THE LETTER OF CREDIT) SHALL REMAIN AT THE CURRENT SCHEDULED LOC AMOUNT OF USD               , SUBJECT TO ANY FUTURE DECREASES IN THE LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

 

VERY TRULY YOURS,

 

 

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

 

 

 

NAME:

 

 

TITLE:

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

 

 

 

NAME:

 

 

TITLE:

 

Exhibit E - 8



 

ANNEX 3

Letter of Credit Number:                         

 

FORM OF DRAW CERTIFICATION NOTICE

 

To:   UBS AG, Stamford Branch

299 Park Avenue, 26 th  Floor
New York, NY 10171
Attention:  Letter of Credit Services

 

Re: Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2010, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Reimbursement Agreemen t”), between Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company, a special purpose financial captive insurance company incorporated under the laws of the State of Vermont (the “ Borrower ”) and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as issuing lender (the “ Issuing Lender ”).

 

This Draw Certification Notice (this “ Notice” ) is delivered by the undersigned West Coast Life Insurance Company or any successor by operation of law thereof, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator (the “ Ceding Company ”) under the Issuing Lender’s Letter of Credit No. [ · ], in connection with a draw requested by the Reinsurance Trustee, as beneficiary under the Letter of Credit (the “ Beneficiary ”).  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Reimbursement Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Reimbursement Agreement.

 

The Beneficiary is drawing $[ · ] under the Letter of Credit (the “ Requested Amount ”) in connection with this Notice.

 

The undersigned, by [Name], as [Title] 3  of the Ceding Company, hereby certifies to the Issuing Lender that as of the date hereof:

 

(i)                                      The Requested Amount is required to be obtained by the Beneficiary for the payment of Covered Benefits or Claims Expenses (each as defined in the Reinsurance Agreement) now due and payable under the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   All assets in the Reinsurance Trust Account and any funds held in any account established pursuant to Section 6.9 or Section 7.3 of the Reinsurance Agreement have previously been used to satisfy amounts due and payable under the Reinsurance Agreement or released pursuant to the Reinsurance Agreement or Section 2 of the Reinsurance Trust Agreement.

 

(iii)                                No assets remain in the Surplus Account.

 


3   Officer must be a Responsible Officer of the Ceding Company, i.e. the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or Controller.

 

Exhibit E - 9



 

(iv)                               Since the date that is one calendar year prior to the date hereof, no assets with a Market Value in excess of $[****] have been transferred from the Surplus Account other than to the extent permitted to be transferred pursuant to the Priority of Payments, unless (A) despite such assets being transferred in the incorrect order of priority, such transfer would have been otherwise permitted pursuant to the Priority of Payments at the time of such transfer or at any subsequent time thereafter or (B) such impermissibly transferred assets have been returned to the Surplus Account or replaced in the Surplus Account with Eligible Assets having a Market Value equal to those that were impermissibly transferred on or prior to the date hereof.

 

(v)                                  Since the Original Closing Date, the Borrower has existed and, as of the date hereof, exists, as a separate entity and has not been substantively consolidated with another entity.

 

(vi)                               As of the date hereof, the Reinsurance Agreement remains in full force and effect.

 

(vii)                            As of the date hereof, there is no continuing failure by PLC to pay any amount in excess of $[****] payable to or explicitly required to be paid on behalf of the Borrower under the Tax Sharing Agreement or the Special Tax Allocation Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which such payment was due and payable.

 

(viii)                         Since the Original Closing Date, there has been no amendment of the Tax Sharing Agreement or the Special Tax Allocation Agreement and there has not been a termination of the Special Tax Allocation Agreement or a termination of the rights of the Borrower with respect to PLC and the obligations of PLC with respect to the Borrower under the Tax Sharing Agreement, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Issuing Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) if such amendment or termination adversely affects, in any material respect, the rights, remedies or obligations of the Borrower under such agreement.

 

Exhibit E - 10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Notice as of the          day of         ,         .

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company, as the Ceding Company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit E - 11



 

ANNEX 4

Letter of Credit Number:                      

 

FORM OF ACCELERATION NOTICE

 

[DATE]

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

101 BARCLAY STREET

MAILSTOP: 101-0850

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10286

ATTENTION: INSURANCE TRUST & ESCROW GROUP

 

ACCELERATION NOTICE

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH (THE “BANK”), BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE THEREOF, HEREBY CERTIFIES TO YOU (THE “BENEFICIARY”) THAT THE BANK HAS NOT RECEIVED THE OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE OF GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE FORM SET FORTH IN ANNEX 6 OF THAT CERTAIN IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                       (THE “ LETTER OF CREDIT ”) ISSUED BY THE BANK IN FAVOR OF THE BENEFICIARY.

 

ACCORDINGLY, THE BANK HEREBY NOTIFIES THE BENEFICIARY WITH REFERENCE TO THE LETTER OF CREDIT, THAT THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE ACCELERATED TO AN EXPIRY DATE OF [[APRIL 1, 2018] 4 /[APRIL 1, 2020] 5 /[APRIL 1, 2022] 6 ].

 

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

 

as Issuing Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 


4  Select with respect to an Acceleration Notice delivered prior to January 10, 2018.

5  Select with respect to an Acceleration Notice delivered prior to January 10, 2020.

6  Select with respect to an Acceleration Notice delivered prior to January 10, 2022.

 

Exhibit E - 12



 

cc:

GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY

c/o Marsh Management Services, Inc.

100 Bank Street

Burlington, VT 05402

Fax: (802) 859-3550

 

Exhibit E - 13



 

ANNEX 5

Letter of Credit Number:                      

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE OF THE BORROWER

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

299 PARK AVENUE, 26 TH  FLOOR

NEW YORK, NY 10171

ATTENTION: LETTER OF CREDIT SERVICES

 

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE OF THE BORROWER

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY, A SPECIAL PURPOSE FINANCIAL CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF VERMONT (THE “ BORROWER ”), BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE THEREOF, HEREBY CERTIFIES TO YOU (THE “ BANK ”) THAT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2.01(B)  OF THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JUNE 25, 2014, AS AMENDED, RESTATED, MODIFIED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “ REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT ”), BETWEEN THE BORROWER AND THE BANK, AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, THE INCREASE CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.03(A) , (B)  AND (C)  OF THE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT (OTHER THAN THOSE THAT HAVE BEEN WAIVED IN WRITING BY THE BANK) HAVE BEEN FULLY SATISFIED.

 

 

VERY TRULY YOURS,

 

 

 

GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

 

 

NAME:

 

TITLE:

 

Exhibit E - 14



 

ANNEX 6

Letter of Credit Number:                      

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE OF THE BORROWER

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

299 PARK AVENUE, 26 TH  FLOOR

NEW YORK, NY 10171

ATTENTION: LETTER OF CREDIT SERVICES

 

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE OF THE BORROWER

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY, A SPECIAL PURPOSE FINANCIAL CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF VERMONT (THE “ BORROWER ”), BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE THEREOF, HEREBY CERTIFIES TO YOU (THE “ BANK ”) THAT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2.01(C) [[(iii)]/[(iv)]/[(v)]]) 7  OF THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JUNE 25, 2014, AS AMENDED, RESTATED, MODIFIED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “ REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT ”), BETWEEN THE BORROWER AND THE BANK:

 

(A) [THE [[FOURTH]/[FIFTH]/[SIXTH]] 8  REQUIRED ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTION HAS BEEN MADE AND WAS RECEIVED BY THE BORROWER ON [ · ] 9 ]; AND

 

(B) NO EVENT THAT CONSTITUTES AN EVENT OF DEFAULT PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 8.01(l) OR (m) OF THE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT HAS OCCURRED AND IS CONTINUING AS OF THE DATE HEREOF.

 

 

VERY TRULY YOURS,

 

 

 

GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

BY:

 

 

NAME:

 

TITLE:

 


7  Select as applicable.

8  Select as applicable.

9  Insert date.

 

Exhibit E - 15



 

ANNEX 7

Letter of Credit Number:                      

 

FORM OF MANDATORY LOC REDUCTION NOTICE TRANSMITTAL LETTER

 

To:  UBS AG, Stamford Branch

 

299 Park Avenue, 26 th  Floor

New York, NY 10171

Attention:  Letter of Credit Services

 

Re: Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2010, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Reimbursement Agreemen t”), between Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company, a special purpose financial captive insurance company incorporated under the laws of the State of Vermont (the “ Borrower ”) and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as issuing lender (the “ Issuing Lender ”).

 

Attached hereto is a copy of a Mandatory LOC Reduction Notice, executed by West Coast Life Insurance Company or any successor by operation of law thereof, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator (the “ Ceding Company ”) under the Issuing Lender’s Letter of Credit No. [ · ] (the “ Letter of Credit ”), in connection with a Mandatory LOC Reduction.  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Reimbursement Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Reimbursement Agreement.

 

Exhibit E - 16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Letter as of the          day of         ,         .

 

 

The Bank of New York Mellon,

 

as the Reinsurance Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit E - 17



 

ANNEX 8

Letter of Credit Number:                      

 

FORM OF MANDATORY LOC REDUCTION NOTICE

 

To:  UBS AG, Stamford Branch

299 Park Avenue, 26 th  Floor

New York, NY 10171

Attention:  Letter of Credit Services

 

With a copy to:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Reinsurance Trustee

101Barclay Street

Mailstop: 101 - 0850

New York, NY 10286

Attention: Insurance Trust & Escrow Group

 

Re: Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2010, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Reimbursement Agreemen t”), between Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company, a special purpose financial captive insurance company incorporated under the laws of the State of Vermont (the “ Borrower ”) and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as issuing lender (the “ Issuing Lender ”).

 

This Mandatory LOC Reduction Notice (this “ Notice” ) is executed by the undersigned, West Coast Life Insurance Company or any successor by operation of law thereof, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator (the “ Ceding Company ”) under the Issuing Lender’s Letter of Credit No. [ · ] (the “ Letter of Credit ”), in connection with a Mandatory LOC Reduction.  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Reimbursement Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Reimbursement Agreement.

 

The Ceding Company hereby notifies the Issuing Lender that a Mandatory LOC Reduction has occurred and the LOC Amount shall automatically be reduced to the amount set forth in the “Mandatory LOC Reduction LOC Amount” column of Annex 1 of the Letter of Credit in the row labeled [              ]. 10  Thereafter, the LOC Amount for each calendar quarter shall be the amount set forth in the “Mandatory LOC Reduction LOC Amount” column of Annex 1 of the Letter of Credit.

 


10  Insert date, which is the beginning of the calendar quarter in which the recapture of the MLOA Block occurred.

 

Exhibit E - 18



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Notice as of the          day of         ,         .

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company,

 

as the Ceding Company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit E - 19



 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE OF THE BORROWER

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

677 WASHINGTON BOULEVARD

STAMFORD, CT 06901

 

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE OF THE BORROWER

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY, A SPECIAL PURPOSE FINANCIAL CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF VERMONT, (THE “ BORROWER ”), HEREBY CERTIFIES TO YOU (THE “ BANK ”) THAT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2.01(B)  OF THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JUNE 25, 2014, AS AMENDED, RESTATED, MODIFIED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “ REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT ”), BETWEEN THE BORROWER AND THE BANK, AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, THE INCREASE CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.03(A) , (B)  AND (C)  OF THE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT (OTHER THAN THOSE THAT HAVE BEEN WAIVED IN WRITING BY THE BANK) HAVE BEEN FULLY SATISFIED.

 

 

VERY TRULY YOURS,

 

 

 

GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

 

 

NAME:

 

TITLE:

 

Exhibit F - 1



 

EXHIBIT G

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE OF THE BORROWER

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

677 WASHINGTON BOULEVARD

STAMFORD, CT 06901

 

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE OF THE BORROWER

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY, A SPECIAL PURPOSE FINANCIAL CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF VERMONT, (THE “ BORROWER ”), HEREBY CERTIFIES TO YOU (THE “ BANK ”) THAT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2.01(C) [(iii)]/[(iv)]/[(v)]) 11  OF THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JUNE 25, 2014, AS AMENDED, RESTATED, MODIFIED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “ REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT ”), BETWEEN THE BORROWER AND THE BANK:

 

(A) [THE [[FOURTH]/[FIFTH]/[SIXTH]] 12  REQUIRED ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTION HAS BEEN MADE AND WAS RECEIVED BY THE BORROWER ON [ · ] 13 ]; AND

 

(B) NO EVENT THAT CONSTITUTES AN EVENT OF DEFAULT PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 8.01(l) OR (m) OF THE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT HAS OCCURRED AND IS CONTINUING AS OF THE DATE HEREOF.

 

 

VERY TRULY YOURS,

 

 

 

GOLDEN GATE III VERMONT CAPTIVE INSURANCE

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

BY:

 

 

NAME:

 

TITLE:

 


11  Select as applicable.

12  Select as applicable.

13  Insert date.

 

Exhibit G - 1



 

EXHIBIT H

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

Reference is made to the Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2010, as amended and restated as of June 25, 2014 (as the same has been and may be amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and between Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company (the “ Borrower ”) and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, (the “ Issuing Lender ”).  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

The Assignor identified on Schedule l hereto (the “ Assignor ”) and the Assignee identified on Schedule l hereto (the “ Assignee ”) agree as follows:

 

1.               The Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee without recourse to the Assignor, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor without recourse to the Assignor, as of the Effective Date (as defined below), the interest in and to the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Agreement in a principal amount as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Assigned Interest ”).

 

2.               The Assignor (a) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Agreement or with respect to the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, other than that the Assignor has not created any adverse claim upon the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any such adverse claim and (b) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Affiliates or any other obligor or the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Affiliates or any other obligor of any of their respective obligations under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto.

 

3.               The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance and (b) confirms that it has received a copy of the Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(d) thereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (c) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Assignor or the Issuing Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; and (d) agrees that it will be bound by the provisions of the Agreement and will perform in accordance with its terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Agreement are required to be performed by it pursuant to Sections 9.05(b) or (c) , as applicable, of the Agreement.

 

4.               The effective date of this Assignment and Acceptance shall be the Effective Date of Assignment described in Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Effective Date ”).  Following the execution of

 

Exhibit H - 1



 

this Assignment and Acceptance, it will be delivered to the Issuing Lender for acceptance and recording by it pursuant to the Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date (which shall not, unless otherwise agreed to by the Issuing Lender, be earlier than five (5) Business Days after the date of such acceptance and recording by the Issuing Lender).

 

5.               Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective Date, the Issuing Lender shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued subsequent to the Effective Date.

 

6.               From and after the Effective Date, (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of the Issuing Lender thereunder and under the other Transaction Documents and shall be bound by the provisions thereof and (b) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Agreement.

 

7.               This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed as of the date first above written by their respective duly authorized officers on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

Exhibit H - 2



 

Schedule 1
to Assignment and Acceptance with respect to
the Reimbursement Agreement,
dated as of April 23, 2010 and amended and restated as of June 25, 2014
between Golden Gate III Vermont Captive Insurance Company (the “ Borrower ”),
and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, (the “ Issuing Lender ”)

 

Name of Assignor:

 

Name of Assignee:

 

Effective Date of Assignment:

 

Principal Amount of
Commitment Assigned

 

Commitment Percentage Assigned

 

 

 

$          

 

        %

 

 

 

[Name of Assignee]

 

[Name of Assignor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Name:

Title:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Accepted for Recordation in the Register:

 

Required Consents (if any):

 

 

 

 

 

 

UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as

 

[                      ]

Issuing Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Name:

Title:

 

Title:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as

Name:

 

Issuing Lender

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Exhibit H - 3



 

EXHIBIT I

 

PLICO REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit I - 1



 

EXHIBIT J

 

MLOA REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit J - 1


Exhibit 10(b)

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of June 3, 2014 (“Agreement’) is by and between Protective Life Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and John D. Johns (“Executive”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive have previously entered into an Employment Continuation Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2008 (the “Prior Agreement”) which provided the Company and Executive with certain rights and obligations upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Prior Agreement), including certain payments and benefits to be provided to Executive under Section 7(c)(i)(B) of the Prior Agreement in the event that Executive’s employment terminates in connection with a Change of Control (the “CIC Severance Benefits”); and

 

WHEREAS, Executive will have access to highly confidential information of the Company and its affiliates as a result of Executive’s continued employment with the Company;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) among The Dai-ichi Life Insurance Company, Limited, a kabushiki kaisha organized under the laws of Japan (“DL”), DL Investment (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of DL, and the Company, the Company and Executive desire that subject to and effective as of the Effective Date (as defined in Section 1 below), and except as provided in this Agreement, the Prior Agreement will terminate and be superseded by this Agreement and will be of no further force or effect, and in exchange for the payments and benefits provided hereunder, Executive agrees to be subject to the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 9 hereof during and following Executive’s employment with the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment as of the Effective Date, including the benefits to be provided to Executive in the event that Executive’s employment terminates under the circumstances described herein; and

 

WHEREAS, in the event that the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are not consummated, this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect and shall be deemed to be null and void ab initio and the parties shall have no further obligations hereunder.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.               Effective Date . The effective date of this Agreement (the “Effective Date”) shall be as of and only upon the date of consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company and Executive agree and recognize that (i) the Company has certain rights to solicit or respond to acquisition proposals under Section 6.05 of the Merger Agreement, (ii) Executive will assist the Company in the review, evaluation, negotiation and pursuit of such acquisition proposals, and (iii) Executive will discuss and may enter into agreements regarding the Executive’s potential employment by parties making such proposals.

 

2.               Employment Period. Subject to Section 5, the Company agrees to continue Executive in its employ, and Executive agrees to remain in the employ of the Company, for the period (the “Employment Period”) commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date.

 



 

Following the expiration of the Employment Period, Executive’s employment will continue on an “at will” basis.

 

3.               Position.

 

(a)                                  Title, Duties and Authorities. The Executive’s initial title shall be Chairman of the Board (as defined below), President and Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall be a senior executive officer of the Company and member of its Performance and Accountability Committee (or such other executive leadership committee) with duties and authorities commensurate therewith. Executive acknowledges that from and after the Effective Date, such duties and authorities (i) may differ from those prior to the Effective Date reflecting the fact that the Company is no longer an independent public company and (ii) may include additional duties and authorities as may reasonably be assigned by the Board (as defined below) for purposes of reporting to DL for purposes of complying with the laws (including any rules of any applicable securities exchange) applicable to DL, compliance with DL’s internal consolidated accounting reporting requirement and other internal policies, or for purposes of dealing with the applicable governmental authorities in Japan. Executive’s services shall be performed at the location where Executive was employed immediately before the Effective Date.

 

(b)                                  Business Time.                From and after the Effective Date, Executive agrees to devote Executive’s full attention during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and to perform faithfully and efficiently the responsibilities assigned to Executive to the extent necessary to discharge such responsibilities, except for periods of vacation, sick leave and other leave to which Executive is entitled. Executive’s continuing to serve on any boards and committees on which Executive is serving or with which Executive is otherwise associated immediately before the Effective Date shall not be deemed to interfere with the performance of Executive’s services for the Company.

 

4.               Compensation.

 

(a)                                  Base Salary. During the Employment Period, Executive shall receive an annual base salary of $975,000, which amount is no less than Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date. The base salary shall be reviewed at least once each year, beginning in the first quarter of 2015, and consistent with past practice may be increased (but not decreased) at any time and from time to time by action of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or any committee thereof or any individual having authority to take such action in accordance with the Company’s regular practices. Executive’s base salary, as it may be increased from time to time, shall hereafter be referred to as “Base Salary”. Neither the Base Salary nor any increase in Base Salary after the Effective Date shall limit or reduce any other obligation of the Company hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus and Incentive Compensation.

 

(i)                                      Annual Bonus. During the Employment Period, in addition to the Base Salary, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in an Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) or applicable Sales Incentive Plan (“SIP”) and receive an annual bonus (“Annual Bonus”) based on achievement of performance metrics mutually agreed upon by the Board or any committee thereof, DL and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or sales bonus based on achievement of results per the terms of the applicable SIP.

 

(A)                                For the fiscal year (i) which includes the Effective Date and (ii) the fiscal year immediately following such fiscal year, Executive shall receive an Annual Bonus which is at least equal to $2,223,000, which is equal to the greater of (A) the highest annual bonus, including any bonus provided under the Company’s AIP that had been payable to Executive in respect of either of the two fiscal years ended immediately before the Effective Date or (B) the

 

2



 

amount that would have been payable to Executive as a target bonus under any bonus program in which Executive participated (including Company’s AIP) for the year in which the Effective Date occurs.

 

(B)                                Any amount payable hereunder as an Annual Bonus shall be paid not later than March 15 of the year following the year for which the amount is payable, unless electively deferred by Executive pursuant to any deferral programs or arrangements that the Company may make available to Executive.

 

(ii)                                   Long Term Incentive Compensation. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive long-term incentive compensation opportunities on terms and conditions (including but not limited to normal retirement and early retirement provisions) no less favorable to Executive than those applicable to Executive before the Effective Date. Beginning with fiscal year 2015 and each subsequent fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period, provided that the Executive remains employed by the Company, the Executive shall receive an annual grant under the Company’s long-term incentive plan as in effect immediately following the Effective Date, (such long-term incentive plan, as it may be amended from time to time, the “LTI Plan”), as follows:

 

(A)                                The Executive’s initial target award under the Company’s LTI Plan shall be $3,800,000, subject to annual review for increase (but not decrease) consistent with past practice (such award, the “LTI Award”). The performance metrics and weighting under the LTI Plan will be mutually agreed between the Board or a committee thereof, DL and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

(B)                                70% of the LTI Award shall be granted in the form of performance-based, cash-settled Phantom Shares (as defined in the LTI Plan, and such performance-based Phantom Shares (the “Performance Share Units”)), where the actual payment will range from 50% (threshold) to 200% (maximum) of the target number of Performance Share Units, depending on achievement of financial goals over a three-year performance cycle, and subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the three-year period.

 

(C)                                30% of the LTI Award will be granted in the form of time- based Phantom Shares (the “Restricted Share Units”) that become vested and settled in cash, as follows: one-half (112) on the third anniversary of the date of grant and one-half (112) on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, in each case, subject to the Executive’s continued employment on the applicable vesting date.

 

(D)                                Eligibility terms and treatment of LTI Award on Executive’s termination of employment by reason of Executive’s death, “disability” (as defined in the LTI Plan), normal retirement and early retirement shall remain the same as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date.

 

(c)                                   Benefit Plans. During the Employment Period, Executive (and, to the extent applicable, Executive’s dependents) shall be entitled to participate in or be covered under all pension, retirement, deferred compensation, savings, medical, dental, health, disability, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans at a level that is commensurate with Executive’s participation in such plans immediately before the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, at the level made available to Executive or other similarly situated employees at any time thereafter. Executive shall also be entitled to receive such perquisites as were generally provided to Executive in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices immediately before the Effective Date. The Company may not amend or terminate the Protective Life Corporation Excess Benefit Plan (the “SERP”) in a manner that will adversely affect Executive until the third anniversary of the Effective Date. The Company shall maintain liquidity from

 

3



 

time to time (through a combination of cash and other liquid assets on hand, or available from unrestricted dividend capacity from owned subsidiaries and access to unrestricted borrowing capacity) in an amount which is not less than the aggregate liabilities under the deferred compensation plan and the SERP.

 

(d)                                  Expenses . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Company as in effect immediately before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may apply the policies and procedures in effect after the Effective Date to Executive, if such policies and procedures are more favorable to Executive than those in effect immediately before the Effective Date.

 

(e)                                   Indemnification. During and after the Employment Period, the Company shall indemnify Executive and hold Executive harmless from and against any claim, loss or cause of action arising from or out of or related in any way to Executive’s performance as an officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or in any other capacity, including any fiduciary capacity, in which Executive serves at the request of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws (the “Governing Documents”) and the Merger Agreement; provided that in no event shall the protection afforded to Executive hereunder be less than that afforded under the Governing Documents as in effect immediately before the Effective Date.

 

5.               Termination of Employment.

 

(a)                                  Death or Disability. Executive’s employment shall automatically terminate upon Executive’s death or termination of employment due to Disability (as defined below) during the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean Executive’s inability to perform the duties of Executive’s position, as determined in accordance with the policies and procedures applicable with respect to the Company’s long-term disability plan as in effect immediately before the Effective Date.

 

(b)                                  Voluntary Termination. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive may, upon not less than 10 days’ written notice to the Company, voluntarily terminate employment for any reason (including early retirement under the terms of any of the Company’s retirement plans as in effect from time to time) during the Employment Period; provided that any termination of employment by Executive pursuant to Section 5(d) on account of Good Reason (as defined therein) shall not be treated as a voluntary termination under this Section 5(b).

 

(c)                                   Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause’; shall mean (i) Executive’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony; (ii) an act or acts of extreme dishonesty or gross misconduct on Executive’s part which result or are intended to result in material damage to the Company’s business or reputation; (iii) a material violation of the restrictive covenant provisions under Section 9; or (iv) repeated material violations by Executive of Executive’s obligations under Section 3, which violations are demonstrably willful and deliberate on Executive’s part and which result in material damage to the Company’s business or reputation.

 

(d)                                  Good Reason. Executive may terminate employment for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following, without the express written consent of Executive, after the Effective Date:

 

(i)                                      (A) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent in any material adverse respect with Executive’s position (including titles), authority or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 3 as in effect immediately following the Effective Date, or (B) any other material adverse change in such position (including titles), authority or responsibilities, including removal of Executive from the Performance and Accountability Committee;

 

4



 

(ii)                                   a material reduction in Executive’s then current Base Salary, target Annual Bonus opportunity or target LTI Award;

 

(iii)                                any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement, other than an insubstantial or inadvertent failure remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive; or

 

(iv)                               the Company’s requiring Executive to be based at any office or location more than 20 miles from that location at which Executive performed services specified under the provisions of Section 3 immediately before the Effective Date, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of Executive’s responsibilities.

 

(e)                                   Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 12(e). For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice given, in the case of a termination for Cause, within 10 business days of the Company’s having actual knowledge of the events giving rise to such termination, and in the case of a termination for Good Reason, within 90 days of Executive’s having actual knowledge of the events giving rise to such termination, and which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the termination date is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date of this Agreement (which date shall be not more than 45 days after the giving of such notice). The Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure the circumstances giving rise to such Notice of Termination, and if such circumstances are not cured to the satisfaction of the Executive, the Executive must terminate employment within 10 days of the end of such cure period.

 

(f)                                    Date of Termination . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) in the case of a termination of employment for which a Notice of Termination is required, the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination or, if later, the date specified therein, and (ii) in all other cases, the actual date on which Executive’s employment terminates during the Employment Period.

 

6.               Obligations of the Company upon Termination.

 

(a)                                  Death or Disability. If Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Period by reason of Executive’s death or Disability, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive or Executive’s legal representatives under this Agreement other than those obligations accrued hereunder at the Date of Termination, and the Company shall pay to Executive (or Executive’s beneficiary or estate) (i) Executive’s full Base Salary through the Date of Termination (the “Earned Salary”), (ii) any vested amounts or benefits owing to Executive under the Company’s otherwise applicable employee benefit plans and programs, including any compensation previously deferred by Executive (together with any accrued earnings thereon) and not yet paid by the Company and any accrued vacation pay not yet paid by the Company (the “Accrued Obligations”), and (iii) any other benefits payable due to Executive’s death or Disability under the Company’s plans, policies, programs or arrangements (the “Additional Benefits”). Any Earned Salary shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or at such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination. Accrued Obligations and Additional Benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.

 

(b)                                  Cause and Voluntary Termination . If, during the Employment Period, Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause or voluntarily terminated by Executive (other than on account of Good Reason) in accordance with Section 5(b), the Company shall pay Executive (i) the Earned Salary in cash in a single lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or such earlier date

 

5



 

required by law), following the Date of Termination, and (ii) the Accrued Obligations in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.

 

(c)                                   Termination by the Company other than for Cause and Good Reason Termination by Executive during the Protection Period.

 

(i)                                      Lump Sum Payments. If either (a) the Company terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause on or prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Protection Period”) or (b) Executive terminates employment for Good Reason at any time during the Protection Period, then the Company shall pay to Executive the following amounts:

 

(A)                                Executives Earned Salary;

 

(B)                                A cash amount (the “Severance Amount”) equal to three (3) times the sum

 

of

 

(1)                                  Executive’s annual Base Salary as m effect immediately following the Effective Date; and

 

(2)                                  the greater of (i) the average of the bonus amount payable (including any amounts payable under the AIP)to Executive (including any amounts the receipt of which Executive elected to defer) with respect to the three fiscal years of the Company, as applicable (or, if fewer, the number of such fiscal years in which Executive was an employee of the Company or its affiliates) immediately before the Effective Date (including, for this purpose, any AIP Payout (as defined in Section 6(c)(i)(C)) or (ii) the average of the bonus amount payable (including any amounts payable under the AIP) to Executive (including any amounts the receipt of which Executive elected to defer) with respect to the three fiscal years of the Company (or, if fewer, the number of such fiscal years in which Executive was an employee of the Company or its affiliates) immediately before the Effective Date (including, for this purpose, any AIP Payout); and

 

(3)                                  the amount determined by dividing (i) the sum of the Grant Values (as defined below) for the Regular Grants (as defined below) made in the calendar year in which the Effective Date occurred and in the previous two calendar years (or, if the Effective Date occurred in a calendar year in which Executive and other similarly-situated senior executives have not received a Regular Grant, the Regular Grants made in the three calendar years preceding the calendar year in which the Effective Date occurred); provided that any calendar year in which Executive was not an employee of the Company or its affiliates shall be disregarded, by (ii) the number of calendar years taken into account pursuant to clause (i) above. A Regular Grant shall mean any grant or award of performance shares, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, stock options, or other long-term stock-based incentives; provided that any “special” or “one time” grant or award (as determined by the Committee) shall not be deemed a Regular Grant. The Grant Value of any Regular Grant means (a) the value of each such Regular Grant as of the date of grant (as determined or approved by the Committee), or (b) if no such value has been established by the Committee, the value of each such Regular Grant as of the date of grant as determined by application of the Black-Scholes pricing model or such valuation methodology as may have been regularly used by the Company or its independent compensation consultant before the Effective Date.

 

6



 

(C)                                if Executive has an annual cash bonus opportunity (including a cash bonus opportunity under the AIP) outstanding and unpaid as of the Date of Termination, a cash payment (the “AIP Payout”) equal to (1) if the Date of Termination is before December 31 of the fiscal year of the Company to which such bonus opportunity relates, an amount equal to Executive’s target bonus opportunity under such bonus plan for such fiscal year, and (2) if the Date of Termination is on or after December 31 of the fiscal year of the Company to which such bonus opportunity relates, an amount equal to the amount Executive would have received under such bonus plan for such fiscal year based on actual achievement of the performance goals with respect thereto (assuming, for this purpose, that all subjective performance measures are achieved at a level equal to the greater of the level determined by the Company pursuant to the terms of such bonus plan and 100%). Payment of the AIP Payout shall be in lieu of payment of any annual cash bonus opportunity otherwise due and payable with respect to the fiscal year of the Company referred to in this Section 6(c)(i)(C).

 

(D)                                the Accrued Obligations. Subject to Section 6(g), the Earned Salary and Severance Amount shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination. Subject to Section 6(g), the AIP Payout shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum (a) if payable under Section 6(c)(i)(C)(1), as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination, and (b) if payable under Section 6(c)(i)(C)(2), as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the earlier of (i) 30 business days (or such earlier date required by law) following the Date of Termination and (ii) March 15 of the year following the calendar year for which the AIP Payout is payable. Accrued Obligations shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.

 

(ii)                                   Supplemental Retirement Payment. If Executive is entitled to receive the Severance Amount described in Section 6(c)(i), Executive shall be entitled to receive a supplemental retirement payment, payable in a cash lump sum, equal in value to the actuarial equivalent (as defined below) of (A) the monthly benefit payable to Executive (expressed as a life annuity payable commencing at the later of the Date of Termination and age 65) determined by adding three years to Executive’s credited service as determined at Executive’s Date of Termination under the terms of Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan and supplemental or excess pension plan (collectively, the “Pension Plans”) as in effect immediately before the Effective Date (subject to any maximum on credited service set forth in the Pension Plans), minus (B) the monthly benefit payable to Executive (expressed as a life annuity payable commencing at the later of the Date of Termination and age 65) determined pursuant to the terms of all defined benefit pension plans (including the Pension Plans), active or frozen, in which Executive is a participant at Executive’s Date of Termination if such plans are sponsored by the Company or its successors or affiliates.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “actuarial equivalent” shall mean a benefit actuarially equal in value to the value of a given benefit in a given form or schedule, based upon (1) the mortality table or tables (including any setbacks of ages) used to calculate actuarial equivalents under the Pension Plans as of the date on which an actuarial equivalent is being determined under this Agreement and (2) an interest rate equal to the sum of (A) the yield on U.S. 10-year Treasury Notes at constant maturity as most recently published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York before Executive’s Date of Termination; provided, however, that if such yield has not been so published within 90 days before Executive’s Date of Termination, the interest rate shall be the yield on substantially similar securities on the business day before Executive’s Date of Termination as determined by Regions Bank N.A. upon the request of either the Company or Executive, plus (B) .75%.

 

7



 

For purposes of making the foregoing determinations, at the request of Executive in writing within 5 days of Executive’s receipt of Notice of Termination or Executive’s Date of Termination, but in either event at the Company’s expense, the independent pension consultants most recently used by the Company in connection with its qualified pension plan before the Date of Termination shall be engaged and shall certify the benefits due to Executive under this Section 6(c)(ii) in writing within 30 days after the Date of Termination. In any event, the supplemental retirement payment shall be paid to Executive (subject to Section 6(g)) no later than 45 days after the Date of Termination. If the amount to be offset under clause (B) of the first paragraph of this Section 6(c)(ii) has not been determined within 30 days after the Date of Termination, no such offset shall be permitted.

 

(iii)                                Continuation of Benefits. If Executive is entitled to receive the Severance Amount described in Section 6(c)(i), Executive (and, to the extent applicable, Executive’s dependents) shall be entitled, after the Date of Termination and until the earlier of (A) the second anniversary of the Date of Termination (the “End Date”) or (B) the date Executive becomes eligible for comparable benefits under a similar plan, policy or program of a subsequent employer, to continue participation in all of the Company’s employee welfare benefit plans including the Company’s hospital, medical, accident, disability, and life insurance plans (the “Welfare Benefit Plans”) as were generally provided to Executive in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices immediately before the Effective Date. To the extent any such benefits cannot be provided under the terms of the applicable plan, policy or program, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the cost to the Company of providing such coverage at the same time as the Severance Amount is payable to Executive. Executive’s participation in the Welfare Benefit Plans will be on the same terms and conditions that would have applied had Executive continued to be employed by the Company through the End Date. To the extent any Welfare Benefit Plan is a self-insured group health or dental benefit plan, then in addition to any other limitation provided hereunder, the period of coverage provided by this Section 6(c)(iii) under such self-insured group health or dental benefit plan shall not exceed the period of time during which Executive would be entitled to receive continuation coverage under Code Section 4980B (“COBRA”) if Executive had elected such coverage and paid the premiums required by COBRA. To the extent that immediately preceding sentence applies, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the cost of such COBRA continuation coverage for a period equal to the excess of (i) 24 months minus (ii) the number of months of COBRA coverage initially available to Executive, as determined in good faith by the Company, at the same time as the Severance Amount is payable to Executive.

 

(d)                                  Termination by the Company other than for Cause and Good Reason Termination by Executive after the Protection Period. If either (a) the Company terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause or (b) Executive terminates employment for Good Reason, in each case, at any time after the Protection Period, then the Company shall pay the Executive (i) the Earned Salary in cash in a single lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination, and (ii) the Accrued Obligations in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement. In addition, Executive shall be eligible to receive any other benefits payable due to Executive’s termination by the Company other than for Cause or Executive’s termination for Good Reason under any plan, policy, program or arrangement of the Company, in accordance with the terms of each applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.

 

(e)                                   Discharge of the Company’s Obligations. Except as expressly provided in the last sentence of this Section 6(e), the amounts payable to Executive pursuant to this Section 6 (whether or not reduced pursuant to Section 6(f)) following termination of Executive’s employment shall be in full and complete satisfaction of Executive’s rights under this Agreement and any other claims Executive may have in respect of employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Such amounts shall constitute liquidated

 

8



 

damages with respect to any and all such rights and claims and, upon Executive’s receipt of such amounts, the Company shall be released and discharged from any and all liability to Executive in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries.  Nothing in this Section 6(e) shall be construed to release the Company from its commitment to indemnify Executive and hold Executive harmless as provided in Section 4(e).

 

(f)                                    Section 280G.   If any amount or benefit paid or distributed to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, taken together with any amounts or benefits otherwise paid or distributed to Executive by the Company or any affiliated company (including any distribution or payment made pursuant to the terms of the Company’s compensation plans or arrangements) (collectively, the “Covered Payments”) are or become subject to the tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed under Code Section 4999 or any similar tax that may hereafter be imposed, the Excise Tax gross-up provisions of Section 7(e) of the Prior Agreement shall continue to apply to such Covered Payments.

 

(g)                                   Delay of Payments.   Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and subject to Code Section 409A, if Executive is a Specified Employee (as defined for purposes of Code Section 409A), any payments due under this Agreement to Executive that are treated as deferred compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A (such as the Severance Amount) and that are payable on account of a termination of employment shall be made on the later to occur of the time otherwise specified in this Section 6 and the first business day after the date that is six months after Executive’s Date of Termination (or, if earlier, within 15 business days after the date of death of Executive).

 

7.                                 Non-exclusivity of Rights.   Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which Executive may qualify, or limit or otherwise prejudice such rights as Executive may have under any other agreements with the Company or any of its affiliated companies.  Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program.

 

8.                                 Full Settlement .  The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have against Executive or others whether by reason of the subsequent employment of Executive or otherwise.

 

9.                                 Restrictive Covenants.

 

(a)                                  Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that he or she will have access to highly confidential information of the Company and its affiliates and agrees that it is imperative to permanently maintain the confidentiality of the Company’s “Trade Secrets.” Trade Secrets shall include any trade secrets as defined by law, and shall specifically include information regarding distributors, customers and agents or prospective distributors, customers and agents; marketing and sales techniques, materials and information; records, documents and data; business practices, policies, procedures and strategies; product and pricing information; compensation arrangements; financial information; attorney-client communications; and any other confidential or proprietary information relating to the Company that is not available to the public. (Information is not a Trade Secret, however, if it is available in the public domain other than by an act of Executive in violation of this provision, has been obtained from a source other than the Company which source is under no obligation of confidentiality, or has been lawfully obtained through means other than Executive’s employment relationship with the Company.) Executive agrees that he or she will not at any time- whether on Executive’s behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person or entity- use the Company’s Trade Secrets to solicit any business of the type conducted by the Company during Executive’s employment or as of Executive’s Date of Termination from any person or entity that was either (1) a distributor, customer or agent of the Company as of that date or (2) a prospective

 

9



 

distributor, customer or agent contacted, called upon, or serviced by the Company during the 12-month period prior to the Date of Termination, or induce, promote, facilitate, or otherwise contribute to the solicitation of such distributors, customers or agents or prospective distributors, customers or agents through the use of Trade Secrets.

 

(b)                                  Non-Solicitation of Company Employees. The Company’s success depends on its ability to hire and retain a productive and efficient workforce.  In recognition of this fact, Executive agrees that for the one-year period beginning on the earlier of (i) the Date of Termination (regardless of the reason for the employment termination) and (ii) the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Restricted Period”), Executive will not (directly or indirectly) hire, solicit for hire, or assist others in hiring or soliciting for hire, any employee of the Company or its subsidiaries, or any former employee of the Company or its subsidiaries whose employment terminated within three months of the beginning of the Restricted Period (“Company employees”).  This provision shall not apply if Executive worked in, or was a resident of, the state of California when Executive’s employment terminated.  This provision shall not prohibit Executive or a future employer of Executive from hiring, soliciting for hire, or assisting others in hiring or soliciting for hire, any Company employee who responds to a general solicitation or advertisement that is not specifically directed to Company employees.

 

(c)                                   Non-Competition . Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment by the Company and during the Restricted Period, Executive will not:

 

(i)                                      directly or indirectly, individually engage in nor be competitively employed or retained by, or render any competing services for, or be financially interested in, any insurance company that markets “Competitive Products” in the United States, or any entity that competes with the Company’s Acquisition Division business of acquiring, converting, and servicing policies from other insurance companies. For purposes of the foregoing, “Competitive Products” means life insurance, annuity, asset protection, extended service contracts and stable value products marketed by the Company or its subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this restriction shall not apply to:

 

(A)                                the purchase by Executive of stock not to exceed 1% of the outstanding shares of capital stock or any corporation whose securities are listed on any national securities exchange; or

 

(B)                                the employment of Executive by a non-competitive subsidiary or non-competitive affiliated entity of a competitor of the Company upon the Company’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(ii)                                   solicit business from, nor directly or indirectly cause others to solicit business that competes with the Competitive Products from, any entities which have been distributors, agents or customers of the Company during Executive’s employment.

 

(d)                                  Remedies . Executive recognizes and agrees:

 

(i)                                      that the covenants and restrictions in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9 are reasonable and valid and all defenses to the strict enforcement of such sections by the Company are waived by Executive to the full extent permitted by law. In the event, however, that a court of competent jurisdiction should determine in any case that the enforcement of any provision contained in such paragraphs would not be reasonable, it is intended that enforcement of a provision which is determined by such court to be reasonable shall be given effect; and

 

(ii)                                   that a breach of the covenants and restrictions in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9 would result in irreparable harm to the Company which could not be compensated by

 

10



 

money damages alone. Accordingly, Executive agrees that should there be a breach of any or all of these provisions, the Company shall be entitled to cease paying amounts under Section 6 and, in addition to its other remedies, to injunctive relief without any bond.

 

10.                          Legal Fees and Expenses . If Executive asserts any claim in any contest (whether initiated by Executive or by the Company) as to the validity, enforceability or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall pay Executive’s legal expenses (or cause such expenses to be paid) in accordance with Section 12(k)(i) of this Agreement, including Executive’s reasonable attorney’s fees, on a quarterly basis, upon presentation of proof of such expenses; provided that Executive shall reimburse the Company for such amounts, plus simple interest thereon at the 90-day United States Treasury Bill rate as in effect from time to time, compounded annually, if Executive shall not prevail, in whole or in part, as to any material issue as to the validity, enforceability or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.  This Section 10 shall not apply to claims relating to the restrictive covenants under Section 9 (whether asserted by the Executive or the Company); provided that the Company shall pay the Executive’s legal expenses if the Executive prevails in any material respect on such claims.

 

11.                          Successors.

 

(a)                                  This Agreement is personal to Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors. The Company shall require any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

12.                          Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                  Applicable Law; Interpretation. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and conferred in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applied without reference to principles of conflict of laws. If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected.  The masculine shall include the feminine (and vice versa), the single shall include the plural (and vice versa), and the words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless the context clearly requires otherwise. This Agreement may be executed by manual or facsimile signature.  The headings in this Agreement are solely for convenience and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved by binding arbitration.  The arbitration shall be held at a site selected by the arbitrators and except to the extent inconsistent with this Agreement, shall be conducted in accordance with the Expedited Employment Arbitration Ru1es of the American Arbitration Association then in effect at the time of the arbitration, and otherwise in accordance with principles which wou1d be applied by a court of law or equity.  The arbitrator shall be acceptable to both the Company and Executive.  If the parties cannot agree on an acceptable arbitrator, the dispute shall be heard by a panel of three arbitrators, one appointed by each of the parties and the third appointed by the other two arbitrators.

 

(c)                                   Agreement Term, Termination and Amendment. The initial term of this Agreement shall begin on the date hereof and shall terminate on the third anniversary of the Effective Date.  This

 

11



 

Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written agreement signed by the parties hereto or by their respective successors and legal representatives.

 

(d)                                  Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters referred to herein and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Prior Agreement executed between the Company and Executive before the date of this Agreement is hereby terminated. There are no promises, representations, inducements or statements between the parties other than those that are expressly contained herein. Executive is entering into this Agreement of Executive’s own free will and accord, and with no duress, has read this Agreement, and understands it and its legal consequences.

 

(e)                                   Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand-delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by electronic mail in PDF form (with a confirmation copy sent by one of the other delivery methods authorized in this Section 12(e)), addressed as follows:

 

If to Executive: at the home address of Executive as set forth in the records of the Company

 

If to the Company: Protective Life Corporation

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, AL 35223

Attn: General Counsel

 

With a copy to: Dai-ichi Life International (U.S.A.), Inc.

1133 Avenue of the Americas, 28th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Attn: President

 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith.  Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

 

(f)                                    Confidentiality. Executive agrees to keep the terms of this Agreement confidential and agrees not to voluntarily disclose any information concerning this Agreement to anyone except Executive’s spouse, parents, legal counsel or accountant and provided that they (each and all) agree at Executive’s risk to keep such information confidential and not disclose it to others; provided that this nondisclosure provision does not prohibit disclosure (1) at the direction or with the consent of the President or an Executive Vice President of the Company, (2) to tax agencies, (3) as required by law or court order, or (4) as may be necessary to enforce Executive’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Tax Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local, or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(h)                                  Waivers. The failure of Executive or the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including the right of Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or of any other provision or right of this Agreement.

 

12



 

(i)                                      Employment at Will. Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between Executive and the Company, the employment of Executive by the Company is “at will” and Executive’s employment may be terminated by either Executive or the Company at any time prior to the Effective Date, in which case Executive shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement.

 

(j)                                     Counterparts; Electronic Signatures.  This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. One or more counterparts of this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile or PDF electronic file with the intention that delivery by such means shall have the same effect as delivery of an original counterpart thereof.

 

(k)                                  Survival of Obligations. Sections 5 through 12 shall survive the termination of the employment of Executive hereunder.

 

(l)                                      Code Section 409A. It is intended that any amounts payable under this Agreement and the Company’s and Executive’s exercise of authority or discretion hereunder shall be exempt from or comply with Code Section 409A so as not to subject Executive to the payment of any interest or additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A. This Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to Executive for any interest or additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A. If any payments or benefits provided to Executive by the Company, either per this Agreement or· otherwise, are non-qualified deferred compensation subject to, and not exempt from, Code Section 409A, the following provisions shall apply to such payments and/or benefits:

 

(i)                                      Reimbursement of Expenses. Except as permitted by Code Section 409A, (A) the right to reimbursement of expenses under this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, (B) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement to be provided in any other taxable year, provided that the foregoing clause (B) shall not be violated without regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Code Section 105(b) solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect and (C) such payments shall be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.

 

(ii)                                   Termination of Employment. For all purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall not have “termination of employment” (and corollary terms) from the Company unless and until Executive has a “separation from service” (as determined under Code Section 409A as uniformly applied in accordance with such rules as shall be established from time to time by the Company).

 

(iii)                                Lump Sum and Installment Payments. Unless otherwise specified, lump-sum severance payments shall be made, and installment severance payments initiated, within thirty (30) days following Executive’s “separation from service.” Executive’s right to receive installment payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days, the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.  In the event a payment period straddles two consecutive years, the payment shall be made in the later of such calendar years.

 

(iv)                               No Offsets. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any payment subject to Code Section 409A be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

13



 

(v)                                  If an amendment of this Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Code Section 409A, Executive and the Company agree to negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible.

 

[This Agreement is continued and signed on the following page.]

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard J. Bielen

 

 

 

Name:

Richard J. Bielen

 

 

 

Title:

Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John D. Johns

 

 

 

Name:

John D. Johns

 

 


Exhibit 10(c)

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of June [      ], 2014 (“ Agreement ”) is by and between Protective Life Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [                            ] (“ Executive ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive have previously entered into an Employment Continuation Agreement, dated as of [                              ] (the “ Prior Agreement ”) which provided the Company and Executive with certain rights and obligations upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Prior Agreement), including certain payments and benefits to be provided to Executive under Section 7(c)(i)(B) of the Prior Agreement in the event that Executive’s employment terminates in connection with a Change of Control (the “ CIC Severance Benefits ”); and

 

WHEREAS , Executive will have access to highly confidential information of the Company and its affiliates as a result of Executive’s continued employment with the Company;

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”) among The Dai-ichi Life Insurance Company, Limited, a kabushiki kaisha organized under the laws of Japan (“ DL ”), DL Investment (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of DL, and the Company, the Company and Executive desire that subject to and effective as of the Effective Date (as defined in Section 1 below), and except as provided in this Agreement, the Prior Agreement will terminate and be superseded by this Agreement and will be of no further force or effect, and in exchange for the payments and benefits provided hereunder, Executive agrees to be subject to the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 9 hereof during and following Executive’s employment with the Company;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment as of the Effective Date, including the benefits to be provided to Executive in the event that Executive’s employment terminates under the circumstances described herein; and

 

WHEREAS , in the event that the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are not consummated, this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect and shall be deemed to be null and void ab initio and the parties shall have no further obligations hereunder.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Effective Date .  The effective date of this Agreement (the “ Effective Date ”) shall be as of and only upon the date of consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Company and Executive agree and recognize that (i) the Company has certain rights to solicit or respond to acquisition proposals under Section 6.05 of the Merger Agreement, (ii) Executive will assist the Company in the review, evaluation, negotiation and pursuit of such acquisition proposals, and (iii) Executive will discuss and may

 



 

enter into agreements regarding the Executive’s potential employment by parties making such proposals.

 

2.                                       Employment Period .  Subject to Section 5, the Company agrees to continue Executive in its employ, and Executive agrees to remain in the employ of the Company, for the period (the “ Employment Period ”) commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the Effective Date.  Following the expiration of the Employment Period, Executive’s employment will continue on an “at will” basis.

 

3.                                       Position .  (a)  Title, Duties and Authorities .  The Executive’s initial title shall be [                                    ].  Executive shall be a senior executive officer of the Company and a member of its Performance and Accountability Committee (or such other executive leadership committee) with duties and authorities commensurate therewith.  Executive acknowledges that from and after the Effective Date, such duties and authorities (i) may differ from those prior to the Effective Date reflecting the fact that the Company is no longer an independent public company and (ii) may include additional duties and authorities as may reasonably be assigned by the Chief Executive Officer of Company for purposes of reporting to DL for purposes of complying with the laws (including any rules of any applicable securities exchange) applicable to DL, compliance with DL’s internal consolidated accounting reporting requirement and other internal policies, or for purposes of dealing with the applicable governmental authorities in Japan.  Executive’s services shall be performed at the location where Executive was employed immediately before the Effective Date.

 

(b)                                  Business Time .  From and after the Effective Date, Executive agrees to devote Executive’s full attention during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and to perform faithfully and efficiently the responsibilities assigned to Executive to the extent necessary to discharge such responsibilities, except for periods of vacation, sick leave and other leave to which Executive is entitled.  Executive’s continuing to serve on any boards and committees on which Executive is serving or with which Executive is otherwise associated immediately before the Effective Date shall not be deemed to interfere with the performance of Executive’s services for the Company.

 

4.                                       Compensation .

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  During the Employment Period, Executive shall receive an annual base salary of $[                ], which amount is no less than Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date.  The base salary shall be reviewed at least once each year, beginning in the first quarter of 2015, and consistent with past practice may be increased (but not decreased) at any time and from time to time by action of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or any committee thereof or any individual having authority to take such action in accordance with the Company’s regular practices.  Executive’s base salary, as it may be increased from time to time, shall hereafter be referred to as “ Base Salary ”.  Neither the Base Salary nor any increase in Base Salary after the Effective Date shall limit or reduce any other obligation of the Company hereunder.

 

2



 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus and Incentive Compensation .

 

(i)                                            Annual Bonus .  During the Employment Period, in addition to the Base Salary, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in an Annual Incentive Plan (“ AIP ”) or applicable Sales Incentive Plan (“ SIP ”) and receive an annual bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) based on achievement of performance metrics mutually agreed upon by the Board or any committee thereof, DL and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or sales bonus based on achievement of results per the terms of the applicable SIP.

 

(A)                                For the fiscal year (i) which includes the Effective Date and (ii) the fiscal year immediately following such fiscal year, Executive shall receive an Annual Bonus which is at least equal to $[             ], which is equal to the greater of (A) the highest annual bonus, including any bonus provided under the Company’s AIP that had been payable to Executive in respect of either of the two fiscal years ended immediately before the Effective Date or (B) the amount that would have been payable to Executive as a target bonus under any bonus program in which Executive participated (including Company’s AIP) for the year in which the Effective Date occurs.

 

(B)                                Any amount payable hereunder as an Annual Bonus shall be paid not later than March 15 of the year following the year for which the amount is payable, unless electively deferred by Executive pursuant to any deferral programs or arrangements that the Company may make available to Executive.

 

(ii)                                         Long Term Incentive Compensation .  During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive long-term incentive compensation opportunities on terms and conditions (including but not limited to normal retirement and early retirement provisions) no less favorable to Executive than those applicable to Executive before the Effective Date.  Beginning with fiscal year 2015 and each subsequent fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period, provided that the Executive remains employed by the Company, the Executive shall receive an annual grant under the Company’s long-term incentive plan as in effect immediately following the Effective Date, (such long-term incentive plan, as it may be amended from time to time, the “ LTI Plan ”), as follows:

 

(A)                                The Executive’s initial target award under the Company’s LTI Plan shall be $[                        ], subject to annual review for increase (but not decrease) consistent with past practice (such award, the “ LTI Award ”).  The performance metrics and weighting under the LTI Plan will be mutually agreed between the Board or a committee thereof, DL and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

(B)                                70% of the LTI Award shall be granted in the form of performance-based, cash-settled Phantom Shares (as defined in the LTI Plan, and such performance-based Phantom Shares (the “ Performance Share Units ”)), where the actual payment will range from 50% (threshold) to 200% (maximum) of the target number of Performance Share Units, depending on achievement of

 

3



 

financial goals over a three-year performance cycle, and subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the three-year period.

 

(C)                                30% of the LTI Award will be granted in the form of time-based Phantom Shares (the “ Restricted Share Units ”) that become vested and settled in cash, as follows: one-half (1/2) on the third anniversary of the date of grant and, one-half (1/2) on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, in each case subject to the Executive’s continued employment on the applicable vesting date.

 

(D)                                Eligibility terms and treatment of LTI Award on Executive’s termination of employment by reason of Executive’s death, “disability” (as defined in the LTI Plan), normal retirement and early retirement shall remain the same as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date.

 

(c)                                   Benefit Plans .  During the Employment Period, Executive (and, to the extent applicable, Executive’s dependents) shall be entitled to participate in or be covered under all pension, retirement, deferred compensation, savings, medical, dental, health, disability, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans at a level that is commensurate with Executive’s participation in such plans immediately before the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, at the level made available to Executive or other similarly situated employees at any time thereafter.  Executive shall also be entitled to receive such perquisites as were generally provided to Executive in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices immediately before the Effective Date.  The Company may not amend or terminate the Protective Life Corporation Excess Benefit Plan (the “SERP”) in a manner that will adversely affect Executive until the third anniversary of the Effective Date; provided however, that the foregoing clause shall not preclude the Company from amending the SERP to exclude from eligible compensation thereunder the Retention Bonus payable under this Agreement. The Company shall maintain liquidity from time to time (through a combination of cash and other liquid assets on hand, or available from unrestricted dividend capacity from owned subsidiaries and access to unrestricted borrowing capacity) in an amount which is not less than the aggregate liabilities under the deferred compensation plan and the SERP.

 

(d)                                  Expenses .  During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Company as in effect immediately before the Effective Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may apply the policies and procedures in effect after the Effective Date to Executive, if such policies and procedures are more favorable to Executive than those in effect immediately before the Effective Date.

 

(e)                                   Indemnification .  During and after the Employment Period, the Company shall indemnify Executive and hold Executive harmless from and against any claim, loss or cause of action arising from or out of or related in any way to Executive’s performance as an officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or in any other capacity, including any fiduciary capacity, in which Executive serves at the request of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation

 

4



 

and By-Laws (the “ Governing Documents ”) and the Merger Agreement; provided that in no event shall the protection afforded to Executive hereunder be less than that afforded under the Governing Documents as in effect immediately before the Effective Date.

 

(f)                                    Retention Bonus .

 

(i)                                      Subject to clause (ii) below, Executive shall be paid a retention bonus of $[                        ], payable in cash in three equal annual installments, with the first installment paid on the first anniversary of the Effective Date, the second installment paid on the second anniversary of the Effective Date and the third installment paid on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, provided Executive is employed by the Company on each such payment date.

 

(ii)                                         Termination provisions:

 

(A)                                If Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause, or due to death or Disability (as defined below), or if Executive terminates Executive’s employment for Good Reason, in each case prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date, the unpaid portion of the Retention Bonus will be paid on or within thirty (30) days of the Termination Date.

 

(B)                                In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date for any other reason, the unpaid portion of the Retention Bonus will be forfeited for no consideration.

 

5.                                       Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                  Death or Disability .  Executive’s employment shall automatically terminate upon Executive’s death or termination of employment due to Disability (as defined below) during the Employment Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean Executive’s inability to perform the duties of Executive’s position, as determined in accordance with the policies and procedures applicable with respect to the Company’s long-term disability plan as in effect immediately before the Effective Date.

 

(b)                                  Voluntary Termination .  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive may, upon not less than 10 days’ written notice to the Company, voluntarily terminate employment for any reason (including early retirement under the terms of any of the Company’s retirement plans as in effect from time to time) during the Employment Period; provided that any termination of employment by Executive pursuant to Section 5(d) on account of Good Reason (as defined therein) shall not be treated as a voluntary termination under this Section 5(b).

 

(c)                                   Cause .  The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean (i) Executive’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony; (ii) an act or acts of extreme dishonesty or gross misconduct on Executive’s part which result or are intended to result in material damage to the Company’s business or reputation; (iii) a material violation of the restrictive covenant provisions under Section 9; or (iv) repeated material violations by Executive of Executive’s obligations under

 

5



 

Section 3, which violations are demonstrably willful and deliberate on Executive’s part and which result in material damage to the Company’s business or reputation.

 

(d)                                  Good Reason .  Executive may terminate employment for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following, without the express written consent of Executive, after the Effective Date:

 

(i)                                            (A) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent in any material adverse respect with Executive’s position (including titles), authority or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 3 as in effect immediately following the Effective Date, or (B) any other material adverse change in such position (including titles), authority or responsibilities, including removal of Executive from the Performance and Accountability Committee;

 

(ii)                                         a material reduction in Executive’s then current Base Salary, target Annual Bonus opportunity or target LTI Award;

 

(iii)                                      any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement, other than an insubstantial or inadvertent failure remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive; or

 

(iv)                                     the Company’s requiring Executive to be based at any office or location more than 20 miles from that location at which Executive performed services specified under the provisions of Section 3 immediately before the Effective Date, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of Executive’s responsibilities.

 

(e)                                   Notice of Termination .  Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 12(e).  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Notice of Termination ” shall mean a written notice given, in the case of a termination for Cause, within 10 business days of the Company’s having actual knowledge of the events giving rise to such termination, and in the case of a termination for Good Reason, within 90 days of Executive’s having actual knowledge of the events giving rise to such termination, and which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the termination date is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date of this Agreement (which date shall be not more than 45 days after the giving of such notice).  The Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure the circumstances giving rise to such Notice of Termination, and if such circumstances are not cured to the satisfaction of the Executive, the Executive must terminate employment within 10 days of the end of such cure period.

 

(f)                                    Date of Termination .  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Date of Termination ” shall mean (i) in the case of a termination of employment for which a Notice of Termination is required, the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination or, if later, the date specified therein, and (ii) in all other cases, the actual date on which Executive’s employment terminates during the Employment Period.

 

6



 

6.                                       Obligations of the Company upon Termination .

 

(a)                                  Death or Disability .  If Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Period by reason of Executive’s death or Disability, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive or Executive’s legal representatives under this Agreement other than those obligations accrued hereunder at the Date of Termination, and the Company shall pay to Executive (or Executive’s beneficiary or estate) (i) Executive’s full Base Salary through the Date of Termination (the “ Earned Salary ”), (ii) any vested amounts or benefits owing to Executive under the Company’s otherwise applicable employee benefit plans and programs, including any compensation previously deferred by Executive (together with any accrued earnings thereon) and not yet paid by the Company and any accrued vacation pay not yet paid by the Company (the “ Accrued Obligations ”), and (iii) any other benefits payable due to Executive’s death or Disability under the Company’s plans, policies, programs or arrangements (the “ Additional Benefits ”).

 

Any Earned Salary shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or at such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination.  Accrued Obligations and Additional Benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.

 

(b)                                  Cause and Voluntary Termination .  If, during the Employment Period, Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause or voluntarily terminated by Executive (other than on account of Good Reason) in accordance with Section 5(b), the Company shall pay Executive (i) the Earned Salary in cash in a single lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination, and (ii) the Accrued Obligations in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.

 

(c)                                   Termination by the Company other than for Cause and Good Reason Termination by Executive during the Protection Period .

 

(i)                                            Lump Sum Payments .  If either (a) the Company terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause on or prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Protection Period ”) or (b) Executive terminates employment for Good Reason at any time during the Protection Period, then the Company shall pay to Executive the following amounts:

 

(A)                                Executive’s Earned Salary;

 

(B)                                a cash amount (the “Severance Amount”) equal to three (3) times the sum of

 

(1)                                  Executive’s annual Base Salary as in effect immediately following the Effective Date; and

 

(2)                                  the greater of (i) the average of the bonus amount payable (including any amounts payable under the AIP)to Executive (including any amounts the receipt of which Executive elected to defer)

 

7



 

with respect to the three fiscal years of the Company, as applicable (or, if fewer, the number of such fiscal years in which Executive was an employee of the Company or its affiliates) immediately before the Effective Date (including, for this purpose, any AIP Payout (as defined in Section 6(c)(i)(C)) or (ii) the average of the bonus amount payable (including any amounts payable under the AIP) to Executive (including any amounts the receipt of which Executive elected to defer) with respect to the three fiscal years of the Company (or, if fewer, the number of such fiscal years in which Executive was an employee of the Company or its affiliates) immediately before the Effective Date (including, for this purpose, any AIP Payout); and

 

(3)                                  the amount determined by dividing (i) the sum of the Grant Values (as defined below) for the Regular Grants (as defined below) made in the calendar year in which the Effective Date occurred and in the previous two calendar years (or, if the Effective Date occurred in a calendar year in which Executive and other similarly-situated senior executives have not received a Regular Grant, the Regular Grants made in the three calendar years preceding the calendar year in which the Effective Date occurred); provided that any calendar year in which Executive was not an employee of the Company or its affiliates shall be disregarded, by (ii) the number of calendar years taken into account pursuant to clause (i) above.   A Regular Grant shall mean any grant or award of performance shares, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, stock options, or other long-term stock-based incentives; provided that any “special”  or “one time”  grant or award (as determined by the Committee) shall not be deemed a Regular Grant.  The Grant Value of any Regular Grant means (a) the value of each such Regular Grant as of the date of grant (as determined or approved by the Committee), or (b) if no such value has been established by the Committee, the value of each such Regular Grant as of the date of grant as determined by application of the Black-Scholes pricing model or such valuation methodology as may have been regularly used by the Company or its independent compensation consultant before the Effective Date; less

 

(4)                                  the amount of any portion of the Retention Bonus paid to Executive prior to the Date of Termination or payable to the Executive under Section 4(f)(ii)(A).

 

(C)                                if Executive has an annual cash bonus opportunity (including a cash bonus opportunity under the AIP) outstanding and unpaid as of the Date of Termination, a cash payment (the “ AIP Payout ”) equal to (1) if the Date of Termination is before December 31 of the fiscal year of the Company to which such bonus opportunity relates, an amount equal to Executive’s target bonus opportunity under such bonus plan for such fiscal year, and (2) if the Date of Termination is on or after December 31 of the fiscal year of the Company to which such bonus opportunity relates, an amount equal to the amount Executive

 

8



 

would have received under such bonus plan for such fiscal year based on actual achievement of the performance goals with respect thereto (assuming, for this purpose, that all subjective performance measures are achieved at a level equal to the greater of the level determined by the Company pursuant to the terms of such bonus plan and 100%).  Payment of the AIP Payout shall be in lieu of payment of any annual cash bonus opportunity otherwise due and payable with respect to the fiscal year of the Company referred to in this Section 6(c)(i)(C).

 

(D)                                the Accrued Obligations.

 

Subject to Section 6(g), the Earned Salary and Severance Amount shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination.  Subject to Section 6(g), the AIP Payout shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum (a) if payable under Section 6(c)(i)(C)(1), as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination, and (b) if payable under Section 6(c)(i)(C)(2), as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the earlier of (i) 30 business days (or such earlier date required by law) following the Date of Termination and (ii) March 15 of the year following the calendar year for which the AIP Payout is payable.  Accrued Obligations shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.

 

(ii)                                         Supplemental Retirement Payment.   If Executive is entitled to receive the Severance Amount described in Section 6(c)(i), Executive shall be entitled to receive a supplemental retirement payment, payable in a cash lump sum, equal in value to the actuarial equivalent (as defined below) of (A) the monthly benefit payable to Executive (expressed as a life annuity payable commencing at the later of the Date of Termination and age 65) determined by adding three years to Executive’s credited service as determined at Executive’s Date of Termination under the terms of Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan and supplemental or excess pension plan (collectively, the “ Pension Plans ”) as in effect immediately before the Effective Date (subject to any maximum on credited service set forth in the Pension Plans), minus (B) the monthly benefit payable to Executive (expressed as a life annuity payable commencing at the later of the Date of Termination and age 65) determined pursuant to the terms of all defined benefit pension plans (including the Pension Plans), active or frozen, in which Executive is a participant at Executive’s Date of Termination if such plans are sponsored by the Company or its successors or affiliates.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “actuarial equivalent” shall mean a benefit actuarially equal in value to the value of a given benefit in a given form or schedule, based upon (1) the mortality table or tables (including any set backs of ages) used to calculate actuarial equivalents under the Pension Plans as of the date on which an actuarial equivalent is being determined under this Agreement and (2) an interest rate equal to the sum of (A) the yield on U.S. 10-year Treasury Notes at constant maturity as most recently published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York before Executive’s Date of Termination; provided, however , that if such yield has not been so published within 90 days before Executive’s Date of Termination, the interest rate shall be the yield on

 

9



 

substantially similar securities on the business day before Executive’s Date of Termination as determined by Regions Bank N.A. upon the request of either the Company or Executive, plus (B) .75%.

 

For purposes of making the foregoing determinations, at the request of Executive in writing within 5 days of Executive’s receipt of Notice of Termination or Executive’s Date of Termination, but in either event at the Company’s expense, the independent pension consultants most recently used by the Company in connection with its qualified pension plan before the Date of Termination shall be engaged and shall certify the benefits due to Executive under this Section 6(c)(ii) in writing within 30 days after the Date of Termination.  In any event, the supplemental retirement payment shall be paid to Executive (subject to Section 6(g)) no later than 45 days after the Date of Termination.  If the amount to be offset under clause (B) of the first paragraph of this Section 6(c)(ii) has not been determined within 30 days after the Date of Termination, no such offset shall be permitted.

 

(iii)                                      Continuation of Benefits .  If Executive is entitled to receive the Severance Amount described in Section 6(c)(i), Executive (and, to the extent applicable, Executive’s dependents) shall be entitled, after the Date of Termination and until the earlier of (A) the second anniversary of the Date of Termination (the “ End Date ”) or (B) the date Executive becomes eligible for comparable benefits under a similar plan, policy or program of a subsequent employer, to continue participation in all of the Company’s employee welfare benefit plans including the Company’s hospital, medical, accident, disability, and life insurance plans (the “ Welfare Benefit Plans ”) as were generally provided to Executive in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices immediately before the Effective Date.  To the extent any such benefits cannot be provided under the terms of the applicable plan, policy or program, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the cost to the Company of providing such coverage at the same time as the Severance Amount is payable to Executive.  Executive’s participation in the Welfare Benefit Plans will be on the same terms and conditions that would have applied had Executive continued to be employed by the Company through the End Date.  To the extent any Welfare Benefit Plan is a self-insured group health or dental benefit plan, then in addition to any other limitation provided hereunder, the period of coverage provided by this Section 6(c)(iii) under such self-insured group health or dental benefit plan shall not exceed the period of time during which Executive would be entitled to receive continuation coverage under Code Section 4980B (“ COBRA ”) if Executive had elected such coverage and paid the premiums required by COBRA.  To the extent that immediately preceding sentence applies, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the cost of such COBRA continuation coverage for a period equal to the excess of (i) 24 months minus (ii) the number of months of COBRA coverage initially available to Executive, as determined in good faith by the Company, at the same time as the Severance Amount is payable to Executive.

 

(d)                                  Termination by the Company other than for Cause and Good Reason Termination by Executive after the Protection Period .  If either (a) the Company terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause or (b) Executive terminates employment for Good

 

10



 

Reason, in each case, at any time after the Protection Period, then the Company shall pay the Executive (i) the Earned Salary in cash in a single lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination, and (ii) the Accrued Obligations in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.  In addition, Executive shall be eligible to receive any other benefits payable due to Executive’s termination by the Company other than for Cause or Executive’s termination for Good Reason under any plan, policy, program or arrangement of the Company, in accordance with the terms of each applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.

 

(e)                                   Discharge of the Company’s Obligations .  Except as expressly provided in the last sentence of this Section 6(e), the amounts payable to Executive pursuant to this Section 6 (whether or not reduced pursuant to Section 6(f)) following termination of Executive’s employment shall be in full and complete satisfaction of Executive’s rights under this Agreement and any other claims Executive may have in respect of employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  Such amounts shall constitute liquidated damages with respect to any and all such rights and claims and, upon Executive’s receipt of such amounts, the Company shall be released and discharged from any and all liability to Executive in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries.  Nothing in this Section 6(e) shall be construed to release the Company from its commitment to indemnify Executive and hold Executive harmless as provided in Section 4(e).

 

(f)                                    Section 280G .  If any amount or benefit paid or distributed to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, taken together with any amounts or benefits otherwise paid or distributed to Executive by the Company or any affiliated company (including any distribution or payment made pursuant to the terms of the Company’s compensation plans or arrangements) (collectively, the “ Covered Payments ”) are or become subject to the tax (the “ Excise Tax ”) imposed under Code Section 4999 or any similar tax that may hereafter be imposed, the Excise Tax gross-up provisions of Section 7(e) of the Prior Agreement shall continue to apply to such Covered Payments.

 

(g)                                   Delay of Payments .  Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and subject to Code Section 409A, if Executive is a Specified Employee (as defined for purposes of Code Section 409A), any payments due under this Agreement to Executive that are treated as deferred compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A (such as the Severance Amount) and that are payable on account of a termination of employment shall be made on the later to occur of the time otherwise specified in this Section 6 and the first business day after the date that is six months after Executive’s Date of Termination (or, if earlier, within 15 business days after the date of death of Executive).

 

7.                                       Non-exclusivity of Rights .  Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which Executive may qualify, or limit or otherwise prejudice such rights as Executive may have under any other agreements with the Company or any of its affiliated companies.  Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program.

 

11



 

8.                                       Full Settlement .  The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have against Executive or others whether by reason of the subsequent employment of Executive or otherwise.

 

9.                                       Restrictive Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Confidential Information .  Executive acknowledges that he or she will have access to highly confidential information of the Company and its affiliates and agrees that it is imperative to permanently maintain the confidentiality of the Company’s “ Trade Secrets .”  Trade Secrets shall include any trade secrets as defined by law, and shall specifically include information regarding distributors, customers and agents or prospective distributors, customers and agents; marketing and sales techniques, materials and information; records, documents and data; business practices, policies, procedures and strategies; product and pricing information; compensation arrangements; financial information; attorney-client communications; and any other confidential or proprietary information relating to the Company that is not available to the public.  (Information is not a Trade Secret, however, if it is available in the public domain other than by an act of Executive in violation of this provision, has been obtained from a source other than the Company which source is under no obligation of confidentiality, or has been lawfully obtained through means other than Executive’s employment relationship with the Company.)  Executive agrees that he or she will not at any time — whether on Executive’s behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person or entity — use the Company’s Trade Secrets to solicit any business of the type conducted by the Company during Executive’s employment or as of Executive’s Date of Termination from any person or entity that was either (1) a distributor, customer or agent of the Company as of that date or (2) a prospective distributor, customer or agent contacted, called upon, or serviced by the Company during the 12-month period prior to the Date of Termination, or induce, promote, facilitate, or otherwise contribute to the solicitation of such distributors, customers or agents or prospective distributors, customers or agents through the use of Trade Secrets.

 

(b)                                  Non-Solicitation of Company Employees .  The Company’s success depends on its ability to hire and retain a productive and efficient workforce.   In recognition of this fact, Executive agrees that for the one-year period beginning on the earlier of (i) the Date of Termination (regardless of the reason for the employment termination) and (ii) the date the Retention Bonus is paid in full to Executive (the “ Restricted Period ”), Executive will not (directly or indirectly) hire, solicit for hire, or assist others in hiring or soliciting for hire, any employee of the Company or its subsidiaries, or any former employee of the Company or its subsidiaries whose employment terminated within three months of the beginning of the Restricted Period (“ Company employees ”).  This provision shall not apply if Executive worked in, or was a resident of, the state of California when Executive’s employment terminated.   This provision shall not prohibit Executive or a future employer of Executive from hiring, soliciting for hire, or assisting others in hiring or soliciting for hire, any Company employee who responds to a general solicitation or advertisement that is not specifically directed to Company employees.

 

(c)                                   Non-Competition .  Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment by the Company and during the Restricted Period, Executive will not:

 

12



 

(i)                                            directly or indirectly, individually engage in nor be competitively employed or retained by, or render any competing services for, or be financially interested in, any insurance company that markets “Competitive Products” in the United States, or any entity that competes with the Company’s Acquisition Division business of acquiring, converting, and servicing policies from other insurance companies.  For purposes of the foregoing, “Competitive Products” means life insurance, annuity, asset protection, extended service contracts and stable value products marketed by the Company or its subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this restriction shall not apply to:

 

(A)                                the purchase by Executive of stock not to exceed 1% of the outstanding shares of capital stock or any corporation whose securities are listed on any national securities exchange; or

 

(B)                                the employment of Executive by a non-competitive subsidiary or non-competitive affiliated entity of a competitor of the Company upon the Company’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(ii)                                         solicit business from, nor directly or indirectly cause others to solicit business that competes with the Competitive Products from, any entities which have been distributors, agents or customers of the Company during Executive’s employment.

 

(d)                                  Remedies .  Executive recognizes and agrees:

 

(i)                                            that the covenants and restrictions in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9 are reasonable and valid and all defenses to the strict enforcement of such sections by the Company are waived by Executive to the full extent permitted by law.  In the event, however, that a court of competent jurisdiction should determine in any case that the enforcement of any provision contained in such paragraphs would not be reasonable, it is intended that enforcement of a provision which is determined by such court to be reasonable shall be given effect; and

 

(ii)                                         that a breach of the covenants and restrictions in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9 would result in irreparable harm to the Company which could not be compensated by money damages alone.  Accordingly, Executive agrees that should there be a breach of any or all of these provisions, the Company shall be entitled to cease paying amounts under Section 4(f) and Section 6 and, in addition to its other remedies, to injunctive relief without any bond.  In addition, Executive agrees that, in the event he or she breaches any of the covenants or restrictions of paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 9, Executive will promptly repay to the Company upon demand any portion of the Retention Bonus paid to Executive.

 

10.                                Legal Fees and Expenses .  If Executive asserts any claim in any contest (whether initiated by Executive or by the Company) as to the validity, enforceability or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall pay Executive’s legal expenses (or cause

 

13



 

such expenses to be paid) in accordance with Section 12(k)(i) of this Agreement, including Executive’s reasonable attorney’s fees, on a quarterly basis, upon presentation of proof of such expenses; provided that Executive shall reimburse the Company for such amounts, plus simple interest thereon at the 90-day United States Treasury Bill rate as in effect from time to time, compounded annually, if Executive shall not prevail, in whole or in part, as to any material issue as to the validity, enforceability or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.  This Section 10 shall not apply to claims relating to the restrictive covenants under Section 9 (whether asserted by the Executive or the Company); provided that the Company shall pay the Executive’s legal expenses if the Executive prevails in any material respect on such claims.

 

11.                                Successors .  (a) This Agreement is personal to Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors.  The Company shall require any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

12.                                Miscellaneous .  (a)  Applicable Law; Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and conferred in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applied without reference to principles of conflict of laws.  If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected.  The masculine shall include the feminine (and vice versa ), the single shall include the plural (and vice versa ), and the words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless the context clearly requires otherwise.  This Agreement may be executed by manual or facsimile signature.  The headings in this Agreement are solely for convenience and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved by binding arbitration.  The arbitration shall be held at a site selected by the arbitrators and except to the extent inconsistent with this Agreement, shall be conducted in accordance with the Expedited Employment Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect at the time of the arbitration, and otherwise in accordance with principles which would be applied by a court of law or equity.  The arbitrator shall be acceptable to both the Company and Executive.  If the parties cannot agree on an acceptable arbitrator, the dispute shall be heard by a panel of three arbitrators, one appointed by each of the parties and the third appointed by the other two arbitrators.

 

(c)                                   Agreement Term, Termination and Amendment .  The initial term of this Agreement shall begin on the date hereof and shall terminate on the third anniversary of the

 

14



 

Effective Date.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written agreement signed by the parties hereto or by their respective successors and legal representatives.

 

(d)                                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters referred to herein and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Prior Agreement executed between the Company and Executive before the date of this Agreement is hereby terminated.  There are no promises, representations, inducements or statements between the parties other than those that are expressly contained herein.  Executive is entering into this Agreement of Executive’s own free will and accord, and with no duress, has read this Agreement, and understands it and its legal consequences.

 

(e)                                   Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand-delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by electronic mail in PDF form (with a confirmation copy sent by one of the other delivery methods authorized in this Section 12(e)), addressed as follows:

 

If to Executive:

at the home address of Executive as set forth in the records of the Company

 

 

If to the Company:

Protective Life Corporation

 

2801 Highway 280 South

 

Birmingham, AL 35223

 

Attn: General Counsel

 

 

With a copy to:

Dai-ichi Life International (U.S.A.), Inc.

 

1133 Avenue of the Americas, 28th Floor

 

New York, NY 10036

 

Attn: President

 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith.  Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

 

(f)                                    Confidentiality .  Executive agrees to keep the terms of this Agreement confidential and agrees not to voluntarily disclose any information concerning this Agreement to anyone except Executive’s spouse, parents, legal counsel or accountant and provided that they (each and all) agree at Executive’s risk to keep such information confidential and not disclose it to others; provided that this nondisclosure provision does not prohibit disclosure (1) at the direction or with the consent of the President or an Executive Vice President of the Company, (2) to tax agencies, (3) as required by law or court order, or (4) as may be necessary to enforce Executive’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Tax Withholding .  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local, or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

15



 

(h)                                  Waivers .  The failure of Executive or the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including the right of Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or of any other provision or right of this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      Employment at Will .  Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between Executive and the Company, the employment of Executive by the Company is “at will” and Executive’s employment may be terminated by either Executive or the Company at any time prior to the Effective Date, in which case Executive shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement.

 

(j)                                     Counterparts; Electronic Signatures .  This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.  One or more counterparts of this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile or PDF electronic file with the intention that delivery by such means shall have the same effect as delivery of an original counterpart thereof.

 

(k)                                  Survival of Obligations .  Section 4(f) and Sections 5 through 12 shall survive the termination of the employment of Executive hereunder.

 

(l)                                      Code Section 409A .  It is intended that any amounts payable under this Agreement and the Company’s and Executive’s exercise of authority or discretion hereunder shall be exempt from or comply with Code Section 409A so as not to subject Executive to the payment of any interest or additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A.  This Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to Executive for any interest or additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A.  If any payments or benefits provided to Executive by the Company, either per this Agreement or otherwise, are non-qualified deferred compensation subject to, and not exempt from, Code Section 409A, the following provisions shall apply to such payments and/or benefits:

 

(i)                                            Reimbursement of Expenses .  Except as permitted by Code Section 409A, (A) the right to reimbursement of expenses under this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, (B) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement to be provided in any other taxable year, provided that the foregoing clause (B) shall not be violated without regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Code Section 105(b) solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect and (C) such payments shall be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.

 

(ii)                                         Termination of Employment .  For all purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall not have “termination of employment” (and corollary terms) from the Company unless and until Executive has a “separation from service” (as determined

 

16



 

under Code Section 409A as uniformly applied in accordance with such rules as shall be established from time to time by the Company).

 

(iii)                                Lump Sum and Installment Payments .  Unless otherwise specified, lump-sum severance payments shall be made, and installment severance payments initiated, within thirty (30) days following Executive’s “separation from service.”  Executive’s right to receive installment payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments.  Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days, the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.  In the event a payment period straddles two consecutive years, the payment shall be made in the later of such calendar years.

 

(iv)                               No Offsets .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any payment subject to Code Section 409A be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A; provided that it is understood that the offset of severance under Section 6 by the Retention Bonus under Section 4(f) is not an offset prohibited by this Section 12(l)(iv).

 

(v)                                  If an amendment of this Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Code Section 409A, Executive and the Company agree to negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible.

 

[This Agreement is continued and signed on the following page.]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and Executive have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name: John D. Johns

 

Title: Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF EMPLOYEE]

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 


Exhibit 10(d)

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of June [      ], 2014 (“ Agreement ”) is by and between Protective Life Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [                                ] (“ Executive ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive have previously entered into an Employment Continuation Agreement, dated as of [                                ] (the “ Prior Agreement ”) which provided the Company and Executive with certain rights and obligations upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Prior Agreement), including certain payments and benefits to be provided to Executive under Section 7(c)(i)(B) of the Prior Agreement in the event that Executive’s employment terminates in connection with a Change of Control (the “ CIC Severance Benefits ”); and

 

WHEREAS , Executive will have access to highly confidential information of the Company and its affiliates as a result of Executive’s continued employment with the Company;

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”) among The Dai-ichi Life Insurance Company, Limited, a kabushiki kaisha organized under the laws of Japan (“ DL ”), DL Investment (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of DL, and the Company, the Company and Executive desire that subject to and effective as of the Effective Date (as defined in Section 1 below), and except as provided in this Agreement, the Prior Agreement will terminate and be superseded by this Agreement and will be of no further force or effect, and in exchange for the payments and benefits provided hereunder, Executive agrees to be subject to the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 9 hereof during and following Executive’s employment with the Company;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment as of the Effective Date, including the benefits to be provided to Executive in the event that Executive’s employment terminates under the circumstances described herein; and

 

WHEREAS , in the event that the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are not consummated, this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect and shall be deemed to be null and void ab initio and the parties shall have no further obligations hereunder.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Effective Date .  The effective date of this Agreement (the “ Effective Date ”) shall be as of and only upon the date of consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Company and Executive agree and recognize that (i) the Company has certain rights to solicit or respond to acquisition proposals under Section 6.05 of the Merger Agreement, (ii) Executive will assist the Company in the review, evaluation, negotiation and pursuit of such acquisition proposals, and (iii) Executive will discuss and may

 



 

enter into agreements regarding the Executive’s potential employment by parties making such proposals.

 

2.                                       Employment Period .  Subject to Section 5, the Company agrees to continue Executive in its employ, and Executive agrees to remain in the employ of the Company, for the period (the “ Employment Period ”) commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the Effective Date.  Following the expiration of the Employment Period, Executive’s employment will continue on an “at will” basis.

 

3.                                       Position .  (a)  Title, Duties and Authorities .  The Executive’s initial title shall be [                                 ], with duties and authorities commensurate therewith.  Executive acknowledges that from and after the Effective Date, such duties and authorities (i) may differ from those prior to the Effective Date reflecting the fact that the Company is no longer an independent public company and (ii) may include additional duties and authorities as may reasonably be assigned by the Company for purposes of reporting to DL for purposes of complying with the laws (including any rules of any applicable securities exchange) applicable to DL, compliance with DL’s internal consolidated accounting reporting requirement and other internal policies, or for purposes of dealing with the applicable governmental authorities in Japan.  Executive’s services shall be performed at the location where Executive was employed immediately before the Effective Date.

 

(b)                                  Business Time .  From and after the Effective Date, Executive agrees to devote Executive’s full attention during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and to perform faithfully and efficiently the responsibilities assigned to Executive to the extent necessary to discharge such responsibilities, except for periods of vacation, sick leave and other leave to which Executive is entitled.  Executive’s continuing to serve on any boards and committees on which Executive is serving or with which Executive is otherwise associated immediately before the Effective Date shall not be deemed to interfere with the performance of Executive’s services for the Company.

 

4.                                       Compensation .

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  During the Employment Period, Executive shall receive an annual base salary of $[               ], which amount is no less than Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date.  The base salary shall be reviewed at least once each year, beginning in the first quarter of 2015, and consistent with past practice may be increased (but not decreased) at any time and from time to time by action of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or any committee thereof or any individual having authority to take such action in accordance with the Company’s regular practices.  Executive’s base salary, as it may be increased from time to time, shall hereafter be referred to as “ Base Salary ”.  Neither the Base Salary nor any increase in Base Salary after the Effective Date shall limit or reduce any other obligation of the Company hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus and Incentive Compensation .

 

(i)                                            Annual Bonus .  During the Employment Period, in addition to the Base Salary, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period,

 

2



 

Executive shall be eligible to participate in an Annual Incentive Plan (“ AIP ”) or applicable Sales Incentive Plan (“ SIP ”) and receive an annual bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) based on achievement of performance metrics mutually agreed upon by the Board or any committee thereof, DL and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or sales bonus based on achievement of results per the terms of the applicable SIP.

 

(A)                                For the fiscal year (i) which includes the Effective Date and (ii) the fiscal year immediately following such fiscal year, Executive shall receive an Annual Bonus which is at least equal to $[             ], which is equal to the greater of (A) the highest annual bonus, including any bonus provided under the Company’s AIP that had been payable to Executive in respect of either of the two fiscal years ended immediately before the Effective Date or (B) the amount that would have been payable to Executive as a target bonus under any bonus program in which Executive participated (including Company’s AIP) for the year in which the Effective Date occurs.

 

(B)                                Any amount payable hereunder as an Annual Bonus shall be paid not later than March 15 of the year following the year for which the amount is payable, unless electively deferred by Executive pursuant to any deferral programs or arrangements that the Company may make available to Executive.

 

(ii)                                         Long Term Incentive Compensation .  During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive long-term incentive compensation opportunities on terms and conditions (including but not limited to normal retirement and early retirement provisions) no less favorable to Executive than those applicable to Executive before the Effective Date.  Beginning with fiscal year 2015 and each subsequent fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period, provided that the Executive remains employed by the Company, the Executive shall receive an annual grant under the Company’s long-term incentive plan as in effect immediately following the Effective Date, (such long-term incentive plan, as it may be amended from time to time, the “ LTI Plan ”), as follows:

 

(A)                                The Executive’s initial target award under the Company’s LTI Plan shall be $[                 ], subject to annual review for increase (but not decrease) consistent with past practice (such award, the “ LTI Award ”).  The performance metrics and weighting under the LTI Plan will be mutually agreed between the Board or a committee thereof, DL and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

(B)                                70% of the LTI Award shall be granted in the form of performance-based, cash-settled Phantom Shares (as defined in the LTI Plan, and such performance-based Phantom Shares (the “ Performance Share Units ”)), where the actual payment will range from 50% (threshold) to 200% (maximum) of the target number of Performance Share Units, depending on achievement of financial goals over a three-year performance cycle, and subject to the

 

3



 

Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the three-year period.

 

(C)                                30% of the LTI Award will be granted in the form of time-based Phantom Shares (the “ Restricted Share Units ”) that become vested and settled in cash, as follows: one-half (1/2) on the third anniversary of the date of grant and, one-half (1/2) on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, in each case subject to the Executive’s continued employment on the applicable vesting date.

 

(D)                                Eligibility terms and treatment of LTI Award on Executive’s termination of employment by reason of Executive’s death, “disability” (as defined in the LTI Plan), normal retirement and early retirement shall remain the same as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date.

 

(c)                                   Benefit Plans .  During the Employment Period, Executive (and, to the extent applicable, Executive’s dependents) shall be entitled to participate in or be covered under all pension, retirement, deferred compensation, savings, medical, dental, health, disability, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans at a level that is commensurate with Executive’s participation in such plans immediately before the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, at the level made available to Executive or other similarly situated employees at any time thereafter.  Executive shall also be entitled to receive such perquisites as were generally provided to Executive in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices immediately before the Effective Date.  The Company may not amend or terminate the Protective Life Corporation Excess Benefit Plan (the “SERP”) in a manner that will adversely affect Executive until the third anniversary of the Effective Date; provided however, that the foregoing clause shall not preclude the Company from amending the SERP to exclude from eligible compensation thereunder the Retention Bonus payable under this Agreement. The Company shall maintain liquidity from time to time (through a combination of cash and other liquid assets on hand, or available from unrestricted dividend capacity from owned subsidiaries and access to unrestricted borrowing capacity) in an amount which is not less than the aggregate liabilities under the deferred compensation plan and the SERP.

 

(d)                                  Expenses .  During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Company as in effect immediately before the Effective Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may apply the policies and procedures in effect after the Effective Date to Executive, if such policies and procedures are more favorable to Executive than those in effect immediately before the Effective Date.

 

(e)                                   Indemnification .  During and after the Employment Period, the Company shall indemnify Executive and hold Executive harmless from and against any claim, loss or cause of action arising from or out of or related in any way to Executive’s performance as an officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or in any other capacity, including any fiduciary capacity, in which Executive serves at the request of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws (the “ Governing Documents ”) and the Merger Agreement; provided that in no

 

4



 

event shall the protection afforded to Executive hereunder be less than that afforded under the Governing Documents as in effect immediately before the Effective Date.

 

(f)                                    Retention Bonus .

 

(i)                                      Subject to clause (ii) below, Executive shall be paid a retention bonus of $[                   ], payable in cash in two annual installments, with the first installment representing one-third (1/3) of the Retention Bonus paid on the first anniversary of the Effective Date, and the second installment representing two-thirds (2/3) of the Retention Bonus paid on the second anniversary of the Effective Date, provided Executive is employed by the Company on each such payment date.

 

(ii)                                         Termination provisions:

 

(A)                                If Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause, or due to death or Disability (as defined below), or if Executive terminates Executive’s employment for Good Reason, in each case prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, the unpaid portion of the Retention Bonus will be paid on or within thirty (30) days of the Termination Date.

 

(B)                                In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date for any other reason, the unpaid portion of the Retention Bonus will be forfeited for no consideration.

 

5.                                       Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                  Death or Disability .  Executive’s employment shall automatically terminate upon Executive’s death or termination of employment due to Disability (as defined below) during the Employment Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean Executive’s inability to perform the duties of Executive’s position, as determined in accordance with the policies and procedures applicable with respect to the Company’s long-term disability plan as in effect immediately before the Effective Date.

 

(b)                                  Voluntary Termination .  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive may, upon not less than 10 days’ written notice to the Company, voluntarily terminate employment for any reason (including early retirement under the terms of any of the Company’s retirement plans as in effect from time to time) during the Employment Period; provided that any termination of employment by Executive pursuant to Section 5(d) on account of Good Reason (as defined therein) shall not be treated as a voluntary termination under this Section 5(b).

 

(c)                                   Cause .  The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean (i) Executive’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony; (ii) an act or acts of extreme dishonesty or gross misconduct on Executive’s part which result or are intended to result in material damage to the Company’s business or reputation; (iii) a material violation of the restrictive covenant provisions under Section 9; or (iv) repeated material violations by Executive of Executive’s obligations under

 

5



 

Section 3, which violations are demonstrably willful and deliberate on Executive’s part and which result in material damage to the Company’s business or reputation.

 

(d)                                  Good Reason .  Executive may terminate employment for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following, without the express written consent of Executive, after the Effective Date:

 

(i)                                            a material reduction in Executive’s then current Base Salary, target Annual Bonus opportunity or target LTI Award;

 

(ii)                                         any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement, other than an insubstantial or inadvertent failure remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive; or

 

(iii)                                      the Company’s requiring Executive to be based at any office or location more than 20 miles from that location at which Executive performed services specified under the provisions of Section 3 immediately before the Effective Date, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of Executive’s responsibilities.

 

(e)                                   Notice of Termination .  Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 12(e).  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Notice of Termination ” shall mean a written notice given, in the case of a termination for Cause, within 10 business days of the Company’s having actual knowledge of the events giving rise to such termination, and in the case of a termination for Good Reason, within 90 days of Executive’s having actual knowledge of the events giving rise to such termination, and which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the termination date is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date of this Agreement (which date shall be not more than 45 days after the giving of such notice).  The Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure the circumstances giving rise to such Notice of Termination, and if such circumstances are not cured to the satisfaction of the Executive, the Executive must terminate employment within 10 days of the end of such cure period.

 

(f)                                    Date of Termination .  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Date of Termination ” shall mean (i) in the case of a termination of employment for which a Notice of Termination is required, the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination or, if later, the date specified therein, and (ii) in all other cases, the actual date on which Executive’s employment terminates during the Employment Period.

 

6.                                       Obligations of the Company upon Termination .

 

(a)                                  Death or Disability .  If Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Period by reason of Executive’s death or Disability, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive or Executive’s legal representatives under this Agreement other than those obligations accrued hereunder at the Date of Termination, and the Company shall pay to Executive (or Executive’s beneficiary or estate) (i) Executive’s full Base

 

6



 

Salary through the Date of Termination (the “ Earned Salary ”), (ii) any vested amounts or benefits owing to Executive under the Company’s otherwise applicable employee benefit plans and programs, including any compensation previously deferred by Executive (together with any accrued earnings thereon) and not yet paid by the Company and any accrued vacation pay not yet paid by the Company (the “ Accrued Obligations ”), and (iii) any other benefits payable due to Executive’s death or Disability under the Company’s plans, policies, programs or arrangements (the “ Additional Benefits ”).

 

Any Earned Salary shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or at such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination.  Accrued Obligations and Additional Benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.

 

(b)                                  Cause and Voluntary Termination .  If, during the Employment Period, Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause or voluntarily terminated by Executive (other than on account of Good Reason) in accordance with Section 5(b), the Company shall pay Executive (i) the Earned Salary in cash in a single lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination, and (ii) the Accrued Obligations in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.

 

(c)                                   Termination by the Company other than for Cause and Good Reason Termination by Executive during the Protection Period .

 

(i)                                            Lump Sum Payments .  If either (a) the Company terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause on or prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Protection Period ”) or (b) Executive terminates employment for Good Reason at any time during the Protection Period, then the Company shall pay to Executive the following amounts:

 

(A)                                Executive’s Earned Salary;

 

(B)                                a cash amount (the “Severance Amount”) equal to two (2) times the sum of

 

(1)                                  Executive’s annual Base Salary as in effect immediately following the Effective Date; and

 

(2)                                  the greater of (i) the average of the bonus amount payable (including any amounts payable under the AIP)to Executive (including any amounts the receipt of which Executive elected to defer) with respect to the three fiscal years of the Company, as applicable (or, if fewer, the number of such fiscal years in which Executive was an employee of the Company or its affiliates) immediately before the Effective Date (including, for this purpose, any AIP Payout (as defined in Section 6(c)(i)(C)) or (ii) the average of the bonus amount payable (including any amounts payable under the AIP) to Executive (including any amounts the receipt of which Executive elected to defer) with respect

 

7



 

to the three fiscal years of the Company (or, if fewer, the number of such fiscal years in which Executive was an employee of the Company or its affiliates) immediately before the Effective Date (including, for this purpose, any AIP Payout); less

 

(3)                                  the amount of any portion of the Retention Bonus paid to Executive prior to the Date of Termination or payable to the Executive under Section 4(f)(ii)(A).

 

(C)                                if Executive has an annual cash bonus opportunity (including a cash bonus opportunity under the AIP) outstanding and unpaid as of the Date of Termination, a cash payment (the “ AIP Payout ”) equal to (1) if the Date of Termination is before December 31 of the fiscal year of the Company to which such bonus opportunity relates, an amount equal to Executive’s target bonus opportunity under such bonus plan for such fiscal year, and (2) if the Date of Termination is on or after December 31 of the fiscal year of the Company to which such bonus opportunity relates, an amount equal to the amount Executive would have received under such bonus plan for such fiscal year based on actual achievement of the performance goals with respect thereto (assuming, for this purpose, that all subjective performance measures are achieved at a level equal to the greater of the level determined by the Company pursuant to the terms of such bonus plan and 100%).  Payment of the AIP Payout shall be in lieu of payment of any annual cash bonus opportunity otherwise due and payable with respect to the fiscal year of the Company referred to in this Section 6(c)(i)(C).

 

(D)                                the Accrued Obligations.

 

Subject to Section 6(g), the Earned Salary and Severance Amount shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination.  Subject to Section 6(g), the AIP Payout shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum (a) if payable under Section 6(c)(i)(C)(1), as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination, and (b) if payable under Section 6(c)(i)(C)(2), as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the earlier of (i) 30 business days (or such earlier date required by law) following the Date of Termination and (ii) March 15 of the year following the calendar year for which the AIP Payout is payable.  Accrued Obligations shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.

 

(ii)                                         Supplemental Retirement Payment.   If Executive is entitled to receive the Severance Amount described in Section 6(c)(i), Executive shall be entitled to receive a supplemental retirement payment, payable in a cash lump sum, equal in value to the actuarial equivalent (as defined below) of (A) the monthly benefit payable to Executive (expressed as a life annuity payable commencing at the later of the Date of Termination and age 65) determined by adding three years to Executive’s credited service as determined at Executive’s Date of Termination under the terms of Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan and supplemental or excess pension plan

 

8



 

(collectively, the “ Pension Plans ”) as in effect immediately before the Effective Date (subject to any maximum on credited service set forth in the Pension Plans), minus (B) the monthly benefit payable to Executive (expressed as a life annuity payable commencing at the later of the Date of Termination and age 65) determined pursuant to the terms of all defined benefit pension plans (including the Pension Plans), active or frozen, in which Executive is a participant at Executive’s Date of Termination if such plans are sponsored by the Company or its successors or affiliates.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “actuarial equivalent” shall mean a benefit actuarially equal in value to the value of a given benefit in a given form or schedule, based upon (1) the mortality table or tables (including any set backs of ages) used to calculate actuarial equivalents under the Pension Plans as of the date on which an actuarial equivalent is being determined under this Agreement and (2) an interest rate equal to the sum of (A) the yield on U.S. 10-year Treasury Notes at constant maturity as most recently published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York before Executive’s Date of Termination; provided, however , that if such yield has not been so published within 90 days before Executive’s Date of Termination, the interest rate shall be the yield on substantially similar securities on the business day before Executive’s Date of Termination as determined by Regions Bank N.A. upon the request of either the Company or Executive, plus (B) .75%.

 

For purposes of making the foregoing determinations, at the request of Executive in writing within 5 days of Executive’s receipt of Notice of Termination or Executive’s Date of Termination, but in either event at the Company’s expense, the independent pension consultants most recently used by the Company in connection with its qualified pension plan before the Date of Termination shall be engaged and shall certify the benefits due to Executive under this Section 6(c)(ii) in writing within 30 days after the Date of Termination.  In any event, the supplemental retirement payment shall be paid to Executive (subject to Section 6(g)) no later than 45 days after the Date of Termination.  If the amount to be offset under clause (B) of the first paragraph of this Section 6(c)(ii) has not been determined within 30 days after the Date of Termination, no such offset shall be permitted.

 

(iii)                                      Continuation of Benefits .  If Executive is entitled to receive the Severance Amount described in Section 6(c)(i), Executive (and, to the extent applicable, Executive’s dependents) shall be entitled, after the Date of Termination and until the earlier of (A) the second anniversary of the Date of Termination (the “ End Date ”) or (B) the date Executive becomes eligible for comparable benefits under a similar plan, policy or program of a subsequent employer, to continue participation in all of the Company’s employee welfare benefit plans including the Company’s hospital, medical, accident, disability, and life insurance plans (the “ Welfare Benefit Plans ”) as were generally provided to Executive in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices immediately before the Effective Date.  To the extent any such benefits cannot be provided under the terms of the applicable plan, policy or program, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the cost to the Company of providing such coverage at the same time as the Severance Amount is payable to Executive.  Executive’s participation in the Welfare Benefit Plans will be on the same terms and

 

9



 

conditions that would have applied had Executive continued to be employed by the Company through the End Date.  To the extent any Welfare Benefit Plan is a self-insured group health or dental benefit plan, then in addition to any other limitation provided hereunder, the period of coverage provided by this Section 6(c)(iii) under such self-insured group health or dental benefit plan shall not exceed the period of time during which Executive would be entitled to receive continuation coverage under Code Section 4980B (“ COBRA ”) if Executive had elected such coverage and paid the premiums required by COBRA.  To the extent that immediately preceding sentence applies, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the cost of such COBRA continuation coverage for a period equal to the excess of (i) 24 months minus (ii) the number of months of COBRA coverage initially available to Executive, as determined in good faith by the Company, at the same time as the Severance Amount is payable to Executive.

 

(d)                                  Termination by the Company other than for Cause and Good Reason Termination by Executive after the Protection Period .  If either (a) the Company terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause or (b) Executive terminates employment for Good Reason, in each case, at any time after the Protection Period, then the Company shall pay the Executive (i) the Earned Salary in cash in a single lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 10 business days (or such earlier date required by law), following the Date of Termination, and (ii) the Accrued Obligations in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.  In addition, Executive shall be eligible to receive any other benefits payable due to Executive’s termination by the Company other than for Cause or Executive’s termination for Good Reason under any plan, policy, program or arrangement of the Company, in accordance with the terms of each applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement.

 

(e)                                   Discharge of the Company’s Obligations .  Except as expressly provided in the last sentence of this Section 6(e), the amounts payable to Executive pursuant to this Section 6 (whether or not reduced pursuant to Section 6(f)) following termination of Executive’s employment shall be in full and complete satisfaction of Executive’s rights under this Agreement and any other claims Executive may have in respect of employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  Such amounts shall constitute liquidated damages with respect to any and all such rights and claims and, upon Executive’s receipt of such amounts, the Company shall be released and discharged from any and all liability to Executive in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries.  Nothing in this Section 6(e) shall be construed to release the Company from its commitment to indemnify Executive and hold Executive harmless as provided in Section 4(e).

 

10



 

(f)                                    Section 280G .  If any amount or benefit paid or distributed to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, taken together with any amounts or benefits otherwise paid or distributed to Executive by the Company or any affiliated company (including any distribution or payment made pursuant to the terms of the Company’s compensation plans or arrangements) (collectively, the “ Covered Payments ”) are or become subject to the tax (the “ Excise Tax ”) imposed under Code Section 4999 or any similar tax that may hereafter be imposed, the Excise Tax gross-up provisions of Section 7(e) of the Prior Agreement shall continue to apply to such Covered Payments.

 

(g)                                   Delay of Payments .  Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and subject to Code Section 409A, if Executive is a Specified Employee (as defined for purposes of Code Section 409A), any payments due under this Agreement to Executive that are treated as deferred compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A (such as the Severance Amount) and that are payable on account of a termination of employment shall be made on the later to occur of the time otherwise specified in this Section 6 and the first business day after the date that is six months after Executive’s Date of Termination (or, if earlier, within 15 business days after the date of death of Executive).

 

7.                                       Non-exclusivity of Rights .  Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which Executive may qualify, or limit or otherwise prejudice such rights as Executive may have under any other agreements with the Company or any of its affiliated companies.  Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program.

 

8.                                       Full Settlement .  The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have against Executive or others whether by reason of the subsequent employment of Executive or otherwise.

 

9.                                       Restrictive Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Confidential Information .  Executive acknowledges that he or she will have access to highly confidential information of the Company and its affiliates and agrees that it is imperative to permanently maintain the confidentiality of the Company’s “ Trade Secrets .”  Trade Secrets shall include any trade secrets as defined by law, and shall specifically include information regarding distributors, customers and agents or prospective distributors, customers and agents; marketing and sales techniques, materials and information; records, documents and data; business practices, policies, procedures and strategies; product and pricing information; compensation arrangements; financial information; attorney-client communications; and any other confidential or proprietary information relating to the Company that is not available to the public.  (Information is not a Trade Secret, however, if it is available in the public domain other than by an act of Executive in violation of this provision, has been obtained from a source other than the Company which source is under no obligation of confidentiality, or has been

 

11



 

lawfully obtained through means other than Executive’s employment relationship with the Company.)  Executive agrees that he or she will not at any time — whether on Executive’s behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person or entity — use the Company’s Trade Secrets to solicit any business of the type conducted by the Company during Executive’s employment or as of Executive’s Date of Termination from any person or entity that was either (1) a distributor, customer or agent of the Company as of that date or (2) a prospective distributor, customer or agent contacted, called upon, or serviced by the Company during the 12-month period prior to the Date of Termination, or induce, promote, facilitate, or otherwise contribute to the solicitation of such distributors, customers or agents or prospective distributors, customers or agents through the use of Trade Secrets.

 

(b)                                  Non-Solicitation of Company Employees .  The Company’s success depends on its ability to hire and retain a productive and efficient workforce.  In recognition of this fact, Executive agrees that for the one-year period beginning on the earlier of (i) the Date of Termination (regardless of the reason for the employment termination) and (ii) the date the Retention Bonus is paid in full to Executive (the “ Restricted Period ”), Executive will not (directly or indirectly) hire, solicit for hire, or assist others in hiring or soliciting for hire, any employee of the Company or its subsidiaries, or any former employee of the Company or its subsidiaries whose employment terminated within three months of the beginning of the Restricted Period (“ Company employees ”).  This provision shall not apply if Executive worked in, or was a resident of, the state of California when Executive’s employment terminated.  This provision shall not prohibit Executive or a future employer of Executive from hiring, soliciting for hire, or assisting others in hiring or soliciting for hire, any Company employee who responds to a general solicitation or advertisement that is not specifically directed to Company employees.

 

(c)                                   Non-Competition .  Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment by the Company and during the Restricted Period, Executive will not:

 

(i)                                      directly or indirectly, individually engage in nor be competitively employed or retained by, or render any competing services for, or be financially interested in, any insurance company that markets “Competitive Products” in the United States, or any entity that competes with the Company’s Acquisition Division business of acquiring, converting, and servicing policies from other insurance companies.  For purposes of the foregoing, “Competitive Products” means life insurance, annuity, asset protection, extended service contracts and stable value products marketed by the Company or its subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this restriction shall not apply to:

 

(A)                                the purchase by Executive of stock not to exceed 1% of the outstanding shares of capital stock or any corporation whose securities are listed on any national securities exchange; or

 

(B)                                the employment of Executive by a non-competitive subsidiary or non-competitive affiliated entity of a competitor of the Company upon the Company’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

12



 

(ii)                                   solicit business from, nor directly or indirectly cause others to solicit business that competes with the Competitive Products from, any entities which have been distributors, agents or customers of the Company during Executive’s employment.

 

(d)                                  Remedies .  Executive recognizes and agrees:

 

(i)                                      that the covenants and restrictions in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9 are reasonable and valid and all defenses to the strict enforcement of such sections by the Company are waived by Executive to the full extent permitted by law.  In the event, however, that a court of competent jurisdiction should determine in any case that the enforcement of any provision contained in such paragraphs would not be reasonable, it is intended that enforcement of a provision which is determined by such court to be reasonable shall be given effect; and

 

(ii)                                   that a breach of the covenants and restrictions in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9 would result in irreparable harm to the Company which could not be compensated by money damages alone.  Accordingly, Executive agrees that should there be a breach of any or all of these provisions, the Company shall be entitled to cease paying amounts under Section 4(f) and Section 6 and, in addition to its other remedies, to injunctive relief without any bond.  In addition, Executive agrees that, in the event he or she breaches any of the covenants or restrictions of paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 9, Executive will promptly repay to the Company upon demand any portion of the Retention Bonus paid to Executive.

 

10.                                Legal Fees and Expenses .  If Executive asserts any claim in any contest (whether initiated by Executive or by the Company) as to the validity, enforceability or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall pay Executive’s legal expenses (or cause such expenses to be paid) in accordance with Section 12(k)(i) of this Agreement, including Executive’s reasonable attorney’s fees, on a quarterly basis, upon presentation of proof of such expenses; provided that Executive shall reimburse the Company for such amounts, plus simple interest thereon at the 90-day United States Treasury Bill rate as in effect from time to time, compounded annually, if Executive shall not prevail, in whole or in part, as to any material issue as to the validity, enforceability or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.  This Section 10 shall not apply to claims relating to the restrictive covenants under Section 9 (whether asserted by the Executive or the Company); provided that the Company shall pay the Executive’s legal expenses if the Executive prevails in any material respect on such claims.

 

11.                                Successors .  (a) This Agreement is personal to Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors.  The Company shall require any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance

 

13



 

satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

12.                                Miscellaneous .  (a)  Applicable Law; Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and conferred in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applied without reference to principles of conflict of laws.  If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected.  The masculine shall include the feminine (and vice versa ), the single shall include the plural (and vice versa ), and the words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless the context clearly requires otherwise.  This Agreement may be executed by manual or facsimile signature.  The headings in this Agreement are solely for convenience and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved by binding arbitration.  The arbitration shall be held at a site selected by the arbitrators and except to the extent inconsistent with this Agreement, shall be conducted in accordance with the Expedited Employment Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect at the time of the arbitration, and otherwise in accordance with principles which would be applied by a court of law or equity.  The arbitrator shall be acceptable to both the Company and Executive.  If the parties cannot agree on an acceptable arbitrator, the dispute shall be heard by a panel of three arbitrators, one appointed by each of the parties and the third appointed by the other two arbitrators.

 

(c)                                   Agreement Term, Termination and Amendment .  The initial term of this Agreement shall begin on the date hereof and shall terminate on the second anniversary of the Effective Date.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written agreement signed by the parties hereto or by their respective successors and legal representatives.

 

(d)                                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters referred to herein and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Prior Agreement executed between the Company and Executive before the date of this Agreement is hereby terminated.  There are no promises, representations, inducements or statements between the parties other than those that are expressly contained herein.  Executive is entering into this Agreement of Executive’s own free will and accord, and with no duress, has read this Agreement, and understands it and its legal consequences.

 

(e)                                   Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand-delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by electronic mail in PDF form (with a confirmation copy sent by one of the other delivery methods authorized in this Section 12(e)), addressed as follows:

 

14



 

If to Executive:

at the home address of Executive as set forth in the records of the Company

 

 

If to the Company:

Protective Life Corporation

 

2801 Highway 280 South

 

Birmingham, AL 35223

 

Attn: General Counsel

 

 

With a copy to:

Dai-ichi Life International (U.S.A.), Inc.

 

1133 Avenue of the Americas, 28th Floor

 

New York, NY 10036

 

Attn: President

 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith.  Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

 

(f)                                    Confidentiality .  Executive agrees to keep the terms of this Agreement confidential and agrees not to voluntarily disclose any information concerning this Agreement to anyone except Executive’s spouse, parents, legal counsel or accountant and provided that they (each and all) agree at Executive’s risk to keep such information confidential and not disclose it to others; provided that this nondisclosure provision does not prohibit disclosure (1) at the direction or with the consent of the President or an Executive Vice President of the Company, (2) to tax agencies, (3) as required by law or court order, or (4) as may be necessary to enforce Executive’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Tax Withholding .  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local, or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(h)                                  Waivers .  The failure of Executive or the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including the right of Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or of any other provision or right of this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      Employment at Will .  Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between Executive and the Company, the employment of Executive by the Company is “at will” and Executive’s employment may be terminated by either Executive or the Company at any time prior to the Effective Date, in which case Executive shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement.

 

(j)                                     Counterparts; Electronic Signatures .  This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.  One or more counterparts of this Agreement may be

 

15



 

delivered by facsimile or PDF electronic file with the intention that delivery by such means shall have the same effect as delivery of an original counterpart thereof.

 

(k)                                  Survival of Obligations .  Section 4(f) and Sections 5 through 12 shall survive the termination of the employment of Executive hereunder.

 

(l)                                      Code Section 409A .  It is intended that any amounts payable under this Agreement and the Company’s and Executive’s exercise of authority or discretion hereunder shall be exempt from or comply with Code Section 409A so as not to subject Executive to the payment of any interest or additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A.  This Agreement shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to Executive for any interest or additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A.  If any payments or benefits provided to Executive by the Company, either per this Agreement or otherwise, are non-qualified deferred compensation subject to, and not exempt from, Code Section 409A, the following provisions shall apply to such payments and/or benefits:

 

(i)                                      Reimbursement of Expenses .  Except as permitted by Code Section 409A, (A) the right to reimbursement of expenses under this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, (B) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement to be provided in any other taxable year, provided that the foregoing clause (B) shall not be violated without regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Code Section 105(b) solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect and (C) such payments shall be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.

 

(ii)                                   Termination of Employment .  For all purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall not have “termination of employment” (and corollary terms) from the Company unless and until Executive has a “separation from service” (as determined under Code Section 409A as uniformly applied in accordance with such rules as shall be established from time to time by the Company).

 

(iii)                                Lump Sum and Installment Payments .  Unless otherwise specified, lump-sum severance payments shall be made, and installment severance payments initiated, within thirty (30) days following Executive’s “separation from service.”  Executive’s right to receive installment payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments.  Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days, the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.  In the event a payment period straddles two consecutive years, the payment shall be made in the later of such calendar years.

 

(iv)                               No Offsets .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any payment subject to Code Section 409A be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Code Section

 

16



 

409A; provided that it is understood that the offset of severance under Section 6 by the Retention Bonus under Section 4(f) is not an offset prohibited by this Section 12(l)(iv).

 

(v)                                  If an amendment of this Agreement is necessary in order for it to comply with Code Section 409A, Executive and the Company agree to negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement in a manner that preserves the original intent of the parties to the extent reasonably possible.

 

[This Agreement is continued and signed on the following page.]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and Executive have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name: John D. Johns

 

Title: Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF EMPLOYEE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 


Exhibit 31(a)

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, John D. Johns, certify that:

 

1.         I have reviewed the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2014, of Protective Life Corporation;

 

2.         Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.         Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.         The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)        Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)        Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)         Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)        Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.         The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)        All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)        Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  August 8, 2014

 

 

/s/ John D. Johns

 

Chairman of the Board,

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 31(b)

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Richard J. Bielen, certify that:

 

1.         I have reviewed the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2014, of Protective Life Corporation;

 

2.         Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.         Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.         The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)        Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)        Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)         Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)        Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.         The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)        All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)        Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  August 8, 2014

 

 

/s/ Richard J. Bielen

 

Vice Chairman and

 

Chief Financial Officer

 


Exhibit 32(a)

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Protective Life Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John D. Johns, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(1)          The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)          The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

/s/ John D. Johns

 

Chairman of the Board,

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

August 8, 2014

 

 

 

 

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of §18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 


Exhibit 32(b)

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Protective Life Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Richard J. Bielen, Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(1)          The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)          The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

/s/ Richard J. Bielen

 

Vice Chairman and

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

August 8, 2014

 

 

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of §18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.